Vcs Domesticus
Vcs Domesticus
Vcs Domesticus
Vehicle Communication
Software Manual
February 2009
EAZ0025B01G Rev. A
Trademarks Acknowledgements
Snap-on, Scanner, Fast-Track, and ShopStream are trademarks of Snap-on Incorporated.
All other marks are trademarks of their respective holders.
Copyright Information
©2009 Snap-on Incorporated
All rights reserved.
Disclaimer
The information, specifications and illustrations in this manual are based on the latest information available at the
time of printing.
Snap-on reserves the right to make changes at any time without notice.
For your own safety and the safety of others, and to prevent damage to the equipment and
vehicles upon which it is used, it is important that the accompanying Safety Information be read
and understood by all persons operating, or coming into contact with, the equipment. We suggest
you store a copy near the unit in sight of the operator
This product is intended for use by properly trained and skilled professional automotive
technicians. The safety messages presented throughout this manual are reminders to the
operator to exercise extreme care when using this test instrument.
There are many variations in procedures, techniques, tools, and parts for servicing vehicles, as
well as in the skill of the individual doing the work. Because of the vast number of test applications
and variations in the products that can be tested with this instrument, we cannot possibly
anticipate or provide advice or safety messages to cover every situation. It is the automotive
technician’s responsibility to be knowledgeable of the system being tested. It is essential to use
proper service methods and test procedures. It is important to perform tests in an appropriate and
acceptable manner that does not endanger your safety, the safety of others in the work area, the
equipment being used, or the vehicle being tested.
It is assumed that the operator has a thorough understanding of vehicle systems before using this
product. Understanding of these system principles and operating theories is necessary for
competent, safe and accurate use of this instrument.
Before using the equipment, always refer to and follow the safety messages and applicable test
procedures provided by the manufacturer of the vehicle or equipment being tested. Use the
equipment only as described in this manual.
Read, understand and follow all safety messages and instructions in this manual, the
accompanying safety manual, and on the test equipment.
! DANGER
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury to the operator or to bystanders.
! WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury to the operator or to bystanders.
iii
Safety Information Important Safety Instructions
! CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in moderate or minor
injury to the operator or to bystanders.
Safety messages contain three different type styles.
• Normal type states the hazard.
• Bold type states how to avoid the hazard.
• Italic type states the possible consequences of not avoiding the hazard.
An icon, when present, gives a graphical description of the potential hazard.
Example:
! WARNING
Risk of unexpected vehicle movement.
• Block drive wheels before performing a test with engine running.
A moving vehicle can cause injury.
iv
Table of Contents
Table of Contents.................................................................................................................. v
Chapter 2: Introduction........................................................................................................3
v
Table of Contents
Selecting a System...............................................................................................................54
Connecting to the Vehicle.....................................................................................................54
Using the MULTI-1 Test Adapter ................................................................................... 56
MCU EEC-IV and EEC-V Systems ................................................................................ 57
Mazda Electronic Control Systems (MECS) ..................................................................60
Integrated Vehicle Speed Control (IVSC) ...................................................................... 62
ARC and ASARC ...........................................................................................................63
4-Speed Electronic Automatic Transmission (4EAT) .....................................................63
Rear Antilock Brake System (RABS) ............................................................................. 65
Ford Vehicles Without Self-Diagnostic Capability ................................................................ 67
vi
Table of Contents
Selecting a System.............................................................................................................157
Selecting Systems .......................................................................................................157
Connecting to the Vehicle...................................................................................................157
GM Vehicles with Partial or No Self-Diagnostic Capability................................................. 161
vii
Table of Contents
viii
Table of Contents
Index ..................................................................................................................................767
ix
Chapter 1 Using This Manual
The following is an overview of the conventions used in this manual. Some of the illustrations
shown in this manual may contain modules and optional equipment that are not included on your
system. Contact a sales representative for availability of other modules and optional equipment.
1.1 Conventions
This manual uses the conventions described below.
1.1.2 Terminology
Certain terms are used to command specific actions throughout this manual. Those terms are
described below.
Select
The term “select” means scrolling to a menu item or other option with the Thumbwheel or Thumb
Pad and pressing the Y button to confirm the selection.
Example:
• Select Functional Tests.
Scroll
The term “scroll” means moving the cursor or changing data by turning the Thumbwheel or
pressing the Thumb Pad.
Example:
• Scroll to see any other codes and the data list.
1
Using This Manual Conventions
Scan Tool
The term “scan tool” refers to your Snap-on diagnostic tool. When necessary, the term “Snap-on
scan tool” will be used to distinguish Snap-on equipment from another diagnostic devices, such as
the scan tool from the original equipment manufacturer.
Notes
A note provides helpful information such as explanations, tips, and comments.
Example:
NOTE:
i For additional information refer to...
Important
Important indicates a situation which, if not avoided, may result in damage to the test equipment
or vehicle.
Example:
IMPORTANT:
To avoid incorrect TPS adjustment or component damage, be sure to follow the on-screen
instructions. Refer to a vehicle service manual for complete test or adjustment procedures.
2
Chapter 2 Introduction
The US Domestic Vehicle Communication Software (VCS) allows your scan tool to test multiple
vehicle systems: engine, transmission, ABS and SRS. The functional and component tests
offered by the software allow for simplified diagnostics and troubleshooting.
The US Domestic VCS establishes a data link between the scan tool and the electronic control
systems of the vehicle being serviced. This data link allows you to view diagnostic trouble codes
(DTCs), serial data and freeze-frame information available from the electronic control module
(ECM). On models with bi-directional communication, the VCS also lets you perform certain
system and component tests and provides the ability to switch off the malfunction indicator lamp
(MIL) after repairs are made.
The amount and type of information and tests available with the US Domestic VCS varies by the
year, make, model and equipment options of the test vehicle. With the software you can: interpret
electronic control module trouble codes, read input and output signals, perform tests on OBD-II
vehicles, test specific systems and components, check the operation of certain actuators
(solenoids, valves, and relays), customize your scan tool function, and record and view data
movies. Manufacturer specific sections feature detailed locations of hard to find connectors and
information on manual code reading. This manual also includes chapters on manufacturer specific
data parameters and scan tool specific troubleshooting advice.
The first two chapters of this manual overview safety and usage conventions. The remainder of
this manual is divided into the following chapters:
• Chapters 3 and 4 offer testing information and procedures for various Chrysler control
systems.
• Chapters 5 and 6 offer testing information and procedures for various Ford control systems.
• Chapters 7 and 8 offer testing information and procedures for various General Motors control
systems.
• Chapters 9 and 10 offer testing information and procedures for various Jeep control systems.
• Chapters 11–14 provide data parameter definitions.
• “Appendix A: Troubleshooting” offers advice for troubleshooting scan tool-to-vehicle
communication and other issues.
• “Glossary of Terms” lists terms and acronyms used in this manual and in US Domestic
manufacturer’s literature.
3
Chapter 3 Chrysler Operations
This chapter explains how to begin the scan tool’s basic setup and test functions. This information
is specific to Chrysler vehicles. For general scan tool functionality, see the user’s manual
appropriate to your diagnostic tool.
For additional information on Chrysler vehicles, see the following sections:
• “Chrysler Testing” on page 12
• “Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters” on page 235
• “Chrysler Communications Problems” on page 707
YES NO
IDENTIFY THE
VEHICL E
SELECT A SYSTEM
MAIN MENUS
4
Chrysler Operations Identifying a Vehicle
Press Y To Continue
Figure 3-2 Sample Software Confirmation menu
5
Chrysler Operations Selecting a System
VIN: -B3-J--C-X------
Vehicle: 1999 DODGE CAR JA
Engine: 2.0L L4 SOHC
Press Y To Continue. N For New ID
Figure 3-3 Chrysler Automatic ID confirmation screen
Selecting any one of these systems may cause additional vehicle identification menus to display.
For instance, select Engine and a Vehicle Options menu displays (Figure 3-5).
6
Chrysler Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
This menu describes whether the vehicle has an automatic or standard transmission, and if it has
air conditioning. Other menus are similar and all require a selection.
Each test adapter plugs into a specific vehicle diagnostic connector and attaches to one end of the
data cable. The other end of the data cable attaches to the scan tool.
The following adapters are available to test Chrysler vehicles:
• CHRY-1—engine test adapter (except LH cars)
• CHRY-2—body, ABS, transmission, and LH-car engine test adapter
• MITSU-1—Mitsubishi engine and transmission test adapter (used for Avenger, Sebring, and
Talon models)
• OBD-II—16-pin adapter for vehicles with the 16-pin OBD-II connector
– The K-7 Personality Key™ must be installed into the OBD-II adapter when used with
MITSU-1 for the Avenger, Sebring, and Talon.
– The K-13 or K-25 Personality Key™ must be installed for all other Chrysler applications
– The K-25 Personality Key™ must be installed with the CAN-1B adapter for CAN vehicles.
7
Chrysler Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
The CHRY-1 test adapter has a socket for connecting the battery power or cigarette lighter power
cables. A power cable is not required with the CHRY-2 and the OBD-II test adapters.Table 3-2
contains connector locations for Chrysler vehicles.
8
Chrysler Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
For 1995 and earlier models, diagnostic connectors can be found in one of two places:
• Under the instrument panel (except LH models, Figure 3-12)
• Under the steering wheel (LH models only, Figure 3-13)
Figure 3-12 1995 and earlier diagnostic connector under the instrument panel (except LH models)
Figure 3-13 1995 and earlier diagnostic connector under the steering wheel (LH models only)
9
Chrysler Operations Chrysler Vehicles Without Self-Diagnostic Capability
Figure 3-15 16-pin connector and the OBD-II adapter with Personality Key™ device
10
Chrysler Operations Chrysler Vehicles Without Self-Diagnostic Capability
11
Chapter 4 Chrysler Testing
This chapter provides information and procedures for using the scan tool with the following control
systems:
• Engine
• Body and Transmission
• ABS
For additional information on Chrysler vehicles, see the following sections:
• “Chrysler Operations” on page 4
• “Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters” on page 235
• “Chrysler Communications Problems” on page 707
Carbureted Engines
Chrysler domestic-built, 4-cylinder engines used in 1985–87 cars and 1985–88 trucks, as well as
1985–88 V6 and V8 truck engines with carburetors, have diagnostic capabilities. Carbureted
6-cylinder and V8 engines in rear-wheel drive cars do not.
Carbureted engines use a spark control computer (SCC) and diagnostic capabilities are limited to
sensor, switch, and actuator tests. Scan tool communication, or serial data, is not available on
these engines.
Carbureted engines are placed in the diagnostic mode by blocking the carburetor idle switch open.
Vehicles with carbureted engines do not have a malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).
Fuel-Injected Engines
All Chrysler fuel-injected engines provide access to computer data in the Codes and Data mode
(“Codes and Data Selections” on page 26). Most 1988 and earlier systems must be placed in the
diagnostic mode for sensor, switch, and actuator tests by cycling the ignition on-off-on-off-on.
Most 1989 and later systems do not require the on-off-on-off-on cycle to enter diagnostic mode.
12
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
NGC
Starting in 2002, both SBEC and JTEC controllers began to be replaced by the Next Generation
Controller (NGC). The NGC combines the PCM and the TCM into a single unit and can be
identified by the four 32-pin connectors on vehicles with automatic transmission, or by the three
32-pin connectors and an empty cavity on vehicles with manual transmission.
The Functional Tests menu (Figure 4-1) shows only the tests available for the identified vehicle.
Functional Tests:
>Engine Off Tests CDR Tester
Running Tests Fuel Pressure Test
Read IGN(+) At DLC
Figure 4-1 Sample Chrysler Functional Tests menu
The Functional Tests menu selections for most 1983½ through 1988 and 1989 Turbo II are
discussed in the following sections:
• “Engine Off Tests” on page 14
• “Engine Running Functional Tests” on page 18
• “Read IGN(+) at DLC” on page 20
• “CDR Tester” on page 20
13
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
Fault Codes
If there are any codes are present, they display in numerical order between 88 and 55.
• 88 signals the start of the fault code display.
• 55 signals the end of the code display.
DTCs may be classified as either “hard” or “soft” codes. Some control modules indicate if a code
is hard or soft on the screen, but many do not.
• Hard codes indicate a problem that exists at the time of testing.
• Soft codes indicate a problem that occurred in the past but is not present now. These may
also be referred to as “history” codes, “continuous memory” codes, or another name.
14
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
Switch Tests
Switch tests are available from the fault codes display.
Keep hands and equipment test leads away from the electric cooling fan and other engine
components during the switch tests. The fan and other actuators may operate without warning.
The specific switches on the vehicle are listed on the second and third lines of the display.
2. Actuate any of the switches listed in the display to check its operation.
As the switch position changes, the fourth line indicates either 88 for on or 00 for off. These are
Chrysler change of state symbols.
3. Press Y to open the Engine Off Functional Tests Menu (Figure 4-6).
15
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
See the following sections for descriptions of engine off functional tests.
Review Codes
When fault codes are displayed at the beginning of the engine off tests, the scan tool records them
in memory. Selecting Review Codes displays the complete code list in memory without waiting for
the PCM to transmit a new list.
Clear Codes
Selecting Clear Codes erases codes from the vehicle PCM, not from scan tool memory. The code
list stays in scan tool memory for later review or printing until the fault code display operation is
repeated.
The clear codes operation is the same as that described in “Clear Codes” on page 29.
Print Codes
Selecting Print Codes prints the list of fault codes stored in scan tool memory. See the user’s
manual for your diagnostic tool for printer setup details.
ATM Tests
Selecting ATM Tests initiates actuator test mode (ATM), which is used to check the operation of
system actuators. The ignition must be on and the engine must be off to begin the ATM tests.
For 1983–88 vehicles, except 1983–84 EFI and turbo models, the PCM stays in the last ATM
selection made until the ignition is switched off or the test time limit expires.
Keep hands and equipment test leads away from the electric cooling fan and other engine
components during the ATM tests. The fan and other actuators may operate without warning.
2. Press Y to start.
16
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
The ignition coil, automatic idle speed (AIS) motor, and injectors cycle on and off until Y is
pressed again to stop the cycle.
3. Press N to return to the ATM Test Menu.
3. Press Y to end the test and proceed to the next test in the sequence.
Sensor Tests
Selecting Sensor Tests checks the operation of individual sensors with the engine off.
NOTE:
i Sensor tests are not available on 1983–85 models with limited ATM tests.
Values displayed in these sensor tests are the actual sensor signals. They are not default values
used by the PCM in the case of sensor failure.
17
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
A menu of individual tests displays. Selections vary for different vehicles, but the menu for a
fuel-injected engine appears similar to Figure 4-10.
4. Press Y to end the test and proceed to the next test in sequence.
NOTE:
i Operations described in this section are not available on all tool platforms.
Selecting Running Tests checks the operation of the AIS motor and the sensors.
NOTE:
i These functional tests are not available on 1983–85 models with limited ATM tests.
During engine running tests, the scan tool LEDs are activated to indicate two engine-operating
conditions:
• LED 1 turns on when exhaust oxygen content is rich and off when the exhaust is lean.
• LED 3 flashes when engine pinging is detected by the knock sensor.
18
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
Sensor Tests
Selecting Continue To Sensor Test Menu Menu displays a menu of engine running sensor tests,
which operate the same as those previously described for engine off sensor tests (see “Sensor
Tests” on page 19). Selections vary for different vehicles, but all menus are similar.
As in Codes and Data, the values displayed in these tests may be default values used by the PCM
in case of sensor failure.
19
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
When selected, the supply, or battery, voltage at the diagnostic connector displays, which should
be the same, or close to, vehicle battery voltage. Use this test to check for the following:
• A faulty ignition switch
• Bad connections
• Open fusible links
• Other problems in the voltage supply to the engine control system
CDR Tester
The CDR tester mode is designed for a technician familiar with Chrysler Diagnostic Readout
(CDR) test equipment. In this mode, the scan tool operates exactly like a CDR Tester or a
diagnostic readout box (DRB).
In CDR mode, the 2-digit readout provided by the Chrysler tester is shown at the right of “Display”
(Figure 4-17).
20
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
Y Button =
Hold Display = ( 88 )
ATM Hold = Off
ATM+Hold ATM = Off
Figure 4-17 CDR Tester screen—2-digit readout
NOTE:
i To avoid unnecessary actuator operation, it is best to crank the engine briefly, then turn the ignition
off before testing.
21
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
The Functional Tests menu for most 1989 and later vehicles (Figure 4-20), except Turbo II models,
are different from the menu for 1988 and earlier models (see “Functional Tests—1988 and Earlier,
1989 Turbo II” on page 13).
The Read IGN(+) at DLC and Fuel Pressure Test selections work the same as explained in “Read
IGN(+) at DLC” on page 20 and “Fuel Pressure Test” on page 21.
Other functional tests for 1989 and later vehicles are discussed in the following sections:
22
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
NOTE:
i Do not operate the DIS ATM tests after operating the fuel injector ATM tests. Start and run the
engine to remove any residual air-fuel charge before operating DIS ATM tests.
ATM Tests
The ATM Tests selection is similar to that previously discussed for 1988 and earlier models (see
“ATM Tests” on page 16) and must be performed with the engine off. However, there are some
additional tests available and some different functions. Only the differences are explained here.
Test with the key on and engine off. The vehicle does not accept ATM test commands if the engine
is running.
The ATM Exit menu offers two choices that require a yes or no selection (Figure 4-21):
• Exit ATM test mode and turn the actuator off.
• Exit the ATM test mode and leave the actuator on.
During troubleshooting, leaving the actuator on is useful when you want to exit an ATM test so the
scan tool may be used to monitor related engine data parameters or check a signal.
Making a selection returns you to the ATM test selection screen. Select a new ATM test to turn off
an actuator that has been left on after exiting, or turn the ignition switch off.
23
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
! WARNING
An active test may fire a spark plug in a cylinder that contains an air-fuel charge. This may cause
a backfire through the throttle body or cause a vehicle with a manual transmission to lunge if the
transmission is in gear and the parking brake is not set.
! CAUTION
Do not operate the DIS ATM tests after operating the fuel injector ATM tests. Start and run the
engine to remove any residual air-fuel charge before operating DIS ATM tests.
Module Info
Selecting Module Info checks automatic vehicle ID at any time when testing a 1989 or later model.
More importantly, it is used to double-check and verify a manually entered ID.
If the module information check does not match the vehicle ID entered in the scan tool, the
display is similar to Figure 4-24. A selection is required to continue.
24
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
2. When a screen like Figure 4-24 displays, press Y to overwrite the previous identification in
memory and store the new, correct identification, or press N to ignore the new identification
and continue to operate with the previously entered identification.
Refer to the appropriate Chrysler service manual for model specific test procedures and
specifications.
25
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
26
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
The top line remains fixed and the second line is the test mode name, followed by the data list and
any codes that may be present (Figure 4-28).
NOTE:
i Most 1989–95 Chrysler driveability manuals index the fault messages that identify the test
procedures alphabetically, not by code number.
27
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
To avoid confusion by false codes, always verify that the vehicle has the component for which the
PCM transmits a code.
1 Trip Codes
One-trip codes are faults that occur once. If these faults occur a second time, the PCM sets a DTC
and the scan tool removes the fault from the 1 Trip Code list.
Selecting 1 Trip Codes from the Codes and Data Menu displays a screen like Figure 4-30.
Code List
*** 1 Trip Vehicle Fault Codes ***
No Codes Present
[End Of List]
Figure 4-30 Sample 1 Trip Code screen
28
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
Clear Codes
For some 1990 and later vehicles, Clear Codes appears on the Memory Reset menu, for others
this selection is on the Codes and Data Exit menu. On 1989 Turbo II and most 1987½ and 1988
models, Clear Codes appears on the Functional Tests Menu. In any case, it functions the same.
z To clear codes:
1. Select Clear Codes.
A fault code erase confirmation message displays (Figure 4-32).
Press N To Resume.
Figure 4-33 Fault codes cleared screen
29
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
Battery Disconnect
Selecting Battery Disconnect allows you to reset all PCM memories as if the battery had been
disconnected. This also clears the adaptive numerator, which requires the vehicle be driven in
order to relearn.
30
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
Relearn Cam/Crank
The Relearn Cam/Crank selection resets PCM camshaft and crankshaft learned values. Perform
this function only after replacing one or more of the following:
• Camshaft
• Camshaft position target magnet
• Camshaft position sensor
• Cylinder head
• Cylinder block
• Water pump
• PCM
31
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
2. Press Y to switch the state of the purge valve between normal, flow, and block.
The selected purge valve state is shown as “Purge Status” on the display.
2. Press Y to switch the state of the EGR valve between normal, flow, and block.
The selected EGR valve state is shown as “EGR Status” on the display.
Read VIN
Selecting Read VIN on 1996 and later models displays the VIN stored in the PCM. If a
replacement PCM has not yet been programmed with a VIN, the scan tool guides you through the
PCM VIN programming procedure.
Read this entire procedure before beginning. The PCM can only be programmed with a new VIN
once! If a false VIN is programmed into the PCM, the PCM must be replaced with a new one.
32
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
3. Press N to back up in the VIN entry sequence and make corrections, if necessary.
After the 17th character is selected, a confirmation screen displays (Figure 4-37).
4. Before pressing Y, carefully compare the VIN that appears on the screen to the characters on
the VIN plate.
IMPORTANT:
For the vehicle to run properly, the programmed VIN must match the VIN plate.
5. Press Y to permanently program the displayed VIN into the PCM, or N to return to the VIN
entry screen.
When Y is pressed, the PCM checks to verify that the entered VIN is a valid DaimlerChrysler
Motors VIN.
– If the PCM does not recognize the VIN as valid, a “the VIN that was entered is not valid!”
message displays.
– If the VIN is valid, a “VIN program successful!” message displays.
2. Press Y to switch the generator field state between normal, full, and off.
The selected field state is shown as “Generator Field” on the display.
33
Chrysler Testing Testing Engine Systems
Misfire Counters
Selecting Misfire Counters on 1996 and later models displays the number of misfire occurrences
for each individual cylinder and the PCM adaptive learn state for the present drive cycle
(Figure 4-39).
The “Distributor(°)” value refers to fuel synchronization only. Ignition timing is PCM-controlled.
Moving the distributor does not set timing.
Speed Control
Selecting Speed Control on 1990–95 models displays the present speed control operating mode
and the reason for the last system disengagement, or cutout. Four speed control parameters
display on the speed control status screen as well. Other speed control parameters are available
in Codes and Data mode for engine testing.
34
Chrysler Testing Testing Body and Transmission Systems
The vehicle theft alarm (VTA) system monitors vehicle entry and ignition. During unauthorized
entry, the VTA sends a message to the ECM that it is not OK to start the engine. The ECM
responds by disabling electronic fuel injection after the engine starts.
35
Chrysler Testing Testing Body and Transmission Systems
36
Chrysler Testing Testing Body and Transmission Systems
IMPORTANT:
The power door lock ATM test for the BCM operates the motors to lock the doors, but an ATM test
to unlock the doors may not be available. Do not lock the vehicle with the keys inside.
Selecting Functional Tests opens a Functional Tests menu. Functional tests, including ATM tests,
are available on the Main Menu.
Up to five functional tests are available on the menu, as described in the following sections:
• “ATM Tests” on page 23
• “EMCC Reset” on page 39
37
Chrysler Testing Testing Body and Transmission Systems
ATM Tests
The ATM Tests selection is used to check the operation of certain switches, solenoids, relays,
valves, and lamps controlled by the TCM. Specific transmission ATM tests vary for different
modules, but all operate as described in “ATM Tests” on page 36.
The ATM tests actuate solenoids in the transmission. The parking brake must be set during the
tests. The shift lever must be in park to exit an ATM test. If the shift lever is not in park, the scan
tool does not exit the test.
Quick Learn
Selecting Quick Learn initiates a quick learn test and is usually performed when battery power to
the PCM is interrupted. During normal operation, the transmission control module (TCM)
continually monitors and “learns,” or updates, clutch volume index (CVI) values.
Newer clutches require less volume, or lower CVI, while worn clutches require more volume, or a
higher CVI. If battery power is interrupted, the TCM reverts to baseline values and must “relearn”
each clutch circuit.
The transmission learning that occurs during normal operation is intended to compensate for
normal wear. However, simply driving the vehicle to “relearn” CVI values is time-consuming, and
typically the transmission shift quality is poor. Quick learn allows the TCM to make coarse
adjustments quickly, before the vehicle is driven.
2. With the transmission in park and the engine running, press the brake pedal to begin.
A shift request screen displays (Figure 4-45).
3. Continue holding the brake and move the shift lever into neutral to continue.
Some transmission movement may be felt as the TCM corrects neutral shift pattern. Once
complete, the display updates. A shift request screen displays (Figure 4-46).
38
Chrysler Testing Testing Body and Transmission Systems
4. Continue holding the brake and move the shift lever into overdrive (OD) to continue.
Again, movement in the transmission may be felt. After OD “learning” is complete, the display
updates. A “quick learn test complete” message displays.
Similar messages display if the test is started without the brake pedal being pressed, or if the
brake is released during testing. In addition, messages display if engine RPM goes too low,
throttle angle goes too high, or the shift lever is not in the proper position.
EMCC Reset
The EMCC Reset selection resets the electronically-modulated converter clutch (EMCC) logic
program. The TCM on late-model vehicles with an A604 or A606 transmission uses an EMCC
logic. The EMCC logic adapts, or learns, during the break-in period on a new vehicle, or after
being reset on a vehicle in service.
During the first 500 miles after an EMCC reset, there is no EMCC. During miles 500 to 1500, the
TCM gradually decreases EMCC from a 200 RPM to a 60 RPM slip.
39
Chrysler Testing Testing Body and Transmission Systems
The second line indicates the status of the EMCC break-in period. During the first 1500 miles
on a new vehicle, or after an EMCC reset, this line reads “in progress,” and then reads
“complete” after 1500 miles.
2. Press Y to clear the learned EMCC values from memory
A “sending command” message momentarily displays, followed by a “break-in started”
message. This indicates the EMCC has reset.
Battery Disconnect
Selecting Battery Disconnect momentarily interrupts the power supply (B+) signal to the TCM
(Figure 4-49). Battery Disconnect is used to reset all of the TCM learned values, without
interfering with the clock or radio presets.
Pinion Factor
The TCM used on 1993–2001 models with a 41TE transmission and on 1998–2001 models with
a 42LE transmission store a programmable value called pinion factor. The Pinion Factor selection
provides a way to adjust speedometer calibration to compensate for a tire size change.
The Controller Antilock Brake (CAB) generates the vehicle speed based on the input from the rear
wheel speed sensor, the differential size, and the size of the tires. If these variables are not
programmed in, the speedometer will not work and the automatic transmission may exhibit erratic
shift quality.
40
Chrysler Testing Testing Body and Transmission Systems
All sensor and switch readings in Codes and Data are “live” values. The control modules do not
substitute default values for failed components.
Fault Codes
All fault codes—except those for the TCM—are hard codes. That is, the fault is present at the time
of testing. If the fault is intermittent and goes away, the code disappears. These modules do not
store soft codes.
41
Chrysler Testing Testing Body and Transmission Systems
The TCM does store soft codes for intermittent problems. A code that appears in the transmission
Codes and Data or Codes Only display may be either hard or soft. Hard codes are present during
testing, while soft codes are intermittent and setting conditions may not be present when testing.
42
Chrysler Testing Testing ABS Systems
NOTE:
i “The ATM tests actuate solenoids in the transmission. The parking brake must be set during the
tests. The shift lever must be in park to exit an ATM test. If the shift lever is not in park, the scan
tool does not exit the test.” on page 39
2. Road test and run through a complete up and down shift sequence.
Avoid moving the throttle on steady acceleration upshifts. The TCM must also learn
high-speed and low-speed kickdown shifts. Refer to Chrysler test procedures for more
information. A typical CVI display is shown in Figure 4-53.
LR Clutch_________48 OD Clutch________61
** Clutch Volume Index Test **
No Codes Present
2-4 Clutch________33 UD Clutch________37
Figure 4-53 Sample CVI screen
RPM Display
Selecting RPM Display displays speed parameters available from the TCM. Values are based on
sensor signals for engine speed, turbine acceleration, and output shaft speed data. The Engine
RPM parameter is from the ignition system, all others are from the TCM. The TCM looks at the
PRNODDL, hydraulic pressure, and speed sensors to determine automatic gear selection.
43
Chrysler Testing Testing ABS Systems
depressurize the system by applying and releasing the brake pedal at least 25 times. Follow
instructions from the vehicle and system manufacturers for information on hydraulic system
service and safety.
44
Chrysler Testing Testing ABS Systems
Bendix Systems
A Codes and Data display is available for models with Bendix 4, ABX-4, Bendix 6 and Bendix 10.
A typical Bendix ABS Codes and Data screen is shown in Figure 4-55.
Pump_______OFF MP Monitor(V)__13.2
** Codes & Data. OK To Drive **
No Codes Present
System Relay_____ON System RLY(V)__13.2
Figure 4-55 Sample Bendix 4 Codes and Data display
In the ABS Codes and Data mode, the antilock functions of the Bendix systems are fully
functional, and new trouble codes may set. The vehicle may also be driven for testing.
Teves Systems
There are currently three Teves ABS systems used by Chrysler:
• Mark IV
• Mark IVg
• Mark 20
The ABS data parameters vary depending on which system is installed on the vehicle, however,
the display is similar for all three (Figure 4-56).
When in the ABS Codes and Data mode, the antilock functions of Teves systems are not fully
functional. The vehicle can be driven safely for testing, new codes do not set.
Kelsey-Hayes, TRW
Dodge trucks, SUVs, and full-sized vans currently use two different types of ABS:
• EBS-125 RWAL
• EBC-325 4WAL
In the ABS Codes and Data mode for these systems, the ABS is fully functional, and the vehicle
may be driven for testing.
45
Chrysler Testing Testing ABS Systems
A Functional Tests selection is available for Bendix 4, Bendix ABX-4, and all Teves systems
(Figure 4-57). Functional tests for Bendix 6 and 10 systems are limited to the ATM tests. For these
Bendix systems, an ATM Tests selection appears on the Main Menu (CHRY ABS) in place of the
Functional Tests selection (Figure 4-58). Only the tests available for the identified vehicle display.
46
Chrysler Testing Testing ABS Systems
• RR Build/Decay Valve
• System Relay
• Left T.C. Isolate Valve
• Right T.C. Isolate Valve
• LF Hydraulic Test
• RF Hydraulic Test
• LR Hydraulic Test
• RR Hydraulic Test
• Rear Hydraulic Test
Functional Tests:
>ATM Tests
Bleed Brakes (Primary)
Bleed Brakes (Secondary)
Figure 4-59 Sample Bendix 4 or ABX-4 Functional Tests menu
Brake Bleeding
The Brake Bleeding selection is available on Bendix 4 and ABX-4. The Chrysler recommended
brake bleeding procedure must be followed in order to purge all the air from these systems.
Failure to follow proper brake bleeding procedures results in improper brake system operation, or
brake system failure. Refer to Chrysler Service Manuals for proper brake bleeding procedures.
The Bendix 4 and ABX-4 systems must be manually bled, but in order to thoroughly purge these
systems, certain solenoid valves must cycle while the brake pedal is held down. Do this only when
instructed by a Bendix brake bleeding procedure in a Chrysler service manual.
47
Chrysler Testing Testing ABS Systems
Once the exit screen displays, you must choose whether to exit or repeat the test.
3. Press Y to continue cycling the solenoid valves.
48
Chrysler Testing Testing ABS Systems
2. Press the brake pedal to begin and “simulating” appears on the second line.
A pulsation should be felt in the pedal.
Bleed Brakes
Brake bleeding on Teves Mark IV, IVg, and 20 ABS consists of:
1. Manually bleeding the brakes.
2. Bleeding the hydraulic control unit (HC).
3. Repeating the manual brake bleed.
Chrysler recommended brake bleeding procedures must be followed for these systems. Refer to
Chrysler service manuals for procedures.
Failure to follow proper brake bleeding procedures results in improper brake system operation or
brake system failure.
When Bleed Brakes is selected, the scan tool cycles the various ABS components on in the proper
order for system bleeding. Remember, the brake system must be manually bled before the
functional test is selected.
z To select:
1. Manually bleed the brakes.
2. Select Bleed Brakes.
The “actuating motor” screen displays (Figure 4-65).
** Bleed Brakes **
Actuating Motor
3. Once the ABS pump motor turns on, the second line of the display changes to read “actuating
motor/outlet valves.”
Bleed the HCU while this message is on the screen. After the outlet valves cycle, the
“actuating motor” screen displays again. At the end of the test sequence, “test is complete”
displays on the second line.
49
Chrysler Testing Testing ABS Systems
Hydraulic Test
Selecting Hydraulic Test from the Functional Tests menu allows you to actuate each of the
solenoids individually as well as powering up the hydraulic pump motor and valves contained in
the hydraulic control unit (HCU).
NOTE:
i Chrysler recommends that the HCU be bled any time it is opened or replaced. You must bleed the
brake system before and after actuating HCU bleeding.
When Hydraulic Test is selected, the ABS ECM begins by cycling the left front valves on and off.
Once the left front valves have been cycled, the ECM begins to cycle to the next component in the
sequence. This sequence continues until all of the valves and the pump motor have been cycled.
The complete hydraulic test cycle sequence is:
1. Left front valves
2. Right front valves
3. Left rear valves
4. Right rear valves
5. Pump motor
2. Press the brake pedal and the first in a series of test screens displays (Figure 4-67).
The screen updates automatically as each component cycles. At the end of the test
sequence, “test is complete” displays on the second line.
Clear Codes
NOTE:
i ABS codes are cleared the same as engine codes, described on “Clear Codes” on page 16.
50
Chrysler Testing Testing ABS Systems
If code-clearing fails for any reason, previous codes reappear in the ABS Codes and Data display.
If so, return to the Exit menu and repeat the clear codes operation. In addition, ABS codes are
automatically cleared by the ABS controller after 50 ignition cycles.
51
Chapter 5 Ford Operations
This chapter explains how to begin using the scan tool’s basic setup and test functions. This
information is specific to Ford vehicles. For general scan tool functionality, see the user’s manual
appropriate to your diagnostic tool.
For additional information on Ford vehicles, see the following sections:
• “Ford Testing” on page 68
• “Ford Data Parameters” on page 311
• “Ford Communications Problems” on page 716
YES NO
Select Ford
VIN Mode
Identify Vehicle
Select System
Main Menu
52
Ford Operations Identifying a Vehicle
Press Y To Continue
Figure 5-2 Sample Software Confirmation menu
z To identify a vehicle:
1. Press Y to confirm the software selection.
2. Select VIN Entry Mode.
A vehicle ID request screen similar to Figure 5-3 displays.
VIN: -F--A--2-4------
Vehicle: 2004 Ford Freestar
Engine: 4.2L V6 EEC-V SEFI
Press Y To Continue. N For New ID.
Figure 5-4 Sample Vehicle ID Confirmation screen
53
Ford Operations Selecting a System
17-character VIN sequence used on 1981 and later models. Therefore, you cannot identify a 1980
car to the scan tool using the VIN characters requested on the scan tool display.
Substitute the following characters to identify a 1980 EEC-III system:
Select System:
>Engine & Powertrain
ABS
Airbag
Figure 5-5 Sample Ford System Selection menu
Selecting a system may open additional menus that involve choosing options (Figure 5-6).
Press Y To Continue.
Figure 5-7 Sample Ford connection message
54
Ford Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
55
Ford Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
1 2 4
6
3 7
Figure 5-13 MECS 6-pin connector and STI terminals—uses the MULTI-1 adapter
1— STI terminal
For all models except early Tracer.
2— STI terminal
For early Tracer (in engine compartment).
3— Red MULTI-1 wire
4— 6-pin connector
5— Blue MULTI-1 wire
6— Brown MULTI-1 wire
7— Black MULTI-1 wire to chassis ground
56
Ford Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
2 3 4
1 2 3
NOTE:
i 1983 5.0L trucks have a separate STI pigtail.
57
Ford Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
3
1
NOTE:
i Some 1994–95 Ford vehicles have an OBD-II style 16-pin DLC under the dash that only functions
for the Generic Electronic Module (GEM) or ABS. This connector does not work for testing the
engine, powertrain, or transmission modules. Check the VECI label to verify if the vehicle is not
OBD-II compliant.
1 2 3
4 5 6
Figure 5-17 EEC-V data link connector—1994–95
58
Ford Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
Figure 5-18 EEC-V data link connector—1996–2002 early model without UBP
1— Data bus +
2— Case ground
3— Power ground
4— ABS (Villager only)
5— Data bus –
6— Module programming signal
7— Battery B+
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
Figure 5-19 EEC-V data link connector—2002 and later model with UBP
1— SCP bus –
2— UBP
3— Case ground
4— Power ground
5— ISO K-line
6— ABS (Villager only)
7— SCP bus +
8— Module programming signal
9— Battery B+
59
Ford Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
1 2 3 4 5
9 8 7 6
Figure 5-20 EEC-V data link connector—2003 and later model with CAN
60
Ford Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
3
6
4
5
1 2
IMPORTANT:
When using the MULTI-1 adapter, do not connect the scan tool to the MECS tach connector. Doing
so may damage to the scan tool. See the “Identifying the STI Connector” section that follows.
NOTE:
i STI and tach circuits are integrated into the 17-pin diagnostic connector on 1991–93 Escort and
Tracer and 1993 Probe (see Figure 5-14 on page 57). There are no single-pin connectors.
If you are still not sure whether you are connected to an STI or tach connector, follow the
procedure below.
61
Ford Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
z To connect to an IVSC:
1. Make sure the ignition is off.
2. Connect the data cable to the EEC-IV self-test connector in the engine compartment. Use the
standard FORD-1 test adapter.
For IVSC testing, the single-wire STI pigtail of the FORD-1 adapter is not connected for the KOEO
self-test, but the pigtail is connected for the KOER self-test.
62
Ford Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
1 3
2 5
4
Figure 5-22 The 4EAT diagnostic connector for 1.6L, 1.9L, 2.2L, and 3.0L engines
1— STI connector
2— Red MULTI-1 wire
63
Ford Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
64
Ford Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
3
Figure 5-23 MECS 17-pin connector—uses the MULTI-1 adapter
z To connect to a 4EAT:
1. Make sure the ignition is off.
2. Connect to the vehicle using the MULTI-1 test adapter.
The connections described are for powering the scan tool so the user will be able to access
code-gathering information. See Figure 5-25 and Table 5-4 for connector locations.
65
Ford Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
1
2
4
5
1— RABS module
2— RABS diagnostic test connector
3— RABS diagnostic test connector
4— PSOM test connector
5— RABS module
66
Ford Operations Ford Vehicles Without Self-Diagnostic Capability
67
Chapter 6 Ford Testing
This chapter provides information and procedures for using the scan tool with the following control
systems:
NOTE:
i Specific selection and menu items may vary by year, make, and model.
NOTE:
i When testing optional systems, always consider that a specific test vehicle may not be equipped
with a particular option. The menu choices for subsystems display whether or not the vehicle
actually has the optional equipment installed. Attempting to communicate with a non-existent
subsystem results in either a “no communication” message, or data values displayed as “N/A”.
68
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
IMPORTANT:
Always verify that the correct Personality Key™ or CAN adapter is being used as directed by the
on-screen massages
69
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
70
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
Instructions on-screen tell when it is advisable to turn the key off and back on, or to restart the
engine before proceeding. You may choose whether or not to follow these instructions. If test
results appear erroneous or incomplete, or the PCM does not respond, switch the key off, wait 10
seconds, then restart the test.
KOEO Self-Test
The KOEO Self-Test selection displays on-demand codes present with the ignition on and the
engine not running. These are usually electrical open and short circuits and must be serviced first,
before any other codes. On EEC-IV systems, the KOEO test displays continuous memory codes
of intermittent faults from PCM memory. On an EEC-V/CAN system, the continuous memory
codes are accessed by selecting Memory Codes. Memory Codes are serviced last, after any
on-demand codes.
Review Codes
33 EGR Valve Not Opening
71 Idle Tracking SW Stuck Or CKT Problem
95 Fuel Pump CKT Open - ECA To Ground
71
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
NOTE:
i The last line reads “End of List” when you reach the end, but this does not necessarily mean that
the test is complete, especially with slow codes.
72
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
the MCU control system do not set codes. Use the KOEO self-test for EEC-IV systems described
on “EEC-IV KOEO Self-Tests” on page 71 to test an MCU system.
KOER Self-Test
Selecting KOER Self-Test displays on-demand codes present with the engine running. Service
these codes after KOEO on-demand codes and before memory codes. Most Ford vehicles do not
perform a KOER test if any KOEO hard codes are present and uncorrected.
The entire engine-running test usually takes about 1 to 3 minutes for an EEC-V/CAN system or an
EEC-IV system when reading fast codes. The time varies depending on the particular application
and the number of codes. The test takes longer on EEC-IV systems with slow codes. The “self-test
initiated wait for codes” message means that the scan tool attempted to start the test, but it does
not mean the PCM responded. If the message stays on the screen for more than 2 to 3 minutes
with no code response, the test probably did not start.
NOTE:
i A rough-running engine may produce false KOER DTCs.
The scan tool displays only on-demand codes for faults present during the engine-running test.
Diagnose and repair problems in the order in which codes display. Repair any KOEO on-demand
codes first, before diagnosing codes from the KOER self-test.
If codes are not present, a “System Pass” message displays. If codes are present, they display by
number and description (Figure 6-7).
Review Codes
33 EGR Valve Not Opening
71 Idle Tracking SW Stuck Or CKT Problem
95 Fuel Pump CKT Open - ECA To Ground
Other engine systems may require different operator actions during the engine-running test. Some
MCU systems, for example, require that engine speed be held at a specified RPM during the test.
The scan tool displays any special instructions when required.
73
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
and air injection. The scan tool automatically displays any codes recorded and transmitted up to
the point where the test stopped.
The code display is a valid report of system problems. Diagnose and correct the condition that
caused the code. This may be as simple as ensuring that the engine is fully warm and repeating
the test. After the problem is corrected, always repeat the test to be sure that the code is not reset
and that no other codes are present.
NOTE:
i A hand-operated vacuum pump is needed to trigger the KOER self-test on all EEC-III systems
except 1983 5.0L trucks.
*Engine-Running Self-Test*
Start Engine And Run At 2000 RPM
For 2 Minutes, Or Until EGO Is Warm.
Press Y When Done. [ 1.23]
2. Be sure the ignition has been off for 10 seconds; then start and run the engine at 2000 RPM
for 2 minutes to reach normal operating temperature and enter closed loop.
The timer at the lower right of the screen counts time as the engine warms up. If the engine is
not fully warm, the self-test may not complete.
3. Press Y and an initiation message displays (Figure 6-9).
4. Apply 22 inHg of vacuum to the vent port of the barometric and manifold absolute pressure
(BMAP) sensor. Hold vacuum for about 8 seconds; then release it. The vacuum release
triggers the self-test.
A “test initiated wait” message displays. The EEC-III system cycles through the self-test, and
a code list displays at the end of the test:
a. If no codes are present, “11 system pass” displays.
b. If codes are present, they display in numerical order.
74
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
3
1
2
4 5 6
1— STI pigtail
2— Jumper wire
3— EEC-III STI connector
4— Black MULTI-1 wire
5— Blue MULTI-1 wire
6— Brown MULTI-1 wire
75
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
An EEC-IV screen is similar to the EEC-V/CAN screen shown. Follow the on-screen
instructions. The engine must be warm for test results to be valid. The timer at the right side
of the bottom line counts minutes and seconds from when this test is selected. It counts to
9:59, then repeats from 0:00.
IMPORTANT:
Keep hands and test leads away from the fan and other engine parts during all engine running
tests. Certain components may cycle on at any time during engine running tests.
2. Press Y after 2 minutes and a test initiation message displays (Figure 6-12).
On an EEC-IV system, if you performed the engine-off test before the engine-running test, a
“warning” message displays if the ignition was not switched off. This message means the
self-test output (STO) circuit to the PCM is energized from a previous test. For some vehicles,
you can ignore this message and press Y to enter the KOER test. If uncertain, turn the key off,
wait 10 seconds, and test.
3. Press Y and “self-test initiated wait for codes” displays.
You should hear engine speed change with most systems during the test if it progresses
normally. Also, the screen changes and may make certain requests during the self-test. At the
end of the KOER self-test, a code list displays.
76
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
IMPORTANT:
Do not press N to exit a KOER test until the last code pulse is received. Wait at least 5 to 10
seconds after the last LED flash before pressing N to exit. Pressing N sooner interrupts the code
transmission and not all codes are received. “End of List” does not necessarily mean that the test
is over.
NOTE:
i MCU cylinders 4 and 6 require 2500 RPM before the test will initiate.
Code Speed
Most EEC-IV systems transmit both slow codes and fast codes, and the scan tool reads either.
The only difference between the slow and fast codes is the transmission speed from the system
PCM. Typically, fast code transmission is the quickest and most accurate way to perform tests.
However, some vehicles may not reliably transmit fast codes. On others, signal interference
causes invalid service codes.
Use the Code Speed selection on the Codes Menu to choose the desired code-reading speed. On
an EEC-IV vehicle, the Code Speed selection also allows choosing between automatic or manual
clearing of continuous codes. Code speed selections remain as set until you change it, or until the
internal battery is disconnected.
If you select Fast Codes w/Automatic Code Clearing, the scan tool automatically clears codes
from the PCM after reading the fast code transmission cycle during the KOEO test. Select slow
codes and you must manually clear codes using the Clear Codes selection on the Codes Menu.
Selecting Code Speed opens the Select Code Speed menu (Figure 6-13).
77
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
Memory Codes
Available on power stroke diesel and EEC-V systems only, selecting Memory Codes displays the
continuous codes of intermittent faults from PCM memory. These codes should be serviced last,
after any on-demand codes. On EEC-IV systems, memory codes gather at the end of the KOEO
self-test.
Clear Codes
Clear Codes is available on EEC-IV and EEC-V/CAN systems only, this selection manually clears
continuous codes from PCM memory. On EEC-IV systems, you have the option of clearing codes
automatically after a KOEO self-test.
NOTE:
i This manual code-clearing method must be used if the code speed selection is set to read slow
codes or fast codes with auto code clear. See “Reading EEC-IV Slow Codes” on page 76 for more
information.
78
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
Codes Cleared
Press N To Exit.
If the codes cleared message does not appear after about 1 minute, refer to “Ford
Communications Problems” on page 716 to diagnose a vehicle self-test failure.
NOTE:
i Before clearing codes on an EEC-V/CAN system, always check freeze frame data, pending
DTCs, OBD-II Readiness Monitors, and Mode 06 Data.
Clear Codes
Key Must Be On With The Engine Off Or
Running. Press N To Exit Without
Clearing. Press Y To Clear Codes.
2. Press Y.
A “self-test initiated” message displays. After about 40 to 60 seconds, the “codes cleared”
screen should display (Figure 6-15). If the codes cleared message does not appear after
about 1 minute, refer to “Ford Communications Problems” on page 716.
Review Codes
The Review Codes selection is available on the Codes Menu after running a self-test. This
selection is available on EEC-III, MCU, EEC-IV, and EEC-V/CAN systems.
z To review codes:
1. Select Review Codes.
2. Repair faults in the order listed. Also, remember these points:
3. Review all codes until “end of list” appears.
79
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
4. Select Fast Codes w/Automatic Code Clearing for any EEC-IV system and the scan tool
clears codes from the PCM automatically after a test but saves them in the scan tool memory.
5. The scan tool saves the codes from the most recent KOEO or KOER self-test for display in
review codes. If a test is repeated, new codes replace previous ones.
6. Always record continuous memory codes after any EEC-IV test. They may be automatically
cleared from the PCM, and subsequent tests may not display them.
7. If you are reading slow codes or fast codes without auto code clear on an EEC-IV system, the
scan tool saves them in memory. However, the Clear Codes selection must be used to clear
the PCM.
Print Codes
The Print Codes selection prints the service code list from scan tool memory. All printouts of the
code list include the vehicle ID.
z To print codes:
1. Select Print Codes.
A “printing wait” message displays. After printing is complete, the message clears.
2. Press N at any time during the printing process to abort printing.
The display returns to the Codes Menu before the printing is complete. If the printer does not
respond or fails, a “not responding” message displays (Figure 6-17). If the printer problem is
corrected, or if the printer recovers, the display returns to the normal printing screen and the
printer resumes printing.
Printing Wait.
Press N To Abort Printing.
Printer Not Responding. Check Printer.
Check Printer Paper.
If multiple codes are received, the scan tool continues to add to the list. Scroll to view the numbers
and titles of all codes. Code numbers appear on the top line in the order in which the ECM
transmits them (Figure 6-19).
80
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
LEDs flash simultaneously with the codes as they are received by the scan tool.
NOTE:
i Some vehicles transmit codes very slowly. Allow several seconds after receiving any code to
ensure that no more codes follow.
NOTE:
i For EEC-IV vehicles, the ignition key should be switched off when selecting Functional Tests from
the Main Menu - PCM.
This section includes the following functional tests for EEC-IV systems:
• “Computed Timing Test” on page 81
• “Wiggle (Engine Off) Test” on page 82
• “Wiggle (Engine Running) Test” on page 83
• “Output State Check” on page 84
• “Idle Speed Adjustment Test” on page 85
• “SEFI Cylinder Balance Test— 1986 to 1995 EEC-IV Engines Only” on page 86
• “LFC and HFC (Low and High Fan Control)” on page 88
81
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
On most EEC-IV engines, the PCM advances timing 20° above the base timing setting. So if the
base timing specification is 10° BTDC, expect to read 30° BTDC with a timing light or meter. Refer
to Ford service manuals for timing specifications and test procedures.
NOTE:
i A “warning” message displays (Figure 6-22) if the timing check test is selected with the engine
running or with the ignition switch on. This means the PCM self-test output (STO) circuit is still
energized from a previous test. On some vehicles, this message can be ignored. If uncertain, turn
the key off, wait 10 seconds, restart the engine, then enter the test.
2. With the engine warm and running at idle, press Y to start the test.
3. Check the timing with a timing light or timing meter within 2 minutes.
82
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
NOTE:
i Do not wiggle the test adapter loose from the self-test connector during this test or a false code
may set. Always exit the test before turning off the ignition or a false code may result.
2. If the engine is running, a warning message displays. Switch the engine off, wait 10 seconds,
then restart the test. Otherwise, start and run the engine at idle speed.
3. Once the engine is fully warm, press Y to enter the test.
83
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
The screen momentarily displays a test initiated message, then switches to the test screen
(Figure 6-26).
NOTE:
i Do not wiggle the test adapter loose from the self-test connector during this test, or a false code
may set. Always exit the test before turning off the ignition.
NOTE:
i The EEC-V menu selection is Output State Test instead of Output State Check for EEC-IV
systems. This difference is with terminology only; the function is the same.
2. Following the screen instructions, switch the ignition on with the engine off, then press Y.
IMPORTANT:
When the test begins, all actuators (except IAC and fuel injectors) should be off and the control
circuits from the PCM should be high (above 10 V). Use the DVOM or lab scope to check
actuators.
84
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
A “self-test initiated” screen displays, followed by the test screen (Figure 6-28).
3. Press the accelerator to wide open throttle (WOT) to switch all engine actuators from off to on
or from on to off.
All of the actuators stay on or off until the throttle is pressed again. As the actuators change
state, the bottom line of the display shows if they are on or off.
IMPORTANT:
If any service codes other than “11–no faults present” are displayed after the engine-running test,
correct any code problems before proceeding with the idle adjustment.
2. Start the engine and run at 2000 RPM for two minutes.
85
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
There is a clock displayed in the lower right corner of the screen. Skip this warm-up if the
engine is already warm.
3. Press Y and the “test initiated” screen displays.
Once the test is complete, the scan tool sends a start-idle-test signal to the PCM. The screen
changes as the scan tool waits for a response from the PCM (Figure 6-30). Some 1991 5.8L
truck engines do not have the idle speed test.
When the idle speed test signal is received from the PCM, the throttle stop screw adjustment
screen displays (Figure 6-31). The display indicates if idle speed is too high, too low, or
correct. If the display reads “TPS out of adjustment—fix first,” the throttle position sensor must
be fixed to proceed. If idle speed is correct, skip to the last step.
Ten minutes after the idle speed test signal is received, the PCM stops communicating.
Normally, this is enough time to complete the adjustment. If not, return to the Functional Tests
menu and repeat.
4. Turn the throttle stop until “idle RPM correct” displays.
5. Press N when the idle RPM is correct.
An instruction and verification screen displays (Figure 6-32).
6. Run the engine at 1500 RPM for 10 seconds, return to idle, and press Y.
An idle RPM correct message should display. If not, repeat the idle speed adjustment.
7. When the idle is properly adjusted, press N to exit.
86
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
z To perform a First Level SEFI Cylinder Balance Test on 1988 to 1995 models:
1. Perform a KOER self-test.
2. After the last repeated service code is received, wait approximately 10 seconds.
3. Lightly depress throttle and release.
You will notice a RPM rise and cylinder deactivation when the test starts. The test will run for
approximately 90 seconds.
87
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
z To perform a Second Level SEFI Cylinder Balance Test on 1988 to 1995 models:
1. Perform a First Level SEFI Cylinder Balance Test.
2. After the last repeated Cylinder Balance test pass code 90, re-enter the test within 2 minutes
by lightly depressing and releasing the throttle. The second level testing will now complete.
z To perform a Second Level SEFI Cylinder Balance Test on 1988 to 1995 models:
1. Perform a Second Level SEFI Cylinder Balance Test.
2. After the last repeated Cylinder Balance test pass code 90, re-enter the test within 2 minutes
by lightly depressing and releasing the throttle. The third level testing will now complete.
88
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
2. If the engine is running, a warning message displays. Switch the engine off, wait 10 seconds,
then restart the test. Otherwise, start and run the engine at idle speed.
3. Once the engine is fully warm, press Y to enter the test.
The screen momentarily displays a test initiated message, then switches to the test screen
(Figure 6-34).
NOTE:
i Do not wiggle the test adapter loose from the self-test connector during this test, or a false code
may set. Always exit the test before turning off the ignition.
89
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
NOTE:
i The EEC-V menu selection is Output State Test instead of Output State Check for EEC-IV
systems. This difference is with terminology only; the function is the same.
2. Following the screen instructions, switch the ignition on with the engine off, then press Y.
IMPORTANT:
When the test begins, all actuators (except IAC and fuel injectors) should be off and the control
circuits from the PCM should be high (above 10 V). Use the DVOM or lab scope to check
actuators.
A “self-test initiated” screen displays, followed by the test screen (Figure 6-36).
3. Press the accelerator to wide open throttle (WOT) to switch all engine actuators from off to on
or from on to off.
All of the actuators stay on or off until the throttle is pressed again. As the actuators change
state, the bottom line of the display shows if they are on or off.
90
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
NOTE:
i Use a 0.515-inch gauge block (Ford tool T83-78200-AH, or equivalent) when performing this test.
See Transmission Troubleshooter Reference F1002 for tool dimensions and usage.
The FIPL sensor attaches to the diesel injection pump and is operated by the throttle lever
(Figure 6-37). The FIPL sensor transmits a signal to the transmission electronic control (TEC)
module that varies in proportion to the amount of fuel being delivered by the pump. An FIPL
sensor operates much like the throttle position sensor on a gasoline engine. The TEC uses the
FIPL signal to control shifting and torque capacity, which results in line pressure changes. This is
similar to a vacuum modulator or throttle valve linkage operation on a conventional automatic
transmission.
2 3
IMPORTANT:
Do not release the throttle with the gauge block in place, as the gauge block can fall inside the
intake valley, making it difficult to retrieve.
NOTE:
i When the FIPL sensor malfunctions, the TCM detects an out-of-limit signal and goes to a backup
mode to protect the transmission. In this mode, the TEC commands maximum throttle valve (TV)
pressure for a single shift schedule regardless of throttle position—equivalent to a heavy, but not
wide open, throttle. Harsh upshifts, particularly noticeable at light throttle, result. An intermittent or
erratic signal or an incorrectly adjusted FIPL sensor may not be detected by the TEC, resulting in
shifting problems and possible transmission damage.
91
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
2. Insert the 0.515-inch gauge block between the gauge boss and the maximum throttle travel
screw (Figure 6-39). Hold the throttle open against the gauge block to keep it in place.
1
4
On F-series trucks, the throttle return spring may be used to hold the throttle lever open.
To do this:
a. Release the throttle and remove the throttle cable from the throttle lever on the right side
of the pump.
b. Remove the throttle return spring.
c. Install one end of the spring over the throttle lever ball stud and the other end over the
throttle cable support bracket.
3. After inserting the gauge block, press Y.
The FIPL adjustment screen displays (Figure 6-40).
*FIPL Adjustment*
Press Y Then Turn Key On. Do Not Start
The Engine.
Hold Throttle Down During Entire Test.
Figure 6-40 Sample FIPL adjustment screen
4. Without starting the engine. Hold the throttle down, press Y, and turn the ignition on.
A “self test initiated” screen displays, the scan tool starts the KOEO test, then waits for a signal
from the PCM indicating that the vehicle is ready for FIPL adjustment. The display indicates
when the FIPL adjust test is complete (Figure 6-41).
92
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
IMPORTANT:
Do not turn the key off until the FIPL Adjust test is complete and the engine off test complete
message displays on the screen. Doing so gives inaccurate test results.
5. Press the overdrive cancel switch once to begin the FIPL test (Figure 6-42). The overdrive
cancel switch is on the end of the shift lever or the instrument panel.
Ten minutes after the overdrive-cancel switch is pressed, the PCM stops communicating with
the scan tool. Normally, this is enough time to complete the test and adjustment. If not, exit the
test, go to the Functional Tests menu, and repeat this procedure.
IMPORTANT:
Incorrect FIPL sensor adjustment may result in transmission damage. The sensor is attached to
the pump with tamperproof screws. Do not move the mounting bracket. Only adjust the clearance
between the sensor-to-bracket screws and the sensor.
6. If needed, adjust the FIPL sensor as follows and refer to Figure 6-43.
a. Loosen the two FIPL sensor attachment screws.
b. Slowly rotate the sensor until the display indicates the setting is correct. The FIPL sensor
rotates slightly in either direction. Rotate the FIPL first one way, and then the other until
properly adjusted. If the sensor cannot be properly adjusted, replace it.
c. Tighten the screws to 75 to 90 inch-pounds of torque.
d. Remove the gauge block and cycle the throttle lever from idle to WOT five times.
e. Use the gauge block and verify the FIPL setting. If further adjustment is necessary, repeat
the procedure.
93
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
2
1
The EEC-V Functional Tests menu offers various selections for vehicles with gasoline engines
including:
• “Output State Test” on page 94
• “Module Identification Test” on page 95
• “Bypass EVAP System Cold Soak” on page 96
• “EVAP System Test” on page 96
• “Interactive Bi-directional Functional Tests— EEC V (OBD II)” on page 96
• “Testing Transmission Systems and Functional Tests” on page 98
94
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
! CAUTION
Make sure the fuel system is intact and not being serviced before proceeding. Selecting all outputs
on causes the electric fuel pump to briefly energize. Also, make sure fan blades are clear of
obstruction before selecting low or high speed fan on.
95
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
Select Test:
>Bypass EVAP System Cold Soak Time
EVAP System Test
Output System Test
Selecting the EVAP system cold soak bypass test allows the OBD ‘EVAP running loss drive cycle’
to proceed for the purpose of evaporative system fault verification. This functional test is designed
to bypass the ‘engine off cold soak timer’ that otherwise requires an engine off waiting period (for
instance, 6 hours) before the EVAP monitor is available. Do not shut the ignition off once the EVAP
bypass mode is enabled, or the EVAP cold soak timer will be reset. Certain conditions, such as the
correct fuel level, are required for successful EVAP system testing.
IMPORTANT:
Performing this procedure will clear the PCM of any stored diagnostic information and reset the
Readiness Monitor Status. It is recommended to gather any desired diagnostic information such
as memory DTCs or Freeze Frame Data before testing. Follow the factory recommendations for
specific EVAP system drive cycle procedures.
IMPORTANT:
If the EVAP system test is repeated, a waiting period (at least 90 seconds) is recommended to
prevent a possible false leak condition.
96
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
>SSA_SS1
On Off Scroll Data Exit
RPM___________908 SSA_SS1_________OFF
SSB_SS2_______OFF TCC(%)___________25
>SSA_SS1
On Off Scroll Data Exit
RPM___________908 SSA_SS1_________OFF
SSB_SS2_______OFF TCC(%)___________25
Selecting Test from this screen changes the display to show the commanded duty cycle of the
Electronic Pressure Control solenoid as a percentage, starting with zero (Figure 6-50).
97
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
During a variable control test, scroll to increase or decrease the variable control value. In the
above example, scrolling instantaneously changes the Electronic Pressure Control solenoid
opening by varying the duty cycle in increments of 15%. The duty cycle commanded by the scan
tool is in the upper right corner of the screen (Figure 6-51). Other tests act similarly.
Select System
>Engine & Powertrain
Antilock Brakes
Airbag
Transmission tests are integrated into the PCM menu (Figure 6-53).
2004 and later transmission tests are available in a separate menu selection (Figure 6-54).
98
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
Transmission tests are available at the transmission main menu (Figure 6-55).
! CAUTION
Do not enter a functional test while conducting a road test unless the road test requires it. The
PCM makes changes to transmission shift scheduling, the ignition timing, fuel delivery, and other
vehicle functions, which may affect engine operation and vehicle control. If a device control limit
message displays while performing a functional test, it means the test aborted due to an internal
function of the PCM (Figure 6-56). This does not indicate a problem with the scan tool. Some
safety limits are engineered into the PCM to prevent a functional test from enabling under certain
99
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
inappropriate conditions (Figure 6-56). Always use caution when controlling the automatic
transmission to prevent injuries and damage.
Two functional tests are available to test transmission systems:
• “Trans Bench Mode” on page 100
• “Trans Drive Mode” on page 101
100
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
2. Select a solenoid.
A functional test menu displays (Figure 6-61).
SSA_SS1 Off
>ON Off Scroll Data Exit
RPM_____________908 SSA_SS1________ON
SSB_SS2__________OFF TCC(%)_________25
Figure 6-61 Typical shift solenoid control test with shift solenoid Off
3. Turn the solenoid ON by pressing Y. Turn the solenoid Off by pressing Y again (Figure 6-62).
SSA_SS1 ON
ON >OFF Scroll Data Exit
RPM_____________908 SSA_SS1________ON
SSB_SS2__________OFF TCC(%)_________25
Figure 6-62 Typical shift solenoid control test with shift solenoid ON
101
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
Select Component:
>Gear Command
Electronic Pressure Control
TCC Solenoid [v]
2. Select a solenoid.
A functional test menu displays (Figure 6-65).
Gear Command 1
>Test Scroll Data Exit
RPM_____________908 SSA_SS1________ON
SSB_SS2__________OFF TCC(%)_________25
Gear Command 1
*1 Scroll Data Exit
RPM_____________908 SSA_SS1________ON
SSB_SS2__________OFF TCC(%)_________25
4. Scroll to select the desired gear command and Press Y to select the scroll data.
102
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
if the test or function selected is not supported or the test conditions are not correct (for instance
if the vehicle is moving).
Typical functional test sequence is shown in Figure 6-67, Figure 6-68, Figure 6-69:
Select Test
Trans Bench Mode
Trans Drive Mode
>Clear Trans Tables
Test/Function Completed.
Trans Adapt Tables Cleared.
Press N To Exit
103
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
! CAUTION
Make sure the fuel system is intact and not being serviced before proceeding. Selecting all outputs
on causes the electric fuel pump to briefly energize. Also, make sure fan blades are clear of
obstruction before selecting low or high speed fan on.
z To conduct an output state test on a vehicle with a Powerstroke 7.3L diesel engine:
1. Select Output State Test.
A test activation screen displays (Figure 6-70).
2. Press and release the accelerator pedal to cycle the output state of relays, solenoids, the
transmission control indicator lamp (TCIL), the fuel delivery command signal (FDCS), the
cylinder identification (CID) signal, the wait-to-start lamp, and the electronic feedback (EF)
signal from the injector drive module (IDM).
3. Take circuit readings while the test is activated.
104
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
! CAUTION
Make sure the fuel system is intact and that no fittings or connections are open for service before
proceeding with the injector buzz test.
105
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
This means the scan tool attempted to start the test. It does not mean that the PCM
responded. If the message stays on-screen for more than several minutes, the test probably
did not start. Refer to “Ford Communications Problems” on page 716 to diagnose the cause
of a self-test failure.
During the test, all injectors buzz together for about two seconds, then each injector buzzes
individually in cylinder sequence, 1 through 8, for about one second. At the end of the test, a
service code list displays (Figure 6-73).
Service Codes:
** On Demand Self-Test Codes **
P1111 System Pass
** End Of List **
NOTE:
i The vehicle batteries must be in good condition and the charging system working properly before
testing. During the test, battery voltage must be above 11.8 V and below 14.0 V. Connect a DMM
to the battery to monitor voltage. If necessary, raise the engine speed during the test to maintain
battery voltage.
3. Press Y.
The “self-test initiated” message displays, which means the scan tool has attempted to start
the test. It does not mean the vehicle responded. If the message remains on-screen for more
than several minutes, the test probably did not start. Refer to “Ford Communications
Problems” on page 716 to diagnose the cause of a vehicle self-test failure. When the PCM
finishes the test, a service code list automatically displays.
106
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
3. Press Y.
107
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
The “self-test initiated” message displays. This message means the scan tool attempted to
start the test. It does not mean the vehicle responded. If the message stays on the screen
more than several minutes, the test probably did not start. See “Ford Communications
Problems” on page 716 to diagnose the cause.
During the test, some changes in engine RPM may occur. However, a weak cylinder has little
effect on idle quality during the test.
When the PCM finishes the test, a service code list displays.
Switch Test
Selecting Switch Test initiates a key-on, engine running test of various driver input circuits. This
test is available for 7.3L diesel engines only.
! CAUTION
Always chock the vehicle wheels before performing an engine running switch test. This test
requires parking brake apply and release.
2. Press Y to continue.
Verify the engine is running, then perform the driver inputs in the following order:
a. Press and release the accelerator to start the test.
b. Set and release the parking brake.
c. Press and release the speed control switches.
d. Press and release either the TCS switch or the clutch pedal.
e. Press and release the brake pedal.
3. When the PCM finishes the test, a code list automatically displays.
NOTE:
i False codes may set if the test sequence is followed improperly. Allow about 1 second between
activation of each switch.
108
Ford Testing Testing Engine & Powertrain Systems
These tests display the input and output signals from switches, sensors, and actuators. The speed
at which the scan tool operates and displays data depends on the number of data parameters and
how busy the vehicle control system is. This affects how quickly data changes on the screen, and
the length of time it takes to display a movie. Differences in scan tool operation may be noticed
from vehicle to vehicle. The data readings may appear to change almost instantly on some
models, while they occur much slower on another vehicle. Certain parameters (especially
switches) only change state if held in position.
The Data Display selection requires the scan tool to communicate with the PCM. The ignition must
be on to establish communication. If communication is not established within 5 seconds of the
ignition switching on a “no communication” message displays (Figure 6-79).
This message stays on the screen until communication is established, or the N button is pressed.
Whenever communication is established, the display goes to the selected function.
Data Menu:
>Driveability Emissions
Fuel Oxygen Sensors
Transmission Accessories
109
Ford Testing Testing ABS Systems
Selecting any of the Data Menu menu items causes the Custom Data menu to display
(Figure 6-81). This feature allows you to customize the data list by selecting which data
parameters to display. Eliminating unneeded parameters results in a faster display update rate.
The fewer parameters displayed, the faster the update rate.
When the Custom Data menu is first entered, all parameters are selected, as denoted by the
asterisk that appears before them. Custom data list selections are retained in scan tool memory
until a new vehicle ID is entered or another vehicle control system is selected.
Be aware, this may limit Troubleshooter operation with tips that display data parameters.
NOTE:
i For some vehicles, it may be necessary to access the Custom Data menu from the Exit menu.
NOTE:
i The following sections apply to ABS systems on vehicles with or without traction control.
After selecting ABS from the System Selection menu, the Main Menu - ABS displays
(Figure 6-82). Selections vary by model and year.
110
Ford Testing Testing ABS Systems
NOTE:
i Some 1997 Econolines also require the FRD-4 test adapter.
111
Ford Testing Testing ABS Systems
Figure 6-84 Connector pin 571 on ABS DLC for 1994–96 Econoline with 4WABS
4. Attach the Ground adapter to the black wire on the FRD-4 adapter (Figure 6-85).
112
Ford Testing Testing ABS Systems
KOEO Self-Test
Selecting KOEO Self-Test initiates a self-test for ABS that is similar to that for engine testing. See
“KOEO Self-Test” on page 71 for details.
NOTE:
i Some systems require the ignition to be cycled on after selecting Continue pressing the Y button.
Follow scan tool screen instructions.
A self-test initiated message displays. This message means the scan tool attempted to start
the test, it does not mean the vehicle responded. If the message stays on the screen more
than a few minutes, the test probably did not start. Refer to “Ford Communications Problems”
on page 716.
3. At the end of the test, the service code list displays (Figure 6-87).
If no codes are detected during the test a “P0000 no faults present” message displays.
Memory Codes
The Memory Codes selection displays continuous codes of intermittent faults from the ABS ECM.
Some early-model vehicles automatically gather memory codes at the end of the KOEO self-test.
Continuous codes should be serviced last, after servicing any on-demand codes found during the
KOEO self-test.
113
Ford Testing Testing ABS Systems
A self-test initiated screen displays. This message means the scan tool attempted to start the
test, it does not mean the vehicle responded. If the message stays on the screen more than a
few minutes, the test did not start. Refer to “Ford Communications Problems” on page 716 to
diagnose the cause of a self-test failure.
When the ABS ECM finishes the test, the service code list displays. If no codes are detected
during the test a “P0000 no faults present” message displays (Figure 6-88).
Service Codes
** Continuous Memory Codes-Fix Last **
P0000 No Codes Present
** End Of List **
Clear Codes
Selecting Clear Codes from the Codes Menu erases any continuous codes from the ABS ECM.
On some systems, the KOEO test repeats and the scan tool then interrupts the self-test input line
to clear ABS memory. Some early systems require the vehicle to be driven above 25 MPH
(40 KPH) to clear codes.
If the Codes Cleared does not appear after about one minute of completing a test, refer to “Ford
Communications Problems” on page 716 to diagnose a vehicle self-test failure.
Note the following when clearing codes:
• Some systems prioritize DTCs. After repairing and clearing a DTC, always recheck for
additional faults that may be present.
• Only continuous codes can be cleared. Codes that reappear when the KOEO self-test is
repeated are on-demand codes that must be serviced. Be aware that certain codes, such as
those for the wheel speed sensors and the pump motor, only set while the vehicle is being
driven.
Self-Test Initiated
Wait For Code Clearing.
114
Ford Testing Testing ABS Systems
Codes Cleared
Press N To Exit.
Review Codes
Return to the service code menu from the KOEO self-test or memory code test and Review Codes
appears as a selection.
Codes Menu
>KOEO Self-Test Memory Codes
Clear Codes
Review Codes Print Codes
When this selection is available, it indicates recorded codes are in scan tool memory.
z To review codes:
1. Select Review Codes.
A code list, similar to the lists displayed at the end of the self-tests, displays.
2. Fix the problems in the order listed. Also, remember these important points:
3. Review all codes until “end of list” appears.
4. The scan tool saves codes from the most recent test for display under review codes. On a
re-test, codes from the previous test are replaced with a new list.
5. Always record continuous memory codes after any test.
6. If Memory Codes was selected, the scan tool saves the codes in memory, but the Clear Codes
selection must be used to clear the ABS module memory.
Print Codes
See the Scanner User’s Manual for information on printing.
A Print Codes selection is also available on the Codes Menu following either a KOEO self-test or
a memory code test. All printouts of the code list include the vehicle ID.
115
Ford Testing Testing ABS Systems
ABS Data
LF_WSPD(MPH)______3 RF_WSPD(MPH)______3
LR_WSPD(MPH)______3 RR_WSPD(MPH)______3
CCNTABS___________0 BOO ABS_________OFF
NOTE:
i ABS functions are disabled during data communication. If the vehicle is driven, ABS is not
functional. ABS lamp may flash rapidly during data transmission.
116
Ford Testing Testing ABS Systems
CIRCUIT
57
GROUND
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
603 606
OUTPUT TRIGGER
Code Reading
z To read codes:
1. Connect the scan tool using a Ford 1A or 1B adapter to the ABS data link connector located
in the engine compartment or trunk. The scan tool provides specific locations (Figure 6-94).
Codes Menu
>KOEO Self-Test
Clear Codes
117
Ford Testing Testing ABS Systems
At this time, any stored DTCs will be transmitted and displayed on the scan tool (DTCs, if
present, will also flash out on the ABS lamp during the self test).
The amber ABS lamp should go out immediately after cycling the ignition on, indicating that
self-test has initiated.
If no DTCs are stored (ABS lamp goes out and does not flash). The scan tool display will
remain unchanged.
5. DTC transmission may take 15 seconds each, leave test initiated until all codes are output.
z To clear codes:
1. The 4 wheel ABS system includes an automatic code clearing function.
2. DTCs will remain in the ABS ECU until they are transmitted to the scan tool or flashed out on
the amber warning lamp.
3. After the DTCs are transmitted, you must test drive the vehicle above 25 mph.
4. Any memory DTCs that were stored in the ABS ECU will be cleared at this time.
5. A DTC that does not clear after road testing represents a hard fault.
118
Ford Testing Testing ABS Systems
The RABS module performs system tests and self-tests during startup and normal operation. If a
problem is found, RABS is deactivated, the ABS lamp comes on, and a code may set.
A RABS-I vehicle only stores codes while the ignition is on. If a DTC is present, the ABS or RABS
lamp goes on (no “pass” code). A RABS-II vehicle is equipped with a keep alive memory. DTCs
remain in memory until the diagnostic connector is disconnected and the ignition is cycled off. A
system with no detected faults transmits DTC 16. A base brake fault such as low fluid may cause
the ABS lamp and possibly the red brake warning lamp to go on without storing a DTC. For
information, refer to the Snap-on ABS Troubleshooter Cartridge.
DTCs consist of short flashes followed by a series of long flashes. Count all flashes to read a DTC.
A DTC will flash continuously until the key is turned off. It is best to read a DTC several times and
disregard the first code output because part of the code may be lost when code output begins. On
RABS-I or RABS-II, only one DTC is output at a time.
NOTE:
i The ABS lamp will be on if a DTC is present. Leave the ignition on for the test or the DTC will be
erased.
NOTE:
i RABS-II has the ability to retain the last failure DTC in memory, even if it occurs intermittently
119
Ford Testing Testing ABS Systems
Select Test:
>Bleed Brakes
Pump Motor Test
! CAUTION
Failure to follow proper brake bleeding procedures may result in improper brake system operation
or brake system failure. Refer to the Ford Service Manual for proper brake bleeding procedures.
IMPORTANT:
The ABS system must be manually bled, but in order to thoroughly purge these systems, certain
solenoid valves must cycle while the brake pedal is held down. Perform the ABS Bleed Brakes
functional test only when directed by a brake bleeding procedure in a Ford Service Manual.
120
Ford Testing Testing ABS Systems
Press Y to initiate the automated brake bleeding sequence. When the following message
appears, depress and hold the brake pedal as directed.
The ABS module will automatically activate the hydraulic control valves. Continue holding the
brake pedal as directed during the valve activation (approximately three seconds). Clicking noises
from the hydraulic control unit may be noticed during this portion of the ABS bleed.
The Release Brake Pedal message will automatically appear at the completion of the valve
activation sequence.
When the brake pedal is released, the ABS pump motor will be automatically energized for
approximately 20 seconds.
121
Ford Testing Testing ABS Systems
At the completion of the pump motor activation cycle, the ABS bleed sequence will repeat up to
three times. Follow the on-screen messages until the Test Is Complete message displays.
Test Is Complete.
Press Y Or N To Exit.
Select Test:
Bleed Brakes
>Pump Motor Test
If there are any ABS DTCs present at this time, the Pump Motor Test will not continue.
The ABS pump motor will automatically run for about 15 seconds.
When the pump motor test is complete, the following message displays.
122
Ford Testing Air Suspension and Automatic Ride Control Systems
Test Is Complete
Press Y Or N To Exit.
NOTE:
i Super Star II Emulation Mode has been removed from the Ford Main Menu and is now located in
the Branch Menu as applicable to the system.
Diagnosing these systems involves a series of automatic tests, code gathering, functional tests
and manual tests.
123
Ford Testing Air Suspension and Automatic Ride Control Systems
! WARNING
To prevent injury, always follow manufacturer procedures when servicing suspension systems.
! CAUTION
The air suspension switch must be turned to the Off position when the vehicle is hoisted, jacked,
towed, jump-started, or raised off the ground, to avoid unnecessary operation of the system and
possible damage to the air suspension system components.
Select System:
Engine & Powretrain
Antilock Brakes
>Air Suspension/Elect Variable Orifice
2. Follow the screen instructions to connect to the test vehicle (Figure 6-114).
124
Ford Testing Air Suspension and Automatic Ride Control Systems
3. Press Y to continue.
4. Select Super Star II Mode from the system main menu (Figure 6-115).
1 2
1— Select FORD
2— Test is STI grounded, Hold is STI ungrounded
3— Live is for testing, Review is to scroll through DTCs
See “Super Star II Emulation Mode” on page 147 for additional information.
125
Ford Testing Air Suspension and Automatic Ride Control Systems
5. Connect the scan tool using a Ford 1A or 1B adapter to the ARC DLC in the trunk.
6. Start the engine, or connect the battery charger, and wait at least 2 seconds.
7. Select Test.
126
Ford Testing Air Suspension and Automatic Ride Control Systems
Functional Tests
The functional test is used if the auto/manual test does not identify a symptom. Functional tests
are only available after the auto/manual test has transmitted its DTCs. Leave the scan tool
connected and vehicle running to enter Functional Tests.
127
Ford Testing Air Suspension and Automatic Ride Control Systems
RAS / EVO Drive Cycle Diagnostic Test (1995 to 2002 Crown Victoria, 1995
to 2002 Grand Marquis, and 1995 to 1998 Lincoln Town Car)
Table 6-7 Rear Air Suspension EVO DTC definitions for 1992 to 2002 Crown Victoria, 1992 to 2002 Grand Marquis,
and 1991 to 1998 Lincoln Town Car (part 1 of 2)
DTC Description
10 Diagnostics Entered, Auto Test in Progress
11 Vehicle Passes
12 Auto Tested Passed, Perform Manual Inputs.
13 Auto Test Failed, Perform Manual Inputs.
15 No Drive Cycle Errors Detected (1995 & later only)
128
Ford Testing Air Suspension and Automatic Ride Control Systems
Table 6-7 Rear Air Suspension EVO DTC definitions for 1992 to 2002 Crown Victoria, 1992 to 2002 Grand Marquis,
and 1991 to 1998 Lincoln Town Car (part 2 of 2)
DTC Description
16 EVO Error Code Short Circuit.
17 EVO Error Code Open Circuit.
18 EVO Error Code Bad Valve.
23 Functional Test, Vent Rear.
26 Functional Test, Compress Rear.
28 No Description Available.
31 Functional Test, Air Compressor Relay Toggle.
32 Functional Test, Vent Solenoid Toggle.
33 Functional Test, Air Spring Solenoid Toggle.
35 Drive Cycle Error Codes Erased OK (1995 & later only).
39 Compressor Relay Circuit Shorted to Battery.
40 Compress or Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground, (1995 & later only).
42 Air Spring Solenoid Circuit Shorted to Ground or Brown Fuse.
43 Air Spring Solenoid Circuit Shorted to Battery.
44 Vent Solenoid Circuit Shorted to Battery.
45 Air Compressor Relay Circuit or Vent Solenoid Circuit Shorted to Ground.
46 Height Sensor Power Supply Circuit Shorted to Ground or Battery.
51 Unable to Detect Lowering of Rear.
54 Unable to Detect Raising of Rear.
55 Speed Greater than 15 MPH (24KPH) Not Detected (1997 & later only).
60 Service Switch Shorted to Battery (1997 & later only).
61 Service Switch Shorted to Ground or Open (1997 & later only).
68 Height Sensor Output Circuit Shorted to Ground.
70 Replace Control Module.
71 Open Height Sensor Circuit.
72 Four Open and Closed Door Signals Not Detected.
74 EVO Error Code Steering Wheel Rotation Not Detected.
80 Insufficient Battery Voltage to Run Diagnostics.
— Unable to Enter Auto Test or Warning Light Remains On After Vehicle Passes (Code 11)
129
Ford Testing Air Suspension and Automatic Ride Control Systems
IMPORTANT:
Do not lean on the vehicle or open doors while DTC 10 is displayed. This will introduce false errors
into the test results. Remove any excess vehicle loads, vehicles should be at curb weight.
130
Ford Testing Air Suspension and Automatic Ride Control Systems
4. Connect the scan tool using a Ford 1A or Ford 1B adapter to the DLC located on the left side
of the trunk area.
5. With the ignition Off, wait ten seconds.
6. Cycle the ignition ON with the brake pedal and accessories Off.
7. Wait a minimum of 5 seconds and select Test.
8. Within 20 seconds a DTC should appear, diagnose all DTCs displayed except for DTC 10.
9. DTC 10 indicates that the automatic diagnosis is in progress. Do not touch or lean on the
vehicle while the DTC 10 is displayed. If no faults are present, the test will take 3 to 4 minutes.
If faults are present, test may take up to 14 minutes.
10. When a DTC 12 or 13 appears, the auto test is completed. Leave the scan tool connected to
perform the following manual test. (DTC 12 = Auto Test Passes, DTC 13 = Auto Test Failed.)
• DTC 11 indicates that the vehicle has passed the Auto Test.
• If DTC 55 was output in the Drive Cycle Diagnostics Test, include it with the Auto Test DTC list.
• A drive cycle DTC that is not duplicate in the Auto Test should be considered a memory fault.
131
Ford Testing Air Suspension and Automatic Ride Control Systems
• Refer to the Table 6-9 for DTC descriptions (follow the recommended DTC repair priority.)
• To exit diagnostics, switch the ignition off (leave the battery charger on for the Spring Fill Test).
! CAUTION
This test will inflate and deflate the air springs. Remove any vehicle loads, vehicle should be at
curb weight with all accessories off.
The Spring Fill Diagnostics test allows a technician to fill or vent each air spring individually.
132
Ford Testing Air Suspension and Automatic Ride Control Systems
Table 6-9 Air suspension automatic ride control DTC definitions (part 1 of 2)
Service
Code Description
Priority
10 Auto test entered. N/A
11 System Checked out OK N/A
12 Auto test completed, No faults detected. Perform manual tests. N/A
13 Auto test completed, Faults detected. Perform manuals tests. N/A
15 No faults detected. N/A
21 Vent RF air spring N/A
22 Vent LF air spring N/A
23 Vent RR air spring N/A
24 Inflate RF air spring N/A
25 Inflate LF air spring N/A
26 Inflate RR air spring N/A
27 Vent LR air spring N/A
28 Inflate LR air spring N/A
31 Air Compressor Toggle. N/A
32 Vent Solenoid Valve Toggle. N/A
33 Air Spring Solenoid Valve Toggle. N/A
34 Shock Actuator Toggle (Firm/Soft) N/A
35 Door Open & Closed Detection N/A
40 Short - Left Front Air Spring Solenoid Valve Circuit 2nd
41 Short - Right Front Air Spring Solenoid Valve Circuit 2nd
42 Short - Left Rear Air Spring Solenoid Valve Circuit 2nd
43 Short - Right Rear Air Spring Solenoid Valve Circuit 2nd
44 Short - Vent Solenoid Valve Circuit 2nd
45 Short - Air Compressor Relay Circuit. 2nd
46 Short - Height Sensor Power Supply Circuit. 2nd
47 Short in Soft Electric Shock Absorber Actuator Relay Circuit. 2nd
48 Short in Firm Electronic Shock Absorber Actuator Relay Circuit. 2nd
49 Unable to Detect Lowering of RF Corner. 5th
50 Unable to Detect Lowering of LF Corner. 5th
51 Unable to Detect Lowering of RR Corner or Rear of Vehicle. 5th
52 Unable to Detect Raising of RF Corner. 6th
53 Unable to Detect Raising of LF Corner. 6th
54 Unable to Detect Raising of RR Corner or Rear of Vehicle. 6th
55 Speed greater than 24KPH (15MPH) not detected. 7th
56 Soft Not Detected - Left Rear Shock Actuator Circuit. 4th
57 Soft Not Detected - Right Front Shock Actuator Circuit. 4th
58 Soft Not Detected - Left Front Shock Actuator Circuit. 4th
59 Soft Not Detected - Right Rear Shock Actuator Circuit. 4th
133
Ford Testing Air Suspension and Automatic Ride Control Systems
Table 6-9 Air suspension automatic ride control DTC definitions (part 2 of 2)
Service
Code Description
Priority
60 Firm Not Detected - Left Rear Shock Actuator Circuit. 4th
61 Firm Not Detected - Right Front Shock Actuator Circuit. 4th
62 Firm Not Detected - Left Front Shock Actuator Circuit. 4th
63 Firm Not Detected - Right Rear Shock Actuator Circuit. 4th
64 Soft Not Detected - All Shock Actuator Circuits. 4th
65 Firm Not Detected - All Shock Actuator Circuits. 4th
66 Short - Right Front Height Sensor Circuit. 2nd
67 Short - Left Front Height Sensor Circuit. 2nd
68 Short - Rear Height Sensor Circuit. 2nd
69 Open - Right Front Height Sensor Circuit. 3rd
70 Open - Left Front Height Sensor Circuit. 3rd
71 Open - Rear Height Sensor Circuit. 3rd
72 At Least Four Open & Closed Signals Not Detected. 7th
Brake Pressure Switch Differential Valve Warning Lamp Activation Not
73 7th
Detected.
74 Steering Wheel Rotations Not Detected. 7th
75 Accelerator Signal Not Detected. 7th
78 Unable to Detect Lowering of Left Rear Corner. 5th
79 Unable to Detect Raising of the Left Rear Corner. 6th
80 Insufficient Battery Voltage to Run Diagnostics. 1st
Shock Damping Control (SDC) for 1993 to 1994 Lincoln Mark VIII
5. Start engine and perform the following diagnostic steps within 20 seconds of starting the
engine:
• Wait 10 seconds.
• Select Hold and within 5 seconds select Test.
134
Ford Testing Air Suspension and Automatic Ride Control Systems
Automatic Ride Control (ARC), Electronic Variable Orifice (EVO) for 1989 to
1995 Thunder Bird/Cougar
DLC Location
The DLC is located in back of the right-hand shock tower cover and is marked ‘ARC/EVO’.
Automatic
Center Ride Select
Console Switch
135
Ford Testing Air Suspension and Automatic Ride Control Systems
6. Start the engine and wait 5 seconds. Perform the following tests within 20 seconds.
7. Select Hold.
136
Ford Testing Air Suspension and Automatic Ride Control Systems
Manual Tests
Perform manual tests only if DTC 11 is received in the diagnostic mode test.
Table 6-12 Automatic ride control and EVO DVC manual test procedures (part 1 of 2)
Test Step Result Action
Check Steering Sensor
1. Wait for the FIRM RIDE lamp to stop FIRM RIDE lamp comes on
Proceed to next step.
flashing. for 5 seconds.
2. With the vehicle at rest and the
engine running, turn the steering wheel FIRM RIDE lamp does not Fault in steering sensor
from lock to lock, 3 full turns, or until the turn on. circuit.
FIRM RIDE lamp comes on.
Speed Sensor Check
FIRM RIDE lamp turns on
and stays on until the vehicle
1. Wait for the FIRM RIDE lamp to stop
speed drops below 29 KPH/ Proceed to the next step.
flashing.
18MPH (1995 models, 19
KPH/12MPH).
2. Drive the vehicle above 29 KPH/
FIRM RIDE lamp does not Fault in the speed sensor
18MPH (1995 models, 19 KPH/
turn on. circuit.
12MPH).
Remaining Tests
1. Stop the vehicle and turn the engine
FIRM RIDE lamp turns on
off. Verify that the FIRM RIDE switch is Proceed to the next step.
and stays on.
set to AUTO.
FIRM RIDE lamp turns on
2. Cycle the ignition to RUN with the and stays on even though
False Firm Signal.
engine Off. switch is in the AUTO
position.
FIRM RIDE lamp turns on for
3. Wait until the FIRM RIDE lamp turns Record DTC and refer to the
4 seconds then flashes a
off (about 4 seconds). DTC chart.
DTC.
Check Brake Sensor
1. Verify that the shock selector switch
FIRM RIDE lamp turns on. Proceed to the next step.
is set to AUTO.
2. After the FIRM RIDE lamp turns off,
FIRM RIDE lamp does not
depress the brake pedal until the FIRM Fault in brake sensor circuit.
turn on.
RIDE lamp turns on.
3. After the FIRM RIDE lamp has turned FIRM RIDE lamp flashes a Record DTC and refer to the
on, release the break pedal. DTC. DTC chart.
Check Acceleration Signal
137
Ford Testing Testing Optional Body Systems
Table 6-12 Automatic ride control and EVO DVC manual test procedures (part 2 of 2)
Test Step Result Action
FIRM RIDE lamp turns on
when the pedal is pressed to
1. Verify the shock selector switch is set
the floor. The lamp turns off 4 Proceed to the next step.
to AUTO.
seconds after the pedal is
released.
2. After the FIRM RIDE lamp has turned
off, depress the accelerator pedal to the FIRM RIDE lamp does not Fault in acceleration signal
floor. The FIRM RIDE lamp should turn turn on. circuit.
on.
3. After the FIRM RIDE lamp has turned FIRM RIDE lamp flashes a Record DTC and refer to the
on, release the accelerator pedal. code. DTC chart.
Check Dimming Function
FIRM RIDE lamp is bright
1. Move the shock selector switch to the
when headlamps are off, If no faults, vehicle has
FIRM position to turn on the instrument
lamps are dimmer when passed diagnostics.
panel indicator.
headlamps are on.
2. Cycle headlamps on and off while FIRM RIDE lamp does not
Perform lamp diagnostics.
observing the FIRM RIDE lamp. dim with headlamps on.
138
Ford Testing Testing Optional Body Systems
Figure 6-132 Sample main menu for GEM, CTM, FEM, and REM
These systems control numerous body system functions, including but not limited to:
• Power door locks
• Chimes
• Interior lighting
• 4x4 transfer case
• Wiper control
The circuits controlled by these systems vary, depending on the vehicle. All operate similarly and
have the following functions available:
• KOEO Self-Test
• Gather and clear memory codes
• Review and print codes (only after codes have been gathered)
• View data parameters
During the KOEO self-test, the GEM transmits on-demand codes. Continuous codes are
generated by selecting Memory Codes from the GEM Codes Menu.
Although Codes Menu options access tests specific to GEM-controlled electronics, scan tool
operation is the same as for ABS Codes Menu options. Refer to “Codes Menu” on page 112 for
detailed instructions.
Data Display
Before viewing data on some EEC-IV and all EEC-V vehicles, you are prompted to select a data
parameter group from the Custom Data menu (Figure 6-133).
139
Ford Testing Testing Optional Body Systems
The GEM Custom Data menu works exactly like the Engine Custom Data menu. See “EEC-V/
CAN Data Display” on page 109.
6.4.3 Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) and Low Tire Warning (LTW)
Systems
! CAUTION
Always follow the recommended Ford Service Manual procedures when diagnosing or servicing
the Tire Pressure Monitor and Low Tire Warning systems.
Tire pressure monitoring (TPM) and Low Tire Warning systems are available on certain models as
optional or standard equipment. A vehicle that is not equipped may result in a no communication
or no response message from the scan tool. Applicable vehicles are typically equipped with one
of two basic styles, LTW as an indirect system (tire rotational system) and TPM as a direct system
(measuring and transmitting tire pressure to an ECM).
140
Ford Testing Testing Optional Body Systems
Select System:
Generic Electronic Module
Instrument Cluster Module
>Low Tire Warning System
141
Ford Testing Testing Optional Body Systems
tire pressure sensor transmission against a set of low-pressure limits. If the TPMS module
determines that the tire pressure has fallen below these limit, the TPMS module communicates
this on the CAN network to the vehicle’s instrument cluster which then illuminates the TPMS
indicator and displays the appropriate message center message (if equipped). Always refer to the
Ford Service Manuals for proper service procedures.
Select System:
Generic Electronic Module
Instrument Cluster Module
>Tire Pressure Monitor [Optional]
2. Select KOEO Self-Test, Memory Codes, or Clear Codes from the codes menu (Figure 6-142).
142
Ford Testing Testing Optional Body Systems
Select System:
Generic Electronic Module
Instrument Cluster Module
>Low Tire Warning System
About PATS
PATS is a vehicle security feature introduced on 1996 and later vehicles. There are several
variations, but all PATS modules generally work the same.
1. When energized, the PATS control module (Rx) requests the ignition code through the PATS
transceiver (Tx).
2. The SecuriLock key transmits the ignition key code to the PATS transceiver, which sends it to
the Rx).
3. The Rx compares the ignition key code to the key codes stored in non-volatile memory.
4. The Rx transmits a signal to the PCM to either enable or disable the fuel pump and injectors.
The starter relay is ground as well on some vehicles.
PATS consists of the following:
143
Ford Testing Testing Optional Body Systems
• PATS control module—communicates with the PATS transceiver to verify key code through
the Tx and Rx signal wires.
• SecuriLock Ignition Key(s)—contains a unique key code that is “married” to the vehicle.
• PATS Transceiver—mounted on the ignition lock cylinder housing and energizes the ignition
key electronics through circular antenna.
• Powertrain Control Module (PCM)—enables fuel pump and injectors if a valid PATS key is
detected.
• Theft lamp—operates as follows:
– Ignition = Off: lamp flashes every two seconds to act as a visual theft deterrent on some
vehicles.
– Ignition = RUN or START: lamp flashes on for two or three seconds and then off.
– System fault: lamp flashes briefly, and then flashes rapidly or remains on for one minute.
6.4.5 Optional Body Systems (DDM, DSM, EATC, LCM, NAV, OCS,
PAM, PRB, PSDM)
There are numerous body system modules available as optional equipment on various Ford
products. Applications vary by model design and equipment level.
144
Ford Testing Testing Optional Body Systems
When Body Systems is selected from the system selection menu, a menu of available body
systems displays (Figure 6-144). Only systems available on the identified vehicle are included.
Select System:
Driver Climate Seat Module
Driver Seat Module (Memory Seats Only)
>Electronic Automatic Temp Control
145
Ford Testing Testing 4X4/Transfer Case Systems
NOTE:
i You will need to use the K-16 Personality Key™ device on UBP Network systems.
Select Airbag from the System Selection menu to open the Airbag Main Menu (Figure 6-147).
Airbags, or the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS), with a data stream are found on some
1995 and most 1996 and later OBD-II Ford models. Occupant Classification Systems (OCS) are
available on 2007 and later models.
The control module stores DTCs. The stored DTCs and data stream information are available
through the OBD-II diagnostic link connector (DLC). An airbag systems menu displays when
airbag is selected as the system to test (Figure 6-146).
146
Ford Testing Super Star II Emulation Mode
Select System
>Restraint Control Module
Occupant Classification system
The airbag main menu displays once the system is selected (Figure 6-147).
The Service Codes selection from the Main Menu (RCM/ECS) offers the choices shown in
Figure 6-148.
The Data Display selection is available on most 1996 and later vehicles. It operates like Data
Display for Ford engine testing. See “Data Display” on page 116 for detailed information.
147
Ford Testing Super Star II Emulation Mode
Select Super Star II Mode and the operating screen displays (Figure 6-150).
ECA Manufacturer
The manufacturer of the electronic control assembly (ECA) for the test system must be identified
when using Super Star II Emulation Mode. There are two choices: Ford and Mazda.
Mazda control systems are used for:
• 1994–97 Aspire with 1.3L engine
• 1991-94 Capri with 1.6L engine
• 1992–96 Escort and Tracer with 1.8L engine
• 1988–93 Festiva with 1.3L engine
• 1989–95 Probe with 2.0L, 2.2L, and 2.5L engines
• 1988–91 Tracer with 1.6L engine
All other models use a Ford system. The ECA Manufacturer selection affects test procedures and
code displays on the test vehicle.
148
Ford Testing Super Star II Emulation Mode
NOTE:
i Some 4EAT transmissions use a separate MECS transmission control module (TCM).
Test/Hold
When the cursor is in the Test/Hold position, the Y button works as the Test/Hold button on the
Super Star II tester. The Test/Hold button is the main control on the Super Star II tester.
z To begin a test:
• Select Test/Hold to display Test.
NOTE:
i Be aware that if Y, or hold, is pressed during most self-test code output transmissions, codes are
erased from memory. Follow Ford test procedures exactly.
Code Display
There are two code display modes, live and review. In the live mode, codes display “live” as the
vehicle transmits them, at the right of lines two and three under the heading Code. The first code
received displays on line two; the second on line three. As more codes are received, they move
upward on the display lines. The most recent code displays on line three.
z To review codes:
1. Select Code Display to display Review.
2. Review all codes recorded in memory.
While reviewing codes, the scan tool continues to receive any codes that are transmitted and
may add new ones to the list. The most recent code is at the bottom of the list, followed by an
“end” message. Press Y at any time to return to viewing live codes. The selection preset is
live.
If the scan tool memory becomes filled with codes, the message at the end of the list changes
to read “full.” If this occurs, press N to exit from the Super Star II mode and clear the memory.
Then press Y to reenter for further testing.
Code Speed
The scan tool receives and displays both fast and slow codes and indicates whether each code
was a fast or a slow transmission under the code speed display.
Some systems transmit both fast codes and slow codes; others transmit only slow codes. Code
speed does not affect code meaning. Fast codes are transmitted one time each. Slow codes are
transmitted two times each. The scan tool records and displays all codes.
149
Ford Testing Testing 4EAT Systems
Reading Codes
Most Ford ABS, cruise control, and other electronic systems transmit codes after the self-test
starts. Some systems transmit a “pass” code if no faults are present. Others transmit nothing if no
faults are present.
Some systems may take up to one minute to transmit the first code, or may pause for 30 seconds
or a minute between codes. Certain systems transmit only one code at a time, which must be
corrected before other codes are transmitted.
Because of code variations, it is important to exactly follow the Ford test procedures for the
specific vehicle and system being tested.
Clearing Codes
Several different methods are used to clear codes from various Ford electronic systems. Some
require that the vehicle battery be disconnected to clear codes from the control module. Refer to
Ford test procedures for the exact vehicle and system being tested for instructions to clear codes.
The code memory of the scan tool clears automatically every time you exit from the Super Star II
emulation mode.
NOTE:
i The scan tool must be operating in the Super Star II mode, as discussed earlier, to test the 4EAT
control system. See “4-Speed Electronic Automatic Transmission (4EAT)” on page 63 for test
connection instructions when testing models that transmit 4EAT data on the engine diagnostic
connector.
The 4EAT system records service codes in memory and transmits codes in more than one test
mode. Because several different tests are possible, refer to Ford procedures for the specific
vehicle.
Available tests include:
• Wiggle test (engine off)
• Wiggle test (engine running)
• Key-on, engine-off (KOEO) self-test
Five 4EAT codes are available:
• 55—Pulse Generator
• 60—1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS1)
• 61—2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS2)
• 62—3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS3)
150
Ford Testing Testing 4EAT Systems
NOTE:
i Connect the negative voltmeter lead to the negative battery terminal.
STO
Terminal
151
Ford Testing Testing Integrated Vehicle Speed Control (IVSC) Systems
3
2
Figure 6-152 Code-reading pin locations for 1991–95 Escort and Tracer
1— Ground
2— Connect here for 1991–92 models
3— Connect here for 1993–95 models
152
Ford Testing Testing Integrated Vehicle Speed Control (IVSC) Systems
5. Start the engine and within 30 seconds, press the speed control ‘ON’ switch.
6. Within 15 seconds, select Test/Hold = [Test].
7. The scan tool will display a code ‘10’ indicating the self-test has initiated.
8. Do not depress the throttle or brake during self test.
9. If the engine stalls at the end of the IVSC KOER test, shut the ignition off to prevent the engine
KOEO test from starting.
10. Refer to the Table 6-13, Table 6-14, Table 6-15, and Table 6-16 for IVSC KOER self-test DTC
descriptions.
Table 6-13 KOEO 2 digit integrated vehicle speed control DTC descriptions
KOEO 2 Digit DTC Integrated Vehicle Speed Control KOEO DTC Description
11 System Pass
23 TP sensor input out of range
47 No input from speed control switches
48 Speed control switch input stuck
49 Speed control switch open ground
53 TP sensor input is greater than self-test maximum
153
Ford Testing Testing Integrated Vehicle Speed Control (IVSC) Systems
Table 6-13 KOEO 2 digit integrated vehicle speed control DTC descriptions
KOEO 2 Digit DTC Integrated Vehicle Speed Control KOEO DTC Description
63 TP sensor input is less than self-test maximum
74 Brake on off signal always low
75 Brake on off signal always high
67 Neutral Pressure Switch circuit open, A/C input high
81 Servo Vent solenoid circuit
82 Servo Vacuum solenoid circuit
Table 6-14 KOEO 3 digit integrated vehicle speed control DTC descriptions
KOEO 3 Digit DTC Integrated Vehicle Speed Control KOEO DTC Description
111 System Pass
121 TP sensor input out of range
457 No input from speed control switches
458 Speed control switch input stuck
459 Speed control switch open ground
123 TP sensor input is greater than self-test maximum
122 TP sensor input is less than self-test maximum
536 Stop Light Switch
528 Clutch Pedal Position Circuit
567 Servo Solenoid Circuit
568 Servo Solenoid Circuit
Table 6-15 KOEO 3 digit integrated vehicle speed control DTC descriptions
KOER 2 Digit DTC Integrated Vehicle Speed Control KOER DTC Description
11 System Pass
27 Does not hold speed during dynamic test, Servo leaks down
28 Does not hold speed during dynamic test, Servo leaks up
36 Speed does not increase during dynamic test
37 Speed does not decrease during dynamic test
Table 6-16 KOEO 3 digit integrated vehicle speed control DTC descriptions
KOEO 3 Digit DTC Integrated Vehicle Speed Control KOER DTC Description
111 System Pass
453 Does not hold speed during dynamic test, Servo leaks down
454 Does not hold speed during dynamic test, Servo leaks up
455 Speed does not increase during dynamic test
456 Speed does not decrease during dynamic test
154
Chapter 7 GM Operations
This chapter explains how to begin using the scan tool’s basic setup and test functions. This
information is specific to GM vehicles. For general scan tool functionality, see the user’s manual
appropriate to your diagnostic tool.
NOTE:
i The GM selection includes testing capabilities for GM, Hummer, and Workhorse vehicles.
YES NO
SELECT GM
ID ENT IF Y T HE VEHICLE
SELECT SYSTEM
CONNECT TO T HE VEHICLE
MAIN MENUS
155
GM Operations Identifying a Vehicle
NOTE:
i Because of midyear manufacturing changes in engine computer systems, you should always
enter a new identification when you test a different vehicle, even when two vehicles are the same
year, model, and have the same engine and accessories installed.
The vehicle ID process begins from the Software Confirmation menu (Figure 7-2).
Press Y To Continue
Figure 7-2 Sample Software Confirmation menu
z To identify a vehicle:
1. Press Y to confirm the software selection.
A vehicle ID request screen similar to Figure 7-3 displays.
When you are finished, a Vehicle ID Confirmation screen displays (Figure 7-4).
156
GM Operations Selecting a System
VIN: --6D---7-4------
Vehicle: 2004 Cadillac CTS
Engine: 3.6L V6 SFI (LY7)
Press Y To Continue. N For New ID.
Figure 7-4 Sample GM Vehicle ID Confirmation screen
Select System:
>Engine ABS (Exit & RE-ID)
Transmission
Airbag VTD
Figure 7-6 Sample GM Select System menu
NOTE:
i Some vehicles only have engine tests available. In this case, the Select System menu does not
display and you go straight to the main menu for engine testing.
157
GM Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
Figure 7-9 MULTI-1 adapter Figure 7-10 OBD-II adapter with Personality Key™
NOTE:
i The GM-2 adapter is similar to the GM-1.
On 1980 to 1995 GM vehicles, the test connector is referred to as the assembly line diagnostic link
(ALDL) or the assembly line communication link (ALCL). Some 1994 to 1995 GM vehicles and
most 1996 and later GM vehicles use a standard 16-pin OBD-II connector referred to as the data
link connector (DLC). Connector locations are presented on screen when a connection to the
vehicle is prompted.
158
GM Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
The following figures show other GM vehicle connectors that require the MULTI-1 test adapter,
along with instructions for connecting them.
NOTE:
i You can also use the MULTI-2-D adapter for Spectrum and Storm.
1 4
2 5
Figure 7-11 Connector for 1980½ Buick and Pontiac with 3.8L (VIN A) engine
1 2 3 4 5
Figure 7-12 Connector for 1980½ Oldsmobile with 4.3L (VIN F) engine
1 2 3 4 5
159
GM Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
2 3
NOTE:
i The Storm ECM ALDL is white; the airbag ALDL is orange.
1— Ground
2— 2-D
160
GM Operations GM Vehicles with Partial or No Self-Diagnostic Capability
161
Chapter 8 GM Testing
This chapter provides information and procedures for testing the following control systems:
• Engine
• Transmission
• Airbag
• Antilock Brake System (ABS)
For additional information on GM vehicles, see the following sections:
• “GM Operations” on page 155
• “GM Data Parameters” on page 451
• “GM Communications Problems” on page 730
To test GM vehicles, the scan tool must communicate with the vehicle electronic control module
(ECM) and receive data over a serial data link. It does this through the DLC. “Serial” means data
parameters are transmitted one after the other, in series.
The scan tool operates at a speed that depends on the length of the serial data stream and on the
baud rate of the vehicle ECM. Baud rate is the data transmission speed in digital bits per second.
Typical GM engine baud rates are 80 for minimum-function systems, 160 for carbureted and early
fuel-injected systems, 8192 for 1988–95 port fuel-injected engines, and 10,400 (10.4K) for 1996
and later, fuel-injected engines.
The baud rate determines how quickly the scan tool responds to an ECM and how fast data
readings change on the screen. It also affects the length of time that it takes to record a movie.
Data from a high-baud ECM may appear to change almost instantly. Data from a low-baud module
appears to change much more slowly. This display speed, or “data update rate” depends on the
ECM; it is not controlled by the scan tool.
162
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
If communication is not established, the screen updates to display a “no communication” message
(Figure 8-3).
No Communication.
Press N To Reenter Vehicle Identification
This message stays on the screen until communication is established, then the scan tool displays
the selected function.
163
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
RPM__1234 O2(mV)__689
Integrator__128
** Diagnostic Mode. Do Not Drive. **
No Codes Present
Figure 8-5 Sample GM Codes and Data display for a fuel-injected engine
Data Lists
Some GM vehicles transmit slightly different data lists for different test functions. For example,
certain models transmit a data list during some functional tests that is shorter than the data list
transmitted in diagnostic mode. Some models do not transmit codes during a road test. However,
many GM vehicles transmit the same data under all conditions.
On OBD-II vehicles, the scan tool may display the data parameters in multiple data lists. Whether
a vehicle transmits an identical data list or variable data lists for different test conditions affects
some settings on the scan tool.
• Fix display lines or reassign LED functions for an ECM that always transmits the same data
list and those settings stay in the scan tool memory until they are changed or a new vehicle ID
is entered.
• Fix display lines or reassign LED functions for a vehicle that transmits variable data lists and
those settings return to their preassigned functions when test selections are changed (when
changing from Road Test to Diagnostic Testing mode, for example).
See the manual for the diagnostic tool you are using for instructions on reassigning LED functions.
164
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
• History (Soft) codes—indicate a problem that occurred in the past but is not present now.
These are referred to as “history codes” in the trouble code menu.
Table 8-1 2001 and earlier passenger car DTCs with multiple definitions (part 1 of 2)
DTCs with Multiple Definitions–Cars
DTC Year 4th VIN Engine Definition
1996 B/D/Y 4.3/5.7
Fan relay #1 circuit fault
1996–97 F 5.7
1996–99 Z 1.9 QDM “A” fault
P1641 1996–2001 All others MIL control circuit
1998 W 3.8
All 3.8 A/C relay
1999
N 3.4
A,L,N,W 3.1/3.4 Air pump relay circuit
1996 All others Cooling fan relay 2 control circuit
Y 5.7
Cooling fan relay 2 & 3 control circuit
1996–97 F 5.7
P1642 E/K 4.6
1996–99 Vehicle speed output circuit
G, Olds only 4.0
1997–98 All others Driver 1 line 2
1998–99 W 3.1
Change oil lamp circuit
1999 N 3.4
165
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
Table 8-1 2001 and earlier passenger car DTCs with multiple definitions (part 2 of 2)
DTCs with Multiple Definitions–Cars
DTC Year 4th VIN Engine Definition
1996 B/D/Y 4.3/5.7
Engine speed output circuit
P1643 1996–97 F 5.7
1996–98 All others Fuel pump PWM circuit
B/D/Y 4.3/5.7 Vehicle speed output circuit
1996
A/L/N/W 3.1 Fan relay #2 circuit fault
1996–97 F 5.7 Vehicle speed output circuit
1996–98 C/F/G/H 3.8 Fan relay #2 circuit fault
E/K 4.6
1996–99 Lift/dive output circuit
P1652 G 4.0
1997–2000 Y 5.7 Chassis pitch fault
1999 C/H/W 3.8 Fan relay #2 circuit fault
W 3.1
1999 Fan relay 2 & 3 circuit
N 3.4
1999–2001 F 3.8 Ride control circuit
E/K 4.6 A/C clutch control circuit
1996
All others Low engine oil level lamp fault
1996–98 C/G/H 3.8 TCS delivered torque output circuit
1996–99 G 4.0 A/C clutch control circuit
P1653 F/W 3.1/3.8 Fuel level output fault
1998 F 5.7 Low engine oil level lamp fault
F 3.8 TCS delivered torque output circuit
1999 All others Fuel level output or low oil level lamp circuit
2000–01 All Low engine oil level lamp fault
E/K 4.6
1996–99 Cruise control disable circuit fault
G 4.0
1996–98 All others A/C relay circuit fault
P1654
W 3.1
1999 2nd gear start lamp circuit
N 3.4
1999–2000 C/F/G/H/W 3.8 Reduced engine power lamp circuit
166
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
RPM__1234 O2(mV)__689
Integrator__128
** Road Test Mode. OK To Drive. **
Whether data display in the Road Test mode depends on the PCM of the specific test vehicle. If
codes and data are available in Road Test mode, the menu selection reads Road Test (C&D). If
not, the menu selection reads Road Test (No C&D).
Generally, the same data information displays in Road Test (Data) mode as those described for
the Data mode, except for the following important differences:
• The scan tool does not place a resistive load on the ECM, and the engine operates normally
under ECM control; it is safe to drive the vehicle for troubleshooting intermittent problems.
• The data list may differ from that of the list in Diagnostic mode. For example, some
fuel-injected engines display a slightly shorter data list in Road Test mode.
The Road Test (No C&D) selection removes the resistive load the scan tool applies in Codes and
Data mode and allows the vehicle to be safely driven with the scan tool connected. After selecting
Road Test (No C&D), the following screen displays (Figure 8-8).
167
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
This mode may be used for testing in the shop, as well as for road testing. Select this function and
the second line of the display shows the vehicle may be driven (Figure 8-10).
RPM__1234 O2(mV)__689
Integrator__128
** Codes And Data. OK To Drive. **
No Codes Present
Figure 8-10 Sample “Codes and Data and Road Test” display
A data group combines similar data parameters into smaller data lists for faster, more efficient
testing (Figure 8-12).
168
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
Menu choices vary depending on the vehicle. As with other menus, only the items available for the
specific test vehicle display. Codes and Data menu choices may include:
• Adaptive Report
• Codes
• Code History
• EGR, EVAP, ACC
• EGR and Misfire Data
• Engine Data I
• Fuel Trim Data
• Idle and Cruise Data
• Misfire Data
• Spark Data
Codes
On OBD-II vehicles, selecting Codes from the Codes and Data Menu opens a submenu that may
include the following options:
• Current
• Freeze Frame/Failure Records
• History
• MIL, SVS, or Message Requested
• Last Test Failed
• Test Failed Since Code Cleared
• Failed This Ignition
• DTC Status
Some OBD-II vehicles offer an ALL Powertrain Codes option. Selecting All Powertrain Codes
displays any DTC stored in the PCM.
169
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
A DTC followed by (Freeze Frame) indicates an emissions-related DTC that meets OBD-II freeze
frame requirements. A DTC not followed by (Freeze Frame) indicates that the DTC is either
non-emissions related or is emissions-related but has not yet met the OBD-II freeze frame
requirements. The GM failure records may include more data than OBD-II freeze frames. The
scan tool displays both a freeze frame and a failure record selection for emissions-related DTCs.
Selecting Freeze Frame/Failure Record displays a “please wait” message while the data is
loading, then the freeze frame and failure record displays (Figure 8-14).
History
The History selection displays any history DTCs that are stored in PCM memory since the last
time DTCs were cleared (Figure 8-15).
Code List
170
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
DTC Status
The DTC Status selection offers a way to quickly check on the status of the OBD-II tests
associated with a particular DTC and verify related repairs.
DTC Status
Scroll In Desired Trouble Code To Test
*** P0000 ***
2. Select each correct number for the position indicated by the cursor.
Once all characters are selected, the screen automatically updates to show the DTC status
(Figure 8-17).
If a DTC supported by the vehicle is entered, the first line of the display shows the DTC definition.
The next three lines include five information fields:
• This Ignition Cycle—indicates the OBD-II test status related to the selected DTC. There are
four possible results: Ran & Failed, Ran & Passed, Not Run, and Ran & INT. Ran & INT
(intermittent) means the test was inconclusive and must be repeated.
• Last Test—indicates the results of the last DTC-related tests. The results are either Passed
or Failed.
• Since Clear—indicates the test status since the DTC was last cleared. The results are
Passed, Failed, or Not Run.
• History—indicates whether the PCM stored a history code. The display reads Yes or No.
Typically, a freeze frame or failure record is available for a DTC when Yes displays.
• MIL or SVS REQ—indicates the PCM command status to the malfunction indicator lamp
(MIL) or service vehicle soon request (SVS Req) lamp the last time the DTC set. The displays
reads Yes or No. Yes means the PCM commanded the lamp to turn on.
171
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
If you enter a DTC not supported by the vehicle, a message displays on-screen (Figure 8-18).
DTC Status
Scroll In Desired Trouble Code To Test
*** P1976 ***
This Vehicle Does Not Support This DTC!!
Figure 8-18 Sample screen when a DTC is not supported
Codes (Airbag)
Some older models display DTCs for the supplemental inflatable restraint (SIR), or airbag,
system. However, the airbag control module does not display data parameters. Therefore, Codes
is the only selection available on the Main Menu GM Airbag (Figure 8-19).
Custom Setup
Figure 8-19 Sample early, pre-1994, airbag main menu
Airbag Codes
** Diagnostic Mode. Do Not Drive **
71 Defective DERM
HC History Codes Follow
Figure 8-20 Sample early, pre-1994, airbag code display
Any codes currently present display toward the top of the code list. When a current code is set, it
gets added to the list of history codes.
See “Codes and Data Selections” on page 163 for 1994 and later models, and for 1993 and later
Saturn airbag testing.
All functional tests for 1995 and earlier models are described below. Not all tests are available for
every model; only those tests available from each specific test vehicle display.
Following is a complete listing of functional tests for 1995 and earlier models:
• Field Service Mode
• Access Onboard Diagnostics
172
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
! WARNING
Do not enter any functional test while driving on a road test. During some functional tests, the PCM
makes changes to ignition timing, fuel delivery, and other engine functions, which may affect
engine operation and vehicle control.
Field Service
Selecting Field Service on 1993 and earlier models grounds Pin B of the ALDL connector to enter
Field Service mode. The PCM does not transmit data and the vehicle does not set new codes in
Field Service mode (Figure 8-21). On some vehicles, field service is used to check or adjust
ignition timing and the idle minimum air rate.
With the key on and the engine off, the check engine lamp flashes DTCs if any are present, or
code 12 if there are no codes. The PCM also energizes all solenoids with the key on and the
engine off, so Field Service mode may be used to test solenoid operation.
• On a carbureted engine running in the Field Service mode, the check engine lamp stops
flashing code 12 and new trouble codes cannot set. The PCM also sets timing to a fixed
degree of advance, which allows for checking and adjusting ignition timing for some engines.
Field Service mode may also be used to conduct a system performance check on carbureted
engines. See the vehicle service manual for details.
• On a fuel-injected engine running in the Field Service mode, the check engine lamp flashes
rapidly when the engine is running in open loop and slowly when in closed loop. The length of
the check engine lamp flash indicates whether the exhaust is rich or lean in closed loop. The
flash is longer if rich.
173
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
• 1986 and later Buick Riviera, Buick Riatta, Oldsmobile Toronado and Oldsmobile Trofeo
This allows access to the onboard diagnostics without disconnecting the scan tool. Refer to GM
service procedures to enter and use the onboard diagnostic program.
Air Solenoid
The AIR Solenoid selection energizes the air switching solenoid to direct air into the exhaust
manifold. Use this test to check the operation of the O2S and the response of the MC solenoid or
the fuel integrator, block learn, and injector pulse width.
NOTE:
i The engine must be warmed up and operating in closed loop for this test to be valid. The PCM
must be directing air downstream to the catalytic converter. This test cannot be performed reliably
when the PCM is directing the air-divert solenoid to route air to the atmosphere.
2. Press Y to continue.
The air solenoid test screen displays, which is the standard Codes and Data display.
3. Press and hold Y to activate the test and the air switching solenoid directs air to the exhaust
manifold.
With Y held, AIR appears on the left side of the top line (Figure 8-24).
While the test is active, a timer counts how long the Y button is held. The scan tool
automatically turns off air switching after 20 seconds of continuous operation.
174
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
The AIR switch solenoid parameter value on the screen does not simultaneously switch from off
to on when the Y button is pressed. Be aware that the parameter on the screen is the PCM
solenoid command. The Y button grounds the solenoid independently of the PCM.
IMPORTANT:
To avoid incorrect TPS adjustment or component damage, be sure to follow the on-screen
instructions. Refer to a vehicle service manual for complete test or adjustment procedures.
175
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
During the full lean (FL) mixture test, the standard diagnostic data list for a minimum-function
system displays.
• “FL” appears at the top left to indicate the system is in the Full Lean (FL) Mixture mode.
• The Vote parameter, which indicates a rich or lean exhaust, should be negative during
full-lean operation.
• The MC dwell reading should remain fixed at 54°.
The data list is the same list seen in the Codes and Data mode. The vehicle should not be driven
while the test is active. Line 1 is fixed and displays the RPM, Vote, and MC dwell.
If N is not pressed within two minutes of starting the test, the display automatically returns to the
Functional Tests menu.
176
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
During the full rich (FR) mixture test, the standard diagnostic data list for a minimum-function
system displays.
• “FR” at the top left indicates the system is in the Full Rich (FR) Mixture mode.
• The Vote parameter, which indicates a rich or lean exhaust condition, should be a positive,
high number in full-rich mode.
• The MC dwell reading should remain fixed at 6°.
The data list is the same list seen in the Codes and Data mode. The vehicle should not be driven
while the test is active. Line 1 is fixed and displays the RPM, Vote, and MC dwell.
If N is not pressed within two minutes of starting the test, the display automatically returns to the
Functional Tests menu.
Backup Fuel
The Backup Fuel selection on the Functional Tests menu lets you check the operation of the
backup fuel program of the PCM on some fuel-injected vehicles. The backup fuel program is a
fail-safe, or limp-in, program that sets a fixed injector pulse width. This allows the vehicle to be
driven to a shop for repair in case of a major system failure.
The backup fuel test verifies that the PCM backup program is operational, but may also be used
for checking the operation of the fuel injection system. If a vehicle with a driveability problem
seems to run better in Backup Fuel mode than in normal operation, fuel metering and air intake
parameters should be checked carefully.
Selecting Backup Fuel displays the Backup Fuel Active screen (Figure 8-32). No data is available
during this test. The scan tool ends the test automatically after 120 seconds to avoid catalytic
converter overheating and returns to the Functional Tests menu.
177
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
The backup fuel test for 1982–85 Cadillac models with onboard diagnostics is slightly different.
Press and hold INST/AVG on the fuel panel to activate (Figure 8-33).
178
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
When this test is active, the standard data list displays and 10° appears at the top left to indicate
the system is in the Fixed 10° Spark mode, and the vehicle should not be driven.
Beginning with the 1996 model year, interactive bidirectional functional tests were added to
OBD-II vehicles. Because there are more than 250 of these tests, it is not practical to describe
them all. However, they may be grouped into the following general categories:
• Adaptive memory resets
• Gauge, lamp, and relay on/off tests
• Engine operating mode tests (Loop Status and Cruise mode)
• Injector tests
• Spark, EGR, and timing tests
• Torque converter tests
• Transmission shift tests
• Valve and solenoid on/off tests
For bidirectional tests, the scan tool displays a message if a device control, or functional test, limit
is exceeded. Device control limits are specific to each PCM, and to each test, making it impractical
to list the limit criteria for all tests.
The device control limit message is specific to the conditions at the time the test was requested.
If a device control limit message displays while performing a functional test, it means the test
aborted due to an internal function of the PCM. This does not indicate a problem with the scan tool.
Safety limits are engineered into the PCM to prevent a functional test from enabling under
inappropriate conditions, such as turning off a cooling fan relay when engine coolant temperature
is hot enough to cause overheating or turning on an air conditioning clutch when the PCM detects
low refrigerant pressure.
NOTE:
i Operations described in this section are not available on all tool platforms.
Select Functional Tests from a main menu displays the following menu (Figure 8-35).
179
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
>Injector Balance
Calibration P/N
VIN
Output ControlS [More]
Figure 8-35 Sample Functional Tests menu
NOTE:
i Selecting Output Controls displays a list of component tests (Figure 8-36).
! WARNING
Do not enter a functional test while conducting a road test unless the road test requires it. The
PCM makes changes to the ignition timing, fuel delivery, and other vehicle functions, which may
affect engine operation and vehicle control.
180
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
• Toggle Tests—These tests switch a component, such as a solenoid, relay, or switch, between
two operating states. The terms “on/off,” “open/clsd” (open/closed),” “enab/disa” (enable/
disable), “excd/norm” (exceeded/normal), “pass/fail,” “lean/rich,” “high/norm,” or “rev/fwd”
(reverse/forward) may be used to name states.
• Variable Control Tests—These tests command a certain value for a system or component.
For instance, the “delta spark retard(°)” test allows the scan tool to vary spark timing in
one-degree increments up to ten degrees. Similarly, the “EGR(%)” test allows varying the
EGR valve duty cycle from zero to 100 percent.
• Reset Tests—These tests reset the adaptive, or learned, values stored in the PCM.
The toggle tests, variable control tests, and reset tests all look very similar on the scan tool display
(Figure 8-38).
Selecting Test from this screen changes the display to show the commanded duty cycle of the
Canister Purge solenoid as a percentage, starting with zero (Figure 8-40).
NOTE:
i Some variable control tests, such as command gear, require a press of the Y button to confirm
each variable value change request.
During a variable control test, scroll to increase or decrease the variable control value. In the
above example, scrolling instantaneously changes Canister Purge solenoid opening by varying
the duty cycle in increments of 10%. The duty cycle commanded by the scan tool also appears in
the upper right corner of the screen (Figure 8-41). Other variable control tests act similarly.
181
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
EGR Control
NOTE:
i Since a proper Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system operation is crucial to preventing a
vehicle from emitting high levels of NOx, the EGR control test is described in detail here.
This bidirectional functional test is available on some 1996 and later engines. In this mode, the
scan tool commands the PCM to cycle the EGR valve. The EGR valve opens and closes at fixed
intervals to provide a functional test of EGR system operation.
Tests vary slightly for each of the following three types of EGR valve:
• Integrated electronic EGR valve
• Digital EGR valve
• Linear EGR valve
Some engines that use these EGR valves do not have a PCM with the communication ability
required to perform the functional test. The EGR control test selection only appears on the
Functional Tests menu for those vehicles with the necessary capability.
The scan tool displays the standard Codes and Data list during the EGR control tests. However,
there are slight differences. These differences are explained below.
On-screen instructions guide you to the EGR Control data list. While the test is active, the EGR
valve cycles on and off at regular intervals, as indicated by Off or ON in the upper left corner of the
display (Figure 8-43).
182
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
ON means the integral solenoid in the valve should be energized to close the vacuum vent, which
opens the EGR valve. Engine speed should drop as the valve opens.
When the test begins, solenoid 1 cycles at regular intervals. The value in the upper left corner
of the display changes between Off and On1 to indicate the status of solenoid one
(Figure 8-45). On indicates the solenoid is energized to open the first valve orifice. Engine
speed should drop as the EGR valve opens in response to solenoid one.
3. Press Y to test the each following solenoid in succession.
183
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
NOTE:
i The fuel level in the tank must be between 15% and 85% full when performing EVAP tests. An
incorrect fuel level may produce inaccurate results.
During a purge or seal test, live data displays on the screen along with a series of test commands.
The commands are on the second line of the display and offer the following choices:
– Purge—controls the purge solenoid and closes the vent solenoid.
– Seal—sets the purge solenoid to a 0% duty cycle and closes the vent solenoid.
– Scroll—lets you scroll through the data list.
– Change List—opens the Data Menu so you can switch to a different data list.
– Exit—cancels the test and returns you to the Output Controls menu.
IMPORTANT:
The units for measuring fuel tank pressure with US Customary standards is typically inches of
water (inH2O or “H2O), while millimeters of mercury (mmHg) is used for the metric system. This
may cause confusion when converting one to the other, as the standard conversion factor used for
manifold vacuum does not apply. Use the following formulas to convert fuel tank pressures:
mmHg x 0.535 = inH2O
inH2O x 1.868 = mmHg
184
GM Testing Testing Control Systems
6. Select Purge.
7. Adjust the purge solenoid duty cycle to 30%.
This setting causes vacuum in the tank to increase until the FTP sensor reaches a
predetermined abort level. When this level is reached, the PCM cancels the test and opens
the vent valve to release vacuum. The Scanner simultaneously displays a message indicating
purge system vacuum is too high.
Suspect a faulty FTP sensor if the PCM does not cancel the test or a “high vacuum” message
does not display.
185
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
If a test aborts for some reason, check to make sure the enable conditions are met. Clear DTC
memory to reset the monitors in order to retest.
Selecting ABS
The ABS tests include trouble code reading and code clearing for most systems, plus the ability to
read data and brake bleed for most systems.
Use the application tables on the following pages to identify the type of ABS used on a particular
vehicle. Table 8-3 lists key questions for identifying systems.
Table 8-4 through Table 8-11 list applications for the different divisions:
• “Buick applications” on page 188
• “Cadillac applications” on page 189
186
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
! WARNING
ABS diagnosis with the scan tool does not require opening the hydraulic system or disassembling
any mechanical parts. However, complete ABS service may require opening the hydraulic system.
ABS hydraulic systems operate on pressures of 2000 psi or higher. Always completely
depressurize the system before opening any hydraulic connection. Most systems are
depressurized by applying and releasing the brake pedal at least 25 times. Refer to the GM
service manual instructions for complete information on hydraulic system service and safety.
187
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
1 2 3
188
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
189
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
190
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
191
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
On a vehicle with no ABS codes or data and no available troubleshooter information, the following
message appears (Figure 8-48).
192
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
After about 3 seconds, “waiting for brake module to respond” should appear on the fourth line of
the display. A counter at the end of the fourth line to counts seconds as communication with the
EBCM is established. The time required to establish communication depends on the EBCM, not
on the scan tool. Communication can take up to 45 seconds on some systems. When the scan tool
establishes communication, the ABS Codes and Data display appears.
If communication is not established, or if communication is interrupted during testing, a
communication lost message displays (Figure 8-50). This might happen if the ALDL connector is
loosened or the ignition is switched off. If so, press N to check the vehicle ID. If the ID is correct,
check the vehicle connector for damaged terminals and open wiring.
This message means the scan tool is not receiving data from the EBCM. In some cases, the
message may indicate an ABS problem. However, other causes are more common.
Fault Codes
Diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) may be “hard” codes, indicating a problem is continuous, or
“soft” codes, indicating a problem that occurred in the past but is not present now. See “Current
(Hard) Codes and History (Soft) Codes” on page 164 for a complete explanation.
193
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
194
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
If the code-clearing operation fails for any reason, previous codes reappear in the ABS Codes and
Data display. Press N to return to the exit menu and repeat the clear ABS codes operation.
Select Codes and Data on a Bosch 2 system and the EBCM enters a diagnostic state. The EBCM
remains in the diagnostic state after exiting Codes and Data. The ABS is disabled until the ignition
is switched off.
NOTE:
i ABS testing may cause false DTCs to appear on the engine code list. After ABS testing, reenter
vehicle ID for engine testing and check the engine code list. Clear any codes that may be present
and recheck to be sure they were false.
195
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
During ABS tests in Codes and Data mode, other vehicle components may seem to operate
abnormally. The instrument panel may appear to stop working, gauge readings may change
randomly, or LEDs may light up. This is normal and stops when the EBCM is taken out of the
diagnostic state.
196
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
If the test vehicle has a Codes Only selection on the Main Menu GM ABS, the display appears
similar to Figure 8-54.
Code List
** Codes Only. OK To Drive. **
C0221 RF Wheel Speed Sensor CKT Open
*** End Of List ***
Figure 8-54 Sample Bosch or Delco Bosch 5.0 or 5.3 code display
If the Code History selection is available, the DTC displays along with certain data parameters that
reflect conditions present at the time the code set. Selecting Code History places the EBCM in
diagnostic mode, and new codes cannot be set.
The Code History selection works the same for Bosch 5 and Delco Bosch 5 as it does for Bosch
2, described on “Bosch 2 Trouble Codes” on page 195.
NOTE:
i Vehicle components may seem to operate abnormally during testing in Codes and Data mode. A
digital instrument panel may appear to stop working or analog gauge readings may change
randomly. This is normal and stops once the EBCM is out of the diagnostic state.
197
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
If no ABS problems occur within 50 ignition cycles, the EBCM clears any codes stored in its
memory. The scan tool cannot be used to clear codes from the Delco-Moraine III system.
198
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
Code History
** ABS Braking Is Off! OK To Drive. **
11 ABS Warning Lamp Open or Short To GND
28 Excessive RR Wheel Acceleration
Last Code Set_____28 Vehicle Speed_____47
Brake Switch______ON Brake Lamp_______OFF
1ST Code Set______11 No. Of Times Set___2
No. Of IGN Cycles Since Last Set________7
No. Of IGN Cycles Since First Set______15
2ND Code Set______28 No. Of Times Set___5
No. Of IGN Cycles Since Last Set________7
No. Of IGN Cycles Since First Set______15
3RD Code Set____None No. Of Times Set___0
No. Of IGN Cycles Since Last Set________0
No. Of IGN Cycles Since First Set_______0
4TH Code Set____None No. Of Times Set___0
No. Of IGN Cycles Since Last Set________0
No. Of IGN Cycles Since First Set_______0
5TH Code Set____None No. Of Times Set___0
No. Of IGN Cycles Since Last Set________0
No. Of IGN Cycles Since First Set_______0
In the sample list shown, code 28 is the last code set, and zero ignition cycles have occurred since
it last set. This means the code 28 is a currently present hard code.
Code 11 is shown as the first code set. This code set twice, 7 ignition cycles occurred since it last
set, and 15 ignition cycles occurred since it first set. This means code 11 is an intermittent fault not
currently present.
The second code, code 28, set during five of the last five drive cycles, and zero ignition cycles
occurred since it last set. This means code 28 is a currently present hard code. In the example, no
other codes have set.
An intermittent problem that occurs before other codes may display as the last code set. This is
the case if no other codes occurred since it set.
199
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
Kelsey-Hayes 4WAL has both a red brake indicator lamp and an amber antilock indicator lamp on
the instrument panel. When the ignition is turned on, both lamps light for about 2 seconds. The
antilock lamp goes out if no ABS faults are present. If an ABS fault is present, the antilock lamp
stays lit; or it lights as the ABS fault occurs.
The 4WAL EBCM recognizes both current, hard, and intermittent faults and stores soft codes in
memory for intermittent problems. The 4WAL EBCM transmits current codes and up to three
history, or soft, codes in the Codes and Data mode. Data parameters for wheel speed sensors,
brake switches, and other operating data are also provided.
The MULTI-1 universal adapter is required for testing the Kelsey-Hayes 4WAL system with the
12-pin ALDL. Connect the adapter as shown in Figure 8-60.
1
Figure 8-60 MULTI-1 adapter wire color codes for 4WAL testing
1— Green
2— Black
For Kelsey-Hayes 4WAL systems with the 16-pin DLC, use the OBD-II connector (see
“Connecting to the Vehicle” on page 157). Use the Clear ABS Codes selection on the Exit menu
to erase codes from the 4WAL system.
200
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
z To read codes:
• Select Display ABS Codes mode and count the first long flash and all short flashes.
For example, one long flash followed by five short flashes is code 6. The long flash indicates
that a code number is starting or repeating.
The RWAL system flashes only one code at a time in the display ABS codes mode, but repeats
that one code as long as the scan tool remains in this test mode. If multiple codes are present, the
first code must be repaired before any other codes display.
NOTE:
i If no codes are present and the brake lamp is not lit, reading codes in the Display ABS Codes
mode sets a false code 9, vehicle speed signal. The RWAL system does not display a system
pass code.
A code 9 is set if there are no other codes present in the system. This happens because the speed
sensor circuit is the diagnostic circuit for the RWAL EBCM, and the RWAL EBCM receives an
abnormal speed signal when in the diagnostic mode. Clear code 9 and any other codes. See
“Display ABS Codes—RWAL & Teves II” on page 205 for more information.
201
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
EBCM operates the control valve assembly during antilock braking based on comparisons of data
parameter values and programmed values stored in RWAL EBCM memory. The RWAL EBCM
monitors system-related conditions and takes corrective action when necessary.
A complete Codes and Data display for the Kelsey-Hayes RWAL system, used on 1993 and later
S and T trucks, is shown in Figure 8-61.
Figure 8-61 Complete Codes and Data display for Kelsey-Hayes RWAL
202
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
203
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
TEVES IV
** ABS Braking Is Off! OK To Drive. **
23 RF Wheel Speed Is 0 MPH
*** End Of List ***
Figure 8-62 Sample Teves IV ABS Codes and Data
In the ABS Codes and Data mode, the antilock functions of the Teves IV system are disabled by
the EBCM. Be aware, new codes cannot be set in this mode, even if fault conditions are present.
The service brakes operate normally and the vehicle can be driven safely for testing.
When you select ABS Codes and Data for the Teves IV system, the scan tool establishes
communication with the EBCM and puts the module in a diagnostic state. During ABS Codes and
Data testing, the amber ABS lamp on the instrument panel flashes once per second. The EBCM
returns to normal operation once N is pressed to exit ABS Codes and Data. Unlike Bosch systems,
the ignition does not need to be cycled or the scan tool disconnected to restore ABS functions.
With Teves IV ABS, testing may cause false ECM codes to appear on the engine code list. After
ABS testing, reenter the vehicle ID for engine testing and check for engine codes. Clear any codes
that may be present and recheck to be sure they were false.
If no codes are present in the system, a “no codes present” message displays on the third line.
New codes cannot be set because the system is in diagnostic mode. If codes are present, the third
line displays the code number and title.
204
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
Code List
** Codes & Data. OK To Drive. **
C0221 RF Wheel Speed Sensor CKT Open
*** End Of List ***
Figure 8-63 Sample DBC 7 codes
Similarly, in Data Only mode, the screen displays data parameters only (Figure 8-64). Codes do
not display in this Data Only mode.
205
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
Code Summary: 14
12 Open Left Front Wheel Sensor
*14 Open Right Front Wheel Sensor
16 Open Left Rear Wheel Sensor
Figure 8-66 Code summary screen with a code selected
4. Continue through the code list and enter all codes flashed by the ABS lamp.
5. Press N to exit the code summary display and return to the code list.
The code list contains all codes possible for the system being tested.
Enter and exit the Display ABS Codes mode to mark or unmark codes as often as necessary when
diagnosing a specific system. The selected codes are stored in scan tool memory until the list is
changed, or until a new vehicle or system ID is entered.
206
GM Testing Testing ABS Systems
This selection contains specific information about ABS identification, control module
communication, and reading and clearing codes. These instructions provide a reference for
testing a new system or for reviewing facts for a system you work on infrequently.
207
Chapter 9 Jeep Operations
This chapter explains how to begin using the scan tool’s basic setup and test functions. This
information is specific to Jeep vehicles. For general scan tool functionality, refer to the manual for
the diagnostic tool being used.
For additional information on Jeep vehicles, see the following sections:
• “Jeep Testing” on page 215
• “Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters” on page 235
• “Jeep Communications Problems” on page 740
YES NO
SELECT SYSTEM
208
Jeep Operations Identifying a Vehicle
NOTE:
i Because of midyear manufacturing changes in engine computer systems, you should always
enter a new identification when you test a different vehicle, even when two vehicles are the same
year, model, and have the same engine and accessories installed.
The vehicle ID process begins from the Software Confirmation menu (Figure 9-2).
Press Y To Continue
Figure 9-2 Sample Software Confirmation menu
z To manually ID a vehicle:
1. Press Y to confirm the software selection.
A vehicle ID request screen similar to Figure 9-3 displays.
VIN: -J--4--1-4------
Vehicle: 2004 Jeep Wrangler-RHD
Engine: 2.4L L4 MPI
Press Y To Continue. N For New ID.
Figure 9-4 Sample Vehicle ID Confirmation screen
209
Jeep Operations Selecting a System
z To select a system:
1. Select an item from the menu (Figure 9-6).
Selecting any one of these systems from the menu may cause additional vehicle identification
menus to display. For instance, select Engine and a vehicle emissions selection screen often
appears (Figure 9-7).
210
Jeep Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
2. Select the line that describes the emissions specification on the vehicle emissions control
identification (VECI) sticker.
The next screen is usually the options menu, which describes whether the vehicle has an
automatic or standard transmission, and if it has air conditioning (Figure 9-8).
3. Select an option.
If Trans (transmission) is selected from the System Selection menu, the scan tool may display
the message shown in Figure 9-9. If this message displays, return to the System Selection
main menu and select Engine.
Additional screens may display depending on the vehicle. All other screens are similar and
require a selection to advance.
Each test adapter plugs into a specific vehicle diagnostic connector and attaches to one end of the
data cable. The other end of the cable attaches to the scan tool. Captive screws secure both data
cable ends.
211
Jeep Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
Figure 9-11 JEEP-1 Adapter Figure 9-12 OBD-II adapter with Personality Key™
device
The CHRY-1 engine test adapter has a socket for connecting the battery power cable or the
cigarette lighter power cable. A power cable is not required with the JEEP-1, CHRY-2, or the
OBD-II test adapters.
On 1987–90 Jeep models and 1996 and later models, the TCM or PCM communicates through
the same diagnostic connector used for engine testing. On 1991–95 Jeep vehicles, the TCM
communicates through a separate diagnostic connector. The scan tool connects to either a 6-pin
or 8-pin diagnostic connector, which may be either black or blue in color. Use the CHRY-2 test
adapter to connect to the black or blue connector.
212
Jeep Operations Connecting to the Vehicle
Use Table 9-2 and the following figures to find the correct diagnostic connector location for the
specific vehicle being tested.
Figure 9-17 1990 and earlier DLC (left)—use JEEP-1 adapter (right)
213
Jeep Operations Jeep Vehicles Without Self-Diagnostic Capability
214
Chapter 10 Jeep Testing
This chapter explains how to use the scan tool on 1985 and later Jeep engine control systems.
• Engine
• Transmission
• Body
• ABS
For additional information on Jeep vehicles, see the following sections:
• “Jeep Operations” on page 208
• “Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters” on page 235
• “Jeep Communications Problems” on page 740
Jeep functional tests do not distinguish between engine-off and engine-running conditions. When
a particular test cannot be performed with the engine either off or running, the scan tool does not
accept the test command. On some models, a “lost communication” message displays. If so,
make another selection or switch off the ignition.
Selecting Functional Tests from the Main Menu displays the Functional Tests menu (Figure 10-1).
215
Jeep Testing Testing Engine Systems
ATM Tests
Selecting ATM Tests initiates the actuator test mode (ATM) tests that energize certain system
actuators—such as switches, solenoids, relays, valves, and lamps—to check their operation. The
tests are performed with the engine off; the PCM does not accept ATM test commands with the
engine running.
Specific ATM tests vary for different systems but all operate in the same way.
On an ATM test screen, the selected actuator name is on the top line. For most ATM tests, the
PCM pulses the actuator regularly for five minutes or until Y or N is pressed to stop the test.
Actuator cycling times vary depending on the selected test. The important thing is whether the
selected actuator responds to the PCM command.
The ATM Exit menu offers two choices that require a Y or N selection to advance (Figure 10-2):
• Exit ATM test mode and turn the actuator off.
• Exit the ATM test mode and leave the actuator on.
During troubleshooting, leaving the actuator on is useful when you want to exit an ATM test so the
scan tool may be used to monitor related engine data parameters or check a signal.
Making a selection returns you to the ATM test selection screen. Select a new ATM test to turn off
an actuator that has been left on after exiting, or turn the ignition switch off.
216
Jeep Testing Testing Engine Systems
z To select:
1. Select AIS Motor Test.
The AIS motor test now displays (Figure 10-4).
Module Info
Selecting Module Info checks automatic vehicle ID at any time when testing a 1991 or later
vehicle, or to verify an identification entered manually.
217
Jeep Testing Testing Engine Systems
If the module information check does not match the vehicle ID already entered in the scan
tool, the display is similar to Figure 10-7. A selection is required to continue.
218
Jeep Testing Testing Engine Systems
3. Press Y again.
A “Resetting SRI Lamp” message briefly displays, followed by a “reset complete” message. If
the ignition is off and the PCM does not respond to the lamp reset request, a “no response”
message displays (Figure 10-11).
219
Jeep Testing Testing Engine Systems
Misfire Counters
>Purge Vapors Test Set Sync Signal
EGR Systems Test
Generator Field Test Read VIN
Figure 10-12 Sample system tests menu
220
Jeep Testing Testing Engine Systems
2. Press Y to switch the state of the purge valve between normal, flow, and block.
The selected purge valve state is shown as “Purge Status” on the display.
2. Press Y to switch the state of the EGR valve between normal, flow, and block.
The selected EGR valve state is shown as “EGR Status” on the display.
2. Press Y to switch the generator field state between normal, full, and off.
221
Jeep Testing Testing Engine Systems
Misfire Counters
The Misfire Counters selection, available on 1996 and later models, displays the number of misfire
occurrences for each individual cylinder and the PCM adaptive learn state for the present drive
cycle. Selecting Misfire Counters displays the following screen (Figure 10-16). Scroll to view the
entire list.
The value displayed refers to fuel synchronization only. Ignition timing is PCM-controlled. Moving
the distributor does not set ignition timing.
Read VIN
The Read VIN functional test displays the VIN stored in the PCM. If a replacement PCM has not
yet been programmed with a VIN, the scan tool provides a guide for PCM VIN programming.
IMPORTANT:
Read this entire procedure before beginning. The PCM can only be programmed with a new VIN
once! If a false VIN is programmed into the PCM, the PCM must be replaced with a new one.
222
Jeep Testing Testing Engine Systems
3. Select the correct characters as requested until all 17 characters are selected.
After the 17th character is selected, a confirmation screen displays (Figure 10-19).
4. Before pressing Y, carefully compare the VIN that appears on the screen to the characters on
the VIN plate.
Pressing Y permanently programs the VIN displayed into the PCM. For the vehicle to run
properly, the programmed VIN must match the VIN plate.
5. Press Y to continue, or N to return to the VIN entry screen.
When Y is pressed, the PCM checks to verify that the entered VIN is a valid DaimlerChrysler
Motors VIN.
– If the PCM does not recognize the VIN as valid, a “the VIN that was entered is not valid!”
message displays.
– If the VIN is valid, a “VIN program successful!” message displays.
Speed Control
The Speed Control Test, which is available on 1991–95 models, displays the present speed
control operating mode and the reason for the last system disengagement, or cutout. Four
additional speed control data parameters display on the screen (Figure 10-20). Other speed
control related data parameters are also available in the Codes and Data mode for engine testing.
223
Jeep Testing Testing Engine Systems
The vehicle theft alarm (VTA) monitors vehicle entry and the ignition. During unauthorized entry,
the VTA notifies the PCM. The PCM responds by disabling the electronic fuel injection after the
engine starts.
NOTE:
i These selections work the same for Jeep as they do for Chrysler. See “Codes and Data
Selections” on page 26 for general procedures.
The scan tool does not affect PCM or engine operation on 1991 and later fuel-injected models, so
they can be driven in the Codes and Data mode.
Models with a GM Delco control system, 1984–86 2.8L carbureted V6 engine, and California
emissions cannot be driven in the Codes and Data mode. The Codes and Data mode on these
224
Jeep Testing Testing Transmission Systems
vehicles may be called the “special,” “10K,” or “diagnostic mode” in some service manuals. In
Codes and Data mode, the scan tool places a 10-kilohm resistive load across the diagnostic
terminals. This causes the PCM to alter engine operation.
NOTE:
i Memory Resets work the same for Jeep as they do for Chrysler. See “Memory Resets” on page 28
for instructions.
225
Jeep Testing Testing Transmission Systems
The top line remains fixed and displays two principal items, followed by the test mode and the
Codes and Data list. All sensor and switch readings in Codes and Data are “live” values, the TCM
or PCM does not substitute default values in the data list for failed sensors or switches.
DTCs may be classified as either “hard” or “soft” codes. Some control modules indicate if a code
is hard or soft on the screen, but many do not.
• Hard codes—indicate a problem that exists at the time of testing.
• Soft codes—indicate a problem that occurred in the past but is not present now. These may
also be referred to as “history” codes or “continuous memory” codes.
226
Jeep Testing Testing Body Systems
Selecting ATM Tests displays the ATM Tests Menu (Figure 10-25).
The scan tool does not affect BCM operation, so the vehicle may be driven in the Codes and Data
mode for testing. All sensor and switch readings in Codes and Data are “live” values, the BCM
does not substitute default values for failed sensors or switches.
Panel(V)______12.0 Ignition(V)_____12.0
* * Codes & Data. OK To Drive * *
No Codes Present
Battery(V)______12.0 Inter Wiper(V)__12.0
Figure 10-26 Sample body Codes and Data
227
Jeep Testing Testing ABS Systems
Panel(V)______12.0 Ignition(V)_____12.0
* * Codes & Data. OK To Drive * *
12 Battery Was Disconnected
16 Internal Body Controller - ROM Fail
Figure 10-27 Body Codes and Data with codes present
! WARNING
ABS diagnosis with the scan tool does not require opening the hydraulic system or disassembling
mechanical parts. Complete ABS service, however, may require opening the hydraulic system.
ABS hydraulic systems operate at pressures of about 2000 psi or higher. The system must be
completely depressurized before opening any hydraulic connection. In most cases, apply and
release the brake pedal at least 40 times to depressurize the system. Follow Jeep service
instructions for information on system service and safety.
The scan tool performs ABS diagnostic tests on many Jeep vehicles with ABS. These ABS
models have wheel speed sensors, as well as red and yellow indicator lamps on the instrument
panel. If ABS is present on the test vehicle, the indicator lamps light momentarily when the ignition
is switched on.
228
Jeep Testing Testing ABS Systems
A Functional Tests selection is available on the ABS main menu for vehicles with Teves systems
(Figure 10-28).
Functional Tests:
>ATM Tests Bleed Brakes
ABS Simulated Stop Hydraulic Test
ATM Tests
ATM tests with the ABS module work the same as they do for the PCM. See “ATM Tests” on
page 216 for information.
When ATM Tests is selected for ABS systems, a menu with the following choices displays.
• Left front inlet valve
• Right front inlet valve
• Left front outlet valve
• Right front outlet valve
• Pump motor
• Rear inlet valve
• Rear outlet valve
229
Jeep Testing Testing ABS Systems
Bleed Brakes
The Bleed Brakes selection is used to bleed the hydraulic control unit (HCU). Always follow Jeep
recommended brake bleeding procedures for these systems. Whenever the hydraulic control unit
is removed, air enters the system. Proper brake bleeding on Teves Mark IV, Mark IVg, and Mark
20 ABS consists of three steps:
1. Manually bleeding the base brakes.
2. Bleeding the HCU.
3. Manually bleeding the base brakes again.
! CAUTION
Failure to follow proper brake bleeding procedures may result in improper brake system operation
or brake system failure. Refer to Jeep Service Manuals for proper brake bleeding procedures.
After manually bleeding the base brakes, bleed the HCU using Jeep service instructions and the
following procedure.
** Bleed Brakes **
Actuating Motor
After the ABS pump motor energizes, the screen updates to an “actuating motor/outlet valves”
message (Figure 10-33).
** Bleed Brakes **
Actuating Motor/Outlet Valves
230
Jeep Testing Testing ABS Systems
After the ABS module cycles the outlet valves, the “actuating motor” message again displays.
A test complete message displays at the end of the sequence (Figure 10-34).
** Bleed Brakes **
Test Is Complete
Press N To Exit.
Figure 10-34 Sample bleed brakes functional test complete screen
Hydraulic Test
The Hydraulic Test selection is available from the ABS Functional Tests menu for vehicles with
Teves systems. This test cycles the pump motor and valves in the HCU.
Components are activated in the following sequence:
1. Left front valves
2. Right front valves
3. Rear valves
4. Pump motor
2. Press the brake pedal and the active ABS component displays (Figure 10-36).
231
Jeep Testing Testing ABS Systems
NOTE:
i The Codes and Data selection operates the same for Jeep as is does for Chrysler. See “1 Trip
Codes” on page 28 for information.
Bendix 9
The Bendix 9 ABS on 1989–90 models communicates data through the same diagnostic
connector used for engine testing. However, on 1991 models with Bendix 9 ABS, the ECM
transmits data through a special diagnostic connector, distinct from the engine connector.
Two instrument panel indicator lamps are used on the Bendix 9 system, a red brake warning lamp,
and a yellow check antilock lamp. When the ignition is switched on, both lamps illuminate for a
bulb check. Once the ABS module performs a self-diagnostic check and determines ABS is
operational, the lamps switch off.
If an ABS problem is detected by the ECM, the lamps light in different combinations to identify the
failure. The lamps display ABS failure information for three conditions:
• Key-on and engine-off (KOEO)
• Start, engine cranking
• Key-on and engine-running (KOER)
See Table 10-1 to identify ABS failures on the warning lamps.
In the ABS Codes and Data mode, the antilock functions of the Bendix 9 system remain fully
functional, and new trouble codes may set during testing. The vehicle may also be driven safely
for testing.
A complete Bendix 9 ABS Codes and Data list is shown in Figure 10-37. Data list vary somewhat
between vehicles, but all are similar.
232
Jeep Testing Testing ABS Systems
! CAUTION
Before driving a vehicle with an ABS complaint, especially if the red brake warning lamp is on, test
the brakes at low speed to make sure the vehicle stops normally. An illuminated red brake warning
lamp may indicate reduced braking ability.
Teves
Three Teves systems are currently used by Jeep:
• Mark IV
• Mark IVg
• MK20
In addition to Codes and Data, Teves systems offer two alternate viewing modes on the menu:
• Data (No Codes)
• Codes Only
The Data (No Codes) selection presents the data list only, DTCs do not display. Similarly, Codes
Only displays just codes without data.
The complete Teves ABS data list is shown in Figure 10-38.
233
Chapter 11 Parameters Overview
The following chapters provide definitions and operating ranges for the data parameters that
display on the scan tool.
The scan tool can display all of the operating parameters available from the electronic control
module of the vehicle, which provides two basic kinds of parameters:
• Digital (discrete) parameters are those that can be in only one of two states, such as on or off,
open or closed, high or low, rich or lean, and yes or no. Switches, relays, and solenoids are
examples of devices that provide discrete parameters on the data list.
• Analog parameters are displayed as a measured value in the appropriate units such as
voltage, pressure, temperature, time, and speed parameters. These displays as numbers that
vary through a range of values in units, such as pounds per square inch (psi), kilopascal (kPa),
degrees Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit (°F), kilometers per hour (KPH), or miles per hour (MPH).
The scan tool displays some data parameters in numbers that range from 0 to 100, 0 to 255, or 0
to 1800 because that is the maximum number range that the control module transmits for a given
parameter. However, many parameter readings never reach the highest possible number. For
example, you never see a vehicle speed parameter reading of 255 MPH.
The range of a parameter often varies by year, model, and engine, but typical sampled values
observed under actual test conditions are in the parameter description when available.
Parameters may also be identified as input signals or output commands.
• Input or feedback parameters are signals from various sensors and switches to the ECM.
They may display as analog or discrete values, depending on the type of input device.
• Output parameters are commands that the control module transmits to various actuators,
such as solenoids and fuel injectors. They are displayed as discrete parameters, analog
values, or as a pulse-width modulated (PWM) signal.
In the following chapters, parameters are presented as they appear on the scan tool screen.
Often, the same parameter goes by a different name when used on more than one model, engine,
or control system. In these instances, all of the applicable parameter names displayed on the scan
tool are listed before the description.
NOTE:
i The Snap-on® scan tool may display names for some data parameters that differ from names
displayed by a factory tool and other scan tools.
Data parameter descriptions in this manual were created from a combination of sources. For most
parameters, basic information was provided by the respective manufacturers, then expanded
through research and field testing. For some parameters, no information is currently available.
Always use a power graphing meter, such as the Snap-on® Vantage PRO™ or a lab scope, to
further validate the displayed values. If data is corrupted on multiple data parameters, do not
assume that the control module may be faulty. This corrupt data may be caused by improper
communication between the scan tool and the control module. See the troubleshooting sections
of the user manual for the diagnostic tool you are using for more communication problem details.
234
Chapter 12 Chrysler and Jeep
Data Parameters
This chapter contains information for interpreting data parameters on Chrysler and Jeep
vehicles.
For additional information on Chrysler vehicles, see the following sections:
• “Chrysler Operations” on page 4
• “Chrysler Testing” on page 12
• “Chrysler Communications Problems” on page 707
For additional information on Jeep vehicles, see the following sections:
• “Jeep Operations” on page 208
• “Jeep Testing” on page 215
• “Jeep Communications Problems” on page 740
235
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
A
A/C CLUTCH ................................................................................................................................................................ 251
A/C PRESS(V).............................................................................................................................................................. 251
A/C PRESSURE(kPa) .................................................................................................................................................. 251
A/C PRESSURE(psi) .................................................................................................................................................... 251
A/C REQUEST ............................................................................................................................................................. 251
A/C SELECT SW.......................................................................................................................................................... 251
A/C Select Switch ......................................................................................................................................................... 251
A/C SELECT................................................................................................................................................................. 251
A/C STATUS ................................................................................................................................................................. 297
A/C SWITCH ................................................................................................................................................................ 251
A/C SWITCH(V)............................................................................................................................................................ 298
A/T PRESS. SW ........................................................................................................................................................... 296
AC Hi-Side Pressure(kPa)............................................................................................................................................ 252
AC Hi-Side Pressure(psi) ............................................................................................................................................. 252
AC Hi-Side Voltage(V) .................................................................................................................................................. 252
ACCEL PEDAL(%) ....................................................................................................................................................... 252
ACCUMULATOR(V) ..................................................................................................................................................... 303
ACT LF DUMP SOL ..................................................................................................................................................... 303
ACT LF ISO SOL.......................................................................................................................................................... 303
ACT REAR DUMP........................................................................................................................................................ 303
ACT REAR ISO ............................................................................................................................................................ 303
ACT RF DUMP SOL..................................................................................................................................................... 303
ACT RF ISO SOL ......................................................................................................................................................... 303
ACTUAL ASD RELAY .................................................................................................................................................. 252
ADDED FUEL(µS) ........................................................................................................................................................ 252
AIR SOL ....................................................................................................................................................................... 252
AIR SWITCH SOL ........................................................................................................................................................ 253
AIS (STEPS)................................................................................................................................................................. 252
ALTERNATOR LAMP ................................................................................................................................................... 266
AMB TEMP(°C) ............................................................................................................................................................ 253
AMB TEMP(°F)............................................................................................................................................................. 253
AMB TEMP(V) .............................................................................................................................................................. 253
Ambient Temp(°C) ........................................................................................................................................................ 253
Ambient Temp(°F)......................................................................................................................................................... 253
Ambient Temp(V).......................................................................................................................................................... 253
AMBIENT/BATT(°C) ..................................................................................................................................................... 253
AMBIENT/BATT(°F)...................................................................................................................................................... 253
236
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
B
B1 VOLTAGE................................................................................................................................................................ 254
BALLAST BYPASS....................................................................................................................................................... 254
BARO PRESS(”Hg) ...................................................................................................................................................... 254
BARO PRESS(kPa)...................................................................................................................................................... 254
BARO READ SOL ........................................................................................................................................................ 255
Barometric Pressure(“Hg)............................................................................................................................................. 254
Barometric Pressure(kPa) ............................................................................................................................................ 254
BASE SPARK(°) ........................................................................................................................................................... 255
BATT TEMP(°C) ........................................................................................................................................................... 255
BATT TEMP(°F)............................................................................................................................................................ 255
BATT TEMP(V) ............................................................................................................................................................. 255
Battery Temp(°C) .......................................................................................................................................................... 255
Battery Temp(°F) .......................................................................................................................................................... 255
Battery Temp(V)............................................................................................................................................................ 255
BATTERY VOLTS......................................................................................................................................................... 255
BATTERY VOLTS......................................................................................................................................................... 287
BATTERY(V)................................................................................................................................................................. 255
BATTERY(V)................................................................................................................................................................. 298
BATTERY1(V)............................................................................................................................................................... 298
BATTERY2(V)............................................................................................................................................................... 298
BLEND MOTOR ........................................................................................................................................................... 297
BLOWER MOTOR........................................................................................................................................................ 297
BODY TYPE ................................................................................................................................................................. 299
BOOST GOAL(kPa) ..................................................................................................................................................... 256
BOOST GOAL(psi) ....................................................................................................................................................... 256
BOOST PRESS(V) ....................................................................................................................................................... 304
BOOST(psi) .................................................................................................................................................................. 255
BOOST(V) .................................................................................................................................................................... 256
BR LAMP OUTAGE ...................................................................................................................................................... 297
BRAKE FLUID SW ....................................................................................................................................................... 296
BRAKE LAMP SW........................................................................................................................................................ 304
BRAKE PAD INP .......................................................................................................................................................... 296
BRAKE SW 1................................................................................................................................................................ 256
BRAKE SW 2................................................................................................................................................................ 256
BRAKE SW................................................................................................................................................................... 287
BRAKE SW................................................................................................................................................................... 304
BRAKE SW(V).............................................................................................................................................................. 304
BRAKE ......................................................................................................................................................................... 256
C
C1 SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................................. 291
237
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
C2 SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................................. 291
C3 SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................................. 291
C3(V) ............................................................................................................................................................................ 287
C4 SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................................. 291
C4(V) ............................................................................................................................................................................ 287
CAL(V).......................................................................................................................................................................... 256
CALC LOAD VALUE..................................................................................................................................................... 256
CAM SENSOR ............................................................................................................................................................. 259
CAM SYNC START ...................................................................................................................................................... 256
CAM SYNC STATE....................................................................................................................................................... 256
CAM TIMING POS(°).................................................................................................................................................... 256
CAM/CRANK DIFF°...................................................................................................................................................... 257
CARGO LAMP.............................................................................................................................................................. 297
CAT MODEL ................................................................................................................................................................. 257
CAT Modeled Temp ...................................................................................................................................................... 257
CHARGE TEMP(°) ....................................................................................................................................................... 257
CHARGE TEMP(V) ...................................................................................................................................................... 257
CHECK ENG LAMP ..................................................................................................................................................... 272
CHECK GAGES LMP................................................................................................................................................... 297
CHIME .......................................................................................................................................................................... 297
CHK GAUGES LMP ..................................................................................................................................................... 257
CKP COUNT ................................................................................................................................................................ 257
CKP ENG RPM ............................................................................................................................................................ 257
CLNT LEVEL SW ......................................................................................................................................................... 296
Closed Loop Timer ....................................................................................................................................................... 257
CLSD LOOP TMR ........................................................................................................................................................ 257
CMP COUNT................................................................................................................................................................ 257
CMP ENG RPM............................................................................................................................................................ 258
CNG PRESSURE(kPa) ................................................................................................................................................ 258
CNG PRESSURE(psi) .................................................................................................................................................. 258
CNG PRESSURE(V) .................................................................................................................................................... 258
CNG TEMP(°C) ............................................................................................................................................................ 258
CNG TEMP(°F)............................................................................................................................................................. 258
CNG TEMP(V).............................................................................................................................................................. 258
Coil 1 Burn Time(µS) .................................................................................................................................................... 258
Coil 2 Burn Time(µS) .................................................................................................................................................... 258
COIL BRN 1(µS)........................................................................................................................................................... 258
COIL DWL(mS) ............................................................................................................................................................ 258
COMMON WIRE(V)...................................................................................................................................................... 299
COMP/TEMP................................................................................................................................................................ 300
COMPRESSR RELAY .................................................................................................................................................. 299
COOLANT SW(V)......................................................................................................................................................... 299
COOLANT TEMP(V) .................................................................................................................................................... 259
COOLANT(°C).............................................................................................................................................................. 259
COOLANT(°F) .............................................................................................................................................................. 259
COOLANT(V) ............................................................................................................................................................... 259
COURTESY LAMP ....................................................................................................................................................... 297
CRANK INJ(mS)........................................................................................................................................................... 259
CRANK SENSOR......................................................................................................................................................... 259
CRNK SYNC START .................................................................................................................................................... 260
Cruise Cancel Switch State .......................................................................................................................................... 259
Cruise On/Off Switch State ........................................................................................................................................... 259
Cruise Resume/Accel Switch State .............................................................................................................................. 259
238
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
D
DBL STRT OVRIDE ..................................................................................................................................................... 260
DCKLID REL SOL ........................................................................................................................................................ 297
DECKLID AJAR............................................................................................................................................................ 297
DECKLID SW ............................................................................................................................................................... 297
DES CHARGE SOL...................................................................................................................................................... 260
DES CHARGE(V) ......................................................................................................................................................... 260
DES GOV PR(psi) ........................................................................................................................................................ 289
DES IDLE RPM ............................................................................................................................................................ 260
DES LF DUMP SOL ..................................................................................................................................................... 303
DES LF ISO SOL.......................................................................................................................................................... 303
DES PURGE(mA)......................................................................................................................................................... 260
DES REAR DUMP........................................................................................................................................................ 303
DES REAR ISO ............................................................................................................................................................ 303
DES RF DUMP SOL..................................................................................................................................................... 303
DES RF ISO SOL ......................................................................................................................................................... 303
DES TPS(V) ................................................................................................................................................................. 260
DIFF PRESS ................................................................................................................................................................ 304
DISABLED.................................................................................................................................................................... 261
DISPLAY(V) .................................................................................................................................................................. 300
DOME LAMP ................................................................................................................................................................ 297
DOME SW(V) ............................................................................................................................................................... 298
DOOR AJAR SW.......................................................................................................................................................... 297
DOOR HANDL SW....................................................................................................................................................... 297
DOOR LOCK RLY ........................................................................................................................................................ 297
DOOR LOCK(V) ........................................................................................................................................................... 298
DOOR STALL ............................................................................................................................................................... 298
DOOR UNLOCK RLY ................................................................................................................................................... 297
DOWNSHIFT SW ......................................................................................................................................................... 288
DRVR DOOR AJAR ..................................................................................................................................................... 297
DRVR DOOR JAMB ..................................................................................................................................................... 297
DRVR DOOR UNLCK .................................................................................................................................................. 297
DWNSTRM EXH .......................................................................................................................................................... 263
DWNSTRM O2S(V)...................................................................................................................................................... 275
E
E2(V) ............................................................................................................................................................................ 300
E-CELL EXPIRED ........................................................................................................................................................ 261
ECM BATTERY(V)........................................................................................................................................................ 261
ECM ENG RPM............................................................................................................................................................ 261
ECONOMY SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................... 300
EGR DC(%) .................................................................................................................................................................. 261
EGR DUTY CYC(%)..................................................................................................................................................... 261
EGR Duty Cycle(%)...................................................................................................................................................... 261
EGR FLOW(g/s) ........................................................................................................................................................... 261
EGR Flow(g/s) .............................................................................................................................................................. 261
239
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
F
F BANK INJ(mS) .......................................................................................................................................................... 263
F BNK UP EXH............................................................................................................................................................. 263
F BNK UP EXH............................................................................................................................................................. 263
F DNSTM O2S(V)......................................................................................................................................................... 275
F EXHAUST ................................................................................................................................................................. 263
F LT ADAP(%) .............................................................................................................................................................. 271
F ST ADAP(%) ............................................................................................................................................................. 271
F UPSTM O2S(V)......................................................................................................................................................... 275
F WIPER SW(V) ........................................................................................................................................................... 299
FAN DUTY CYC(%)...................................................................................................................................................... 263
FLEX FUEL(V).............................................................................................................................................................. 263
FLS SW #2 ................................................................................................................................................................... 304
FLUID LEVEL SW ........................................................................................................................................................ 305
FOG LAMP RELAY ...................................................................................................................................................... 297
FOG LAMPS................................................................................................................................................................. 299
FRNT LT SNSR A......................................................................................................................................................... 300
FRNT LT SNSR B......................................................................................................................................................... 300
FRNT LT SNSR C ........................................................................................................................................................ 300
FRNT LT SOL ............................................................................................................................................................... 299
FRNT RT SNSR A ........................................................................................................................................................ 300
FRNT RT SNSR B ........................................................................................................................................................ 300
FRNT RT SNSR C........................................................................................................................................................ 300
FRNT RT SOL .............................................................................................................................................................. 299
FUEL ALLOWED.......................................................................................................................................................... 264
FUEL LEVEL (V) .......................................................................................................................................................... 298
FUEL LEVEL ................................................................................................................................................................ 264
FUEL LEVEL(%)........................................................................................................................................................... 264
240
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
G
G SW #1 ....................................................................................................................................................................... 265
G SW #2 ....................................................................................................................................................................... 265
GATE AJAR SW ........................................................................................................................................................... 297
GATE AJAR .................................................................................................................................................................. 297
GEAR ........................................................................................................................................................................... 288
GENERATOR DC(%) ................................................................................................................................................... 265
Generator Duty Cycle(DC%) ........................................................................................................................................ 265
GENERATOR FIELD .................................................................................................................................................... 265
GENERATOR LAMP .................................................................................................................................................... 266
GLOW PLUG RELAY ................................................................................................................................................... 266
GOV PR DUTY CYC .................................................................................................................................................... 289
GOV PR SNSR(V)........................................................................................................................................................ 289
GOV PRESS SOL ........................................................................................................................................................ 288
GOV PRESS(psi) ......................................................................................................................................................... 289
GOV PRESS(V)............................................................................................................................................................ 289
G-SWITCH ................................................................................................................................................................... 265
H
H2O IN FUEL LMP ....................................................................................................................................................... 266
H2O IN FUEL ............................................................................................................................................................... 266
H2O IN FUEL(V)........................................................................................................................................................... 266
HAZARD SW ................................................................................................................................................................ 297
HEADLAMP DELAY ..................................................................................................................................................... 297
HEADLAMP SW(V) ...................................................................................................................................................... 299
HEADLAMPS ............................................................................................................................................................... 297
HEADLMP OUTAGE .................................................................................................................................................... 297
HI LOW BEAM.............................................................................................................................................................. 297
HI SPD GND RLY ......................................................................................................................................................... 266
HIGH ALT ..................................................................................................................................................................... 266
HIGH BEAM SW(V)...................................................................................................................................................... 297
HIGH BEAM SW(V)...................................................................................................................................................... 299
HIGH BEAMS ............................................................................................................................................................... 297
HIPRES FUEL CUT...................................................................................................................................................... 266
HOOD AJAR................................................................................................................................................................. 297
HORN ........................................................................................................................................................................... 297
I
IAC AIRFLW(g/s) .......................................................................................................................................................... 267
IAC CURRENT(mA) ..................................................................................................................................................... 267
241
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
242
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
J
J2 CIRCUIT(V) ............................................................................................................................................................. 289
K
KEY IN IGN SW............................................................................................................................................................ 297
KNK RTD CYL 1(°) ....................................................................................................................................................... 284
KNK RTD CYL 2(°) ....................................................................................................................................................... 284
KNK RTD CYL 3(°) ....................................................................................................................................................... 284
KNK RTD CYL 4(°) ....................................................................................................................................................... 284
Knock Sensor 1 Volts(V)............................................................................................................................................... 269
Knock Sensor 2 Volts(V)............................................................................................................................................... 269
KNOCK SENSOR(V).................................................................................................................................................... 269
KNOCK......................................................................................................................................................................... 269
L
L ADDED FUEL(µS) ..................................................................................................................................................... 252
L BANK INJ(mS)........................................................................................................................................................... 263
L BNK DN EXH............................................................................................................................................................. 263
L BNK UP EXH............................................................................................................................................................. 263
L B-PILLAR SW(V) ....................................................................................................................................................... 299
L DNSTM O2S(V)......................................................................................................................................................... 275
L DR KEY SW(V).......................................................................................................................................................... 299
L DR LCK SW(V).......................................................................................................................................................... 299
L EXHAUST.................................................................................................................................................................. 263
L FUEL SYS ................................................................................................................................................................. 265
L IDLE ADAP(µS) ......................................................................................................................................................... 252
L LT ADAP(%) .............................................................................................................................................................. 271
L O2S(V)....................................................................................................................................................................... 275
L OPEN/CLSD LP ........................................................................................................................................................ 277
L ST ADAP(%).............................................................................................................................................................. 271
L TURN SIGNAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 297
L UPSTMO2S(V) .......................................................................................................................................................... 275
L17 SIGNAL ................................................................................................................................................................. 301
LAST CUTOUT............................................................................................................................................................. 270
LF CONTINUITY .......................................................................................................................................................... 305
LF DUMP SOL.............................................................................................................................................................. 305
LF ISO SOL .................................................................................................................................................................. 305
LF ISOL CYCLE ........................................................................................................................................................... 305
LF SOL ......................................................................................................................................................................... 270
LF SOL ......................................................................................................................................................................... 306
LF SOL(V) .................................................................................................................................................................... 306
LF VALVE ..................................................................................................................................................................... 306
LF WHEEL(MPH) ......................................................................................................................................................... 306
L-FUEL SY ................................................................................................................................................................... 277
LGATE HNDL SW(V).................................................................................................................................................... 299
LGATE KEY SW(V) ...................................................................................................................................................... 299
LIFT GATE AJAR ......................................................................................................................................................... 297
LIMP IN......................................................................................................................................................................... 289
LIMP-IN ........................................................................................................................................................................ 270
LK DET PMP SOL ........................................................................................................................................................ 271
243
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
M
MALFUNCTION LMP ................................................................................................................................................... 272
MAN AC BLND(V) ........................................................................................................................................................ 301
MAN VAC(“Hg) ............................................................................................................................................................. 273
MAN VAC(kPa) ............................................................................................................................................................. 273
MAP SNR(“Hg) ............................................................................................................................................................. 273
MAP SNR(kPa)............................................................................................................................................................. 273
MAP SNSR(V) .............................................................................................................................................................. 274
MAP Vacuum(“Hg)........................................................................................................................................................ 273
MAP Vacuum(kPa) ....................................................................................................................................................... 273
Map Volts(V) ................................................................................................................................................................. 274
MAP/BARO RATIO ....................................................................................................................................................... 273
MC SOLENOID ............................................................................................................................................................ 274
METHANOL(%) ............................................................................................................................................................ 263
MIN TPS (V) ................................................................................................................................................................. 274
Minimum TPS(V) .......................................................................................................................................................... 274
MODE DOOR(V) .......................................................................................................................................................... 298
MODE SW MUX(V) ...................................................................................................................................................... 301
MODE........................................................................................................................................................................... 290
MODULATOR RLY ....................................................................................................................................................... 307
MODULE ID.................................................................................................................................................................. 290
MOTOR SPEED ........................................................................................................................................................... 307
MP COIL(V) .................................................................................................................................................................. 307
MP MONITOR(V) ......................................................................................................................................................... 308
MP RELAY COIL .......................................................................................................................................................... 307
MTR PMP CONTROL .................................................................................................................................................. 308
MTR PUMP RELAY ...................................................................................................................................................... 308
MTV Output State ......................................................................................................................................................... 274
MTV SOLENOID .......................................................................................................................................................... 274
MTV Valve State ........................................................................................................................................................... 274
244
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
N
NEUTRAL SW 1 ........................................................................................................................................................... 291
NEUTRAL SW 2 ........................................................................................................................................................... 291
NVLD SOLENOID ........................................................................................................................................................ 275
NVLD SWITCH............................................................................................................................................................. 275
O
O2 ADAP CELL ID ....................................................................................................................................................... 276
O2 CROSSCOUNTS.................................................................................................................................................... 276
O2(mV) ......................................................................................................................................................................... 275
O2(V) ............................................................................................................................................................................ 275
O2HTR DTY CYC(%) ................................................................................................................................................... 276
OD INHIBIT .................................................................................................................................................................. 290
OD OFF LAMP ............................................................................................................................................................. 290
OD OVERRIDE LMP .................................................................................................................................................... 291
O-D OVERRIDE ........................................................................................................................................................... 290
OD PRESS SW ............................................................................................................................................................ 290
OD RANGE SW............................................................................................................................................................ 287
OD SWITCH ................................................................................................................................................................. 291
OH L-GATE SW(V) ....................................................................................................................................................... 299
OH PWR DR SW(V) ..................................................................................................................................................... 299
OIL LEVEL SW............................................................................................................................................................. 296
OIL PRESS (V)............................................................................................................................................................. 298
OIL PRESS(kPa) .......................................................................................................................................................... 276
OIL PRESS(psi)............................................................................................................................................................ 276
OIL PRESS(V).............................................................................................................................................................. 276
OPEN/CLSD LOOP...................................................................................................................................................... 277
OPTICAL HORN........................................................................................................................................................... 301
OUT AMB TMP(V)........................................................................................................................................................ 299
OUT SHAFT(RPM)....................................................................................................................................................... 291
OUTPUT RPM.............................................................................................................................................................. 288
OUTPUT RPM.............................................................................................................................................................. 291
Output Speed(RPM) ..................................................................................................................................................... 288
OUTSIDE TEMP (V)..................................................................................................................................................... 301
OVERALL KNK RTD(°) ................................................................................................................................................ 284
OVERDRIVE SOL ........................................................................................................................................................ 291
P
PANEL (V) .................................................................................................................................................................... 298
PARK LAMPS............................................................................................................................................................... 299
PART NO. ..................................................................................................................................................................... 291
PASS DOOR AJAR ...................................................................................................................................................... 297
P-BRK/LO FLU ............................................................................................................................................................. 301
PCM ODO(mi) .............................................................................................................................................................. 277
PCV VALVE .................................................................................................................................................................. 277
PED TRVL SNS............................................................................................................................................................ 307
POSTCAT O2S(V) ........................................................................................................................................................ 275
POWER RELAY ........................................................................................................................................................... 308
Power Steering Switch.................................................................................................................................................. 279
PR SENS OFF(V)......................................................................................................................................................... 293
P-Ratio MAP/BARO...................................................................................................................................................... 277
PRECAT O2S(V) .......................................................................................................................................................... 275
245
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
R
R ADDED FUEL(µS) .................................................................................................................................................... 252
R BANK INJ(mS) .......................................................................................................................................................... 263
R BNK DN EXH ............................................................................................................................................................ 263
R BNK UP EXH ............................................................................................................................................................ 263
R B-PILLAR SW(V) ...................................................................................................................................................... 299
R DEFOG SW .............................................................................................................................................................. 297
R DNSTM O2S(V) ........................................................................................................................................................ 275
R DR KEY SW(V) ......................................................................................................................................................... 299
R DR LCK SW(V) ......................................................................................................................................................... 299
R EXHAUST ................................................................................................................................................................. 263
R FUEL SYS................................................................................................................................................................. 265
R IDLE ADAP(µS) ........................................................................................................................................................ 252
R LT ADAP(%).............................................................................................................................................................. 271
R O2S(V) ...................................................................................................................................................................... 275
R OPEN/CLSD LP........................................................................................................................................................ 277
R RANGE SW .............................................................................................................................................................. 287
R ST ADAP(%) ............................................................................................................................................................. 271
R TURN SIGNAL.......................................................................................................................................................... 297
R UPSTM O2S(V) ........................................................................................................................................................ 275
R WIPER SW(V)........................................................................................................................................................... 299
RAD FAN DC(%) .......................................................................................................................................................... 279
RAD FAN HI RLY.......................................................................................................................................................... 279
RAD FAN HI2 RLY........................................................................................................................................................ 279
RAD FAN LOW RLY ..................................................................................................................................................... 279
RAD FAN RELAY ......................................................................................................................................................... 279
RADIO SW(V)............................................................................................................................................................... 299
246
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
S
S/C CANCEL ................................................................................................................................................................ 279
S/C COAST .................................................................................................................................................................. 279
S/C ENGAGED LMP .................................................................................................................................................... 280
S/C LAMP..................................................................................................................................................................... 280
S/C ON/OFF ................................................................................................................................................................. 279
S/C POWER RELAY .................................................................................................................................................... 280
S/C RESUME ............................................................................................................................................................... 279
S/C SET SPD ............................................................................................................................................................... 280
S/C SET SW................................................................................................................................................................. 279
S/C SW 1(V) ................................................................................................................................................................. 280
S/C SW 2(V) ................................................................................................................................................................. 280
S/C SW INPUT(V) ........................................................................................................................................................ 280
S/C SWITCH(V)............................................................................................................................................................ 280
247
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
T
TABLE ID ...................................................................................................................................................................... 294
TARGET IAC ................................................................................................................................................................ 282
Target Idle Speed(RPM) ............................................................................................................................................... 282
T-BODY TEMP(°C)....................................................................................................................................................... 282
T-BODY TEMP(°F) ....................................................................................................................................................... 282
T-BODY TEMP(V) ........................................................................................................................................................ 282
TC SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................................. 307
TCC FULL LOCK.......................................................................................................................................................... 282
TCC FULL LOCK.......................................................................................................................................................... 297
TCC INHIBIT ................................................................................................................................................................ 294
TCC LOCKED .............................................................................................................................................................. 294
TCC P-EMCC ............................................................................................................................................................... 283
248
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
U
UPSHIFT SW ............................................................................................................................................................... 295
UPSTRM EXH .............................................................................................................................................................. 263
UPSTRM O2S(V) ......................................................................................................................................................... 275
US/METRIC SW ........................................................................................................................................................... 300
US/METRIC SW ........................................................................................................................................................... 300
US/METRIC SW ........................................................................................................................................................... 302
249
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
V
VEH SPEED ................................................................................................................................................................. 285
VEH THEFT STATE...................................................................................................................................................... 285
VEH THEFT.................................................................................................................................................................. 285
VERSION NO. .............................................................................................................................................................. 291
VERSION NO. .............................................................................................................................................................. 302
VNT SOL #1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 285
VNT SOL #2 ................................................................................................................................................................. 285
VNT SOL #3 ................................................................................................................................................................. 285
W
WAIT TO START .......................................................................................................................................................... 285
WARN LAMP INP ......................................................................................................................................................... 309
WARN LAMP(V) ........................................................................................................................................................... 309
WARNING LAMP.......................................................................................................................................................... 309
WASHER LVL(V) .......................................................................................................................................................... 299
WASHER SWITCH....................................................................................................................................................... 297
WASTEGATE SOL ....................................................................................................................................................... 286
WASTEGATE SOL(%).................................................................................................................................................. 286
WASTEGATE(%).......................................................................................................................................................... 285
WATER IN FUEL(V) ..................................................................................................................................................... 286
WIDE OPEN THROT.................................................................................................................................................... 286
WIPER MODE(V) ......................................................................................................................................................... 299
WIPERS PARKED ........................................................................................................................................................ 297
WOT DIVERT ............................................................................................................................................................... 286
WR TOP SW(V)............................................................................................................................................................ 299
Y
YEL ABS LAMP............................................................................................................................................................ 309
Z
Z1 VOLTAGE ................................................................................................................................................................ 286
250
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
Engine Parameters
This section defines data parameters available from the engine control module or the powertrain
control module (PCM) on Chrysler and Jeep vehicles.
1/1 Goal (0-1)(V)
2/1 Goal (0-1)(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0.00 to 1.00 V
Indicates the filtered O2S voltage that the PCM is trying to maintain.
Next Generation Controllers (NGC) provides a bias voltage of 2.5 V to sensor. Voltage levels with
the engine running will fluctuate around 2.5 V. Actual sensor voltage output range is about 1 V.
Displayed is the desired sensor output with the voltage bias filtered out.
1/1 LP STATUS
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the bank 1 O2S control status.
1/1 O2 HTR DC(%)
1/2 O2 HTR DC(%)
2/1 O2 HTR DC(%)
2/2 O2 HTR DC(%)
1/1 Pulse Width O2 Heater(%)
1/2 Pulse Width O2 Heater(%)
2/1 Pulse Width O2 Heater(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Next Generation Controllers (NGC) provide voltage to O2S heater circuit as needed. Ground is
hardwired to the chassis. The PCM duty cycles voltage between 0 and 100%.
1/1 O2S DES(V)
2/1 O2S DES(V)
1/1 O2 Sensor Goal(V)
2/1 O2 Sensor Goal(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 2.5 to 5.0 V
The ideal O2S voltage that the PCM is trying to maintain.
The value changes based on downstream O2S switch rate to allow the catalyst to operate at its
most efficient level. It should read between 2.8 and 3.3 V, which includes the ground bias voltage
of 2.5 V.
1/1 O2 Sensor(V)
1/2 O2 Sensor(V)
2/1 O2 Sensor(V)
2/2 O2 Sensor(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 2.00 to 3.00 V
Next Generation Controllers (NGC) provides a bias voltage of 2.5 V to sensor. Voltage levels with
the engine running will fluctuate around 2.5 V at the sensor. This parameter displays the actual
sensor reading. Actual sensor voltage output is about 1V, sensor voltage reading will be shifted
up by the bias.
251
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
252
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
AC Hi-Side Voltage(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
AC Hi-Side Pressure(psi)
Range: ________________________________________________________0 to 500 psi
AC Hi-Side Pressure(kPa)
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 3,450 kPa
The A/C pressure transducer senses the refrigerant pressure in the Hi pressure line of the air
conditioning system. The voltage parameter is the sensor input signal to the PCM. The PCM
uses this signal to cycle the A/C clutch on and off. The pressure parameter is a value internally
calculated by the PCM.
ACCEL PEDAL(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
The position of the accelerator pedal in percentage based on the APP sensor reading.
ACTUAL ASD RELAY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
When the auto shutdown (ASD) relay energizes, a special circuit sends a signal to the PCM. This
parameter indicates the status of this signal.
ACTUAL ASK RELAY reads ON when the relay is energized.
ADDED FUEL(µS)
L ADDED FUEL(µS)
R ADDED FUEL(µS)
IDLE ADAP(µS)
L IDLE ADAP(µS)
R IDLE ADAP(µS)
Range: __________________________________________________ 1024 to + 1016 µS
The adaptive adjustment made by the PCM to fuel injector pulse width at idle.
• A negative number means that the PCM is decreasing the pulse width.
• A positive number means the PCM is increasing the pulse width.
On some 1992 and later engines, such as the 1993 3.3L and 3.5L, the oxygen sensors for the
left and right cylinder banks are separately controlled by the PCM and have separate adaptive
injector strategies.
These parameters display in microseconds (µS). A microsecond equals 0.000001 second, or 1/
1000-millisecond.
AIS (STEPS)
IAC(STEPS)
Range: ___________________________________________________________1 to 255
The position of the automatic idle speed (AIS) or idle air control (IAC) motor as stepper-motor
position counts.
• A low number indicates the motor is retracted to maintain a low idle speed.
• A high number indicates that the motor is extended further to maintain the required idle
speed.
AIR SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the downstream pulse air solenoid on most 1984–90 carbureted engines
and reads as follows:
• ON when the solenoid routes air to the second bed of the catalytic converter
253
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
• OFF when air is being routed to the upstream solenoid or vented to atmosphere
The upstream and downstream solenoids distribute air to the exhaust pipe and catalytic
converter (pulse air system).
Both solenoids are controlled by the PCM.
• The upstream solenoid distributes air into the exhaust pipe, just below the O2S.
• The downstream solenoid distributes air to the catalytic converter.
AIR SWITCH SOL
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
SEC AIR SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Shows if the PCM energized the air switching solenoid to direct air injection into the manifold
during engine warm-up and read as follows:
• OPEN or ON during warm-up
• CLSD or OFF when the engine is at operating temperature
Parameters indicate if PCM command has been given. It is not a feedback signal to indicate that
the solenoid is operating or responding to the command.
AMBIENT/BATT(°C)
Range: _______________________________________________________ -45 to 243°C
AMBIENT/BATT(°F)
Range: _______________________________________________________ -49 to 469°F
Used on some diesel engines and indicates either the under-hood ambient temperature or the
temperature of the battery.
AMB TEMP(°F)
Ambient Temp(°F)
Range: ________________________________________________________-40° to 389°
Ambient Temp(°C)
AMB TEMP(°C)
Range: ________________________________________________________-40° to 199°
The temperature of the ambient air in the engine compartment on some vehicles. The PCM
converts voltage to air temperature readings.
AMB TEMP(V)
Ambient Temp(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.1 V
A direct voltage reading from the ambient air temperature sensor.
Sensor voltage and temperature are inversely related:
• Low temperature produces a high voltage signal
• High temperature produces a low voltage signal
APP 1(V)
APP 2 (V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5 V
APP 1 and APP 2 represent two sensors in one housing that provide the PCM with two separate
voltage signals in proportion to accelerator pedal position.
APP 1(V) will increase at twice the rate of APP 2(V) as the throttle is opened.
254
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
APPS(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
The position of the accelerator pedal based on the signal from the accelerator pedal position
sensor and reads 100% when the accelerator pedal is fully pressed.
ASD RELAY
AUTO SHUTDOWN
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the PCM has ordered the auto shutdown relay to turn on. The auto shutdown
relay provides power to the fuel pump, the ignition coil, and the fuel injectors.
• ASD RELAY should read ON whenever the actual state of the ASD relay is commanded on.
• AUTO SHUTDOWN should read ON whenever the engine is running.
ASD RLY SENSE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
ASD Relay Sense
Range: _________________________________________________________ Low/High
The state of the ASD Sense Switch.
B1 VOLTAGE
Range: ___________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTV
B1 circuit voltage is active, or high, with the ignition switch in the run position. It is inactive, or low,
with the ignition switch in start when the engine is cranking.
BALLAST BYPASS
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
The ballast bypass relay for the ignition starting circuit on some 1991 and later vehicles and
should read as follows:
• ON during cranking
• OFF for normal engine operation
BARO PRESS(”Hg)
Barometric Pressure(“Hg)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 60 “Hg
BARO PRESS(kPa)
Barometric Pressure(kPa)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 10 to 200 kPa
Chrysler systems do not have a barometric pressure (BARO) sensor, however, the PCM
provides these internally-calculated BARO values. The PCM first samples the MAP sensor
signal with the key on and the engine off, just before cranking. At this point, manifold pressure
should be equal to, or be very close to, atmospheric pressure.
Since 1985, Chrysler turbo systems have a “baro read” solenoid that switches the MAP sensor
inlet between atmospheric pressure and the intake manifold. The PCM updates BARO readings
when the engine is running by switching the baro-read sensor to atmosphere on deceleration for
some vehicles. Early 1985 systems updated the BARO readings by switching the MAP sensor to
atmospheric pressure at idle.
The PCM uses the BARO pressure value along with the MAP value to calculate manifold
vacuum and absolute pressure. Actual readings are typically from about 29.6 InHg (100 kPa) at
sea level to 17.8 InHg (60 kPa) at 14,000 feet.
255
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
256
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
BOOST GOAL(psi)
Range: _________________________________________________________1 to 30 psi
BOOST GOAL(kPa)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 10 to 200 kPa
The level above barometric pressure at which the PCM is attempting to maintain manifold
pressure on some turbocharged engines. It indicates the amount of desired turbocharger boost
above atmospheric pressure.
Typical readings vary by model and should be much less than the maximum range.
BOOST(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Intake manifold boost pressure voltage from the MAP sensor. The greater the voltage, the higher
the boost pressure on some diesel engines.
BRAKE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
State of the brake switch, which is an input signal to the PCM. The brake switch contacts used to
signal the PCM for speed control and torque converter clutch operation are normally closed.
When the brake pedal is pressed, the PCM receives a high-voltage, open-circuit signal and
disengages the speed control.
This parameter should read ON when the brake pedal is pressed and OFF at all other times.
BRAKE SW 1
BRAKE SW 2
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
State of two separate switches that are located in one housing near the brake pedal. These
redundant switches actuate in parallel when the brake pedal is pressed.
CAL(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.10 V
Appears only on early-model turbocharged vehicles sold in Mexico. These control systems do
not have oxygen sensors. Instead, the PCM calculates fuel metering based on input signals from
other engine sensors and a calibration potentiometer. The display shows the input value from the
calibration potentiometer. Low voltage indicates a lean condition that requires increased fuel
metering. High voltage indicates a rich condition that requires less fuel.
CALC LOAD VALUE
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Relative engine load. The value is PCM-calculated based on engine speed, number of cylinders,
and manifold air flow.
High numbers indicate heavy loads; low numbers indicate light loads.
CAM SYNC START
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Reads YES when the camshaft is locked and NO at all other times.
CAM SYNC STATE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM sees cam and crank signals during startup and normal operation.
CAM TIMING POS(°)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0° to 127°
Variations from the learned camshaft timing position in degrees.
257
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
CAM/CRANK DIFF°
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 17°
Amount of change in phase between cam and crank signals from initial set. This is an indicator of
timing belt stretch. A code will set at approximately 17 degrees or less than 1 tooth of the belt.
CAT MODEL
CAT Modeled Temp
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Indicates PCM-estimated temperature of the catalyst.
CHARGE TEMP(°)
Intake Air Temp(°)
IAT(°)
INLET AIR TEMP(°)
Range: ________________________________________________________-40° to 199°
Indicates the temperature of the air-fuel charge inside the intake manifold on models with
port-fuel injected engines. The PCM converts voltage signals from a thermistor sensor in the
manifold to charge temperature or inlet air temperature (IAT) readings.
Charge temperature and IAT sensors are the same type of thermistor as the engine coolant
temperature (ECT) sensor. If the ECT sensor fails, the engine control module substitutes the
charge temperature or IAT readings for coolant temperature. This occurs in the “limp-in” mode.
CHARGE TEMP(V)
IAT(V)
INLET AIR TEMP(V)
Intake Air Temp(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.1 V
A direct voltage reading from the air-fuel charge temperature sensor. Sensor voltage and
temperature are inversely proportional. Low temperature produces a high voltage reading and
high temperature produces a low voltage reading.
CHK GAUGES LMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
The check gauges lamp status on the instrument panel. This parameter should read ON if the
lamp is on and OFF if the lamp is off.
CKP COUNT
CMP COUNT
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Count of the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor and camshaft position (CMP) sensor pulses.
CKP ENG RPM
Range: __________________________________________________________0 to 8192
Engine RPM as reported by the crankshaft sensor to the ECM on some diesel trucks.
CLSD LOOP TMR
Closed Loop Timer
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 13:41 min
At engine startup, displays the total time necessary until the engine enters closed-loop operation.
The timer then counts down to zero. The PCM calculates this time at each engine start based on
inputs from coolant and air intake temperature sensors.
258
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
259
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
COOLANT(°F)
Engine Coolant Temp(°F)
Range: ________________________________________________________-40° to 389°
COOLANT(°C)
Engine Coolant Temp(°C)
Range: ________________________________________________________-40° to 199°
The engine coolant temperature parameter is supplied to the PCM by the engine coolant
temperature (ECT) sensor. The ECT sensor is a thermistor installed in the engine coolant
passages. The PCM converts ECT sensor voltage signals to temperature readings.
Reads as follows:
• 185° to 220°F (85° to 105°C) on a vehicle with a fully warmed engine running at idle.
• -40°F or -40°C may indicate an open in the sensor or the circuit.
• Above 366°F (185°C) may indicate a short in the sensor or the sensor circuit.
COOLANT TEMP(V)
COOLANT(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.1 V
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor voltage signal is available on most vehicles.
Temperature and ECT sensor voltage are inversely related:
• Low temperature produces a high voltage signal.
• High temperature produces a low voltage signal.
CRANK INJ(mS)
Range: ________________________________________________________0 to 524280
Indicates the fuel injector pulse width at start-up.
CRANK SENSOR
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Cruise Cancel Switch State
Cruise Set/Coast Switch State
Cruise On/Off Switch State
Cruise Resume/Accel Switch State
Cruise Set Switch State
Range: _______________________________________________ Not Pressed, Pressed
Indicate the following:
• Cruise Cancel Switch State = whether the cruise cancel switch is pressed.
• Cruise Set/Coast Switch State = whether the cruise coast switch is pressed.
• Cruise On/Off Switch State = whether the cruise on/off switch is pressed.
• Cruise Resume/Accel Switch State = whether the cruise resume/accel switch is pressed.
• Cruise Set Switch State = whether the cruise set switch is pressed.
CAM SENSOR
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
These direct ignition systems (DIS) parameters show the status of the crankshaft position (CKP)
and camshaft position (CMP) sensors. The CMP signal is used for injection timing and cylinder
identification and the CKP sensor signal is used to control fuel injection quantity and to determine
engine speed and spark advance.
Both parameters must read YES with the engine cranking or running.
260
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
261
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
DISABLED
ENABLED
ENGAGED
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Current status of the speed control system. The parameter name changes as the speed control
system status changes. When speed control is disabled, this parameter indicates the current
reason the system was disabled.
These parameters read the same as the LAST CUTOUT parameter (see “LAST CUTOUT” on
page 271). When the speed control system is turned on, this parameter becomes enabled.
E-CELL EXPIRED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Internal state of the PCM. The E-cell is used to modify the fuel metering and spark timing
calculations for a new, or “green,” engine. The E-cell is an electrolytic cell that contains a silver
cathode and a gold anode. As current passes through it, the silver gradually depletes to the
anode. After a specified time, the anode is completely depleted; and the E-cell becomes an open
circuit. The PCM then adjusts its fuel and spark calculations for a broken-in engine.
E-CELL EXPIRED should read as follows:
• YES after a few thousand miles, though exact mileage varies by vehicle and engine
• NO on a new vehicle
ECM BATTERY(V)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 16.00 V
Battery voltage received by the ECM on some diesel engines.
ECM ENG RPM
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to engine max
Engine RPM as reported by the ECM on some diesel trucks.
EGR DUTY CYC(%)
EGR DC(%)
EGR Duty Cycle(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Pulse width modulated output signal from the PCM to the EGR valve solenoid, and EGR DC(%)
indicates the duty cycle command for the LSEGR PWM port.
read as follows:
• 0% indicates a closed valve
• 100% indicates a fully open valve
EGR FLOW(g/s)
EGR Flow(g/s)
Range: ____________________________________________________________0 to 30
Mass flow rate from the EGR system to the intake manifold.
EGR SENSOR(V)
EGR SENSE(V)
EGR Sensed(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Input signal from the EGR valve position (EVP) sensor to the PCM and reads as follows:
• 0 V indicates the valve is closed
• 5.0 V indicates the valve is open
262
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
EGR SOLENOID
EGR
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
PCM command to an EGR valve vacuum control solenoid. This is not a feedback signal from the
solenoid.
Reads as follows:
• ON when the solenoid is energized to turn off EGR
• OFF when the solenoid is off to allow EGR
EMR LAMP
SRI(EMR) LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
PCM output signal to the instrument panel Emission Maintenance Reminder or Service
Reminder Indicator (EMR or SRI) lamp.
Read ON when the panel lamp is lit to indicate the need for scheduled emission service.
Engine Coolant Temp(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
The voltage signal of the engine temperature (ECT) sensor is available on most vehicles.
Temperature and ECT sensor voltage are inversely related:
• Low temperature produces a high voltage signal.
• High temperature produces a low voltage signal
Engine Coolant Temp(°F)
Range: ________________________________________________________-40° to 389°
Engine Coolant Temp(°C)
Range: ________________________________________________________-40° to 199°
The engine coolant temperature parameter is supplied to the PCM by the engine coolant
temperature (ECT) sensor. The ECT sensor is a thermistor installed in the engine coolant
passages. The PCM converts ECT sensor voltage signals to temperature readings. Normal
readings are 185° to 220°F (85° to 105°C) with a fully warmed engine running at idle.
Engine RPM
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 8192 rpm
Engine RPM as reported from the injection pumps to the fuel pump control module (FPCM) for
diesel engines.
ETC DIRECT(%)
Range: ____________________________________________________ -100 to 99.9969
Desired electronic throttle control pulse width modulation.
263
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
EXHAUST
EXHAUST #1
EXHAUST #2
F EXHAUST
F BNK UP EXH
L EXHAUST
R EXHAUST
F BNK UP EXH
R BNK UP EXH
L BNK DN EXH
L BNK UP EXH
R BNK DN EXH
UPSTRM EXH
DWNSTRM EXH
Range: ________________________________________________RICH/LEAN/CENTER
General rich or lean exhaust gas condition as measured by the oxygen sensor (O2S).
The exhaust oxygen content is related to the oxygen content of the intake air-fuel mixture, and
thus indicates intake air-fuel ratio. The O2S must be hot (above 500°F/260°C), and the PCM
must be in closed loop before the PCM responds to the sensor input. Some V-type engines have
separate O2Ss for the left and right cylinder banks, or for front and rear banks on transverse
engines. In addition, OBD-II vehicles have an additional downstream sensor mounted below
each catalyst.
FAN DUTY CYC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Pulse width modulated fan circuit signal used to vary the fan speed and reads as follows:
• 0% indicates that the fan is off
• 100% indicates that the fan is running at high speed
F BANK INJ(mS)
L BANK INJ(mS)
R BANK INJ(mS)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 99.9 mS
Average fuel injection pulse width, or PCM commanded on-time, for a bank of cylinders in
milliseconds.
• The “F” parameter is the front bank of cylinders on a transverse engine.
• The “L” parameter is the left bank on a longitudinal engine.
• The “R” parameter is the rear bank on a transverse engine and the right bank on a
longitudinal engine.
FLEX FUEL(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
METHANOL(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
PCM input signal from a thermistor-type sensor that measures methanol in the fuel for flexible
fuel vehicles. The percentage parameter is calculated by the PCM based on the voltage signal
from the sensor.
264
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
FUEL(%)
#1 FUEL(%)
#2 FUEL(%)
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Adaptive adjustment made by the PCM to the fuel injector pulse width at idle as a percentage.
Readings range from -25 to +25% on all models except trucks with EFI. For EFI trucks, readings
range from -50 to +50%.
A negative percentage means the PCM is decreasing pulse width, and a positive percentage
means the PCM is increasing injector pulse width.
On some engines, the oxygen sensors for the left and right cylinder banks have separate
adaptive injector strategies.
FUEL ALLOWED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
The vehicle theft alarm (VTA) system monitors vehicle entry and the ignition. During
unauthorized entry, the VTA sends a message to the engine control module to disable the
engine. The PCM responds by disabling electronic fuel injection after the engine starts. The
parameter shows the present communication link with the alarm module.
FUEL LEVEL(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 8.7 V
FUEL LEVEL(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
FUEL LEVEL
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.00
FUEL LVL(GAL)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 31.9
These fuel level input signals are provided to the PCM by the body computer.
FUEL LEVEL(V) and FUEL LEVEL(%) represent the fuel level in the tank as voltage and as
percentage, respectively. The actual voltage range varies, depending on fuel tank capacity.
FUEL LEVEL displays a decimal measurement of the fuel level:
• 0.00 = empty tank
• 0.50 = ½ tank
• 1.00 = full tank
The PCM calculates this value, and then rounds it up.
FUEL LVL(GAL) is the PCM-calculated amount of fuel in gallons remaining in the tank.
FUEL PUMP RLY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
PCM command status for the fuel pump relay and reads ON if the PCM energized the fuel pump
relay solenoid to close the fuel pump relay contacts.
FUEL SHUTOFF
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
ECM command status to the fuel pump relay, which controls power to the fuel pump control
module (FPCM) on some diesel engines.
This parameter only reads ON when the fuel pump relay contacts are open to prevent current to
the FPCM.
265
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
FUEL SYS
L FUEL SYS
R FUEL SYS
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Shows whether the vehicle is operating in closed or open loop, and if any diagnostic trouble
codes (DTCs) are in memory.
Theses parameters read as follows:
• CLSD LOOP during closed-loop operation without DTCs
• CL FLT during closed-loop operation with DTCs
• OPEN LOOP during open-loop operation without DTCs
• OL FLT during open-loop operation with DTCs
• OL/DRIVE (no information available at time of publication)
FUEL SYNC
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Used only on turbocharged engines. It is a synchronizing pulse from the ignition system that the
PCM uses as one of the input signals to control fuel injector timing.
The value should switch steadily between OPEN and CLSD on a running engine.
FUEL TEMP(°C)
Range: _____________________________________________________ -18 to 2,254°C
FUEL TEMP(°F)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 4,089°F
Fuel temperature inside the fuel injector pump.
G SW #1
G SW #2
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
On Teves systems the deceleration switch assembly provides the ABS control module with three
different deceleration rates, two for forward braking, and one for rearward braking. The switch
assembly is under the rear seat. The assembly contains three normally-open mercury switches
that monitor vehicle deceleration.
G-SWITCH
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
This Bendix 9 parameter indicates the status of the deceleration switch. The deceleration switch
is a mercury switch mounted in the ECM at a specific angle. When deceleration occurs, the
switch closes and this parameter reads CLSD. It reads OPEN at all other times.
GENERATOR DC(%)
Generator Duty Cycle(DC%)
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
NGC controllers duty cycle voltage to the generator field coil based on sensed battery voltage.
Ground is hardwired to the chassis.
A normal reading is approximately 15% at idle.
GENERATOR FIELD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
The PCM regulates charging voltage within a range of 12.9 to 15.0 V.
The reading is ON when the PCM is commanding the generator field to energize.
266
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
GENERATOR LAMP
ALTERNATOR LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
PCM output signal to the instrument panel charging system warning lamp.
These parameters read as follows:
• ON when the panel lamp is on
• OFF during normal operation
GLOW PLUG RELAY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays glow plug relay status. Reads ON when the relay is energized and the contacts are
closed for diesel engines.
H2O IN FUEL(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
H2O IN FUEL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Signal input to the diesel engine control module of a thermistor-type sensor that measures water
in the fuel. The engine control module monitors this signal when the ignition key is put in the on
position, and at the end of the intake heater post-heat cycle. If the signal indicates that the water
present is above acceptable limits, the control module turns the water-in-fuel indicator lamp on.
H2O IN FUEL LMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
PCM command status to the water-in-fuel indicator lamp located on the instrument panel in
diesel engines.
The reading is ON when the indicator lamp is lit and there is water in the fuel.
HI SPD GND RLY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
PCM ground circuit for the high speed radiator fan relay.
The reading is ON when the PCM has closed this ground circuit to allow fan operation.
HIGH ALT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Altitude jumper wire status on most 1984–90 carbureted engines. Typically, the altitude jumper
wire is taped to the computerized emission control (CEC) wire harness, either in the engine
compartment or under the dash.
HIGH ALT reads as follows:
• YES for vehicles operated above 4,000 feet (6,400 meters) when the altitude jumper wire is
grounded
• NO for vehicles operated below 4,000 feet when this wire should be open
HIPRES FUEL CUT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Used on compressed natural gas vehicles to indicate the status of the high pressure fuel shut-off
solenoid relay. This relay controls the operation of the high-pressure fuel shut-off solenoid in the
fuel pressure regulator.
The reading is ON when the PCM-controlled ground is open to disable fuel injection.
267
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
IAC AIRFLW(g/s)
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Idle air control (IAC) air flow measured in grams per second.
• A 4-cylinder engine should read approximately 30–40 g/s at idle.
• A 6-cylinder engine should read approximately 350 g/s at idle with no load.
IAC CURRENT(mA)
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Idle air control motor amperage. The PCM pulse width modulates power and ground to open or
close air passage for idle control. More amperage increases air flow and RPM.
• A 4-cylinder engine should read approximately 400 mA at warm idle.
• A 6-cylinder engine should read approximately 350–600 mA at idle.
IAC PWM(%)
IAC Pulse Width(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 20 to 50%
Idle air control motor pulse width modulation percentage.
IDLE ADAP(µS)
Range: __________________________________________________ -1024 to +1016 µS
Adaptive adjustment made by the PCM to fuel injector pulse width in microseconds.
• A negative value means the PCM is decreasing the pulse width from its programmed value.
• A positive value means the PCM is increasing the pulse width from its programmed value.
A microsecond is 1/1000-millisecond or 0.000 001 second.
IDLE SELECT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
ECM output command to the fuel pump control module status on some diesels.
IDLE SOLENOID
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Idle relay status on most 1984–90 carbureted engines. The idle relay energizes the idle solenoid,
which allows vacuum to operate the vacuum actuator.
The actuator opens the throttle to increase engine RPM. This occurs during deceleration, when
the A/C is turned on for models with a 4.2L 6-cylinder engine, or when the steering wheel is
turned to full stop on 1984–85 models with a 2.5L 4-cylinder engine.
IDLE SWITCH #1
IDLE SWITCH #2
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Status of the two idle switches. The switches are built into the accelerator pedal position sensor
(APPS) on some models.
At idle speed, switch #1 should read ON and switch #2 should read OFF.
268
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
IG DWL CYL1(mS)
IG DWL CYL2(mS)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0.5 to 2.0 mS
Ignition Dwell Cylinder 1(µS)
Ignition Dwell Cylinder 2(µS)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 4000 µS
Ignition dwell for cylinder banks 1 and 2. The PCM can alter the duty cycle to each bank of the
engine based on emission requirements. For 3.5L models, NGC controllers use six coil-on-plug
units but adjusts the dwell bank to bank.
IGN(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 12.0 V
Key-on voltage at the ignition switch.
IGN CYCLES
Range: ____________________________________________________________0 to 50
Number of engine starts since the last fault code set, or codes were cleared.
IGN CYCLES 1
IGN CYCLES 2
IGN CYCLES 3
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 127
Number of times the engine has been started since the last three faults were set or codes were
cleared.
• IGN CYCLES 1 pertains to the most recent fault.
• IGN CYCLES 2 pertains to the second-most recent.
• IGN CYCLES 3 pertains to the third-most recent.
IGN START SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Ignition start switch state.
IGNITION SENSE
Ignition Run Switch Sense
Range: ___________________________________________________________ HI/LOW
Ignition switch to the PCM and reads as follows:
• HI when the switch is in the crank position
• LOW when the switch is in the run position
IGNITION SW
IGN RUN SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Read as follows:
• ON when the ignition switch is in the on position
• OFF at all other times
INJ(mS)
INJ1(mS)
INJ2(mS)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 99.9 mS
Displays fuel injection pulse width in milliseconds. Pulse width is the PCM commanded on-time
for the fuel injectors.
269
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
A high pulse width indicates more on-time and a richer mixture. A low pulse width indicates less
on-time and a leaner mixture. There are no definite specifications for injector pulse width, but the
reading should change as engine speed and load changes:
• About 1 to 4 mS at idle
• Up to 12 mS or more at wide open throttle
Expect readings to be a little higher for some engines.
The throttle-body injection systems on 1988 and later V6 and V8 truck engines have two fuel
injectors, and the PCM sends separate commands to each injector. These display as INJ1(mS)
and INJ2(mS).
INJ CYL 1(mS)
INJ CYL 2(mS)
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Injector pulse width in milliseconds for cylinder banks 1 and 2. The PCM grounds the control side
for the injector for the desired amount of time based on engine operating parameters. Pulse
width is adjusted for each bank of cylinders based on feedback from that bank’s oxygen sensors.
INJ TEMP(°F)
Range: ________________________________________________________-40° to 389°
INJ TEMP(°C)
Range: ________________________________________________________-40° to 199°
INJ TEMP(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.1 V
Direct voltage from the fuel temperature sensor in the throttle body on V6 and V8 truck engines
with TBI. Sensor voltage and temperature are inversely proportional. Low temperature equals
high voltage, and high temperature low voltage.
INTAKE HEATR #1
INTAKE HEATR #2
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
This Diesel engine parameter displays intake air heater status.
INTAKE HTR(°C)
Range: ______________________________________________________ -45 to 243 °C
INTAKE HTR(°F)
Range: _______________________________________________________-49 to 469 °F
displays intake heater temperature on diesel engines. This is an ECM-calculated value based on
the ambient temperature at startup, coolant temperature, and engine run time.
KNOCK
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to 255 counts
Intensity of the vibrations that the knock sensor (KS) is detecting. The KS is a piezoelectric
sensor is on the left side of the engine block, adjacent to cylinder number five on 1987–90 4.0L
MPI engines. When the PCM detects knock it retards ignition timing.
KNOCK SENSOR(V)
#1 KNOCK(V)
#2 KNOCK (V)
Knock Sensor 1 Volts(V)
Knock Sensor 2 Volts(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Actual voltage sent to the PCM by the knock sensor or sensors. When voltage readings are high,
the knock retard parameters should show some timing retard.
270
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
Some 1992 and later engines have separate knock sensors for the left and right banks; these
display as #1 KNOCK and #2 KNOCK or Knock Sensor 1 and Knock Sensor 2.
LAST CUTOUT
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Most recent reason for speed control disengagement and reads as follows:
• ON/OFF = the ON/OFF speed control switch was turned off
• SPEED = the speed sensor detected a vehicle speed that was below 35 MPH (56 KPH)
• RPM = engine RPM was excessive
• BRAKE = the brake was pressed
• P/N = the park/neutral switch was engaged
• RPM/SPD = the RPM speed ratio was not constant
• CLUTCH = the clutch was disengaged (manual transmission)
• SOL FLT = a fault occurred in either the servo vent or the vacuum solenoid circuit
LF SOL
RF SOL
REAR SOL
Range: ________________________________________ OFF/ISO/BDL/DCY/BLD&DCY
These Bendix 9 parameters indicate the status of the pressure modulator solenoid valves.
The pressure modulator provides three-channel pressure control to the front and rear brakes.
Two channels, LF and RF, control the front brakes, and one channel controls the rear brakes.
Three solenoid valves control each channel—isolation, decay, and build—for a total of nine
solenoid valves. The three solenoids in each channel have separate functions and are
individually controlled by the ECM.
These parameters read as follows:
• ISO means that an isolation valve is actuated. The isolation solenoid valves in each channel
isolate the master-cylinder line pressure from a wheel cylinder or caliper during antilock
operation.
• DEC means that a decay valve is actuated. The decay solenoid valves provide a controlled
decrease, or drop, in pressure to the wheel brakes during antilock operation.
• BLD means that a build valve is actuated. The build solenoid valves provide a controlled
pressure increase to the wheel brakes during antilock operation.
• BLD&DCY means that the build and decay solenoids are both energized.
• OFF means that none of the valves for a particular channel are energized.
LIMP-IN
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Indicates if and why the PCM has placed the engine in limp-in mode and reads as follows:
• NONE = Not in limp-in mode
• IAT FLT = IAT circuit fault
• TPS FLT = TP sensor circuit fault
• MAP ELC FLT = MAP sensor circuit fault
• MAP VAC FLT = MAP vacuum sense fault
• ECT FLT = ECT sensor circuit fault
271
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
LK DET PMP
LK DET PMP SOL
LK DET PMP SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Leak detection pump circuit components status. The leak detection pump is used to detect a leak
in the evaporative system. A solenoid opens and closes the pump switch as commanded by the
PCM to cycle the pump on and off.
LOCKUP SOL
TCC SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Shows whether the PCM enabled the torque converter clutch (TCC) to engage. Enabling criteria
are gear selection, speed, engine temperature, and throttle position.
When these parameters read ON, the PCM has completed one side of the circuit that energizes
the solenoid. The circuit must also be completed by various transmission, speed, and brake
switches to open the transmission hydraulic line and engage the TCC.
This parameter indicates that the PCM command has been given. It is not a feedback signal to
indicate that the clutch has actually engaged.
LOOP STATUS
Range: ______________________________________________OPEN/CLOSED/DECEL
Indicates whether the PCM is using open or closed loop operation to control the air-fuel ratio.
During open loop operation, the PCM uses MAP, coolant temperature, engine speed, throttle
position, and intake air temperature values to control air-fuel ratio. During closed-loop operation,
the PCM uses feedback signals from the O2Ss to control the air-fuel ratio.
LOOP STATUS reads as follows:
• OPEN during warm-up
• CLSD when the engine reaches normal operating temperature
• DECEL when the PCM senses a closed-throttle condition and an engine speed above 1200
RPM, which signals the PCM to begin a fuel-cutoff strategy.
LT ADAP(%)
L ST ADAP(%)
L LT ADAP(%)
R LT ADAP(%)
F LT ADAP(%)
ST ADAP(%)
R ST ADAP(%)
F ST ADAP(%)
1/1 LT ADAP(%)
1/1 ST ADAP(%)
Range: ____________________________________________________0.6699 to 1.3301
The ST (short-term) and LT (long-term) parameters show the PCM adaptive adjustment to fuel
injector pulse width as a percentage. A negative value means the PCM is decreasing the pulse
width, a positive value means the PCM is increasing the pulse width from its programmed value.
Any operating condition that requires an immediate fuel correction for a temporary situation is
controlled short-term adaptive parameters. Short-term adaptive is only active when the engine is
running in closed-loop. Adjustments to correct for variations in engine build and wear are
controlled by the long-term adaptive parameters.
272
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
The Long-term adaptive values are stored in nonvolatile PCM memory. As long-term adaptive
values change, they establish a new baseline reference for the short-term adaptive values.
Note the following regarding these parameters:
• F, L, and R stand for Front, Left, and Rear or Right fuel banks, respectively.
• 1/1 LT ADAP(%) indicates the PCM correction to bank 1 to account for fueling errors.
• 1/1 ST ADAP(%) indicates the bank 1 O2S control factor.
LT FUEL TRIM
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
This long-term (LT) fuel trim number represents the operation and long-term correction of the fuel
metering of a fuel-injected engine. LT FUEL TRIM indicates whether the PCM is commanding a
rich or a lean air-fuel mixture. Jeep manuals refer to this parameter as adaptive gain.
Like “ST FUEL TRIM” on page 282, the LT fuel trim values range from 0 to 255 with a midpoint of
128. LT fuel trim values higher than 128 indicates the PCM is commanding a long-term rich
mixture correction. LT fuel trim values lower than 128 indicate the PCM is commanding a lean
mixture (Figure 12-1).
0
255
13
128
Figure 12-1
273
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
MAP/BARO RATIO
Range: _____________________________________________________________0 to 7
Boost level. Any value greater than 1 indicates boost from the turbo.
The PCM logs the barometric pressure when the key is turned on (engine off) with the MAP
sensor and compares it with Manifold Absolute Pressure to determine air density and O2 content
for proper fuel ratio.
MAP SNR(“Hg)
MAP Vacuum(“Hg)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 60 “Hg
MAP SNR(kPa)
MAP Vacuum(kPa)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 10 to 200 kPa
The PCM calculates manifold absolute pressure (MAP) from the MAP sensor voltage signal.
A typical MAP SNR reading at sea level is 29.9 inHg or 102 kPa with the engine off and the
manifold close to atmospheric pressure. When the engine is running, the MAP reading drops.
On a normally aspirated engine running at full throttle and full load, manifold pressure is close to
atmospheric pressure. The MAP reading should be lower than 29.9 inHg or 100 to 102 kPa. On
turbocharged engines, the reading rises above 30 inHg or 100 kPa as boost is applied.
See Table 12-1, “Pressure/voltage conversion” on page 274 for reading interpretations.
274
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
Compare the MAP voltage and MAP pressure readings. Pressure should be high when voltage is
high, low when voltage is low. If the readings appear abnormal for the apparent engine load, the
sensor signal to the PCM may be inaccurate or the PCM calculations may be incorrect.
MAP SNSR(V)
Map Volts(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.1 V
The manifold absolute pressure sensor is an analog voltage parameter that varies with manifold
pressure. The MAP is intake manifold pressure relative to zero. The MAP and manifold vacuum
are related inversely:
• MAP voltage is low when absolute pressure is low (vacuum is high), such as during idle or
deceleration.
• MAP voltage is high when absolute pressure is high (vacuum is low), such as during
heavy-load operation, or with the key on and the engine off.
With the key on and engine off, the MAP sensor provides a barometric pressure reading. The
PCM uses this barometric pressure reading, along with the engine running MAP sensor voltage,
to calculate manifold vacuum and true absolute pressure. The PCM also uses MAP voltage and
engine speed to calculate engine load.
MC SOLENOID
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Mixture control (MC) solenoid status on 1984–85 models with a 2.5L carbureted engine. The
PCM controls the air-fuel mixture by cycling the MC solenoid on and off in response to the O2S
and throttle position sensor.
• When the air-fuel mixture is rich, the MC solenoid cycles on longer to add more air.
• When the air-fuel mixture is lean, the MC solenoid cycles off longer.
• During open loop operation, the MC solenoid cycle-time supplies a fixed volume of air.
• During closed loop operation, the MC solenoid cycle-time varies with the air-fuel mixture.
MIN TPS (V)
Minimum TPS(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.1 V
The PCM interprets the lowest voltage signal received from the throttle position sensor (TPS) as
the closed-throttle position. When the throttle closes, TPS voltage must return to ±20 millivolts
(±0.02 V on the display) of the previous signal to actuate the AIS motor and control timing. If not,
the engine may idle poorly or stall.
If the throttle is opened during starting, the PCM receives a higher than expected minimum TPS
voltage. The PCM then uses internal values in its programs to recognize the lower signal as the
throttle returns to idle after starting at the displayed value.
MTV SOLENOID
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
MTV Output State
Range: _____________________________________________ Deenergized/Energized
MTV Valve State
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
The manifold tuning valve (MTV) optimizes intake manifold tuning by opening and closing a
passage connecting the left and the right intake manifold plenums. The PCM-controlled MTV
solenoid activates the valve.
MTV SOLENOID reads as follows:
275
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
• ON when the solenoid energizes to close the valve, which is at wide open throttle and engine
speed below 3008 RPM
• OFF when the solenoid de-energizes to open the MTV valve, which is when engine RPM
reaches 3008 RPM
MTV Valve State reads as follows:
• Closed when the solenoid energizes the valve, which is at wide open throttle and engine
speed below 3008 RPM.
• Open when the solenoid de-energizes the MTV valve, which is when engine RPM reaches
3008 RPM
The PCM energizes the solenoid again when engine speed exceeds 4288 RPM.
NVLD SOLENOID
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Condition of the Natural Vacuum Leak Detection (NVLD) solenoid. This solenoid is normally
closed and activates a valve inside the NVLD unit to vent the charcoal canister during normal
operation and seals the vent during leak detection.
NVLD SWITCH
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
The NVLD switch is inside the NVLD assembly and attached to a diaphragm. As the tank cools
on a hot shutdown, a natural vacuum is created if the system has no leaks. A vacuum of 1 “H2O
pressure will close the switch.
O2(V)
O2(mV)
#1 O2(V)
#2 O2(V)
DWNSTRM O2S(V)
F DNSTM O2S(V)
F UPSTM O2S(V)
L O2S(V)
L UPSTMO2S(V)
L DNSTM O2S(V)
PRECAT O2S(V)
POSTCAT O2S(V)
R O2S(V)
R UPSTM O2S(V)
R DNSTM O2S(V)
UPSTRM O2S(V)
1/2 O2S(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.20 V
The exhaust O2S signal indicates whether the engine is running rich or lean. An O2S is capable
of generating a signal ranging from 0 to a little over 1 V (0 to 1000 mV). The display is in decimal
fractions of a volt, such as 0.75 V, which is 750 mV.
A normal O2S signal ranges from about 0.10 to 1.00 V:
• A high signal indicates rich exhaust.
• A low signal indicates lean exhaust.
Although the display ranges to just over 5.0 V, the sensor cannot generate more than about 1 V.
You should not see O2S voltage go much above 1.0 or 1.1 V in fully rich conditions.
276
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
NOTE:
i The O2S must be hot (above 500°F/260°C) to generate a reliable signal, and the PCM must be in
closed loop before it responds to the sensor signal.
Some V-type engines have separate oxygen sensors for the left and right (longitudinal engine) or
front and rear (transverse engine) cylinder banks. In addition, OBD-II vehicles have oxygen
sensors mounted below, or downstream of, each catalytic converter.
Most 1992 and later engines may output 4.5 to 5.2 V with the key on and engine off due to the
O2S heater circuit. This is normal.
O2 ADAP CELL ID
Range: _____________________________________________________________ ±33%
NGC controllers have 26 long-term cells based on MAP and RPM. Each cell can adapt the pulse
width plus or minus 33%. The cell ID is the one that is currently being used. Positive numbers
indicate more fuel is needed and negative numbers indicate that less fuel is needed. Values will
be updated once the PCM is in long-term closed loop.
O2 CROSSCOUNTS
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the number of times that the O2S voltage crossed from the lean region, which is below
450 mV, to the rich region, which is above 450 mV. When the engine is warmed up and running
in closed loop, the O2S voltage changes constantly. A counter in the PCM records the number of
times the signal crosses between rich and lean. The value is the number of crossovers within the
last second.
The crosscounts indicate how well the O2S is responding to changes in fuel metering and
exhaust oxygen content. It does not indicate how well the O2S is performing. It shows that the
sensor varies its voltage in response to exhaust oxygen content.
On some engines, the O2S may cool off at idle, and the system may go to open loop. In this
case, the sensor will not provide a varying voltage to the PCM, and the crosscount reading is
zero. Run the engine at fast idle for a few seconds to warm the sensor, return to closed loop, and
restore the crosscount reading.
O2HTR DTY CYC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Oxygen heater duty cycle in percentage. Bank 1, Sensor 1 O2 heater ground is duty cycled in the
PCM between 0 and 100%. This allows the PCM to turn off current flow through the heater
element when engine heat is high enough to maintain O2 operation.
OIL PRESS(psi)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 128
OIL PRESS(kPa)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 885
Oil pressure. They rely on an oil pressure transducer that sends an analog voltage signal to the
PCM. The PCM calculates the oil pressure from this signal.
OIL PRESS(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5 V
Oil pressure in the form of voltage from the oil pressure sending unit. The greater the voltage, the
lower the oil pressure.
277
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
OPEN/CLSD LOOP
L-FUEL SY
R-FUEL SY
L OPEN/CLSD LP
R OPEN/CLSD LP
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Loop operating status of the PCM. In open loop, the PCM uses throttle position, coolant
temperature, and engine speed to control the air-fuel ratio. During closed-loop, the PCM uses
feedback signals from the oxygen sensors to control the air-fuel ratio.
These parameters read as follows:
• OPEN during warm-up
• CLSD when the engine reaches normal operating temperature
Parameters that begin with L or R refer to the left or right cylinder bank.
P-Ratio MAP/BARO
Range: _____________________________________________________________0 to 7
The PCM logs the barometric pressure when the key is turned on (engine off) with the MAP
sensor and compares it with Manifold Absolute Pressure to determine air density and O2 content
for proper fuel ratio.
PCM ODO(mi)
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
This parameter indicates the mileage in PCM memory, which is updates every six miles.
PCV VALVE
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays PCV valve status on most 1984–90 carbureted engines. The normally-open PCV valve
is controlled by the PCV shutoff solenoid. The value should read CLSD when running at idle (the
solenoid is energized to close the valve and stop PCV flow) and OPEN at all other times (the
solenoid is de-energized to open the valve and allow PCV flow).
On 2.5L engines, an anti-diesel relay momentarily energizes the PCV solenoid when the engine
is shut off to prevent dieseling.
PRGE ADAPTIVE(%)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 33%
Fuel correction as a result of the amount of HC stored in the canister.
PRGE DUTY CYC(%)
PURGE DC(%)
Purge Duty Cycle(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the pulse-width-modulated PCM command signal to the evaporative purge valve and
reads as follows:
• 0% indicates that the valve is not energized
• 100% indicates that the valve is fully energized
PRNDL
Range: ___________________________________________________ 1-2/3/PRND/????
Displays the neutral safety switch status, which is activated by the position of the gear selector
lever. Reads as follows:
• PRND when the selector lever is in park, reverse, neutral, or drive
278
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
279
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
PWR STEER SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Power Steering Switch
Range: _________________________________________ Low Pressure/High Pressure
During tight turns at low speed, high pressures generated in the power steering system cause
the steering pump to load the engine enough to stall it. To prevent this, many late-model vehicles
have a power steering fluid pressure sensing switch. The switch opens when pressure rises
above 400 psi (2758 kPa). An open switch signals the PCM to raise idle speed to prevent the
engine from stalling.
RAD FAN DC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle of the signal delivered to the fan relay.
RAD FAN RELAY
RAD FAN LOW RLY
RAD FAN HI RLY
RAD FAN HI2 RLY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
PCM has commanded the engine cooling fan to turn on. Some vehicles have high-speed and
low-speed fans, and two parameters are used indicate the state of the fan relays. The PCM
controls relays based on coolant temperature and compressor head pressure.
These parameters should read ON whenever the air conditioning is operating or the coolant
temperature is high enough to require fan operation to cool the engine.
RETARD CYL #1(°)
RETARD CYL #2(°)
RETARD CYL #3(°)
RETARD CYL #4(°)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0° to 127°
Displays the amount of ignition retard the PCM is commanding to each cylinder. Readings are
relative to base timing.
RPM
Engine RPM
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to engine max
RPM is engine speed and is always at the top left of the display.
On 1988 and earlier models, RPM is internally computed by the PCM based on ignition reference
pulses. On 1989 and later vehicles, the PCM computes RPM using the crankshaft position (CKP)
sensor signals.
S/C CANCEL
S/C COAST
S/C ON/OFF
S/C RESUME
S/C SET SW
Range: ______________________________________________ PRESSED/RELEASED
Indicates cruise control status as follows:
• S/C CANCEL = whether the cruise cancel switch is pressed.
• S/C COAST = whether the cruise coast switch is pressed.
• S/C ON/OFF = whether the cruise on/off switch is pressed.
• S/C RESUME = whether the cruise resume/accel switch is pressed.
280
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
Table 12-2 S/C VAC SOL and S/C VENT SOL readings and throttle position
S/C Vacuum Solenoid S/C Vent Solenoid Throttle Position
OPEN CLSD Accelerate
OPEN or CLSD OPEN Decelerate
CLSD CLSD Steady
SENSED TIP
Range: _________________________________________________________0 to 10 psi
Displays the intake pressure reading from the TIP sensor.
SHIFT IND LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM output command to the instrument panel lamp on some trucks with a manual
transmission. The PCM determines whether to light the lamp based on engine speed, vehicle
speed, and engine load.
281
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
When this parameter displays ON, the panel lamp should be on. If not, there is a problem in the
circuit or with the PCM command.
SPARK ADV(°BTC)
Spark Advance(°)
Range: _______________________________________________________ -90° to +90°
This is a PCM output parameter that indicates the total amount of spark advance or retard being
commanded, not including base timing.
SPEED CNTRL
Range: ______________________________________________ ON/OFF/SET/RESUME
Displays the PCM input signal that indicates the position of the speed control switch.
Be aware, this parameter displays on some vehicles that do not have speed control, however, it
continuously displays OFF.
SRV SOLENOID
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
SRV Output State
Range: _____________________________________________ Deenergized/Energized
SRV Valve State
Range: ______________________________________________________ Open/Closed
Displays the current state of the short runner valve.
ST FUEL TRIM
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the short-term (ST) fuel trim value represents the operation and the short-term
correction to the fuel metering of a fuel-injected engine. ST FUEL TRIM indicates whether the
PCM is commanding a rich or a lean mixture. Jeep manuals refer to this parameter as ALFACL.
The ST fuel trim value ranges from 0 to 255 with a midpoint of 128. A value higher than 128
indicates a PCM command for a short-term rich mixture, a value lower than 128 indicates a
short-term lean mixture (see Figure 12-1 on page 273).
Compare ST FUEL TRIM numbers to injector on-time. A value above 128 indicates increased
on-time. A value below 128 indicates a decrease to on-time. The ST fuel trim correction operates
only in closed loop. In open loop, the ST fuel trim goes to a fixed value, usually 128.
ST RETARD(°)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 63.5°
Displays the short-term knock spark retard.
STATUS
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
The slash in the displayed value of this parameter divides the reading into two sections. The
value to the left of the slash indicates transmission solenoid faults, and the value to the right of
the slash indicates throttle position (TP) sensor faults.
• 0 = no faults have occurred
• A number greater than 0 to the left of the slash = transmission solenoid faults
• A number greater than 0 to the right of the slash = TP sensor faults
282
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
STEP EXTEND
STEP RETRACT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the stepper-motor status used to control the air-fuel mixture on 1984–90 models with a
4.2L carbureted engine. The stepper-motor moves metering pins in the carburetor throat to
control airflow.
Readings indicate if the PCM is commanding the stepper motor to extend or retract:
• If the fuel mixture is rich, the extend parameter reads NO and the retract parameter reads
YES.
• If the mixture is lean, the extend parameter reads YES and the retract parameter reads NO.
SURGE VALVE
Range: _______________________________________________________ CLSD/OPEN
Indicates whether the PCM has energized the surge valve to bypass the turbocharger and
reduce boost on turbocharged vehicles. The parameter shows the PCM command has been
given. It does not indicate the valve is operating.
TARGET IAC
Range: ___________________________________________________________1 to 255
Displays the PCM desired position of the idle air control (IAC) motor in step counts.
Target Idle Speed(RPM)
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the desired speed the PCM is attempting to maintain. Desired idle is computed by the
PCM. Normally, actual and desired idle RPM readings should be equal or close to each other.
T-BODY TEMP(°F)
Range: ________________________________________________________-40° to 389°
T-BODY TEMP(°C)
Range: ________________________________________________________-40° to 199°
Displays fuel temperature in the throttle body on low-pressure throttle body injection systems. A
thermistor sensor is installed in the throttle body fuel passage, and the PCM converts the sensor
voltage signals to the fuel temperature readings.
With a low-pressure throttle body injection (TBI) system, fuel may boil in the throttle body during
a hot-soak period. At engine startup, the PCM compares the engine coolant temperature to
throttle body fuel temperature. If the fuel temperature is above a programmed value, the PCM
increases injector pulse width during starting to purge fuel vapors from the injectors. The throttle
body temperature affects injector pulse width only during starting, not at any other time.
T-BODY TEMP(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.1 V
The throttle body temperature voltage is a direct reading from the fuel temperature sensor in the
throttle body low-pressure throttle body injection systems. Sensor voltage and temperature are
inversely related. Low temperature produces a high voltage signal; high temperature produces
low voltage.
TCC FULL LOCK
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the low/reverse solenoid status. With the transmission above first gear, the transmission
controller turns on the low/reverse solenoid to provide the hydraulic flow and pressure to the
valve body allowing full engagement of the torque converter.
283
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
TCC P-EMCC
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the low/reverse solenoid status. With the transmission above first gear, the transmission
controller duty cycles the low/reverse solenoid providing a reduced amount of pressure to the
valve body and partially engaging the torque converter lockup clutch.
TCC UNLOCKED
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the transmission controller turned off the low/reverse solenoid to prevent
torque converter lockup.
THROTTLE(%)
THROTTLE POS(%)
TPS(%)
Throttle Position Sensor(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Some vehicles transmit a throttle position sensor (TPS) information as a percentage of
full-throttle opening, instead of a voltage signal.
These parameters read as follows:
• From 0 to 10% at idle
• Above 90% at wide open throttle
Readings should change smoothly as the throttle moves through its full range.
THROTTLE POS(V)
TPS(V)Throttle Position Sensor(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.1 V
The throttle position (TP) sensor produces a signal that is proportional to the throttle position.
The PCM uses this voltage signal to determine how wide the throttle is open: low voltage at
closed throttle, and high voltage at wide open throttle.
The TPS voltage available to the PCM ranges from 0 to approximately 5.1 V. For most Chrysler
engines, expect the following readings:
• About 1.0 V at idle
• About 3.5 V at wide open throttle
Voltage should change smoothly as the throttle moves through its full range.
THROTTLE SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the throttle switch status. Reads as follows on 1989 fuel-injected truck engines:
• OPEN when the throttle is off idle
• CLSD when the throttle is closed
TIP(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5 V
Displays the throttle inlet pressure (TIP) voltage. The TIP sensor is used in place of MAP. The
TIP/BARO solenoid switches back and forth between intake manifold and atmospheric pressure.
This allows for the BARO reading to update during turbo boost.
284
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
TOTAL ADV(°BTC)
Range: ________________________________________________________-90° to +90)
On some 1990 and later models, this parameter displays the total spark advance or retard
commanded by the PCM, including base timing.
TOTAL KNK RTD (°)
OVERALL KNK RTD(°)
KNK RTD CYL 1(°)
KNK RTD CYL 2(°)
KNK RTD CYL 3(°)
KNK RTD CYL 4(°)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0° to 90°
Displays the amount of spark advance removed by the PCM when the detonation sensor senses
knock. Timing is retarded from the optimum advance for existing speed and load. Knock retard
does not indicate that timing is retarded after top dead center. It shows the amount of advance
that has been taken away.
Typically, the logic module retards timing from maximum advance in 5-degree increments until
detonation stops or until 15 degrees have been removed. Advance is then restored at about 2
degrees per second. Knock retard is cancelled below 1000 RPM.
On non-turbocharged engines, the total or overall knock retard for all cylinders displays, for
turbocharged engines, knock retard for individual cylinders displays.
TPS 1(V)
TPS 2(V)
Range: _____________________________________________________________0 to 5
Indicates the voltage signals from two TPS units built into the electronic throttle control (ETC)
throttle body. Each sensor outputs a voltage signal in proportion to the throttle plate position.
As the throttle is opened, voltage from TPS 1 increases while TPS 2 decreases.
TPS 1 MIN(V)
TPS 2 MIN(V)
Range: _____________________________________________________________0 to 5
Displays the learned lower limits for TPS 1 and TPS 2 respectively.
TPS CALC(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
This calculated value for throttle position is what the PCM expects to see from the TPS based on
RPM and MAP. The value should be close to actual and will be used in the event of a TPS failure.
TPS STEPS
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the throttle position sensor step count. This parameter should read as follows:
• 0 when the throttle is fully closed
• Increases to 7 as throttle is pressed to WOT
TRANSFER PUMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the transfer pump status on some diesel engines. The transfer pump delivers fuel from
the fuel tank to the fuel-injection pump.
285
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
TRD LINK
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
When the transmission shifts gears, the transmission control module (TCM) signals the PCM so
it momentarily shuts off a number of fuel injectors. This signal, called the torque reduction link,
smooths shifting and decreases transmission wear.
Reading is ON if the PCM is cutting fuel delivery as instructed by the TCM signal.
TURBO BARO
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the BARO reading from the TIP sensor.
VEH SPEED
Range: ___________________________________________________ 0 to vehicle max
Displays the measurement provided by the vehicle speed sensor (VSS) pulses to the PCM.
On late-model vehicles, the VSS signal also is used to control torque converter clutch (TCC)
engagement.
VEH THEFT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether Vehicle Theft Security System (VTSS) is engaged. The signal is sent to the
PCM from the BCM.
VEH THEFT STATE
Range: _________________________________________ fuel allowed/fuel not allowed
Indicates whether the BCM is allowing the PCM to turn the fuel pump on or not.
VNT SOL #1
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
VNT SOL #2
VNT SOL #3
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Chrysler variable nozzle turbo (VNT) engines do not have a wastegate, but have three
computer-controlled solenoids to control turbo nozzle opening. These parameters indicate
whether the PCM has turned the solenoids on or off.
Solenoid 1 is turned either fully on or fully off; it is not pulse-width modulated. Both Solenoids 2
and 3 are pulse-width modulated. These parameters display the percentage of on-time.
WAIT TO START
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Wait to start lamp status on the instrument panel for diesel engines.
The engine control module turns the lamp on and off based on charge air temperature sensor
input. When the ignition is first turned on, the lamp illuminates for a 2-second bulb check. If the
intake manifold air temperature is below 59°F (15°C), the wait to start lamp illuminates and the
intake heater preheat cycle begins. The lamp stays on until the preheat cycle is complete.
During engine operation, the wait to start lamp flashes if the charge air temperature sensor input
is below minimum or above maximum value. A fault is stored when this occurs.
WASTEGATE(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
On some 1990 and later models with turbocharged engines, the PCM controls the wastegate
actuator with a pulse-width-modulated (PWM) solenoid. The solenoid modulates pressure
applied to the actuator and thus controls the wastegate opening.
286
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Engine Parameters
The display indicates on-time for the solenoid as a percentage. It also indicates the amount of
wastegate opening:
• Readings should be low at idle, part throttle, or other low-boost conditions.
• Readings should be high under high boost pressure conditions.
WASTEGATE SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
On some 1990 and later turbocharged engines, this parameter displays the status of the
wastegate solenoid.
WASTEGATE SOL(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
The turbo wastegate is controlled by the PCM duty cycling a 12V signal to the solenoid. Ground
is hardwired to the chassis. An increase in duty cycle increases boost.
WATER IN FUEL(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Displays the signal voltage from the water in fuel sensor on some models with diesel engines.
The higher the voltage, the greater the amount of water in the fuel.
WIDE OPEN THROT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Reads YES to indicate maximum throttle opening on many engines and reads NO at all other
times. The engine must be running for this parameter value to change.
With the key on and the engine off, a fully open throttle produces maximum TP sensor voltage;
but this parameter should read NO.
WOT DIVERT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
On some engines, the air injection diverter solenoid is switches off at full throttle to avoid catalytic
converter overheating, which diverts air pump output to the atmosphere and results in a YES
reading.
Z1 VOLTAGE
Range: ___________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTV
Voltage on circuit Z1 is active, or high, when the auto shutdown relay is energized.
287
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Transmission Parameters
Transmission Parameters
This section defines data parameters available from the transmission or transaxle control module
(TCM) on Chrysler and Jeep vehicles.
1-2 RANGE SW
3 RANGE SW
OD RANGE SW
R RANGE SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the range switch selected by the PRNDL. Reads ON if the switch is on and OFF if off.
The AW4 transmission has six shift lever positions and ranges: Park, Reverse, Neutral, Drive,
1-2, and 3. Drive, 1-2, and 3 provide electronically-controlled shifting. The D range provides 1st
through 4th (OD) gear. Park, reverse, and neutral are mechanical only. Reverse activates a
range switch only to turn on the brake lamps.
2-3 LOCKOUT LMP
2-3 LOCKOUT SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the skipshift feature status on Viper models. The PCM controls lockout based on engine
running conditions. Under light to moderate throttle, the lockout solenoid blocks the 2nd and 3rd
shift gates. During a skipshift, the solenoid energizes and both of the parameters read ON. Once
a skipshift completes, both read OFF.
3/4 SHIFT SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the 3/4 shift solenoid status.
BATTERY VOLTS
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 15.7 V
Displays the direct input signal to the PCM that indicates current battery voltage. The reading
should be close to normal charging system regulated voltage with the engine running.
BRAKE SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the brake switch signal to the transmission control module (TCM) status. The TCM
relies on this input to turn off the torque converter clutch when the brakes are applied. It reads
ON when the brake switch contacts are closed.
C3(V)
C4(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 25.6 V
Displays inputs from manual valve lever position (MVLP) sensor or transmission range sensor
(TRS) switches. A voltage reading indicates the switch is open.
• C3 should read 0 V when the gear selector is in park, 3rd gear, or low.
• C4 should read 0 V when the gear selector is in neutral, low, or overdrive.
If C3 or C4 do not display 0 V under these conditions, inspect the switch and circuitry.
CURRENT GEAR
PRESENT GEAR
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the forward gear that is currently engaged—it is not the shift lever position—and reads
as follows:
288
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Transmission Parameters
• 1ST when operating in first gear or with the shift lever in P-R-N
• 2ND in second gear
• 3RD in third gear
• 4TH in fourth gear
• ???? during a shift
DOWNSHIFT SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of a normally open downshift switch that is operated by moving the gear shift
lever to the left.
The display only reads ON when the switch contacts are closed to complete the circuit and allow
current. When the system functions properly, each time the switch contacts close, the
transmission downshifts one gear.
Engine RPM
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to engine max
TURBINE RPM
Engine Speed (RPM)
Turbine Speed(RPM)
INPUT RPM
OUTPUT RPM
Output Speed(RPM)
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to trans max
Three sensors provide engine speed, turbine acceleration, and output shaft speed data to the
TCM. The engine parameter is provided by the ignition system. Engine speed is used for
controlling torque converter lockup and to determine torque capacity.
For diagnostics, the engine parameter is also compared to an engine speed signal from the
engine control module. The TCM receives engine RPM signals on both the CCD data bus from
the engine computer and directly from the ignition system.
The turbine and input parameters are the same, the vehicle has one or the other. The PCM
compares this reading to the engine and output parameters to determine operating ratio, clutch
and torque converter slippage, and torque capacity. In addition, turbine or input change
information is used to control shifts.
The TCM compares the output parameter to the turbine parameter for determining gear ratio and
detecting clutch slippage. In addition, the output parameter is compared to throttle data to
determine shift points.
GEAR
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the selected gear. The TCM looks at the PRNODDL, hydraulic pressure, and speed
sensors to determine automatic gear selection.
Depending on selector position, the display reads REV, NEUT, 1ST, 2ND, 3RD, or 4TH.
GOV PRESS SOL
Range: ________________________________________________________ LOW/HIGH
Displays the governor pressure solenoid valve state.
289
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Transmission Parameters
GOV PRESS(psi)
DES GOV PR(psi)
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
The governor pressure parameter indicates the actual transmission fluid line pressure. The
governor pressure sensor measures the solenoid valve output pressure and provides this
feedback to the PCM. The desired parameter is the line pressure the PCM is attempting to
maintain.
Governor pressure should increase approximately 1 psi per vehicle MPH. The governor pressure
solenoid valve controls governor pressure by regulating the transmission line pressure. The
PCM applies a pulse-width-modulated signal to the valve to generate the governor pressure
needed for upshifts and downshifts.
GOV PR DUTY CYC
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%)
Displays the duty cycle of the governor pressure solenoid valve. The valve controls governor
pressure by regulating transmission line pressure. The TCM outputs a pulse width modulated
signal to the valve to generate the pressure needed for upshifts and downshifts.
GOV PR SNSR(V)
GOV PRESS(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.00 V
Displays the feedback signals from the governor pressure sensor to the TCM. The governor
pressure solenoid valve regulates transmission line pressure to develop governor pressure. The
pressure sensor measures the solenoid valve output and provides feedback.
J2 CIRCUIT(V)
SWITCH BATT(V)
REV LIGHT 1(V)
REV LIGHT 2(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 25.6 V
Displays TCM control voltages. The J2 circuit is the battery voltage feed to the TCM. Voltage is
present at all times, even with the ignition turned off, to supply power for TCM memory.
The SWITCH BATT parameter is the ignition voltage that turns on the TCM.
The REV LIGHT 1 and REV LIGHT 2 parameters display the supply voltage on either side of the
backup lamp relay.
LIMP IN
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
The TCM continually checks for electrical and internal transmission problems. When a problem
is sensed, a fault code sets.
Most fault codes cause the TCM to go into the limp-in mode. In this mode, electrical power is
removed and transmission operation is limited to the following:
• Neutral
• Park
• Reverse
• Second gear
Upshifts and downshifts are not allowed. The vehicle may still be driven in for service.
290
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Transmission Parameters
LOCK-UP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the TCC lockup relay valve status. The lockup relay valve controls fluid flow to the
converter lockup clutch. The lockup relay valve is operated by line pressure from the 1-2 shift
valve and controlled by solenoid no. 3.
This parameter should read ON only when the lockup clutch is engaged.
L-R PRESS SW
2-4 PRESS SW
OD PRESS SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
These three pressure switches, L-R, 2-4, and OD, are built into the transmission solenoid
assembly. During automatic shifting, the TCM uses this pressure switch data to verify proper
solenoid operation and gear selection. The TCM recognizes each gear selected as a specific
combination of open and closed pressure switches.
MODE
Range: _________________________________________________ POWER/COMFORT
Displays the shift mode selection switch status. The switch is located on the instrument panel.
The Comfort mode provides normal shift speeds and points, and the Power mode provides
higher shift speeds and points.
The reading should match the switch setting. This switch was eliminated in 1992, and this
parameter always reads POWER on 1992 and later vehicles.
MODULE ID
Range: ____________________________________________________________ 1 or 2
Displays the TCM identification number. Use this parameter to determine if the correct module is
installed in the vehicle. Modules are not interchangeable.
MODULE ID reads as follows:
• 1 for vehicles with the AW4 transmission and a 4.0L engine
• 2 for vehicles with the AW4 transmission and a 2.5L engine
OD INHIBIT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the inhibit switch status. Reads YES if the PCM is preventing the transmission from
shifting into overdrive.
OD OFF LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of a momentary switch on the instrument panel that enables or disables the
PCM-controlled overdrive. OD OFF LAMP reads as follows:
• ON = automatic shifts into 4th gear overdrive are prevented
• OFF = automatic shifts into 4th gear overdrive occur
An indicator lamp in the switch illuminates when the switch is ON. When the ignition is turned off,
the switch resets. When a transmission overheating occurs, the TCM automatically inhibits
overdrive operation, the indicator lamp illuminates, and this parameter reads ON.
O-D OVERRIDE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of a momentary push-button switch located in the instrument panel that
switches the PCM-controlled overdrive override mode on and off.
291
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Transmission Parameters
292
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Transmission Parameters
valve lever position sensor (MVLPS) sensor. These TCM inputs indicate what gear is selected by
the driver.
The TCM uses this information to determine the gear range and shift pattern to use. The TCM
recognizes each shift lever selection as a specific combination of open (off) and closed (on)
contacts in the switches. The combinations are shown in the following two tables:
293
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Transmission Parameters
PR SENS OFF(V)
TRNSDCR OFF SET
PRESS SENS OFF
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.00 V
The pressure sensor offset voltage is used internally by the PCM to calculate actual governor
pressure. The governor pressure transducer reads absolute pressure. This offset value is used
to compensate for barometric pressure and correct the governor pressure reading.
REV LOCKOUT SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM command status for the reverse lockout solenoid and reads as follows:
• ON when vehicle speed is below 5 MPH (8 KPH) and the TCM energizes the solenoid, which
completes a ground path that allows the transmission to shift into reverse
• OFF when vehicle speed is above 5 MPH (8 KPH) and the ground is open, which prevents
the transmission from shifting into reverse
SHIFT LEVER
Range: ________________________________________________________ P-N–/-R-DL
This park/neutral switch parameter indicates whether an automatic transmission is in park,
neutral, or one of the drive ranges.
SHIFT LEVER reads as follows:
• P-N– if the transmission is in either park or neutral
• -R-DL if the transmission is in any forward gear or reverse
SNSR SUPPLY(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.00 V
This parameter displays voltage available to the transmission sensors.
SOLENOID 1
SOLENOID 2
SOLENOID 3
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the shift solenoids 1, 2 and 3 status.
• Shift solenoid 1 controls line pressure for 2-3 upshifts and 3-2 downshifts.
• Shift solenoid 2 controls line pressure during 1-2 and 3-4 upshifts and during 4-3 and 2-1
downshifts.
• Shift solenoid 3 controls line pressure to the TCC lockup relay valve.
SOLENOID 1 should read as follows:
• ON whenever the vehicle is not moving and the transmission is in either 1st or 2nd gear
• OFF whenever the transmission is in 3rd or 4th gear
SOLENOID 2 should read as follows:
• ON whenever the transmission is in either 2nd or 3rd gear
• OFF whenever the vehicle is not moving or the transmission is in low (1st) or 4th gear
SOLENOID 3 should read as follows:
• ON when the TCC is engaged
• OFF whenever the vehicle is not moving, and should remain OFF until torque converter
clutch lockup is wanted
294
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Transmission Parameters
295
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Transmission Parameters
TRANS TEMP(°F)
Range: ______________________________________________________-83.2 to 376°F
TRANS TEMP(°C)
Range: _______________________________________________________ -64 to 191°C
Displays the automatic transmission fluid temperature. The TCM internally calculates this value
on 1989–95 vehicles. For 1996 and later models, the TCM relies on the signal from the
transmission fluid temperature (TFT) sensor. The engine must be running for an accurate value
to display.
TRANS TEMP(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.00 V
Displays the temperature of the automatic transmission fluid as voltage. As fluid temperature
increases, so does the voltage.
Trans Temperature Voltage(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Displays the output voltage from the transmission fluid temperature (TFT) sensor.
UPSHIFT SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the normally open upshift switch status, which is operated by moving the gear selector
lever to the right.
UPSHIFT SW reads ON if the switch contacts are closed to complete the circuit and allow
current. When the system functions properly, the transmission upshifts one gear each time the
switch contacts close.
296
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Body Parameters
Body Parameters
This section defines data parameters available from various electronic control modules that
regulate body systems on Chrysler and Jeep vehicles. Available systems include:
• Body Control Module (BCM)
• Engine Control Node (ECN)
• Electronic Instrument Cluster (EIC)
• Stand-Alone Serial Bus Traveler (SASBT)
• Serial Bus Traveler (SBT)
• Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC)
• Electronic Temperature and Compass (ETC)
• Air Suspension (AS)
Many of the parameters in this section are listed in groups because they all perform a similar
function, though for different circuits in the system. To find the description of a specific parameter,
locate the parameter name in the Chrysler parameter list on “Alphabetical Parameter List” on
page 235.
A/T PRESS. SW
BRAKE FLUID SW
BRAKE PAD INP
CLNT LEVEL SW
OIL LEVEL SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the various engine control node (ECN) switches. The ECN collects input data from the
switches and sensors in the front area of the vehicle. The engine node transmits data to the
electronic vehicle information center (EVIC).
297
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Body Parameters
4 WHEEL DRIVE
A/C STATUS
AUTO DOOR LOCK
BLEND MOTOR
BLOWER MOTOR
BR LAMP OUTAGE
CARGO LAMP
CHECK GAGES LMP
CHIME
COURTESY LAMP
DCKLID REL SOL
DECKLID AJAR
DECKLID SW
DOME LAMP
DOOR AJAR SW
DOOR LOCK RLY
DOOR HANDL SW
DOOR UNLOCK RLY
DRVR DOOR AJAR
DRVR DOOR JAMB
DRVR DOOR UNLCK
FOG LAMP RELAY
GATE AJAR
GATE AJAR SW
HAZARD SW
HEADLAMP DELAY
HEADLMP OUTAGE
HEADLAMPS
HIGH BEAMS
HIGH BEAM SW(V)
HI LOW BEAM
HOOD AJAR
HORN
IGN RUN/START
KEY IN IGN SW
LIFT GATE AJAR
L TURN SIGNAL
LOW BEAMS
LR DOOR AJAR
PASS DOOR AJAR
R DEFOG SW
R TURN SIGNAL
RR DOOR AJAR
SEAT BELT SW
TCC FULL LOCK
TRAC SW
WASHER SWITCH
WIPERS PARKED
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the various switches operated by the body control module (BCM). Most display OPEN
or CLSD (closed). However, a few display YES or NO, ON or OFF, HI (high) or LOW, PRSD
(pressed) or RLSD (released), or some other variation.
298
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Body Parameters
These switch parameters may either display the electrical state of the switch, or the mechanical
state of the component the switch services. Switch states may not match the state of their
associated components.
For example, the driver door ajar parameter may indicate switch state and read OPEN when the
door is actually closed on some models. On others, the same parameter may read OPEN,
indicating mechanical state, when the door is actually open. Generally, it is adequate to verify
that a switch state alternates between states.
AUTO HDLMP(V)
DOOR STALL
MODE DOOR(V)
TMP AIR DR(V)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 327.7 V
PANEL (V)
A/C SWITCH(V)
BATTERY(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 18.9 V
BATTERY1(V)
BATTERY2(V)
IGN/RUN(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 16 V
IGNITION(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 16.6 V
FUEL LEVEL (V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 8.7 V
DOME SW(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5 V
DOOR LOCK(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 9.9 V
OIL PRESS (V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 9.2 V
Engine TEMP(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 15.6 V
EVAPO TEMP(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________ off 1.2, on 2.65 V
Displays the various body control module (BCM) control voltages. The BCM communicates over
the CCD or PCI bus network. The BCM transmits data to the electronic vehicle information
center (EVIC) and to the electronic instrument cluster (EIC). The BCM receives data from the
engine control node (ECN), powertrain control module (PCM), transmission control module
(TCM), and air suspension control module.
299
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Body Parameters
COOLANT SW(V)
FOG LAMPS
F WIPER SW(V)
HEADLAMP SW(V)
HIGH BEAM SW(V)
IGNITION SW(V)
I-WIPE DELAY(V)
I-WIPE ENABLE(V)
L B-PILLAR SW(V)
L DR KEY SW(V)
L DR LCK SW(V)
LGATE HNDL SW(V)
LGATE KEY SW(V)
OH L-GATE SW(V)
OH PWR DR SW(V)
OUT AMB TMP(V)
PARK LAMPS
WR TOP SW(V)
RADIO SW(V)
R B-PILLAR SW(V)
R DR KEY SW(V)
R DR LCK SW(V)
R WIPER SW(V)
TURN SGNL SW(V)
WASHER LVL(V)
WIPER MODE(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.00 V
Displays the various body control module (BCM) control voltages. The BCM communicates over
the CCD or PCI bus network. The BCM transmits data to the electronic vehicle information
center (EVIC) and to the electronic instrument cluster (EIC). The BCM receives data from the
engine control node (ECN), powertrain control module (PCM), transmission control module
(TCM), and air suspension control module.
BODY TYPE
Range: _________________________________________________________G/J or C/Y
This parameter displays vehicle body type as identified by the BCM.
COMMON WIRE(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 4.92 V
Displays the common wire voltage shared by all air conditioning system door motors.
COMPRESSR RELAY
EXHST SOL
FRNT LT SOL
FRNT RT SOL
REAR SOLENOID
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
These air suspension (AS) control module parameters display the state of various air suspension
solenoids and relays.
300
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Body Parameters
COMP/TEMP
US/METRIC SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
These electronic temperature and compass (ETC) parameters display the state of the electronic
temperature and compass switches.
DISPLAY(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 69.0 V
IGNITION(V)
E2(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 16.9 V
FUEL LEVEL(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 8.9 V
Displays the control voltage of the various stand-alone serial bus traveler (SASBT) circuits. The
SASBT is only installed in a vehicle when there are no other body modules. The SASBT shares
some serial data with the PCM.
The display parameter reading is the voltage that actually illuminates the vacuum fluorescent
display (VFD). The E2 parameter is the voltage that drives the digital readouts on the traveler.
The fuel level parameter displays a voltage representing the fuel level in the fuel tank, the actual
voltage range varies according to tank capacity. The ignition parameter shows the ignition
primary voltage.
ECONOMY SWITCH
FUEL SWITCH
INFO. SWITCH
RESET SWITCH
SET SWITCH
TIME SW
TEMP SWITCH
US/METRIC SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
These electronic vehicle information center (EVIC) parameters display the various switch states.
The EVIC displays body and engine information that is based on data received from the BCM.
Although the information is displayed on the EVIC, the BCM actually calculates and stores the
information.
FRNT RT SNSR A
FRNT RT SNSR B
FRNT RT SNSR C
FRNT LT SNSR A
FRNT LT SNSR B
FRNT LT SNSR C
REAR HT SNSR A
REAR HT SNSR B
REAR HT SNSR C
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
These air suspension (AS) control module parameters display the state of various suspension
sensors.
IGNITION STATUS
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
This electronic instrument cluster (EIC) parameter displays the status of the ignition switch.
301
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Body Parameters
NOTE:
i A NO reading may also indicate a power supply failure or low battery voltage at the cluster.
302
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Body Parameters
STEP SWITCH
US/METRIC SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the serial bus traveler switch states.
SUNLOAD(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.00 V
Displays the signal voltage from the sunlight sensor. This sensor measures light intensity, not
temperature. The greater the voltage, the greater the light intensity.
TRIP RESET SW
TRIP/ODOM SW
US/METRIC SW
LOW OIL PR
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
These electronic instrument cluster (EIC) parameters displays various electronic instrument
cluster switch states.
VERSION NO.
Range: __________________________________________________________0.0 to F.F
Displays the version of the vehicle electronic control modules. Version numbers are available for
the BCM, electronic instrument cluster (EIC) module, engine control node (ECN) module, serial
bus traveler or stand-alone serial bus traveler (SASBT), electronic vehicle information center
(EVIC), air suspension (AS) module, and electronic temperature and compass (ETC) module.
303
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Antilock Brake System (ABS) Parameters
NOTE:
i If the switch is open for two minutes, a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) sets.
The DFPS also provides a ground for the ABS pump motor, and this ground circuit is opened to
prevent the pump motor from running during engine cranking. On 1990 and early 1991 Bendix 10
systems, the DFPS grounds through the starter solenoid. On these early vehicles, the starter
parameter should read battery voltage during engine cranking, and 0 V at all other times. For late
1991 to 1993 models with Bendix 10 ABS, the DFPS grounds through the switch casing and this
parameter is not functional.
ACT LF DUMP SOL
ACT LF ISO SOL
ACT REAR DUMP
ACT REAR ISO
ACT RF DUMP SOL
ACT RF ISO SOL
DES LF DUMP SOL
DES LF ISO SOL
DES REAR DUMP
DES REAR ISO
DES RF DUMP SOL
DES RF ISO SOL
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Dodge trucks and full-size vans use a Kelsey-Hayes ABS. It is available in both rear wheel and
four wheel systems. The rear wheel only system has one channel and both rear wheels are
controlled together. The four wheel system adds a separate channel for each front wheel that are
controlled independently for a total of three channels. There are two solenoids per channel, a
normally open isolation solenoid and a normally closed dump solenoid. The actual, desired, and
electrical state of each can be monitored.
Under normal conditions, all solenoids should be off, all isolation solenoids should open, and all
dump solenoids should be closed. When the CAB detects a lockup condition through the wheel
speed sensors, the pump motor is activated and the affected channel goes into antilock mode.
304
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Antilock Brake System (ABS) Parameters
The isolation valve is energized closing off any additional hydraulic pressure from reaching the
wheel. The dump solenoid is then energized releasing existing pressure and stopping the lockup
condition. The two valves cycle back and forth applying and releasing pressure until the pedal is
released or the lockup stops.
BOOST PRESS(V)
PRESSURE(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5 V
These Bendix 10 parameters display the output signals from the boost and primary pressure
transducers.
• The boost pressure transducer senses the boost servo pressure.
• The primary pressure transducer senses the master cylinder primary pressure.
Both transducers convert measured pressure into a 0.25 to 5.0 V linear scale. The ABS ECM
compares these two signals to determine proper operation.
Both readings should be close to equal. However, boost pressure is typically a few hundredths of
a volt higher due to frictional loss in the master cylinder piston seals.
BRAKE LAMP SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
BRAKE SW(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to Batt+
These Bendix ABX-4 ABS parameters indicate the position of the brake switch. Either one or the
other displays, depending on the vehicle.
For the antilock system to operate, the brake lamp switch parameter must read ON, or the brake
switch parameter must read battery voltage.
BRAKE SW
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
This Teves ABS parameter shows the position of the normally-open brake switch and reads as
follows:
• OPEN when the pedal is released
• CLOSED when the brake pedal is pressed
DIFF PRESS
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
This Bendix 9 parameter indicates the status of the pressure differential switch, which is built into
the proportioning valve.
DIFF PRESS reads as follows:
• OPEN indicates pressure between the front and rear fluid channels is balanced.
• CLOSED indicates a pressure difference greater than 70 psi exists between the front and
rear brake channels. If this occurs, the red brake warning lamp on the instrument panel turns
on. The differential pressure switch is active in both normal and ABS braking modes.
FLS SW #2
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Monitors the brake fluid level switch and reads as follows:
• OPEN when the fluid is low
• CLOSED when the brake reservoir is full
305
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Antilock Brake System (ABS) Parameters
FLUID LEVEL SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ OK/LOW
The fluid level switch is mounted in the master cylinder and sends a signal to the CAB if the fluid
level is too low to run the ABS.
LF CONTINUITY
RF CONTINUITY
LR CONTINUITY
RR CONTINUITY
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
These Bendix ABX-4 parameters monitor the four wheel speed sensor circuits for continuity and
read as follows:
• YES during normal operation
• NO if a wheel speed sensor circuit is open for the related continuity parameter
LF DUMP SOL
LF ISO SOL
REAR DUMP SOL
REAR ISO SOL
RF DUMP SOL
RF ISO SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Dodge trucks and full-size vans use a Kelsey-Hayes ABS. It is available in both rear wheel and
four wheel systems. The rear wheel only system has one channel and both rear wheels are
controlled together. The four wheel system adds a separate channel for each front wheel that are
controlled independently for a total of three channels. There are two solenoids per channel, a
normally open isolation solenoid and a normally closed dump solenoid. The actual, desired, and
electrical state of each can be monitored.
Under normal conditions, all solenoids should be off, all isolation solenoids should open, and all
dump solenoids should be closed. When the CAB detects a lockup condition through the wheel
speed sensors, the pump motor is activated and the affected channel goes into antilock mode.
The isolation valve is energized closing off any additional hydraulic pressure from reaching the
wheel. The dump solenoid is then energized releasing existing pressure and stopping the lockup
condition. The two valves cycle back and forth applying and releasing pressure until the pedal is
released or the lockup stops.
LF ISOL CYCLE
LR ISOL CYCLE
RF ISOL CYCLE
RR ISOL CYCLE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
The Bendix 10 ABS system includes three build valves, three decay valves, and four isolation
valves. Each front wheel has independent build and decay valves, while the rear wheels share a
common build valve and a common decay valve.
An isolation valve at each wheel is used to isolate the calipers and wheel cylinders from the
master cylinder during ABS operation. When an isolation valve parameter reads ON, pressure at
the wheel is modulated through the build and decay valves.
306
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Antilock Brake System (ABS) Parameters
LF SOL
RF SOL
LR SOL
RR SOL
Range: _____________________________________________________ BUILD/DECAY
LF SOL(V)
RF SOL(V)
LR SOL(V)
RR SOL(V)
Range: _______________________________________________________0 to battery+
These Bendix ABX-4 parameters indicate the status of the build and decay solenoids. There are
four build and decay solenoids, one for each wheel. The solenoids are spring-loaded in the
released position during normal braking and the parameters read BUILD and 0 V. The ABS
control module sends a 12 V signal to actuates each valve, then the parameters read DECAY
and 12 V.
When a solenoid parameter reading is BUILD and 0 V, the valve for that wheel directs fluid
through a path from the master cylinder to the wheel brakes. When a solenoid parameter reading
is DECAY and 12 V, the valve for that wheel directs fluid through a path from the wheel to the
sump.
LF VALVE
RF VALVE
LR VALVE
RR VALVE
Range: _____________________________________________________ BUILD/DECAY
These Bendix 4 and 6 ABS parameters indicate the status of the build and decay valves. There
are four valves, one for each wheel.
When BUILD displays, the valve for that wheel provides a fluid path from the wheel brake to the
isolation valve. When DECAY displays, the valve for that wheel provides a fluid path from the
wheel brake to the fluid sump.
LF WHEEL(MPH)
LR WHEEL(MPH)
RF WHEEL(MPH)
RR WHEEL(MPH)
REAR WHEELS
Range: ___________________________________________________ 0 to vehicle max
Used on all Bendix and Teves systems, indicate the speed signals transmitted by each of the
wheel sensors to the PCM. Wheel speeds should be equal to each other, as well as to vehicle
speed as the vehicle is driven in a straight line without braking.
Wheel speeds vary as the vehicle turns a corner, and they vary during braking without ABS
operation as well. During ABS braking, wheels speeds should remain close to equal.
LOW ACCUM
Range: ______________________________________________________ TRUE/FALSE
This Bendix 9 parameter indicates the accumulator circuit pressure switch status. The switch is
mounted next to the master-cylinder and power booster assembly.
LOW ACCUM reads as follows:
• TRUE means that the pressure in the accumulator circuit has dropped below approximately
1050 psi. When this occurs, the amber check antilock lamp on the instrument cluster
illuminates. Approximately 20 seconds later, the red brake warning lamp illuminates as well.
307
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Antilock Brake System (ABS) Parameters
• FALSE means that the pressure in the accumulator circuit is within acceptable limits, or
above 1050 psi.
LOW FLUID SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
This Bendix 10 ABS parameter shows the state of the low fluid switch, which is located in the
hydraulic fluid reservoir. When the brake fluid level is low, the switch closes and the display reads
ON. The reading is OFF during normal operation.
With the switch closed, the red brake warning lamp on the instrument panel lights and the
parameter reads ON. When the switch is closed at speeds above 3 MPH (5 KPH), the antilock
warning lamp also lights and ABS braking is disabled as well.
MODULATOR RLY
Range: ______________________________________________________ TRUE/FALSE
This Bendix 9 parameter indicates the status of the modulator power relay.
Two seconds after engine startup, the modulator power relay is energized to supply 12 V to the
solenoids in the pressure modulator. In addition, when the modulator power relay closes, the
amber check antilock lamp on the instrument cluster shuts off.
MOTOR SPEED
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
This Teves ABS parameter indicates the status of the ABS pump motor. When the pump motor
runs, a rotation sensor transmits an AC signal to the ABS control module. To determine when the
pump is on, the ABS control module compares the rotation sensor signal frequency to an internal
reference frequency.
MP COIL(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ zero to 13.5 V
MP RELAY COIL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
The Bendix 4 and Bendix ABX-4 ABS motor pump relay turns the pump motor on and off. The
voltage parameter indicates the control voltage applied to the coil side of the motor pump relay.
The ON/OFF parameter is a pump motor feedback signal to the ABS module. The ABS control
module actuates the motor pump relay by internally grounding the circuit. When displayed
voltage reaches approximately 12 V, the relay is de-energized and the relay coil parameter
should read OFF. When coil voltage reads zero, the relay is energized and the relay coil
parameter should read ON.
PED TRVL SNS
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
This Teves ABS parameter monitors the position of the brake pedal. The sensor consists of a
moveable plunger and a variable resistor with seven steps of resistance. Step 1 represents the
brake pedal is completely released, step 7 represents the brake pedal fully pressed. The ABS
control module uses this input as an actuator for the pump motor. The sensor is mounted in the
power brake booster.
PS SWITCH
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
TC SWITCH
Range: ______________________________________________ PRESSED/RELEASED
These Teves ABS parameters are used only on vehicles with traction control. The pressure
switch, which is located in the hydraulic control unit (HCU), is normally-closed and opens when
the brakes are applied. The ABS controller uses the pressure switch input to determine when to
308
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Antilock Brake System (ABS) Parameters
deactivate the traction control. The traction control (TC) switch is driver activated. The switch
must be pressed for 0.25 seconds to disable traction control.
PUMP
PUMP MOTOR
MTR PMP CONTROL
MTR PUMP RELAY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
POWER RELAY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
PUMP(V)
MP MONITOR(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 13.5 V
These Kelsey-Hayes, Bendix 4, Bendex 9, ABX-4, and 6 ABS parameters indicate the status of
the hydraulic pumps and motor. The hydraulic control unit (HCU) on these systems contains two
pump assemblies, one for the primary circuit and one for the secondary. One electric motor
drives both pumps. The motor only runs during an ABS stop. The motor pump relay supplies
power to the motor.
The motor pump relay parameter is the ABS ECM command to the motor pump relay. All of the
other parameters display feedback signals from the pump motor.
Bendix 4 and 6 systems use the PUMP parameter and ABX-4 uses the MTR PMP CONTROL
(motor pump control) parameter. Bendix 4 and ABX-4 systems display the MP MONITOR(V)
(monitor voltage) parameter and Bendix 6 displays PUMP(V).
When the motor pump relay parameter reads ON, the pump or motor pump control parameter
should also read ON. At the same time, the monitor or pump voltage parameter should display
battery voltage.
When the motor pump relay reads OFF, the pump or motor pump control parameter should read
OFF, and the monitor or pump voltage parameter should read approximately 0 V.
RED BRAKE LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
This Bendix ABX-4 parameter indicates the ON/OFF status of the red brake warning lamp on the
instrument panel. Two switches wired in parallel turn on this lamp. One is a mechanical switch in
the parking brake and the other is a pressure switch in the hydraulic system. Both switches are
normally open. The display reads OFF when the parking brake is released and there is pressure
in the hydraulic system.
REFERENCE(V)
PUMP MOTOR(V)
IGNITION(V)
Range: _______________________________________________________0 to battery+
These Teves parameters display various system voltages. The reference parameter displays the
power feed to the pump motor relay. The pump motor parameter is a feedback signal from the
ABS pump motor. The ignition parameter displays the switched battery (B+) voltage.
When the pump motor is energized the pump motor parameter should read battery voltage. Due
to electromotive induction (EMI) during an ABS stop, the control module expects to monitor
battery voltage from the pump motor for about 400 milliseconds to 3.3 seconds. Then, the
reading should go to 0 V.
309
Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters Antilock Brake System (ABS) Parameters
SOL UNDERVOLT
Range: ______________________________________________________ TRUE/FALSE
This Bendix 9 parameter monitors the status of the 12 V power circuit to the pressure modulator
solenoids and reads as follows:
• TRUE when an under-voltage condition occurs
• FALSE when there is 12 V on the circuit
STOP LAMP SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
This Bendix 4, 6, and 10 ABS parameter indicates the position of the brake switch. This
parameter must read ON for the ABS to operate.
SYSTEM RELAY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
SYSTEM RLY(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 13.5 V
On Bendix 4, 6, and 10 systems, the system relay energizes at vehicle startup to supply voltage
to the ABS.
When the relay state parameter reads ON, the relay voltage parameter should display battery
voltage. When the relay state parameter reads OFF, the relay voltage parameter should read
approximately 0 V. After vehicle startup, if voltage drops below 9 V, a DTC is set and ABS is
disabled.
SY RLY COIL(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 13.5 V
SYS RELAY COIL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
On Bendix ABX-4 systems, the ABS control module actuates the system relay by internally
grounding the circuit. The displayed voltage is the control voltage signal to the coil side of the
system relay. The relay coil state parameter is a feedback signal.
When battery voltage displays, the relay is de-energized and the relay coil state should read
OFF. When the display reads 0 V, the relay is energized and the relay coil state parameter
should read ON.
WARNING LAMP
WARN LAMP INP
YEL ABS LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
WARN LAMP(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 13.5 V
Bendix 4, ABX-4, 6, and 10 ABS control modules supply a ground to the antilock warning lamp
circuit during engine cranking and when a fault is detected. WARNING LAMP is the output
command to the lamp. WARN LAMP INP (warning lamp inoperative) and WARN LAMP(V)
(warning lamp voltage) are the feedback signals.
Whenever the lamp is off, both state parameters should read OFF and battery voltage should
display. When the lamp is on, both state parameters should read ON and the voltage parameter
should display about 0 V. Some vehicles do not display the voltage parameter. YEL ABS LAMP
is the desired state of the yellow ABS lamp.
310
Chapter 13 Ford Data Parameters
This chapter contains information for interpreting data parameters on Ford vehicles.
For additional information on Ford vehicles, see the following sections:
• “Ford Operations” on page 52
• “Ford Testing” on page 68
• “Ford Communications Problems” on page 716
A
A/C BLndoorPos........................................................................................................................................................... 427
311
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
312
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
313
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
B
BALVLV1....................................................................................................................................................................... 412
BALVLV2....................................................................................................................................................................... 412
BARO(Hz)..................................................................................................................................................................... 349
BARO(V)....................................................................................................................................................................... 349
BARO_TCM.................................................................................................................................................................. 434
BATSAV ........................................................................................................................................................................ 428
BATT_I_REC ................................................................................................................................................................ 434
BATT_V_REC............................................................................................................................................................... 434
BattSaver...................................................................................................................................................................... 428
BLD_STAT .................................................................................................................................................................... 412
BLoWerMoToR ............................................................................................................................................................. 349
BLSHORT BATT........................................................................................................................................................... 349
BLSHORT GND............................................................................................................................................................ 349
BOO ABS ..................................................................................................................................................................... 412
BOO SW....................................................................................................................................................................... 428
BOO.............................................................................................................................................................................. 349
BOO=BRAKE SW ........................................................................................................................................................ 349
BOO_GEM ................................................................................................................................................................... 428
BOO_TCM.................................................................................................................................................................... 434
BP=BARO (”HG) .......................................................................................................................................................... 349
BP=BARO (kPa) ........................................................................................................................................................... 349
BP_CALST ................................................................................................................................................................... 412
BPA............................................................................................................................................................................... 350
BPA_SW ....................................................................................................................................................................... 350
BPO .............................................................................................................................................................................. 350
BPO_Hz........................................................................................................................................................................ 350
BPP_BOO .................................................................................................................................................................... 350
BPTSCAL ..................................................................................................................................................................... 412
Bracket(Ω).................................................................................................................................................................... 409
BRAKE_LMP ................................................................................................................................................................ 412
BrakeOnOff................................................................................................................................................................... 350
BrakePrsApply.............................................................................................................................................................. 412
BRAKPRES(KPA/PSI) .................................................................................................................................................. 412
BRK_CHK..................................................................................................................................................................... 412
BRK_FLUID.................................................................................................................................................................. 412
BRK_MSIG(KPA/PSI) ................................................................................................................................................... 412
BRK_RSIG ................................................................................................................................................................... 413
BRK_WARN ................................................................................................................................................................. 413
BRKLAMP .................................................................................................................................................................... 413
BRKPEDSW ................................................................................................................................................................. 434
BSTLRNCYC................................................................................................................................................................ 413
BSTR_BSWF................................................................................................................................................................ 413
BSTR_LCCS ................................................................................................................................................................ 413
BSTR_LERN ................................................................................................................................................................ 413
BSTR_MECH ............................................................................................................................................................... 413
BSTR_SOL................................................................................................................................................................... 413
BSTR_SOL1................................................................................................................................................................. 413
BSTR_SW_T ................................................................................................................................................................ 413
BSTRBP_FSNC ........................................................................................................................................................... 413
BSTRBP_FSNO ........................................................................................................................................................... 413
C KEYMD ..................................................................................................................................................................... 424
314
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
C
CAMDC 1 ..................................................................................................................................................................... 350
CAMDC 2 ..................................................................................................................................................................... 350
CAMDCR...................................................................................................................................................................... 350
CAMERR1 .................................................................................................................................................................... 350
CAMERR2 .................................................................................................................................................................... 350
CANP=PURGE............................................................................................................................................................. 350
CASeGND(V) ............................................................................................................................................................... 351
CAT mon ready............................................................................................................................................................. 351
CAT MONITOR............................................................................................................................................................. 351
CATCAL1(Hz) ............................................................................................................................................................... 351
CATCAL2(Hz) ............................................................................................................................................................... 351
CATEVAL_DC_MODE1................................................................................................................................................ 351
CATTST1(Hz) ............................................................................................................................................................... 351
CATTST2(Hz) ............................................................................................................................................................... 351
CCB_LCCS .................................................................................................................................................................. 413
CCB_LCTF ................................................................................................................................................................... 414
CCC=TCC .................................................................................................................................................................... 351
CCL .............................................................................................................................................................................. 351
CCLAS_ICS.................................................................................................................................................................. 414
CCLAS_ITF .................................................................................................................................................................. 414
CCLF ............................................................................................................................................................................ 352
CCMSTAT_DC_MODE1............................................................................................................................................... 352
CCNT............................................................................................................................................................................ 340
CCNT_TCM.................................................................................................................................................................. 434
CCNT_TPMS................................................................................................................................................................ 446
CCNTABS..................................................................................................................................................................... 414
CCS .............................................................................................................................................................................. 352
CCS_FLT ...................................................................................................................................................................... 352
CCSA............................................................................................................................................................................ 352
CCSFault ...................................................................................................................................................................... 352
CCSWA_TPS ............................................................................................................................................................... 414
CCW_Shift_Mtr............................................................................................................................................................. 428
CCYR_ICS ................................................................................................................................................................... 414
CCYR_ITF .................................................................................................................................................................... 414
ChimeReq..................................................................................................................................................................... 428
CHIMERQ..................................................................................................................................................................... 428
CHT SENSOR(°) .......................................................................................................................................................... 352
CHT(°C/°F) ................................................................................................................................................................... 352
CHT_COLD(°C/°F) ....................................................................................................................................................... 352
CHT_HOT(°C/°F).......................................................................................................................................................... 352
CHT_V(°C/°F)............................................................................................................................................................... 352
CHTFM ......................................................................................................................................................................... 352
CHTIL ........................................................................................................................................................................... 352
CHTIL_FLT ................................................................................................................................................................... 352
CHTILFault ................................................................................................................................................................... 352
CKP_PROF .................................................................................................................................................................. 353
CLCH_SOL (%) ............................................................................................................................................................ 340
CLRDIST_NOMIL......................................................................................................................................................... 353
CLTCHAMP_CMD ........................................................................................................................................................ 434
ClutchLock.................................................................................................................................................................... 428
CMPFM ........................................................................................................................................................................ 353
CMPFM ........................................................................................................................................................................ 353
315
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
D
D DR SW ...................................................................................................................................................................... 429
D SBELT ....................................................................................................................................................................... 429
D_Airbag(Ω)................................................................................................................................................................. 409
D_AirBAG2(Ω) ............................................................................................................................................................. 409
D_AirBAGLoop2(Ω) ..................................................................................................................................................... 409
D_Preten(Ω)................................................................................................................................................................. 409
D_PRETNR(Ω) ............................................................................................................................................................ 409
DCDC_ENA.................................................................................................................................................................. 354
DCDC_F ....................................................................................................................................................................... 354
DECKLID ...................................................................................................................................................................... 429
DIM DEC ...................................................................................................................................................................... 429
DIM INC........................................................................................................................................................................ 429
DISTDIG_TCM ............................................................................................................................................................. 435
DoorAjarLamp .............................................................................................................................................................. 429
DoorAJR L .................................................................................................................................................................... 429
DoorLocK...................................................................................................................................................................... 429
DoorUnlock................................................................................................................................................................... 429
DPFE(V) ....................................................................................................................................................................... 354
DPFEGR....................................................................................................................................................................... 355
Dr DR SW..................................................................................................................................................................... 429
316
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
Dr SBELT...................................................................................................................................................................... 429
DRIVE CounT............................................................................................................................................................... 355
Drive_COUNT .............................................................................................................................................................. 355
DRIVECNT ................................................................................................................................................................... 355
DRIVECNT_TCM ......................................................................................................................................................... 435
DRIVEPOS_TCM ......................................................................................................................................................... 435
DSBELTR ..................................................................................................................................................................... 409
DSBL_TOG .................................................................................................................................................................. 414
DSD .............................................................................................................................................................................. 355
DTC CouNT (AIRBAG)................................................................................................................................................. 409
DTC CouNT (PCM) ...................................................................................................................................................... 355
DTC CouNT.................................................................................................................................................................. 429
DTC .............................................................................................................................................................................. 355
DTC_CNT..................................................................................................................................................................... 355
DTC_CNT_TCM ........................................................................................................................................................... 435
DYNOMODE ................................................................................................................................................................ 414
E
EBP(V).......................................................................................................................................................................... 356
ECT .............................................................................................................................................................................. 356
ECT(°C) ........................................................................................................................................................................ 356
ECT(°F) ........................................................................................................................................................................ 356
ECT(V).......................................................................................................................................................................... 356
ECT_FF (°C/°F) ............................................................................................................................................................ 356
ECT_TCM (°C/°F)......................................................................................................................................................... 435
ECT_TCM_DI (°C/°F) ................................................................................................................................................... 435
ECTF ............................................................................................................................................................................ 356
EFTA............................................................................................................................................................................. 356
EGR MONITOR
EGR mon ready............................................................................................................................................................ 357
EGR_EVAL................................................................................................................................................................... 356
EGR_Fault.................................................................................................................................................................... 357
EGRBARO.................................................................................................................................................................... 357
EGRCFault ................................................................................................................................................................... 357
EGRCvacsol ................................................................................................................................................................. 357
EGRDC(%) ................................................................................................................................................................... 357
EGRDtyCycl(%)............................................................................................................................................................ 357
EGREVAL_DC_MODE1 ............................................................................................................................................... 357
EGRFOpen................................................................................................................................................................... 357
EGRFShort ................................................................................................................................................................... 357
EGRMC1 ...................................................................................................................................................................... 358
EGRMC1F .................................................................................................................................................................... 358
EGRMC2 ...................................................................................................................................................................... 358
EGRMC2F .................................................................................................................................................................... 358
EGRMC3 ...................................................................................................................................................................... 358
EGRMC3F .................................................................................................................................................................... 358
EGRMC4 ...................................................................................................................................................................... 358
EGRMC4F .................................................................................................................................................................... 358
EGRMDSD ................................................................................................................................................................... 358
EGRTP(V) .................................................................................................................................................................... 358
EGRTPDC(%) .............................................................................................................................................................. 358
EGRVentsol .................................................................................................................................................................. 358
EGRVFault ................................................................................................................................................................... 358
317
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
F
FAILSAF ....................................................................................................................................................................... 424
FAN Monitor.................................................................................................................................................................. 362
318
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
FAN............................................................................................................................................................................... 362
FAN_FLT ...................................................................................................................................................................... 362
FAN_REQ..................................................................................................................................................................... 362
FANM(HIGH) ................................................................................................................................................................ 362
FANSS.......................................................................................................................................................................... 362
FANSSM....................................................................................................................................................................... 362
FDSP_ESCS_GPL ....................................................................................................................................................... 362
FFINF(%)...................................................................................................................................................................... 363
FFLRND ....................................................................................................................................................................... 363
FICM_LPWR ................................................................................................................................................................ 363
FICM_MPWR ............................................................................................................................................................... 363
FICM_VPWR ................................................................................................................................................................ 363
FICMSYNC................................................................................................................................................................... 363
FIRMSHFT ................................................................................................................................................................... 363
FIRMSHFT ................................................................................................................................................................... 435
FlexFuel(Hz) ................................................................................................................................................................. 363
FLG_MLUSFM ............................................................................................................................................................. 363
FLG_MLUSFM ............................................................................................................................................................. 435
FLG_OTLK ................................................................................................................................................................... 363
FLG_OTLK ................................................................................................................................................................... 435
FLG_SS4...................................................................................................................................................................... 363
FLI(V)............................................................................................................................................................................ 364
FLI_PERCENT(%)........................................................................................................................................................ 363
FLI_SG(V) .................................................................................................................................................................... 364
FLIFM ........................................................................................................................................................................... 363
FLInput(%).................................................................................................................................................................... 364
FLInput(V)..................................................................................................................................................................... 364
FP ................................................................................................................................................................................. 363
FP=FUEL PUMP .......................................................................................................................................................... 364
FP_FLT ......................................................................................................................................................................... 364
FPA STATE................................................................................................................................................................... 364
FPFault ......................................................................................................................................................................... 364
FPM .............................................................................................................................................................................. 364
FPM(%) ........................................................................................................................................................................ 364
FPMode ........................................................................................................................................................................ 365
FPMonitor ..................................................................................................................................................................... 365
FR_OUTSHA................................................................................................................................................................ 340
FRP(psi) ....................................................................................................................................................................... 365
FRP(V).......................................................................................................................................................................... 365
FRP_DSD..................................................................................................................................................................... 365
FRP_FAULT ................................................................................................................................................................. 365
FRP_PRESS ................................................................................................................................................................ 365
FRPFM ......................................................................................................................................................................... 365
FRT1FM ....................................................................................................................................................................... 365
FrWiperMd.................................................................................................................................................................... 429
FRZ_DTC ..................................................................................................................................................................... 435
FSVFault....................................................................................................................................................................... 365
FSVMonitor................................................................................................................................................................... 365
FTIV_F.......................................................................................................................................................................... 365
FTIV_HEV(%)............................................................................................................................................................... 365
FTP(KPA/PSI)............................................................................................................................................................... 365
FTP_FAULT .................................................................................................................................................................. 366
FUEL mon ready .......................................................................................................................................................... 366
319
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
G
G_INPUT ...................................................................................................................................................................... 415
G_SDN ......................................................................................................................................................................... 367
G_SDN_A..................................................................................................................................................................... 436
G_SDN_B..................................................................................................................................................................... 436
G_SDN_C..................................................................................................................................................................... 436
G_SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................................. 415
GEAR ........................................................................................................................................................................... 367
Gear.............................................................................................................................................................................. 436
GEAR_MAX.................................................................................................................................................................. 367
GEAR_MAX.................................................................................................................................................................. 436
Gear_OSC.................................................................................................................................................................... 367
Gear_OSCIP ................................................................................................................................................................ 436
GEAR_RAT .................................................................................................................................................................. 367
GEAR_RAT .................................................................................................................................................................. 436
GEN_BRK_CMD .......................................................................................................................................................... 436
GEN_COILTEMP (°C)/(°F) ........................................................................................................................................... 436
GEN_CTRL .................................................................................................................................................................. 436
GEN_FAULT ................................................................................................................................................................. 367
GEN_INV_V ................................................................................................................................................................. 436
GEN_LAMP .................................................................................................................................................................. 367
GEN_MON ................................................................................................................................................................... 368
GEN_MON(%).............................................................................................................................................................. 368
GEN_SPEED................................................................................................................................................................ 436
GEN_TEMPHI (°C)/(°F)................................................................................................................................................ 436
GEN_TORQ_CMD ....................................................................................................................................................... 436
GENB_F ....................................................................................................................................................................... 368
GENB_FAULT .............................................................................................................................................................. 368
GENF............................................................................................................................................................................ 368
GENFDC(%)................................................................................................................................................................. 368
GENFIL......................................................................................................................................................................... 368
GENLMP ...................................................................................................................................................................... 367
GENVDSD.................................................................................................................................................................... 368
GlowPlugCtrl(%) ........................................................................................................................................................... 368
320
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
H
HALLPOWER ............................................................................................................................................................... 340
HallPwr ......................................................................................................................................................................... 430
HatchUnlkSw ................................................................................................................................................................ 430
HCATEVAL_DC_MODE1 ............................................................................................................................................. 369
HDLMPSW ................................................................................................................................................................... 430
HeaDLaMP ................................................................................................................................................................... 430
HFC .............................................................................................................................................................................. 369
HFC=HI FAN ................................................................................................................................................................ 377
HFC_FLT ...................................................................................................................................................................... 369
HFCA............................................................................................................................................................................ 369
HFCFault ...................................................................................................................................................................... 369
HIGH_LAMP................................................................................................................................................................. 340
HighFanCtrl .................................................................................................................................................................. 377
HO2S mon ready.......................................................................................................................................................... 370
HO2S MONITOR .......................................................................................................................................................... 370
HO2S11(mA) ................................................................................................................................................................ 370
HO2S12(mA) ................................................................................................................................................................ 370
HO2S21(mA) ................................................................................................................................................................ 370
HO2S22(mA) ................................................................................................................................................................ 370
HORN SW .................................................................................................................................................................... 430
HORN_TPM ................................................................................................................................................................. 446
HPRC_ENA .................................................................................................................................................................. 370
HPRC_F ....................................................................................................................................................................... 370
HTR11 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 371
HTR11A ........................................................................................................................................................................ 371
HTR11F ........................................................................................................................................................................ 370
HTR11Fault .................................................................................................................................................................. 370
HTR12 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 371
HTR12A........................................................................................................................................................................ 371
HTR12F ........................................................................................................................................................................ 370
HTR12Fault .................................................................................................................................................................. 370
HTR13 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 371
HTR21 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 371
HTR21A........................................................................................................................................................................ 371
HTR21F ........................................................................................................................................................................ 370
HTR21F ........................................................................................................................................................................ 371
HTR21Fault .................................................................................................................................................................. 370
HTR22 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 371
HTR22A........................................................................................................................................................................ 371
HTR22F ........................................................................................................................................................................ 370
321
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
I
I_SDN_1 ....................................................................................................................................................................... 437
I_SDN_2 ....................................................................................................................................................................... 437
IAC(%) .......................................................................................................................................................................... 372
IAC=IDLE AIR(%) ......................................................................................................................................................... 372
IAC_CELL0................................................................................................................................................................... 372
IAC_CELL1................................................................................................................................................................... 372
IAC_CELL2................................................................................................................................................................... 372
IAC_CELL3................................................................................................................................................................... 372
IAC_FLT ....................................................................................................................................................................... 372
IAC_MODE................................................................................................................................................................... 372
IAC_TRIM..................................................................................................................................................................... 372
IACDTCY(%) ................................................................................................................................................................ 372
IACF ............................................................................................................................................................................. 372
IACFault........................................................................................................................................................................ 372
IAT ................................................................................................................................................................................ 373
IAT(°C).......................................................................................................................................................................... 373
IAT(°F) .......................................................................................................................................................................... 373
IAT(V) ........................................................................................................................................................................... 373
IAT=ACT(°C)................................................................................................................................................................. 373
IAT=ACT(°F) ................................................................................................................................................................. 373
IAT=ACT(V) .................................................................................................................................................................. 373
IAT_C............................................................................................................................................................................ 373
IAT_FAULT ................................................................................................................................................................... 373
IAT_T ............................................................................................................................................................................ 373
IAT_TCM (°C)/(°F) ........................................................................................................................................................ 437
IAT2 .............................................................................................................................................................................. 373
IAT2(V) ......................................................................................................................................................................... 373
IAT2_TEMP .................................................................................................................................................................. 373
IAT2_VOLTS................................................................................................................................................................. 373
IC_MSG........................................................................................................................................................................ 415
IC_MSG_ABS_MZ ....................................................................................................................................................... 415
ICP(V)........................................................................................................................................................................... 373
ICP_DES ...................................................................................................................................................................... 373
ICP_PRESS ................................................................................................................................................................. 374
IGN ADVANCE(°) ......................................................................................................................................................... 395
IGN O/L ........................................................................................................................................................................ 427
IGN Run........................................................................................................................................................................ 427
IGN_RUN_PCM ........................................................................................................................................................... 374
IGN_SW ....................................................................................................................................................................... 340
IGNITION(V)................................................................................................................................................................. 340
IGNITION(V)................................................................................................................................................................. 415
ILINE_V ........................................................................................................................................................................ 374
322
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
IllumEntry...................................................................................................................................................................... 430
IMAN_DN_TCM............................................................................................................................................................ 437
IMIN_UP_TCM ............................................................................................................................................................. 437
IMRC ............................................................................................................................................................................ 374
IMRC1M(V)................................................................................................................................................................... 374
IMRC2M(V)................................................................................................................................................................... 374
IMRCFault .................................................................................................................................................................... 374
IMRCFLT ...................................................................................................................................................................... 374
IMRCM(V)..................................................................................................................................................................... 374
IMS_SRC...................................................................................................................................................................... 374
IMS_SRC...................................................................................................................................................................... 437
IMTV ............................................................................................................................................................................. 375
IMTV(%) ....................................................................................................................................................................... 374
IMTV_FLT ..................................................................................................................................................................... 374
IMTV1 ........................................................................................................................................................................... 375
IMTV1_PER(%) ............................................................................................................................................................ 374
IMTV2 ........................................................................................................................................................................... 375
IMTV2_FLT ................................................................................................................................................................... 374
IMTV2_PER(%) ............................................................................................................................................................ 374
IMTVF........................................................................................................................................................................... 374
IMTVFault ..................................................................................................................................................................... 374
INJ PW1(mS)................................................................................................................................................................ 375
INJ PW2(mS)................................................................................................................................................................ 375
INJ ................................................................................................................................................................................ 375
INJ_TIM ........................................................................................................................................................................ 375
INJ1 .............................................................................................................................................................................. 375
INJ10 ............................................................................................................................................................................ 375
INJ2 .............................................................................................................................................................................. 375
INJ3 .............................................................................................................................................................................. 375
INJ4 .............................................................................................................................................................................. 375
INJ5 .............................................................................................................................................................................. 375
INJ6 .............................................................................................................................................................................. 375
INJ7 .............................................................................................................................................................................. 375
INJ8 .............................................................................................................................................................................. 375
INJ9 .............................................................................................................................................................................. 375
INJnFault ...................................................................................................................................................................... 376
InjPrsReg(%) ................................................................................................................................................................ 376
InManRunCtrl ............................................................................................................................................................... 376
InManRunCtrl(%).......................................................................................................................................................... 376
IPR(%) .......................................................................................................................................................................... 376
ISS................................................................................................................................................................................ 437
ISS(RPM) ..................................................................................................................................................................... 376
ISS_DIR........................................................................................................................................................................ 376
ISS_DIR........................................................................................................................................................................ 437
ISS_F............................................................................................................................................................................ 376
ISS_F............................................................................................................................................................................ 437
ISS_FAULT ................................................................................................................................................................... 376
ITS1 .............................................................................................................................................................................. 376
ITS2 .............................................................................................................................................................................. 376
ITSD ............................................................................................................................................................................. 377
ITSR ............................................................................................................................................................................. 377
IVD_R_IN ..................................................................................................................................................................... 415
IVD_R_OUT ................................................................................................................................................................. 415
323
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
IVS................................................................................................................................................................................ 377
IWE_SOL...................................................................................................................................................................... 340
IWE_SOLST ................................................................................................................................................................. 340
K
KAMFUSE .................................................................................................................................................................... 377
KeyInIgn ....................................................................................................................................................................... 430
KEYPOS....................................................................................................................................................................... 377
KNOCK_1..................................................................................................................................................................... 377
KNOCK_2..................................................................................................................................................................... 377
L
L_ACCEL_EPB ............................................................................................................................................................ 415
LAS_ICS....................................................................................................................................................................... 415
LAST_ID ....................................................................................................................................................................... 446
LATACCEL.................................................................................................................................................................... 415
LATACCL ...................................................................................................................................................................... 415
LATACINPT .................................................................................................................................................................. 415
LCF_FLT....................................................................................................................................................................... 377
LCP_AMP..................................................................................................................................................................... 437
LF WSPD(MPH/KPH)................................................................................................................................................... 417
LF_FAIL ........................................................................................................................................................................ 415
LF_ID............................................................................................................................................................................ 446
LF_IN(AMP).................................................................................................................................................................. 415
LF_INLET ..................................................................................................................................................................... 416
LF_LRN ........................................................................................................................................................................ 446
LF_MES........................................................................................................................................................................ 446
LF_NORM .................................................................................................................................................................... 446
LF_OUT(AMP).............................................................................................................................................................. 416
LF_OUTLET ................................................................................................................................................................. 416
LF_PRES...................................................................................................................................................................... 416
LF_PRIME .................................................................................................................................................................... 416
LF_PSI.......................................................................................................................................................................... 446
LF_PwrWndw ............................................................................................................................................................... 430
LF_REC........................................................................................................................................................................ 446
LF_SWITCH ................................................................................................................................................................. 416
LF_TC_PRV ................................................................................................................................................................. 416
LF_TC_SWV ................................................................................................................................................................ 416
LF_UnlockSw ............................................................................................................................................................... 430
LF_WSPD..................................................................................................................................................................... 340
LF_WSPD(KPH/MPH).................................................................................................................................................. 417
LF_WSPD_TCM........................................................................................................................................................... 437
LFAWAKE..................................................................................................................................................................... 446
LFBeltFstnd .................................................................................................................................................................. 430
LFC............................................................................................................................................................................... 377
LFC=LO FAN ................................................................................................................................................................ 377
LFCFault....................................................................................................................................................................... 378
LFDoorAjar ................................................................................................................................................................... 430
LFDR_SW .................................................................................................................................................................... 340
LFIDPRG ...................................................................................................................................................................... 446
LFLOBAT ...................................................................................................................................................................... 446
LFT1(%)........................................................................................................................................................................ 378
324
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
325
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
M
M KEY .......................................................................................................................................................................... 424
M_DPFE ....................................................................................................................................................................... 380
M_IAT ........................................................................................................................................................................... 380
M_LOAD(%) ................................................................................................................................................................. 380
M_PNP ......................................................................................................................................................................... 380
M_RPM......................................................................................................................................................................... 380
M_RUN......................................................................................................................................................................... 380
M_SDN ......................................................................................................................................................................... 384
M_SDN_A..................................................................................................................................................................... 438
M_SDN_B..................................................................................................................................................................... 438
M_SDN_C .................................................................................................................................................................... 438
M_SOAK....................................................................................................................................................................... 380
M_TP ............................................................................................................................................................................ 380
M_TRIP ........................................................................................................................................................................ 381
M_VSS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 381
M_WHEEL.................................................................................................................................................................... 381
MAF(gm/S) ................................................................................................................................................................... 381
MAF(V .......................................................................................................................................................................... 381
MAF=MASS AIR(V) ...................................................................................................................................................... 381
MAF_Fault .................................................................................................................................................................... 381
MAF_RATE................................................................................................................................................................... 381
MAFF............................................................................................................................................................................ 381
MAN LEV POS ............................................................................................................................................................. 381
MAN LEV POS(V) ........................................................................................................................................................ 382
MAN VAC ..................................................................................................................................................................... 382
MANSW_TCM .............................................................................................................................................................. 438
MAP(Hz) ....................................................................................................................................................................... 382
MAP(psi) ....................................................................................................................................................................... 382
MAP_DI2 ...................................................................................................................................................................... 382
MAP_F.......................................................................................................................................................................... 382
MAP_PCM.................................................................................................................................................................... 382
MAP_V ......................................................................................................................................................................... 382
MAP2............................................................................................................................................................................ 383
MASS AIR FLOW_STATUS ......................................................................................................................................... 381
MASS AIR(gm/sec) ...................................................................................................................................................... 381
Master KEY .................................................................................................................................................................. 424
MASTERKEY ............................................................................................................................................................... 383
MAT .............................................................................................................................................................................. 383
326
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
N
N_KEYCODE ............................................................................................................................................................... 384
NeuSafetySw................................................................................................................................................................ 431
NeuTowFcnLmp............................................................................................................................................................ 431
NEUTPOS_TCM .......................................................................................................................................................... 438
NeutTowFcn.................................................................................................................................................................. 431
NM ................................................................................................................................................................................ 384
NSAFETYSW ............................................................................................................................................................... 341
NTF_4X4M ................................................................................................................................................................... 341
NTF_CMD .................................................................................................................................................................... 341
NTF_LAMP................................................................................................................................................................... 341
NTRL SW ..................................................................................................................................................................... 431
NUMKEYS.................................................................................................................................................................... 384
NUMKEYS.................................................................................................................................................................... 424
O
O2 B1-S1(V) ................................................................................................................................................................. 384
O2 B1-S2(V) ................................................................................................................................................................. 384
327
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
P
P DR SW ...................................................................................................................................................................... 429
P/S PRESS(HIGH) ....................................................................................................................................................... 387
328
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
329
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
330
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
R
R WSPD(MPH/KPH) .................................................................................................................................................... 417
R_DIF_SPD.................................................................................................................................................................. 419
R_INLET....................................................................................................................................................................... 419
R_OUTLET................................................................................................................................................................... 419
R_PUTSHA .................................................................................................................................................................. 342
RCAM ........................................................................................................................................................................... 391
RCL_F .......................................................................................................................................................................... 391
RCL_F .......................................................................................................................................................................... 441
RCL_FAULT ................................................................................................................................................................. 392
RearDefRly ................................................................................................................................................................... 431
RearDefSw ................................................................................................................................................................... 432
RearPosSense ............................................................................................................................................................. 432
RearWasher.................................................................................................................................................................. 432
RearWASHSW ............................................................................................................................................................. 432
RearWiper .................................................................................................................................................................... 432
RearWiperDn................................................................................................................................................................ 432
RearWiperMd ............................................................................................................................................................... 429
RearWiperUp................................................................................................................................................................ 432
RearWPRUN ................................................................................................................................................................ 432
RESET.......................................................................................................................................................................... 447
RESPOS_TCM............................................................................................................................................................. 441
RESUME ...................................................................................................................................................................... 392
REV_SW ...................................................................................................................................................................... 392
RevSel .......................................................................................................................................................................... 432
RF WSPD(MPH/KPH) .................................................................................................................................................. 417
RF_FAIL ....................................................................................................................................................................... 419
RF_ID ........................................................................................................................................................................... 447
RF_IN(AMP) ................................................................................................................................................................. 419
RF_INLET..................................................................................................................................................................... 419
RF_LRN........................................................................................................................................................................ 447
RF_MES ....................................................................................................................................................................... 447
RF_NORM.................................................................................................................................................................... 447
RF_OUT(AMP) ............................................................................................................................................................. 419
RF_OUTLET................................................................................................................................................................. 419
RF_PRES(KPA/PSI) ..................................................................................................................................................... 419
RF_PRIME ................................................................................................................................................................... 420
RF_PSI ......................................................................................................................................................................... 448
RF_REC ....................................................................................................................................................................... 447
RF_SWITCH................................................................................................................................................................. 420
RF_TC_PRV................................................................................................................................................................. 420
RF_TC_SWV................................................................................................................................................................ 420
RF_UnlockSw............................................................................................................................................................... 430
RF_WSPD .................................................................................................................................................................... 342
RF_WSPD(KPH/MPH) ................................................................................................................................................. 417
RF_WSPD_TCM .......................................................................................................................................................... 441
RFAWAKE .................................................................................................................................................................... 448
RFDoorAjar................................................................................................................................................................... 430
RFIDPRG ..................................................................................................................................................................... 448
RFLOBAT ..................................................................................................................................................................... 448
ROLLRAT ..................................................................................................................................................................... 420
331
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
ROLLRATE................................................................................................................................................................... 420
RPM.............................................................................................................................................................................. 392
RPM_DSD_TCM .......................................................................................................................................................... 441
RPM_ENG_E4WD ....................................................................................................................................................... 342
RPM_TCM.................................................................................................................................................................... 441
RPM_TCM_HEV .......................................................................................................................................................... 441
RPMDES ...................................................................................................................................................................... 392
RR TURN ..................................................................................................................................................................... 431
RR WSPD(MPH/KPH).................................................................................................................................................. 417
RR/SlidDr_Ajar ............................................................................................................................................................. 430
RR_FAIL ....................................................................................................................................................................... 420
RR_ID........................................................................................................................................................................... 448
RR_IN(AMP)................................................................................................................................................................. 420
RR_INLET .................................................................................................................................................................... 420
RR_LRN ....................................................................................................................................................................... 448
RR_MES....................................................................................................................................................................... 448
RR_NORM ................................................................................................................................................................... 448
RR_OUT(AMP)............................................................................................................................................................. 420
RR_OUTLET ................................................................................................................................................................ 420
RR_PRES(KPA/PSI) .................................................................................................................................................... 420
RR_PRIME ................................................................................................................................................................... 420
RR_REC....................................................................................................................................................................... 448
RR_SWITCH ................................................................................................................................................................ 420
RR_TC_VLV ................................................................................................................................................................. 420
RR_WSPD.................................................................................................................................................................... 342
RR_WSPD(KPH/MPH)................................................................................................................................................. 417
RRAWAKE.................................................................................................................................................................... 448
RRDoor SWitch ............................................................................................................................................................ 429
RRIDPRG ..................................................................................................................................................................... 448
RRLOBAT ..................................................................................................................................................................... 448
RRO_PSI...................................................................................................................................................................... 448
RUN_Pos...................................................................................................................................................................... 427
S
SAS_CAL ..................................................................................................................................................................... 421
SBB_SS2...................................................................................................................................................................... 392
SC VAC SW.................................................................................................................................................................. 392
SC VENT SW ............................................................................................................................................................... 392
SC_OFF ....................................................................................................................................................................... 392
SC_ON ......................................................................................................................................................................... 392
SCBC............................................................................................................................................................................ 392
SCBCF ......................................................................................................................................................................... 392
SCC_AMP .................................................................................................................................................................... 396
SCCS............................................................................................................................................................................ 393
SCCS(V)....................................................................................................................................................................... 393
SCCS_CANCEL ........................................................................................................................................................... 393
SCCS_NULL ................................................................................................................................................................ 393
SCCS_OFF_PID .......................................................................................................................................................... 393
SCCS_ON_PID ............................................................................................................................................................ 393
SCCS_RESUME .......................................................................................................................................................... 393
SCCS_TAP_DN............................................................................................................................................................ 393
SCCS_TAP_UP............................................................................................................................................................ 393
SCICP........................................................................................................................................................................... 393
332
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
333
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
334
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
T
TA_LVAL ....................................................................................................................................................................... 422
TA_RVAL ...................................................................................................................................................................... 422
TC_RVAL...................................................................................................................................................................... 422
TC_SLIP ....................................................................................................................................................................... 398
TC_SLIP ....................................................................................................................................................................... 442
TCC SOL ...................................................................................................................................................................... 398
TCC SOL(%) ................................................................................................................................................................ 399
TCC .............................................................................................................................................................................. 398
TCC .............................................................................................................................................................................. 442
TCC(%)......................................................................................................................................................................... 398
TCC_FLT ...................................................................................................................................................................... 398
TCC_FLT ...................................................................................................................................................................... 442
TCC_OSC .................................................................................................................................................................... 398
TCC_OSC .................................................................................................................................................................... 442
TCC_SLIP_DSD........................................................................................................................................................... 442
TCCA............................................................................................................................................................................ 398
TCCA(V) ....................................................................................................................................................................... 398
TCCAMP_MES............................................................................................................................................................. 442
TCCF ............................................................................................................................................................................ 398
TCCFault ...................................................................................................................................................................... 398
TCCMACT(RPM).......................................................................................................................................................... 398
TCIL.............................................................................................................................................................................. 399
TCIL.............................................................................................................................................................................. 443
TCIL_FAULT ................................................................................................................................................................. 399
TCIL_FLT...................................................................................................................................................................... 399
TCIL_FLT...................................................................................................................................................................... 443
TCILFault...................................................................................................................................................................... 399
TCM_CAUTION............................................................................................................................................................ 443
TCM_HAZ..................................................................................................................................................................... 443
TCS .............................................................................................................................................................................. 399
TCS .............................................................................................................................................................................. 443
TCSLAMP..................................................................................................................................................................... 404
TCYC_FS ..................................................................................................................................................................... 342
TCYC_FS ..................................................................................................................................................................... 422
TCYC_SW .................................................................................................................................................................... 422
TDPT_COMP ............................................................................................................................................................... 422
TDPT_PASS ................................................................................................................................................................. 422
TFT (°C/°F) ................................................................................................................................................................... 443
TFT(V)(°C/°F) ............................................................................................................................................................... 399
TFT=TOT(V) ................................................................................................................................................................. 399
THEFT_LMP................................................................................................................................................................. 399
ThrPosMODE ............................................................................................................................................................... 401
THTRC(%).................................................................................................................................................................... 399
THTRCF ....................................................................................................................................................................... 399
TIP_MIN_TCM.............................................................................................................................................................. 443
TIP_PL_TCM................................................................................................................................................................ 443
TIRESIZE ..................................................................................................................................................................... 399
TORQ_DSD.................................................................................................................................................................. 443
TorqConvCl................................................................................................................................................................... 400
TORQUE ...................................................................................................................................................................... 400
335
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
336
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
U
UNLIMITED_KEY ......................................................................................................................................................... 405
V
V ENABLE .................................................................................................................................................................... 425
V_4X4L......................................................................................................................................................................... 405
V_OCTADJ ................................................................................................................................................................... 405
V_TCASE ..................................................................................................................................................................... 405
VALVCAL ...................................................................................................................................................................... 422
VALVE_CAL.................................................................................................................................................................. 422
VAR_CMD .................................................................................................................................................................... 444
VAR_MES..................................................................................................................................................................... 445
VBAT(V)........................................................................................................................................................................ 405
VBATT .......................................................................................................................................................................... 342
VBATT(V) ..................................................................................................................................................................... 409
VBatt(V) ........................................................................................................................................................................ 432
VBatt_GEM(V).............................................................................................................................................................. 432
VBATT_PCM(V) ........................................................................................................................................................... 405
VBatt_REM(V) .............................................................................................................................................................. 433
VCT 1_FAULT .............................................................................................................................................................. 405
VCT 2_FAULT .............................................................................................................................................................. 405
VCT1 ............................................................................................................................................................................ 405
VCT1F .......................................................................................................................................................................... 405
VCT2 ............................................................................................................................................................................ 405
337
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
W
WAC ............................................................................................................................................................................. 408
WAC=WOT A/C............................................................................................................................................................ 408
WAC_FLT ..................................................................................................................................................................... 408
WACA ........................................................................................................................................................................... 408
WACFault ..................................................................................................................................................................... 408
WAKESIG ..................................................................................................................................................................... 423
WARM_NOMIL ............................................................................................................................................................. 408
338
Ford Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
X
XDCR_ACCR(KPA/PSI) ............................................................................................................................................... 423
XDCR_LFW(KPA/PSI).................................................................................................................................................. 423
XDCR_LRW(KPA/PSI) ................................................................................................................................................. 423
XDCR_RFW(KPA/PSI) ................................................................................................................................................. 423
XDCR_RRW(KPA/PSI)................................................................................................................................................. 423
XDCR_TMC(KPA/PSI) ................................................................................................................................................. 423
XDUCERCAL ............................................................................................................................................................... 423
Y
YAW_INPUT ................................................................................................................................................................. 423
YAW_RATE(°)............................................................................................................................................................... 423
YAWRATE .................................................................................................................................................................... 423
YAWRTSEN(°).............................................................................................................................................................. 423
YR_ICS......................................................................................................................................................................... 423
339
Ford Data Parameters 4x4 Parameters
4x4 Parameters
4_LOW_LED
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the 4x4 low status.
4WDCPWMST(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
4WDCPWMOU
4WD CLUTCH
PWM STATUS
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the 4WD clutch PWM status.
4WDHIGLMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the 4WD HIGH indicator lamp status.
4WDINP_SW
Range: ________ 2-W DRIVE, GND, OPEN, 4-W LOW, NEUTRAL, A4WD, 4W AUTO/HI
Displays the 4WD switch status.
4WDLOWLMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the 4WD LOW warning indicator.
4WDMODE_L
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the 4WD mode lamp status.
4X4_BOO
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Brake ON/OFF status.
4X4CCWRLY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the transfer case shift relay (L2H) counterclockwise status.
4X4_CWRLY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the 4WD HIGH indicator LED.
ABS_ACTIVE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the clockwise relay control status.
ABS_MSG
Range: ___________________________________________ PRESENT/NOT PRESENT
Displays the CAN message from the ABS status.
ABS_PWR_R
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the antilock braking system power relay output status.
340
Ford Data Parameters 4x4 Parameters
CCNT
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the number of continuous codes present.
CLCH_SOL (%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the PWM Output control command #1 status.
COPENPLAT
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the currently open contact plates status.
CW_CCW
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the clockwise relay control status.
FR_OUTSHA
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the front shaft speed status.
HALLPOWER
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the hall-effect sensor power status.
HIGH_LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the 4WD HIGH indicator LED status.
IGN_SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ START/RUN
Displays the ignition switch status.
IGNITION(V)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the ignition status.
IWE_SOL
IWE_SOLST
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the integrated wheel ends solenoid status.
LF_WSPD
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the left front wheel speed sensor speed.
LR_WSPD
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the left rear wheel speed sensor speed.
LFDR_SW
Range: ____________________________________________________ AJAR/CLOSED
Displays the left front door ajar switch status.
LOW_LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the 4WD Low indicator status.
341
Ford Data Parameters 4x4 Parameters
MTR_CCW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the counterclockwise shift motor driver output state.
MTR_CW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the clockwise shift motor driver output state.
NSAFETYSW
Range: _____________________________________________________NEUTRAL/OFF
Displays the neutral safety switch state.
NTF_4X4M
NTF_CMD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the neutral tow function state.
NTF_LAMP
TOW_LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the neutral tow light state.
OILPRES
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the all-wheel drive oil pressure before any FMEM substitution.
OIL_TMP
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the all-wheel drive oil temperature before any FMEM substitution.
PCM_MSG
Range: ___________________________________________ PRESENT/NOT PRESENT
Indicates if a CAN message is missing from the PCM.
PLATE_A
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the transfer case contact plate switch A state.
PLATE_B
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the transfer case contact plate switch B state.
PLATE_C
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the transfer case contact plate switch C state.
PLATE_D
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the transfer case contact plate switch D state.
PLATE_PWR
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the contact plate power state.
342
Ford Data Parameters 4x4 Parameters
PMP_AMP
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the pump current, actual amperage.
R_PUTSHA
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the rear shaft speed.
RF_WSPD
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the right front wheel speed sensor speed.
RR_WSPD
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the right rear wheel speed sensor speed.
RPM_ENG_E4WD
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the engine speed.
SELTESTDTC
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the diagnostic trouble codes state.
SHMOTCCLO
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the counterclockwise shift motor driver short to ground status.
SHMOTCLOC
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the clockwise shift motor driver short to ground status.
TCYC_FS
Range: ___________________________________________________ACTIVE/PASSIVE
Displays the traction control system state.
TPI
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5V
Displays the throttle position state.
TRCASEGND
Range: _______________________________________________________________ 0V
Displays the transfer case contact plate ground return.
VBATT
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 15V
Displays the battery positive voltage.
VLV_AMP
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the valve current an actual amperage.
VLVCHAR
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the valve characteristic signal.
343
Ford Data Parameters 4x4 Parameters
VSS(KPH/MPH)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the vehicle speed.
344
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
345
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
ACFD_PAS
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the A/C full demand switch for the passenger area status.
AC_RC_SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the A/C recirculation switch status.
ACCS
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the air conditioning compressor cycling switch status.
ACCS=A/C
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the position of the air conditioning cycle switch (ACCS). It reads ON if the A/C switch on
the instrument panel is on, or the PCM is commanding A/C on.
In some cases, the A/C compressor may not turn on even though the switch is closed. Several
other switch or sensor signals may prevent the PCM from engaging the A/C compressor clutch.
ACClutchHEV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the air conditioning clutch status
ACDS1
Range: _________________________________________________ ENABLE/DISABLE
Displays the air conditioning diagnostic switch 1 status.
ACDS2
Range: _________________________________________________ ENABLE/DISABLE
Displays the air conditioning diagnostic switch 2. status
ACL=ACCEL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the accelerometer status.
AclPedl(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 5.0 V
Displays the accelerator pedal (AP) sensor signal voltage to the PCM on diesel control systems.
The AP sensor is similar to the throttle position sensor on a gasoline engine.
The AP sensor signal is used to calculate the fuel injection quantity and to control the exhaust
backpressure regulator. The MIL lights if the AP sensor signal does not match the IVS signal at
idle. A faulty AP sensor allows the engine to run at low idle speed only.
ACP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
ACP
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
ACP
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the air conditioning pressure switch. status
ACRDV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the A/C refrigerant distribution valve command.
346
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
ACRDV_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the A/C refrigerant distribution valve status.
ACT_MNT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the active mount control command.
ACTF
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the inlet air temperature status.
ACTMNT_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the active mount control status.
AFT_ADDS
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the passenger side power sliding door module status.
AFT2_ADDS
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the adaptive fuel table 2 status.
AIR
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
PCM command to the electric air pump and reads ON when the PCM has commanded the air
pump on. The parameter also indicates the secondary air injector. The AIR and AIRMonitor
parameters should read the same.
AIR A
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM command to the secondary air relay. It reads ON when the PCM is energizing
the relay solenoid to close the relay contacts and run the air pump.
AIR_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the secondary air injection status.
AIRBA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the secondary air bypass actual status.
AIRBypass
AIR B
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the air bypass solenoid, which controls vacuum to the air bypass valve, status. If bypass
is activated, air is directed to either the catalyst or an upstream-downstream valve. When the
system is deactivated, air is blocked from the catalyst or routed to atmosphere.
These parameters read as follows:
• ON when the air bypass solenoid is on and air bypass voltage is low
• OFF if the solenoid is off and air bypass voltage is high
347
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
AIRCON_SW_STATUS
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the air conditioning switch status.
AIRD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the secondary air injection divert state.
AIRDA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the secondary air divert actual status.
AIRDivert
AIR D
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the air diverter solenoid, which controls vacuum to the air diverter valve.
When the air diverter system is activated, air is routed upstream on many systems.
These parameters read as follows:
• ON when the air diverter solenoid is on and air bypass voltage is low
• OFF when the solenoid is off and voltage is high
AIREVAL_DC_MODE1
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays whether the secondary air system was evaluated.
AIRFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the secondary air injection system condition and reads YES when a fault is present.
AIRM
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the secondary air monitor.
AIRMonitor
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status for the electric air pump based on a PCM feedback signal and reads ON if
the PCM detects a voltage change when the pump is commanded on. The AIR and AIRMonitor
parameters should read the same.
ANTISCAN
Range: _______________________________________________________ACTIVE/OFF
Displays the anti-scan function status.
AP(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the accelerator pedal position.
348
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
AP(V)
APP1(V)
APP2(V)
APP3(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.00 V
Displays the voltage signal of the accelerator pedal position on a diesel engine control system.
The accelerator position (AP) sensor is a three-wire potentiometer.
AP_MODE_TCM
Range: _______________________________________________________ PT/WOT/CT
AP_PER_TCM(%)
Range: ________________________________________________________ l0 to 100%
Displays the accelerator pedal position.
APP_MODE
Range: _______________________________________________________ CT/PT/WOT
Indicates whether the APP sensor mode is closed throttle (CT), partial throttle (PT), or wide open
throttle (WOT).
APP_F
Range: __________________________________________________ NO FAULT/FAULT
Displays the accelerator pedal position status.
APP1(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5V
Displays the accelerator pedal position sensor 1 status.
APP_LOW(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5V
Displays the closed throttle status.
ARPMDES(RPM)
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the ancillary RPM desired, which is the engine speed required to maintain the vehicle
speed being commanded by the speed control system.
AST
AST2
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the time since start in seconds.
AXLE
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
This parameter indicates the axle ratio.
349
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
BARO(Hz)
Range: _____________________________________________________ 125 to 160 Hz)
Displays the barometric pressure in cycles per second, or Hertz (Hz) and should read as follows:
• 160 Hz at sea level
• 125 Hz at an elevation of 10,000 feet
BARO(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 2.6 to 4.6 V
Displays the barometric pressure as voltage and should read as follows:
• 4.6 V at sea level
• 2.6 V at an elevation of 10,000 feet
BLoWerMoToR
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the blower motor status.
BLSHORT BATT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the presence of a short to battery positive in the blower motor circuit. A YES reading
means that a short exists.
BLSHORT GND
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the presence of a short to ground in the blower motor circuit. A YES reading means that
a short exists.
BOO
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the brake ON/OFF switch status.
BOO=BRAKE SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the brake pedal switch status. Whenever the brake pedal is pressed, the brake ON/OFF
(BOO) switch sends a battery voltage signal to the PCM.
BOO=BRAKE SW should read as follows:
• ON when the brake pedal is pressed
• OFF at all other times
Depending on the vehicle, the PCM may adjust engine idle speed with the brakes applied and
the A/C turned on, or may turn the A/C off after a preset time. On vehicles with locking torque
converters, the PCM may unlock the torque converter when the brakes are applied.
BP=BARO (kPa)
BP=BARO (”HG)
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the barometric pressure, which is calculated by the PCM based on the frequency of the
barometric pressure (BP) sensor signal.
This parameter reads as follows:
• 102 kPa (30.1 inHG at sea level).
• 78 kPa (23 inHG at 7,000 feet).
Actual readings vary with weather conditions that cause barometric pressure to change.
350
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
BPA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the brake pressure applied switch status.
BPA_SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the brake pedal position status.
BPO
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the battery power off request status.
BPO_Hz
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the battery power off signal.
BPP_BOO
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the brake pedal position.
BrakeOnOff
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the brake pedal switch state and reads as follows:
• ON when the brakes are applied
• OFF when the brakes are not applied
This parameter should read the same as the BOO=BRAKE SW parameter.
CAMDC 1
CAMDC 2
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 99%
Displays the duty cycle of the variable cam timing solenoids.
• CAMDC 1 = bank 1
• CAMDC 2 = bank 2
CAMDCR
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 99%
Displays the “On” time of the variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoid as requested by the PCM.
CAMDCR should read as follows:
• Near 0% with the engine running at a warm idle, camshaft fully advanced with no EGR
• Near 50% with a warm engine and the vehicle operating at a steady cruise speed
CAMERR1
CAMERR2
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 360°
Displays the variable cam timing error in crankshaft degrees.
• CAMERR 1 = bank 1
• CAMERR 2 = bank 2
CANP=PURGE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the canister purge solenoid state. The solenoid opens the canister purge (CANP) valve
to regulate the flow of fuel vapors from the EVAP canister to the intake manifold.
351
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
• When the engine is at operating temperature, the solenoid turns ON. This opens the canister
purge valve and purging occurs.
• When the engine is at idle or below operating temperature, the solenoid turns OFF. The
valve closes and purge stops.
CASeGND(V)
Range: _____________________________________________________ -16.0 to 16.0 V
Displays the voltage difference between the PCM case ground and the hardwired Fuel Level
Input from the fuel pump driver module.
• Above 0.050 V indicates high resistance
• 0.027 V is a typical reading
CAT MONITOR
CAT mon ready
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the Catalyst Efficiency Monitor has completed and read as follows:
• YES if the monitor completed
• NO if it did not
CATCAL1(Hz)
CATCAL2(Hz)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 1 to 4 Hz
Displays the catalyst calibrated frequency for each cylinder bank, which is determined by the
PCM based on engine load and RPM. See CATTST for further information.
CATEVAL_DC_MODE1
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the catalyst monitor evaluated status.
CATTST1(Hz)
CATTST2(Hz)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 1 to 4 Hz
Displays the Steady State CAT monitor measured frequency for banks 1 and 2. These
parameters are only used in 1996 OBD-II vehicles. The reading is the frequency of the rear O2S
during a catalyst efficiency monitor test. This number is compared to a calibrated frequency
number determined by the PCM (CATCAS) based on engine load and RPM.
If the CATTST value is greater than CATCAL, a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) is stored. The
DTCs associated with this test are DTCs P0420 and P0430. The MIL is activated after a fault is
detected on two consecutive drive cycles.
If the CATTST value is less than CATCAL the catalyst monitor will indicate YES or passed.
CCC=TCC
Range: ______________________________________________________LOCKED/OFF
Displays the PCM command to the torque converter clutch control (TCC) solenoid and reads:
• LOCKED when the TCC is engaged
• OFF when the TCC is disengaged
CCL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the fuel cap off indicator lamp state.
352
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
CCLF
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the fuel cap off indicator lamp fault state.
CCMSTAT_DC_MODE1
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the comprehensive components monitor evaluated state.
CCS
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the coast clutch solenoid state.
CCS_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
CCSFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the presence of a fault in the coast clutch solenoid circuit. Reads YES or YES FAULT
when a circuit fault is present.
CCSA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM feedback signal indicating the actual state of the coast clutch solenoid. When
activated, fourth gear is disabled to allow engine braking in third gear. CCSA and the CoastClSol
readings should simultaneously display ON or OFF.
CHT(°C/°F)
CHT SENSOR(°)
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the cylinder head temperature.
CHT_COLD(°C/°F)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the cylinder head temperature cold value.
CHT_HOT(°C/°F)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the cylinder head hot value.
CHT_V(°C/°F)
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the cylinder head temperature.
CHTFM
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the cylinder head temperature status.
CHTIL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
CHTILFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
CHTIL_FLT
Range: __________________________________________________ FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the operating status of the Cylinder Head Temperature Indicator Lamp (CHTIS).
• CHTIL reads ON when the lamp is on.
• CHTILFault reads YES if a fault was detected.
353
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
CKP_PROF
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the learned misfire correction profile state.
CLRDIST_NOMIL
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the distance since the last time diagnostic trouble codes were cleared.
CMPFM
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
CMPFM
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the camshaft position (CMP) failure mode, which indicates if a fault was detected in the
camshaft position (CMP) sensor circuits. Reads YES if a fault occurred.
When the engine is cranking, or if operating in CMPFM mode, two spark plugs fire
simultaneously until the CMP is determined by the PCM. This allows the engine to run even
though the PCM is unable to determine if cylinder number 1 is on compression.
CMPFM2
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the camshaft position sensor 2 status.
CmprCompMon rdy
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the Component monitor has successfully completed and reads as follows:
• YES if the monitor completed
• NO if it did not
CMPS_lp_Lev
Range: ________________________________________________________ HIGH/LOW
Displays the camshaft position sensor level state.
CMPS_Status
Range: ________________________________________________________ OK/FAULT
Displays the camshaft position sensor state.
COAST
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the speed control actuator coast switch state.
CoastClSol
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM command to the coast clutch solenoid, which allows engine braking in third
gear when fourth gear is disabled by the transmission control switch. Reads ON when the coast
clutch solenoid is activated.
CoastClSol(mA)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 1000 mA
CoastClSol(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the PCM command to the coast clutch solenoid. When activated, coast clutch solenoid
allows engine braking in third gear if fourth gear is disabled by the transmission control switch.
The milliamp parameter displays the coast clutch solenoid current, and the percent parameter
displays the duty cycle of the pulse width modulated solenoid signal.
354
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
CPC_AMP
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the converter pressure control state.
CPP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the clutch pedal position switch state.
CPP_ST
Range: ______________________________________ NOT DEPRESSED/DEPRESSED
Displays the clutch pedal position switch state.
CPP/TCS
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the following:
• Manual transmission vehicles—the status of the clutch pedal position switch (CPP)
• Automatic transmission vehicles—the status of the transmission control switch (TCS)
CCP/TCS reads as follows:
• ON when the switch is closed
• OFF when the clutch pedal or TCS is pressed and the switch opens
CRUISE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the cruise control status. Reads ON if the driver selectable cruise control switch is on.
CRUISE_SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the speed control command switch state.
CSEGND(V)
Range: _____________________________________________________ -16.0 to 16.0 V
Displays the voltage difference between the PCM case ground and signal return.
• Above 0.050 V indicates high resistance
• 0.027 V is a typical reading
CylHdTemp(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0.25 to 4.75 V
Displays the cylinder head temperature as voltage. The higher the voltage, the lower the
temperature.
DCDC_ENA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the DC to DC converter enabled status.
DCDC_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the DC to DC converter status.
DPFE(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0.45 to 4.60 V
Displays the differential pressure feedback EGR (DPFE) sensor signal, which displays exhaust
pressure to the PCM. The PCM uses DPFE to compute optimum EGR flow.
355
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
Pressure feedback EGR systems control EGR flow rate by monitoring pressure drop across a
remotely located sharp-edged orifice. There are several sensor designs, some have an
aluminum housing and use a 0.55 V offset, others have aluminum or plastic housings and use a
1.0 V offset. Typically, sensor output should be as shown in Table 13-2.
Table 13-2 Outputs for DPFE sensors with 0.55 V and 1.0 V offsets
0.55 V Offset 1.0 V Offset
DPFEGR
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the delta feedback pressure exhaust gas recirculation state.
DRIVE CounT
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the number of times the engine has been started since the last DTC P1000 (monitor
readiness set).
DRIVECNT
Drive_COUNT
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the valid drive counters.
DSD
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the desired idle speed (rpm).
DTC
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the number of diagnostic trouble codes stored.
DTC_CNT
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the DTC count and includes DTCs needing no action.
DTC CouNT (PCM)
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the number of continuous or pending codes that have set. The number changes each
time a new code sets.
356
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
EBP(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5 V
Displays the voltage signal from the exhaust backpressure sensor, which is used by the PCM to
control the exhaust backpressure regulator (EPR). As voltage increases, so does pressure:
ECT(°C)
Range: _________________________________________________________ -40 to 199
ECT(°F)
Range: _________________________________________________________ -40 to 389
ECT(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________0.0 to 5.0
ECT
Range: __________________________________________________ NORM/COLD/HOT
Displays the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor signal as temperature or voltage. The
ECT is a thermistor installed in the engine coolant passages. A 5 V reference signal is applied to
the ECT. As temperature increases, sensor resistance decreases to provide a variable voltage
signal to the PCM. The PCM converts ECT sensor voltage to temperature.
These parameters read as follows:
• The temperature parameter reads 185° to 220°F (85° to 105°C) on a warm engine at idle.
• A temperature reading of -40°C or -40°F may indicate an open sensor or circuit.
• A temperature reading above 185°C or 366°F may indicate a short in the sensor or circuit.
• The voltage parameter reads 0.70 to 0.40 V on a warm engine at idle.
ECT_FF (°C/°F)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the engine coolant temperature.
ECTF
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the engine coolant temperature state.
EFTA
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the fuel rail pressure state.
EGR_EVAL
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays whether the exhaust gas recirculation system has been evaluated.
357
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
EGR_Fault
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the exhaust gas recirculation state.
EGR MONITOR
EGR mon ready
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays whether the EGR system monitor has successfully completed.
EGRBARO
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5 V
Displays the EGR Baro sensor voltage signal. The signal is used by the PCM to control EGR
flow. The greater the EGR flow, the lower the voltage.
EGRCFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the PCM has detected a fault in the EGR control solenoid circuit and reads YES when
a fault is present.
EGRCvacsol
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of a normally closed solenoid that regulates vacuum to the EGR valve with a
variable duty cycle. Reads as follows:
• ON when the solenoid is enabled
• OFF when it is disabled
EGRDC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the exhaust gas recirculation valve duty cycle.
EGRDtyCycl(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle of the EGR vacuum regulator valve or EVR. The EVR controls the
amount of EGR flow.
EGRDtyCycl reads as follows:
• 0% when the EVR is fully open and allowing vacuum to vent to atmosphere
• 100% when the EVR is fully closed allowing vacuum to open the EGR valve
EGREVAL_DC_MODE1
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the exhaust gas recirculation system has been evaluated.
EGRFOpen
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM has detected an open circuit in the EGR vacuum regulator valve or
EVR circuit and reads YES when a fault is present.
EGRFShort
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM has detected a short circuit in the EGR vacuum regulator valve or
EVR circuit and reads YES when a fault is present.
358
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
EGRMC1
EGRMC2
EGRMC3
EGRMC4
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the EGR motor control state for the indicated EGR motor control number.
EGRMC1F
EGRMC2F
EGRMC3F
EGRMC4F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the EGR motor control fault state for the indicated EGR motor control number.
EGRMDSD
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the EGR motor position desired.
EGRTPDC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the EGR throttle position.
EGRVP(V)
EGRTP(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0.30 to 4.50 V
Displays the voltage signal sent to the PCM by the EGR valve position sensor, which indicates
the position of the EGR valve pintle.
• A low reading indicates low EGR flow
• A high reading indicates high EGR flow
EGRVPDES
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 14%
Displays the desired EGR.
EGRVR(%)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 90%
Displays the signal sent to the PCM by the EGR valve position sensor as a percentage.
A low reading indicates low EGR flow, while a high reading indicates high EGR flow.
EGRVR_FLT
Range: __________________________________ No fault/Short/Open/Yes Fault/Invalid
Displays the exhaust gas recirculation vacuum regulator fault state.
EGRVentsol
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM command to the EGR vent solenoid. Reads ON when the solenoid is
energized to bleed vacuum from the EGR valve and close it.
EGRVFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the PCM has detected a fault in the EGR vent solenoid circuit. Reads YES
when a fault is present.
359
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
ElecPrsCtrl
Range: ________________________________________________________0 to 100 psi
Displays the PCM commanded electronic control pressure for the transmission. This is a
calculated parameter based on PCM-controlled pulse-width output.
EngFuelTA(V)
EngFuelTB(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.00 V
Displays the engine fuel temperature sensor voltage on diesel, flexible-fuel, and natural-gas
powered vehicles.
• EngFuelTA = bank 1
• EngFuelTB = bank 2
EOT(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5 V
EOT(°)
EngOilTemp(°)
EOT_DEG(°C/°F)
Range: __________________________________________ 0 to 212°F or -17.8 to 100°C
Displays the engine oil temperature (EOT) in volts and degrees.
EOT_M(°C/°F)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the engine oil temperature.
EOTF
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the engine oil temperature state.
EOTM
Range: ______________________________________________ HOT/COLD/NORM/DEF
Displays the general state, or mode, of the engine oil temperature (EOT) on diesel powertrain
control systems.
Possible states are HOT, COLD, NORM (normal), and DEF (default). If the engine oil
temperature is out of range, EOTM reads DEF.
EPC(psi)
Range: ________________________________________________________0 to 100 psi
Displays the PCM commanded transmission electronic control pressure (EPC). This is a
calculated parameter base on PCM-controlled Pulse-Width output.
EPC(V)
Range: _______________________________________________ 2 V to battery voltage
Displays the average operating voltage of the pulse-width-modulated electronic pressure control
solenoid.
A low average voltage reading indicates a higher EPC pressure; a higher reading indicates a
lower EPC pressure.
EPCV(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the electronic pressure control voltage.
360
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
EPR(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the position of the exhaust pressure regulator (EPR) as a percentage.
ETC_ACT
Range: ____________________________________________________ Actual degrees
ETC_DSD
Range: ___________________________________________________ Desired degrees
Displays the actual (ACT) and desired (DSD) electronic throttle control position.
ETC_CTRL
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the throttle control for drive shaft balance.
EVAP mon ready
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the evaporative monitor has successfully completed and reads as follows:
• YES if the monitor completed.
• NO if it did not complete.
EVAPC
EVAPCV(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the PCM-commanded canister purge valve duty cycle. Reads 100% when the canister
purge valve is closed and not allowing fuel vapors from the evaporative canister.
EVAPCPFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM detects a fault in the canister purge solenoid circuit and reads YES
when a fault is present.
EVAPCP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the canister purge solenoid is on (ON) or off (OFF).
EVAPCP_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether an evaporative emission canister purge fault exists.
EVAPCV
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle of the EVAP canister vent solenoid, which controls the amount of air
entering the EVAP system.
EVAPCV reads as follows:
• 0% when the solenoid is fully open
• 100% when the solenoid is fully closed
EVAPCVA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the evaporative emission canister vent valve status.
EVAPCVF1
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the evaporative emission canister vent valve status.
361
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
EVAPCVFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
EVAPCVFLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether the PCM detects a fault in the canister vent solenoid circuit.
EVAPEVAL_DC_MODE1
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the evaporative system monitor evaluated status.
EVAPPrgFlw(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5 V
Indicates the presence of purge flow from the canister to the engine. Voltage should increase as
purge flow increases.
EVAPPrgFlw reads as follows:
• 0.4 to 1.3 V at idle
• 0.4 to 4.0 V at steady cruise
EVAPSTA
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the evaporative emissions monitor status.
EVAPVM(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the evaporative emission vapor management valve status command.
EVAPVM_Fault
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the evaporative emission vapor management fault status.
EVAPVMA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the commanded state of the EVAPVM.
EVMV
Range: __________________________________________________ OFF/ON/VARYING
Displays the evaporative emission vapor management valve status.
EVP(V)
STE=EVP(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0.30 to 4.50 V
Displays the EGR valve position (EVP) sensor signal, which reflects EGR valve pintle position.
The EVP sensor is mounted on the EGR valve.
The spring-loaded EGR valve is operated by a vacuum signal from the EGR vacuum regulator
solenoid. As supply vacuum overcomes spring force, the diaphragm moves. This lifts the pintle
off of its seat and allows exhaust gas to recirculate. The amount of flow is proportional to the
pintle position. Specifications are model dependant.
EVR(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty-cycle of the signal output by the PCM to operate the EGR vacuum regulator
(EVR) solenoid.
362
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
The EVR solenoid is a pulse-width-modulated (PWM) device that controls manifold vacuum to
the EGR valve. The PCM outputs to the EVR regulates the vacuum output to the EGR valve. As
the duty-cycle is increased, so is the vacuum output to the EGR valve.
EVR(%) reads as described in Table 13-4.
ExhBackPrs
Range: _______________________________________________________0 to 2368 psi
Displays the exhaust back pressure sensor as determined by a variable-capacitor type sensor in
the right exhaust manifold on diesel powertrain control systems.
FAN
Range: ____________________________________________________ LOW/HIGH/OFF
Displays the operational status of the engine cooling fan.
FAN_FLT
Range: _______________________________________ No Fault/LFC Fault/HFC FAULT
Displays the engine cooling fan operation status.
FAN Monitor
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the feedback signal that determines if the fan has been successfully commanded on or
off by the PCM. The PCM monitors the fan side of the CCRM (or IRCM).
• ON indicates high input voltage
• OFF indicates low input voltage
FAN_REQ
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the cooling fan state requested.
FANM(HIGH)
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the PCM is commanding the fan to run at high speed and reads ON when the
fan is running at high speed.
FANSSM
Range: ________________________________________________________ HIGH/LOW
Displays the fan speed sensor monitor state.
FANSS
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the electronic cooling fan speed sensor status.
FDSP_ESCS_GPL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the glow plug lamp state.
363
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
FFINF(%)
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the inferred flex fuel.
FFLRND
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the flex fuel learned status.
FICM_LPWR
FICM_VPWR
Range: ______________________________________________________ 10.5 to 15.5 V
FICM_MPWR
Range: _________________________________________________________ 40 to 52 V
Displays the voltage readings from the fuel injector control module (FICM).
• LPWR = Logic power
• MPWR = Main power
• VPWR = Vehicle power
FICMSYNC
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the synchronization from the FICM (Fuel Injector Control Module) status.
FIRMSHFT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the firm shift status.
FLIFM
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the fuel level input FMEM flag.
FLI_PERCENT(%)
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the fuel level state.
FP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the fuel pump status.
FlexFuel(Hz)
Range: ___________________________________________________ -32,512 to 32,768
Displays the flexible fuel output frequency.
FLG_MLUSFM
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether the torque converter is unlocking due to slipping.
FLG_OTLK
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether the transmission is in over temperature lock up mode.
FLG_SS4
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the shift solenoid 4 state.
364
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
FLI(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5V
Displays the fuel level input voltage.
FLInput(V)
FueLvlinput(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 32.0 V
FLInput(%)
FueLvlimput(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the fuel level in the fuel tank as a voltage. A voltage or percentage at the high end of the
sensor range indicates a high fuel level.
The PCM must receive a signal of 25–75% before beginning the evaporative emission monitor.
FLI_SG(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5V
Displays the fuel level input voltage.
FPA STATE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the actual state of the fuel pump power circuit and reads as follows:
• ON when the pump is running
• OFF when it is not
FP=FUEL PUMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the fuel pump relay.
• The fuel pump turns ON when the ignition switch is turned on and the fuel pump relay is
energized.
• The fuel pump shuts OFF if the ignition switch is not turned to the start position and the PCM
de-energizes the fuel pump relay after approximately one second.
The PCM operates the fuel pump when the ignition is in the start position to provide fuel while the
engine is cranking. Once the engine starts the PCM continues operating the fuel pump unless
the engine speed drops below 120 RPM or the inertia fuel switch (IFS) is activated.
FP_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the fuel pump fault status.
FPFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM has detected a fault in the fuel pump circuit and reads YES when a
fault is present.
FPM
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
FPM(%)
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the fuel pump monitor status.
365
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
FPMode
Range: _________________________________________________________________
FPMonitor
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the fuel pump has turned on or off in response to a command from the PCM.
FRP(psi)
Range: _______________________________________________________37 to 150 psi
Displays the fuel rail pressure (FRP) in psi on natural gas powered vehicles.
FRP(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5V
Displays the fuel rail pressure as voltage.
FRP_DSD
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the fuel pressure desired.
FRP_FAULT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the fuel rail pressure status.
FRP_PRESS
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the fuel rail pressure.
FRPFM
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the fuel rail pressure transducer status.
FRT1FM
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the fuel rail temp sensor #1 status.
FSVFault
FuelSolVlv
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM detects a fault in the fuel solenoid valve circuit on flexible-fuel
vehicles and reads YES when a fault is present.
FSVMonitor
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the fuel solenoid valve (FSV) circuit state on flexible-fuel vehicles. Reads ON when the
PCM has turned on the fuel solenoid valve.
FTIV_HEV(%)
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the fuel tank isolation valve status as a percentage.
FTIV_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the fuel tank isolation valve status.
FTP(KPA/PSI)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the fuel tank pressure transducer status.
366
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
FTP_FAULT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the fuel tank pressure transducer status.
FUEL mon ready
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the Fuel monitor has successfully completed and reads as follows:
• YES if the monitor completed
• NO if it did not
FUEL_RAIL_TEMP(°C/°F)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the fuel rail temperature.
FuelPumpA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the actual state of the commanded fuel pump output and should read the same as the
fuel pump monitor and fuel pump command output displays. All three should be ON or OFF at
the same time.
FUELPW(mS)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 99.9
Displays the time in milliseconds (mS) that the PCM commands the fuel injectors to turn on for
diesel powertrain control systems.
• A high reading indicates more on-time.
• A low reading indicates less on-time.
FUELPW
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the fuel-injection pulse width.
FUELPW1(mS)
FUELPW2(mS)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 99.9
Displays the current commanded pulse width of the injectors affected by O2S1 and O2S2. The
displayed value is the pulse width that was commanded at the time of the last update.
On some vehicles, updating may occur only when a PIP signal is being received, and the last
updated value is retained after the PIP signal stops. In these cases, a value greater than zero
may display during KOEO.
FUELPW2(%)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 99.9
Displays the fuel pulse width #2 as a percentage.
FuelRailPrs(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 4.5 V
Displays the fuel rail pressure in volts on natural gas powered vehicles. As voltage increases, so
does pressure.
• 0 V = 37.6 psi (260 kPa)
• 4.5 V = 150 psi (1034 kPa)
367
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
FUEL STATUS
FUEL SYS
FUEL SYS1
FUEL SYS2
FUELSYS
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Indicates whether the vehicle is operating in open or closed loop. It is similar to the OPEN/CLSD
LOOP but provides more information about the cause of the open- or closed-loop condition.
FUEL SYS1 and FUEL SYS2 refer to bank 1 and 2.
Interpret readings as follows:
• CL = normal closed loop
• CL FLT = One O2S is not switching and the PCM is using the other one for feedback
• OL = normal open loop
• OL DRV = Open loop because of driver action or other special circumstances
• OL FLT = Open loop with O2S problem or primary side coil failure
FuelTankPrs(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Displays the signal voltage from the fuel tank pressure sensor. The Evaporative Emissions
Monitor requires input from this sensor.
With the gas cap removed, signal voltage should be between 2.4 and 2.8 V. During the
evaporative emissions test, expect voltage to decrease while the PCM applies vacuum to the
fuel tank.
G_SDN
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the generator shutdown request status.
GEAR
Range: __________________________________________ 1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th/6th/REV
Displays the PCM/TCM commanded gear position on vehicles with electronic transmissions.
GEAR_MAX
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the highest gear allowed.
Gear_OSC
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the gear command by output state control.
GEAR_RAT
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the gear ratio.
GENLMP
GEN_LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the generator lamp circuit status.
GEN_FAULT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the generator status. Reads YES when the PCM detects a generator output fault.
368
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
GEN_MON
Range: ________________________________________________________ LOW/HIGH
GEN_MON(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the generator monitor status.
GENB_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether a fault is present in the generator B circuits.
GENB_FAULT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault is present in the generator B+ circuit. Reads YES when there is a fault.
GENF
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether a generator output fault exists.
GENFDC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the generator field duty cycle.
GENFIL
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault exists in the generator lamp circuit.
GENVDSD
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the generator voltage desired.
GlowPlugCtrl(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the glow plug control (GPC) duty cycle on diesel truck powertrain control systems. At
high battery voltage, the PCM cycles the current on and off to prevent damage to the glow plugs.
GlowPlugCtrl reads as follows:
• 0% = the glow plug circuit is off
• 100% = the circuit is on continuously
Related parameters that may display are GPCTM and GPLTM.
GPC(%)
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the glow plug control percentage.
GPC_L
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the glow plug current, left bank.
GPC_R
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the glow plug current, right bank.
369
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
GPCoilTiMe
Range: __________________________________________________ 10 to 120 seconds
Displays the glow plug control time on diesel powertrain control systems, which shows the actual
time the glow plugs would be switched on for if the engine were started under current conditions.
The time interval is based on engine oil temperature and reads as follows:
• About 10 seconds on a warm engine
• 120 seconds on a cold engine
GPCTM
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the glow plug coil on time.
GPLTM
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the glow plug lamp time if active.
GPLampTiMe
Range: ____________________________________________________ 2 to 10 seconds
Displays the glow plug lamp time on diesel powertrain control systems, which shows the length
of time that the “wait to start” lamp would be illuminated if the ignition was switched on under
current conditions.
The lamp comes on every time a key reset occurs, and it remains on from 2 to 10 seconds
depending upon engine temperature.
GR_RATIO
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the transmission gear ratio.
GTQ_OUT_ENG
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the measured generator torque.
HCATEVAL_DC_MODE1
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the heated catalyst monitor was evaluated.
HFC
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the fan control high speed state.
HFC_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the fan control high fault status.
HFCA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the actual state of the commanded output to the fan. It should be the same as the fan
monitor and fan command output displays; all three should display ON or OFF at the same time.
HFCFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM detects a fault with the high speed cooling fan circuit and reads YES
if a fault is present.
370
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
HO2S11(mA)
HO2S12(mA)
HO2S21(mA)
HO2S22(mA)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 1000 mA
Displays the actual current in the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) heater circuit in milli-amps.
The two-digit numbers after HTR in the parameter refer to the HO2S position:
• 11—Bank 1, Upstream
• 12—Bank 1, Downstream
• 21—Bank 2, Upstream
• 22—Bank 2, Downstream
HO2S MONITOR
HO2S mon ready
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) monitor has successfully completed.
HPRC_ENA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the heater pump command.
HPRC_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the heater pump status.
HTR11Fault
HTR11F
HTR12Fault
HTR12F
HTR21Fault
HTR21F
HTR22Fault
HTR22F
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM detects a fault in the oxygen sensor (O2S) heater circuit. Reads YES
when a fault is present. The numbers after HTR in the parameter refer to the O2S position:
• 11—Bank 1, Upstream
• 12—Bank 1, Downstream
• 21—Bank 2, Upstream
• 22—Bank 2, Downstream
371
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
HTR11A
HTR11
HTR12A
HTR12
HTR21A
HTR21
HTR22A
HTR22
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the O2S heater state. The state should be the same as for the corresponding HTRX
data parameter; both should read ON or OFF at the same time.
• HTR11/HTR11A = bank 1 upstream O2S, should read the same as HTRX1
• HTR12/HTR12A = bank 1 downstream O2S, should the same as HTRX2
• HTR21/HTR21A = bank 2 upstream O2S, should read the same as HTRX1
• HTR22/HTR22A = bank 2 downstream O2S, should read the same as HTRX2
HTR13
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the heated exhaust gas oxygen sensor heater (bank 1, sensor 3) state.
HTR21F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the heater control for O2S21 fault status.
HTR23
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the heated exhaust gas oxygen sensor heater (bank 2, sensor 3) state.
HTRCM11
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the heater current monitor for heated exhaust oxygen sensor 11 status.
HTRCM12
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the heater current monitor for heated exhaust oxygen sensor 12 status.
HTRCM21
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the heater current monitor for heated exhaust oxygen sensor 21 status.
HTRCM22
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the heater current monitor for heated exhaust oxygen sensor 22 status.
HTREVAL_DC_MODE1
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the heated exhaust oxygen sensor heater system was evaluated.
HTRX1
HTRX2
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM-command status for the upstream (HTRX1) or downstream (HTRX2) O2S
heater. ON means the heater is on.
372
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
IAC(%)
IAC=IDLE AIR(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the PCM output command to the idle air bypass solenoid. The percentage displayed
corresponds to the IAC valve amperage (current and voltages in Table 13-5.)
The idle air control (IAC) solenoid is used to regulate the amount of air that bypasses the throttle
at idle, and thus the idle speed. A lower number indicates the valve is open for a shorter period,
providing less idle air. A higher number indicates that the valve is open longer, providing more
idle air.
An adaptive IAC strategy is used by the PCM to compensate for wear, vacuum leaks, and throttle
plate coking. When engine conditions meet IAC adaptive strategy learning requirements, the
PCM monitors and determines the values for ideal idle calibration. These values are stored in
PCM memory as a correction factor for controlling idle speed.
IAC_CELL0
IAC_CELL1
IAC_CELL2
Range: _____________________________________________________DRIVE/AC OFF
Displays the airflow time learned for cells 0, 1, and 2.
IAC_CELL3
Range: _________________________________________________ NEUTRAL/AC OFF
Displays the airflow time learned for cell 3.
IAC_MODE
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the idle air control status.
IAC_TRIM
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the short term airflow trim before KAM was learned.
IACDTCY(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the idle air control valve duty cycle.
IACF
IACFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
IAC_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicate whether the PCM detects a fault in the idle air control (IAC) system and reads YES if a
fault is present.
373
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
IAT
IAT(°C)
IAT(°F)
IAT_C
IAT2
IAT2_TEMP
IAT_T
IAT2_VOLTS
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to 255°C or °F
Displays the intake air temperature. The IAT2 sensor provides a manifold air temperature signal
to the PCM and is located in the intake manifold.
IAT(V)
IAT2(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 5.0 V
Displays the voltage signal from the intake air temperature sensor. A 5 V reference signal is
applied to the IAT. As temperature increases, the sensor resistance decreases, which provides a
variable intake air voltage signal to the PCM.
IAT=ACT(°C)
Range: _______________________________________________________ -40 to 199°C
IAT=ACT(°F)
Range: _______________________________________________________ -40 to 389°F
IAT=ACT(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 5.0 V
Displays the intake air temperature (IAT) sensor signal as temperature or voltage. The IAT is a
thermistor that is typically installed in the air cleaner. A 5 V reference signal is applied to the IAT.
As temperature increases, the sensor resistance decreases, which provides a variable intake air
voltage signal to the PCM. The PCM converts IAT voltage signals to temperature readings.
IAT readings, along with MAF or MAP, are primary parameters used by the PCM to calculate the
amount of air entering the engine, which is critical for determining the amount of fuel required.
The IAT reading should be close to the ambient air temperature on a cold engine and should rise
steadily as the engine warms up. Readings on a warm engine differ greatly between vehicles
because of under-hood temperature variations and hot-soak conditions.
IAT_FAULT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates the inlet air temperature status.
ICP(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 5.0 V
Displays the injector control pressure (ICP) sensor signal, which indicates absolute pressure for
the fuel injection on a diesel engine. The ICP sensor is mounted on the left cylinder bank.
The display may be the unconverted voltage signal, or it may be the PCM converted equivalent
pressure in psi or megapascal (MPa). On any of these scales, a low reading indicates low
injection pressure and a high reading indicates higher injection pressure.
ICP_DES
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the injector control pressure desired.
374
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
ICP_PRESS
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the injector control pressure.
IGN_RUN_PCM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the ignition key status.
ILINE_V
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the generator command.
IMRC
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the intake manifold runner control state.
IMRCM(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5V
Displays the intake manifold runner control monitor voltage.
IMRC1M(V)
IMRC2M(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the position of the intake manifold runner control valves on cylinder Bank 1 (IMRC1M)
and Bank 2 (IMRC2M). Depending on the vehicle, a high voltage may mean that the valve is
open or that the value is shut.
IMRCFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
IMRCFLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether the PCM detected a fault in the intake manifold runner control system and
reads YES when a fault is present.
IMS_SRC
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the intermediate shaft speed.
IMTV(%)
IMTV1_PER(%)
IMTV2_PER(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the PCM-command status for the intake manifold tuning valves. IMTV1 is bank 1 and
IMTV2 is bank 2. At 100% the valve should be fully open.
IMTVF
IMTV_FLT
IMTV2_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
IMTVFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the intake manifold tuning valve fault status.
375
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
IMTV
IMTV1
IMTV2
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the intake manifold tuning valve state for the indicated cylinder bank.
INJ
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates the injector fault status.
INJ PW1(mS)
INJ PW2(mS)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 99.9
Displays the length of time in milliseconds (mS) that the PCM commands the fuel injectors to
energize. These parameters are used on multiport fuel injection systems.
On Electronic Fuel Injection (EFI) systems, the PCM simultaneously pulses half of the fuel
injectors at a time. INJ PW1(mS) refers to those injectors installed in bank #1, and INJ PW2(mS)
refers to the injectors in bank #2. Depending on the engine, banks #1 and #2 may be staggered.
These parameters read as follows:
• A high pulse width indicates more on-time and a richer mixture.
• A low pulse width indicates less on-time and a leaner mixture.
There are no definite specifications for injector pulse width, but the reading should change as
engine speed and load change.
On EFI systems, these parameters read as follows:
• 1 to 5 mS at idle
• About 18 mS at wide open throttle (a little higher for some engines)
Since the PCM on SEFI systems pulses each injector individually, the readings represent, at
best, the “average” injector pulse width for each bank. Ford SEFI systems use these parameters
to allow the PCM to conduct rationality tests on the fuel delivery, the mass airflow (MAF) sensor,
and the throttle position (TP) sensor.
INJ_TIM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the injector timing before top dead center.
INJ1
INJ2
INJ3
INJ4
INJ5
INJ6
INJ7
INJ8
INJ9
INJ10
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether there is an injector fault according to injector number.
376
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
INJnFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether there is an injector fault according to injector number.The “n” in INJnFault is a
variable from 1 to 10, depending on the indicated cylinder.
InjPrsReg(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the on-time of the pulse-width-modulated injector pressure regulator on a diesel engine
as a percentage. The PCM controls the fuel volume by varying the injection oil pressure with the
injector pressure regulator. The injector pressure regulator is a ground-side controlled 12 V
regulator.
InManRunCtrl(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the PCM-command status for the intake manifold runner control valve. At 100% the
pulse-width-modulated valve should be fully open.
InManRunCtrl
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the intake manifold runner control valve status. Reads as follows:
• ON = the valve is open
• OFF = the valve is close
Normally this valve is closed when the engine speed is below 3000 RPM.
IPR(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the injector control pressure regulator position.
ISS(RPM)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the input shaft speed.
ISS_DIR
Range: _______________________________________________ FORWARD/REVERSE
Displays the input shaft direction.
ISS_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether the input shaft speed signal is reliable.
ISS_FAULT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault is detected in the input shaft speed (ISS) circuit.
ITS1
Range: ________________________________________________ GEAR1/NOT GEAR1
Displays the 1st gear indicator.
ITS2
Range: __________________________________________________ NOT GEAR/GEAR
Displays the 2nd gear indicator.
377
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
ITSD
Range: _________________________________________________ DRIVE/NOT DRIVE
Displays the drive status.
ITSR
Range: _________________________________________ REVERSED/NOT REVERSED
Displays the reverse indicator.
IVS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the idle validation switch (IVS) state, which verifies that the accelerator pedal (AP) is in
the idle position on diesel powertrain control systems.
The IVS provides a check on the AP sensor. The MIL lights if the IVS signal does not match the
AP sensor signal. A faulty IVS or AP sensor allows the engine to run at low idle speed only.
KAMFUSE
Range: ________________________________________________________ ON/FAULT
Displays the keep alive memory power status.
KEYPOS
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the ignition key status.
KNOCK_1
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the knock sensor 1 status.
KNOCK_2
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the knock sensor 2 status.
LCF_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether there is a fan control low fault.
LFC
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the fan control low speed status.
LFC=LO FAN
HFC=HI FAN
HighFanCtrl
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the fan relay status. Some engines have a two-speed electric fan, which the PCM
controls through LFC and HFC outputs to the fan relays.
The high speed relay is a normally open for all models. However, the low speed fan relay is
normally closed for Escort and Tracer, and normally open for Probe.
When the fan is off:
• HFC should read OFF.
• LFC should read OFF for Probe and ON for Escort and Tracer.
With the low speed fan on:
• HFC should read OFF.
378
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
• LFC should read ON for Probe and OFF for Escort or Tracer.
When the high speed fan is on:
• HFC should read ON.
• LFC should read OFF for all models.
LFCFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM has detected a low speed fan control module fault.
LFT1(%)
LFTRIM 1(%)
LONGFT1(%)
LFTRIM 2(%)
LONGFT2(%)
Range: _____________________________________________________ –35% to +35%
The long-term fuel trim (LFTRIM) numbers represent the operation and long-term correction of
fuel-metering on a fuel-injected engine. The value shows if the PCM is commanding a rich or a
lean mixture.
Similar to short-term fuel trim (SFTRIM), the LF TRIM number can range from -35% to +35%,
with 0% as the midpoint. A number above zero percent indicates the PCM has commanded a
long-term rich mixture correction. A number below zero percent indicates the PCM is
commanding a lean mixture.
The LF TRIM number follows the short-term fuel (ST FUEL) number and makes long-term
corrections to the fuel-metering in response to a pattern or trend of short-term fuel changes.
Compare LF TRIM numbers to injector on-time. Numbers above zero percent indicate increased
on-time. Numbers below zero percent indicate decreased on-time. LF TRIM corrections operate
only in closed loop. In open loop, the number goes to a fixed value.
LOAD(%)
LOAD_FF(%)
ENG LOAD(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the engine load as calculated by the PCM based on engine speed (RPM), number of
cylinders, airflow, and cylinder air charge compared to the theoretical air charge that occurs at
standard PCM temperature and pressure (volumetric efficiency). The resulting ratio—called
engine load—is expressed as a percentage.
The engine load parameters read as follows:
• 20–40% = a normal load at idle
• Less than 80% = normal driving
• More than 100% = under hard acceleration in cold temperatures or high barometric
pressure, or on supercharged vehicles
LOS_BRAK
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if a hybrid is operating in limited mode due to the regenerative braking system.
LOS_ENG
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if a hybrid is operating in limited mode due to an engine condition.
379
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
LOS_ETC
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if a hybrid is operating in limited mode due to the electronic throttle control.
LOS_EQ
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if a hybrid is operating in limited mode due to the E-quizzer.
LOS_GEN
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if a hybrid is operating in limited mode due to the generator.
LOS_HV
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if a hybrid is operating in limited mode due to the high voltage battery.
LOS_IPC
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if a hybrid is operating in limited mode due to the independent plausibility checker.
LOS_KEY
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if a hybrid is operating in limited mode due to the key position.
LOS_LV
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if a hybrid is operating in limited mode due to the 12-Volt battery.
LOS_MOT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if a hybrid is operating in limited mode due to the electric motor.
LOS_OWC
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if a hybrid is operating in limited mode due to the one way clutch.
LOS_TCM
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if a hybrid is operating in limited mode due to the transmission control module.
LOSSTRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if a hybrid is operating in limited mode due to the engine no start.
LowFanCA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the actual state of the commanded output to the fan. It should read the same as the fan
monitor and fan command output; that is, all three should be ON or OFF at the same time.
LowFanCtrl
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the low-speed fan control on vehicles with multiple fan speed control.
LowFPumpFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM has detected a fault in the low speed fuel pump circuit.
380
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
LPC_AMP
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the transmission line pressure.
LT TRIM B1(%)
LT TRIM B2(%)
Range: _______________________________________________________ -20 to +20%
Long-term fuel trim (LT TRIM B1 or B2 = BANK 1, or BANK 2) numbers represent the operation
and long-term correction of fuel-metering on a fuel-injected engine. The value shows if the PCM
is commanding a rich or a lean mixture.
Similar to short-term fuel trim (“ST TRIM B1(%)” on page 398), the LT TRIM parameter ranges
from -20% to +20% with 00% as the midpoint:
• A number above zero percent indicates the PCM has commanded a long-term rich mixture
correction.
• A number below zero percent indicates the PCM is commanding a lean mixture.
LT TRIM follows the short-term fuel (ST FUEL) number and makes long-term corrections to the
fuel-metering in response to a pattern or trend of short-term fuel changes.
Compare LT TRIM numbers to injector on-time. Numbers above zero percent indicate increased
on-time. Numbers below zero percent indicate decreased on-time. LT TRIM corrections operate
only in closed loop. In open loop, the number goes to a fixed value.
M_DPFE
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the EGR sensor input at the time of a misfire.
M_IAT
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the intake air temperature (IAT) at the time of a misfire.
M_LOAD(%)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the engine load at the time of a misfire.
M_PNP
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the Park/Neutral Position (PNP) at the time of a misfire.
M_RPM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the engine speed at the time of a misfire.
M_RUN
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the engine running time at the time of a misfire.
M_SOAK
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the engine-off soak time in minutes prior to a misfire.
M_TP
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the throttle position at the time of a misfire.
381
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
M_TRIP
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the number of trips since the time of a misfire.
M_VSS
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the vehicle speed at the time of a misfire.
M_WHEEL
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the learned misfire correction profile at the time of a misfire.
MAF(gm/S)
AIRFLOW(g/S)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the amount of air flowing into the engine in grams per second. It is the same as the
MAF=MASS AIR(gm/sec) parameter. Reading should be low at idle and higher at high RPM.
MAF(V
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Displays the voltage signal from the mass airflow (MAF) sensor to the PCM.
It is the same as the MAF=MASS AIR(V) parameter. The reading should be low at idle and
higher at high RPM.
MAF_Fault
MASS AIR FLOW_STATUS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault has occurred in the MAF circuit.
MAF_RATE
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the mass airflow rate.
MAF=MASS AIR(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.5 to 5.0 V
MASS AIR(gm/sec)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the MAF sensor output in volts on EEC-IV systems with DCL. They display a value in
grams per second calculated by the PCM based on the MAF sensor signal on EEC-V (OBD-II)
systems.
The MAF sensor, which is located between the air cleaner and the throttle body, measures the
mass of air flowing to the engine. The PCM uses this value to calculate the injector pulse width
needed to obtain an optimal air-fuel ratio.
MAF sensor readings should be low at idle and should increase as the throttle opens.
MAFF
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the mass airflow status.
MAN LEV POS
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the position of the gear selector lever. Reads PARK, REV, NEUT, O/D, DRIVE, MAN1,
or MAN2 depending on position.
382
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
383
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
MAP2
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the manifold absolute pressure sensor status.
MASTERKEY
Range: ___________________________________________ PRESENT/NOT PRESENT
Displays the master key present status.
MAT
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the input signal from the manifold air temperature sensor to the PCM on diesel systems.
The PCM uses this signal and other sensor signals to determine fuel injection rate.
MECP_ENA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the motor electronics coolant pump state.
MECP_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the motor electronics coolant pump status.
MECT_V(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the motor electronics coolant temperature.
MIN_KEY
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the minimum number of keys required.
MFC
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the medium fan control state.
MFC_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the medium fan control status.
MFDES
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 255 mG
Displays the PCM calculation of the mass fuel desired (MFDES) per stroke of the injection pump
to operate the engine under the current speed, load, and temperature conditions on diesel
powertrain systems.
The readings are in milligrams (mG):
• 8 to 10 mg at idle
• About 60 mg at full throttle
MGP
Range: ______________________________________________________ -10 to 30 psi)
Displays the manifold gauge pressure (MGP).
MIL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
MILFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault has occurred in the MIL circuit:
384
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
MIL_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether a MIL driver fault exists.
MISF_EVAL
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the misfire monitor was evaluated.
MISFEVAL_DC_MODE1
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the misfire monitor evaluation is complete.
MISFire
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a misfire has occurred. Crankshaft acceleration is measured for each cylinder
firing event. Should the acceleration drop below a specified threshold, a misfire is deemed to
have occurred.
MPLRN
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the learned status of the misfire wheel. Reads as follows:
• YES if the PCM has learned and stored the misfire wheel profile
• NO if the profile has not been learned
M_SDN
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the electronic motor shutdown request.
MTQ_OUT_ENG
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the total number of misfires.
N_KEYCODE
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the number of keys stored.
NM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the total number of misfires.
NUMKEYS
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the number of keys stored in the module.
O2 B1-S1(V)
O2 B1-S2(V)
O2 B2-S1(V)
O2 B2-S2(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.800
Oxygen sensors (O2SS) are the primary sensors used to determine if the engine is running rich
or lean. The O2S generate a voltage signal ranging from 0 to a little over 1 V:
• 0.800 V or higher signal indicates a rich exhaust
• 0.200 V or lower signal indicates a lean exhaust
385
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
An O2S must be hot (above 500°F/260°C), and the PCM must be operating in closed loop before
the PCM responds to the sensor signal. EEC-IV V-type engines have separate sensors for the
left and right banks, or for the front and rear banks on a transverse engine.
EEC-V systems have additional oxygen sensors after each catalyst. Ford calls these
downstream sensors catalyst monitor sensors (CMS). This means EEC-V vehicles with dual
exhaust have four sensors:
• B1-S1—The upstream sensor for bank 1
• B1-S2—The downstream sensor for bank 1
• B2-S1—The upstream sensor for bank 2
• B2-S2—The downstream sensor for bank 2
O2OEVAP
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the EVAP purge leak check monitor has completed.
• YES indicates the leak check was performed and the PCM can run a purge monitor idle test.
• NO indicates that the purge monitor is being prevented because the leak check failed.
O2OTEST
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the minimum soak time has elapsed to enable an EVAP monitor test.
• YES indicates the purge monitor test is enabled.
• NO indicates the purge monitor is being prevented due to insufficient soak time.
O2S1(mV)
O2S2(mV)
O2S11(mV)
O2S12(mV)
O2S21(mV)
O2S22(mV)
Range: __________________________________________________________0 to 1800
The oxygen sensors (O2SS) are the primary sensors used to determine if the engine is running
rich or lean. The O2S generate a voltage signal ranging from 0 to a little over 1 V (0 to 1000 mV).
• A high millivolt signal indicates a rich exhaust.
• A low signal indicates a lean exhaust.
An O2S must be hot (above 500°F/260°C), and the PCM must be operating in closed loop before
the PCM responds to the sensor signal. EEC-IV V-type engines have separate sensors for the
left and right banks, or for the front and rear banks on a transverse engine.
EEC-V systems have an additional O2S after each catalyst. Ford calls these downstream
sensors catalyst monitor sensors (CMS). This means EEC-V vehicles with dual exhaust have
four sensors:
• O2S11 — The upstream sensor for bank 1
• O2S12 — The downstream sensor for bank 1
• O2S21 — The upstream sensor for bank 2
• O2S22 — The downstream sensor for bank 2.
O2S11FM
O2S12FM
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the heated exhaust oxygen sensor status for the indicated sensor.
386
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
O2S11(V)
O2S12(V)
O2S13(V)
O2S21(V)
O2S22(V)
O2S23(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 1V
Displays the heated exhaust oxygen sensor voltage for the indicated sensor:
• O2S11 — bank 1 sensor 1
• O2S12 — bank 1 sensor 2
• O2S13 — bank 1 sensor 3
• O2S11 — bank 2 sensor 1
• O2S12 — bank 2 sensor 2
• O2S13 — bank 2 sensor 3
O2SEVAL_DC_MODE1
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the oxygen sensor monitor evaluated status.
OCTANE
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the octane of the fuel.
OCTANE ADJ
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
OCT ADJ
OCTADJ
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the octane adjust shorting bar, which is used to retard spark. Reads ON
when the bar is removed, and OFF at all other times.
NOTE:
i Removing the shorting bar retards spark about 3 degrees.
ODS(RPM)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the overdrive drum speed.
OFMFLG
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the pressure control failure mode status.
OPEN/CLSD LOOP
LOOP
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Indicates whether the PCM is operating the engine in open or closed loop and read as follows:
• OPEN during warm-up
• CLSD when the engine reaches normal operating temperature and the PCM responds to
O2S voltage
Some failure conditions (many associated with trouble codes) will cause the PCM to return to
open-loop operation. Additionally, some vehicles normally return to open-loop operation at idle.
387
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
This occurs because the O2S cools off at idle, and the PCM returns to open loop because the
signal is no longer reliable.
To restore closed-loop operation, accelerate and hold engine speed at a high idle to warm the
sensor.
OSFMFLG
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the output-shaft speed failure mode status.
OSS(RPM)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the output shaft speed.
OSS_DIR
Range: _______________________________________________ FORWARD/REVERSE
Displays the output shaft direction.
OSS_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the EGR motor position desired.
OSS_FAULT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault is detected in the output shaft speed (OSS circuit).
OSS=TSS(RPM)
Range: ___________________________________________________ 0 to vehicle max
Displays the PCM calculated RPM value for the transmission turbine shaft. The turbine speed
sensor (TSS) is a voltage-generating magnetic pickup. The processor converts the voltage signal
of the TSS to an RPM value.
OTEMP_FMFLG
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the transmission over temperature status.
OUT_CODE
OUTCODE_BIT
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the outcode status.
OutShftSp(RPM)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the PCM calculated RPM value for the transmission output shaft. The output shaft
speed sensor (OSS) is a voltage-generating magnetic pickup. The processor converts the
voltage signal of the OSS to an RPM value.
OverdriveCancel
Range: ______________________________________ NOT DEPRESSED/DEPRESSED
Displays the overdrive cancel switch/Hold switch state.
P/S PRESS(HIGH)
PwrStrPrs
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the power steering pressure (PSP) switch, which closes under high
pressure and read as follows:
388
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
• YES when the steering wheel is turned right or left to full lock
• NO at all other times
If it does not change between NO and YES as the wheel turns through its full range, there may
be a problem with the switch or other component in the power steering system.
PARK_INPT
Range: ___________________________________________________PARK/NOT PARK
Displays the Park position input state.
ParkBrakeApply
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the state of the parking brake applied switch on diesel powertrain control systems. The
parking brake applied switch is located under the instrument panel.
ParkBrakeApply reads as follows:
• YES with the brake applied
• NO with the brake not applied
This switch disables speed control when it is applied and it also prevents operation of the power
take off (PTO) when it is not applied.
ParkNeuPos
PARK/NEU POS
Range: _______________________________________________________ P-N—/-R-DS
Indicates whether an automatic transmission is in park or neutral or in one of the drive ranges:
• P-N— if the transmission is in either park or neutral
• -R-DL if the transmission is in any forward gear or reverse
The park/neutral switch is a grounding switch that is closed in park or neutral and open in any
forward gear or reverse.
PATS_TYPE
Range: _____________________________________________________ TIMED/CODED
Displays the security access type.
PATSENABL
Range: _________________________________________________ ENABLE/DISABLE
Displays the vehicle enable status.
PBA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the parking brake switch status.
PCA
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the pressure control solenoid A status.
PCA_FAULT
PCD_FAULT
PCE_FAULT
PCF_FAULT
PCG_FAULT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault is detected in pressure control solenoids A, D, E, F, and G respectively.
389
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
PCA_FLT2
Range: __________________________________________________ NO FAULT/FAULT
Indicates whether a fault is detected in pressure control solenoid A.
PCAA
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays pressure control solenoid A amperage.
PCB
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays pressure control solenoid B status.
PCBA
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays pressure control solenoid B amperage.
PCBFLT
Range: __________________________________________________ NO FAULT/FAULT
Indicates whether a fault is detected in pressure control solenoid B.
PCC
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays pressure control solenoid C status.
PCCA
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays pressure control solenoid C amperage.
PCC_FLT
Range: __________________________________________________ NO FAULT/FAULT
Indicates whether a fault is detected in shift solenoid pressure control C.
PCD
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Shift solenoid pressure control D status.
PCD_AMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays shift solenoid pressure control D amperage.
PCD_FLT
Range: __________________________________________________ NO FAULT/FAULT
Indicates whether a fault is detected in shift solenoid pressure control D.
PCE
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays shift solenoid pressure control E status.
PCE_FLT
Range: __________________________________________________ NO FAULT/FAULT
Indicates whether a fault is detected in shift solenoid pressure control E.
PCF
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays line pressure control status.
390
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
PCF_FLT
Range: __________________________________________________ NO FAULT/FAULT
Indicates whether a fault is detected in shift solenoid pressure control F (line pressure).
PCG
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the torque converter pressure control status.
PCG_FLT
Range: __________________________________________________ NO FAULT/FAULT
Indicates whether a fault is detected in shift solenoid pressure control G (torque converter).
PCLowOSM
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the low speed engine cooling fan monitor.
PERDEL1(%)
PERDEL2(%)
PERDEL3(%)
PERDEL4(%)
PERDEL5(%)
PERDEL6(%)
PERDEL7(%)
PERDEL8(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the percent delta for the indicated cylinder.
PEVAP_TMP(°C/°F)(V)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the post evaporator temperature sensor input.
PFE(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0.25 to 4.75 V
Displays the pressure feedback EGR (PFE) sensor signal voltage, which determines exhaust
system pressure. The PCM uses this signal to compute optimum EGR flow.
PFE systems control EGR flow rate by monitoring pressure drop across a remotely located
sharp-edged orifice. Typically, sensor output should be as described in Table 13-6.
The PFE pressure transducer is a feedback device. Pressure is varied by valve modulation. The
vacuum output of the EGR vacuum regulator (EVR) solenoid modulates the valve. With PFE, the
EGR valve serves as a pressure regulator, rather than a metering device.
391
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
PinInputLevel
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the profile ignition pick-up state.
PIP
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the profile ignition pickup (PIP) and reads as follows:
• YES when the PIP is switching between low and high voltage
• NO when there are no PIP signal transitions
PNP
Range: ___________________________________________________ NEUTRAL/DRIVE
Displays the neutral switch circuit status.
PNP_ONLY
Range: ___________________________________________________ NEUTRAL/DRIVE
Displays the park/neutral position switch status.
PS1
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the pressure switch 1 status.
PSP
Range: ________________________________________________________ HIGH/LOW
PSP(V)
PSP(KPA/PSI)
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the power steering pressure switch status.
PSR
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the power sustained relay commanded status.
PTO
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the power take off status.
PwTakeOff
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the driver-operated power take off (PTO) switch on diesel powertrain
control systems.
RCAM
Range: _______________________________________________________ -15° to +45°
Displays the actual position of the camshaft in relation to the crankshaft in degrees of rotation
and reads as follows:
• Near -15° with the engine running at a warm idle, camshaft fully advanced with no EGR
• Near 40° with a warm engine and the vehicle operating at a steady cruise speed
RCL_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the cooling fan state.
392
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
RCL_FAULT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault is detected in the reverse control lamp (RCS) circuit.
RESUME
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the speed control actuator switch resume status.
REV_SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the reverse switch status.
RPM
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to engine max
Displays the engine speed and is always shown at the left of the top line on the display. RPM is
internally computed by the PCM based on ignition reference pulses or a crankshaft sensor.
RPMDES
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to engine max
Displays the desired engine speed as calculated by the PCM for base idle. This reading should
always be close to actual idle RPM.
SBB_SS2
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the shift solenoid 2 state.
SC_OFF
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the speed control actuator switch off status.
SC_ON
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the speed control actuator switch on status
SCBC
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the super charger bypass control status.
SCBCF
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the super charger bypass control fault status.
SC VAC SW
SC VENT SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM output commands to the speed control (SC) vacuum and vent solenoids,
which control the speed control servo. The SC VAC SW and SC VENT SW readings have the
following relationships with throttle position control:
Table 13-7 S/C VAC SW and S/C VENT SW readings and throttle position
SC Vacuum Switch SC Vent Switch Throttle
ON OFF Accelerate
OFF ON Decelerate
OFF OFF Steady
393
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
SCCS
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the position of the driver-operated speed control command switch (SCCS). The SCCS
parameter displays several range states according to which SCCS button is pressed:
• OFF
• COAST
• ACCEL
• RESUME
• ON
Two hyphens (– –), the default range state, indicates that none of the speed control switch
buttons are pressed.
SCCS(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 10.00
Displays the speed control command switch (SCCS) voltage.
SCCS_CANCEL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the speed control cancel switch status.
SCCS_NULL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the speed control no switch input status.
SCCS_OFF_PID
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the speed control actuator switch off status.
SCCS_ON_PID
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the speed control actuator switch on status.
SCCS_RESUME
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the speed control actuator switch Resume status.
SCCS_TAP_DN
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the speed control actuator switch coast status.
SCCS_TAP_UP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the speed pressure actuator switch SET/ACCEL status.
SCICP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the super charger intercooler pump status.
SCICPF
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the supercharger intercooler pump fault status.
394
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
SCP_PARK_BRAKE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the parking brake applied status.
SEC_ACCES
Range: _________________________________________ Denied/In Progress/GrantED
Displays the vehicle security access status.
SecAIR mon rdy
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the secondary air monitor status and reads YES if the monitor completed.
SERV_MOD
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the passive anti theft system (PATS) service module status.
SET_ACL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the speed control actuator switch SET/ACCEL status.
SFT1(%)
SFTRIM 1(%)
SHRTFT1(%)
SFT2(%)
SFTRIM 2(%)
SHRTFT2(%)
Range: ______________________________________________________ -25% to +35%
The short-term fuel (ST FUEL) numbers are short-term fuel-metering corrections on a
fuel-injected engine). It indicates whether the PCM is commanding a rich or a lean mixture.
The SFTRIM parameter ranges from -25% to +35% with 0% as the midpoint:
• A number above zero percent indicates the PCM has commanded a short-term rich mixture
correction.
• A number below zero percent indicates the PCM is commanding a short-term lean mixture
correction.
The ST FUEL number leads the long-term fuel (LT FUEL) number. When a pattern or trend of
short-term corrections to fuel-metering occur, long-term fuel (LT FUEL) responds with a similar
correction).
Compare ST FUEL numbers to injector on-time. Numbers above zero indicate increased
on-time, below zero indicates decreased on-time. The ST FUEL corrections operate only in
closed loop. In open loop, it goes to a fixed value.
ShiftSol1
ShiftSol2
ShiftSol3
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM commands for the 1, 2, and 3 shift solenoids and reads ON when the PCM
has commanded the shift solenoid to energize.
395
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
ShiftSol1A
ShiftSol2A
ShiftSol3A
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the shift solenoid 1, 2, and 3 feedback status to the PCM.
When the solenoid circuits and PCM function properly, the command parameter, such as
ShiftSol1, and the feedback parameter, such as ShiftSol1A, should both display ON or OFF.
ShiftSol1Fault
ShiftSol2Fault
ShiftSol3Fault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a shift solenoid circuit fault is present.
SHFT_TYP
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Indicates the shift type.
SLIP_DES_SCP
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 1200 RPM
Displays the torque converter slip desired in rpm.
SPAREKEY_PCM
Range: _______________________________________________ ENABLED/DISABLED
Displays the spare key programming status.
SPARK_ACT
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the actual spark advance applied by the PCM.
SPARKADV(°)
Range: __________________________________________________-54 to +54 degrees
Displays the amount of spark advance in degrees. An advance of more than 54 degrees shows
as a negative value; this is normal.
SPARK ADV(°)
SPRKADV(°)
IGN ADVANCE(°)
Range: _______________________________________________________ -90° to +90°
Displays total spark advance or retard, including the base timing, that the PCM is commanding.
SPARKDUR1
SPARKDUR2
SPARKDUR3
SPARKDUR4
SPARKDUR5
SPARKDUR6
SPARKDUR7
SPARKDUR8
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the spark duration of the indicated cylinder.
396
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
SRC_CAN
Range: _________________________________________________ ENABLE/DISABLE
Displays the starter motor relay enable status.
SSA_AMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control A amperage.
SSA_SS1
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the shift solenoid 1 state.
SSA_SS1_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the shift solenoid 1 fault status.
SSB_AMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the soft solenoid pressure control B amperage.
SSB_SS2_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the shift solenoid 2 fault status.
SSC_SS3
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the shift solenoid 3 state.
SSC_SS3_FLT
Range: _____________________________________________ _YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the shift solenoid 3 fault status.
SSC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control C status.
SCC_AMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control C amperage.
SSD(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control D status.
SSD_SS4
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the shift solenoid 4 state.
SSE(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control E status.
SSPCA
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control A amperage.
397
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
SSPCA_FLT
Range: __________________________________________________ NO FAULT/FAULT
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control A fault status.
SSPCB
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control B in KPA/PSI.
SSPCB_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control B fault status.
SSPCC
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Shift solenoid pressure control C in KPA/PSI.
SSPCC_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control C fault status.
STATUS B1
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the operating status of fuel bank 1 and reads as follows:
• CL (closed-loop)
• OL (open-loop)
• OL DRIVE
• OL FAULT
• CL FAULT
ST TRIM B1(%)
ST TRIM B2(%)
Range: ____________________________________________________ -100% to +100%
The short-term fuel (ST TRIM) numbers are short-term fuel-metering corrections for a
fuel-injected engine. It indicates whether the PCM is commanding a rich or a lean mixture.
Similar to long-term fuel trim (“LT TRIM B1(%)” on page 381), the ST TRIM parameter ranges
from -100% to +100% with 000% as the midpoint:
• A number above zero percent indicates the PCM has commanded a short-term rich mixture
correction.
• A number below zero percent indicates the PCM is commanding a short-term lean mixture
correction.
The ST TRIM number leads the long-term fuel (LT TRIM) number. When a pattern or trend of
short-term corrections to fuel-metering occur, long-term fuel (LT TRIM) responds with a similar
correction.
Compare ST TRIM numbers to injector on-time. Numbers above zero indicate increased on-time,
below zero indicates decreased on-time. The ST TRIM corrections operate only in closed loop.
In open loop, it goes to a fixed value.
SYNC_DI
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the CMP and CKP are synchronized.
398
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
TC_SLIP
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 1200 RPM
Displays the actual RPM of the torque converter slippage.
TCC
Range: ____________________________________________ Engaged/Modulated/OFF
Displays the torque converter clutch (modulated) state.
TCC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the pulse-width-modulated (PWM) signal to the torque converter clutch (TCC) solenoid
and reads as follows:
• 0% with exhaust solenoid (TCC solenoid) closed, TCC not applied
• 100% with exhaust solenoid fully open, TCC applied
TCC_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the torque converter clutch fault status.
TCC_OSC
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the output state control of the torque converter.
TCCA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the torque converter clutch actual (TCCA) feedback signal to the PCM indicating the
status of the torque converter clutch.
Normally, the TCC SOL and TCCA parameters should both read ON or OFF simultaneously.
TCCA(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the voltage signal to the torque converter clutch (TCC) solenoid. Information on this
parameter is not available at this time.
TCCF
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the torque converter clutch fault status.
TCCFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the presence of a PCM detected fault in the torque converter clutch circuit and reads
YES when a fault is present.
TCCMACT(RPM)
Range: ___________________________________________________ 0 to vehicle max
Displays the PCM calculated value of torque converter slippage. The value is derived by
subtracting the turbine speed from the engine RPM.
TCCMACT(RPM) reads less than 50 RPM when TCC(%), TCC SOL(%) reads 95% or greater or
when TCC SOL reads ON.
TCC SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM command for the torque converter clutch. When the system functions properly,
ON means the torque converter clutch solenoid is energized to lock the converter.
399
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
TCC SOL(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the pulse-width-modulated (PWM) signal to the torque converter clutch (TCC) solenoid
and reads as follows:
• 0% with exhaust solenoid (TCC solenoid) closed, TCC not applied
• 100% with exhaust solenoid fully open, TCC applied
TCIL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the transmission control indicator lamp (TCIS) command status. TCIL reads ON when
the TCIL in the dash or shifter should be on.
TCILFault
TCIL_FAULT
TCIL_FLT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if a fault has occurred in the Transmission Control Indicator Lamp circuit.
TCS
Range: ______________________________________ DEPRESSED/NOT DEPRESSED
Displays the overdrive cancel switch/hold switch state.
THEFT_LMP
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the antitheft indicator lamp control fault status.
TIRESIZE
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the tire size.
TFT(V)(°C/°F)
TFT=TOT(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.10 V
Displays the transmission fluid temperature (TFT), which is also referred to by Ford as the
transmission oil temperature (TOT), as voltage.
The TFT sensor is a thermistor that changes resistance in response to temperature changes.
Resistance decreases as temperature increases to provide a variable voltage signal to the PCM.
TFT=TOT(V) typically reads as follows:
• 0.60 V at 194°F (90°C)
• 3.88 V at 32°F (0°C)
THTRC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the thermostat heater control position.
THTRCF
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the thermostat heater control fault status.
TORQUE(lb-ft)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 999
Displays the engine torque as calculated by the PCM.
400
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
TORQUE
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the PCM calculated engine torque in Nm or ft-lb on diesel powertrain control systems.
The torque reading indicates how much load is placed on the engine.
TorqConvCl
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the output used by the PCM to control the converter clutch by way of a solenoid. ON or
OFF displays as the PCM commands the solenoid on or off.
TOTF
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the transmission fluid temperature fault status.
TOWHAUL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the tow haul switch state.
TP(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 5.0 V
Displays the voltage signal from the throttle position (TP) sensor to the PCM.
TP_FAULT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the throttle position sensor status.
TP MODE
Range: _______________________________________________________ PT/WOT/CT
Displays the position of the accelerator pedal based on accelerator position sensor readings on
diesel powertrain systems.
TP=TPS(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.1 V
Displays the throttle position (TP) sensor voltage signal, which is in proportion to the throttle
position. The TP signal allows the PCM to determine throttle opening: low voltage at closed
throttle and high voltage at wide open throttle.
TP=TPS(V) reads as follows:
• About 0.5 V at idle
• 4.5 V at WOT
TP=TPS(%)
Range: ___________________________________________________ (range 0 to 100%
Displays the throttle position (TP) as calculated by the PCM based on TP sensor voltage on
models with an autoranging TP sensor. The PCM resets the 0 to 100% range in relation to TP
sensor voltage as it senses new minimum and maximum voltages.
TP1
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5V
Displays the throttle position sensor 1 voltage.
TP2
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5V
Displays the throttle position sensor 2 voltage.
401
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
TP MODE
ThrPosMODE
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the throttle position (TP) as calculated by the PCM based on the TP sensor signal and
read as follows:
• C/T - closed throttle at idle and during deceleration
• P/T - part throttle at cruise or during moderate acceleration
• WOT - wide open throttle at de-choke on crank, A/C cutout, or during maximum acceleration
TPCT(V)
TPREL(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5V
Throttle position closed throttle (TPCT) indicates the most recent throttle position (TP) sensor
voltage reading at closed throttle. This parameter updates each time the throttle is fully closed.
TPF
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the throttle position sensor status.
TQ_CNTL
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the torque fuel/spark limiting status.
TR
Range: _____________________________________________ Man1/Man2/D/OD/N/R/P
Displays the selected transmission range.
TR_DC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the transmission range as a percentage.
TR_FAULT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault is detected in the Transmission Range (TR) circuit.
TR_FREQ(Hz)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 200 Hz
Displays the transmission range as frequency.
TR1
TR2
TR3
TR4
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the digital transmission range switch status for the indicated switch.
TR3_MODE
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the digital transmission range switch 3 status.
TRAC_ACT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the traction control system modulating status.
402
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
TRAN_OT_FAULT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault is detected in the transmission over temperature circuit.
TRANSMIT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the anti-theft enabled and transmit command status.
TransRange_D
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the four possible switch states of the transmission range switches TR1 through TR4
and reads as follows:
• 0 indicates the switch is closed
• 1 indicates the switch is open
Typical readings are as follows
• PARK POSITION = 0000
• Between P & R = 0100
• REVERSE POSITION = 1100
• Between R & N = 0100
• NEUTRAL POSITION = 0110
• Between N & O/D = 1100
• O/D POSITION = 1111
• Between O/D & 2 = 1011
• MANUAL 2 POSITION = 1001
• Between 1 & 2 = 1011
• MANUAL 1 POSITION = 0011
TRFM
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the transmission range fault status.
TRIM B1-S1(%)
TRIM B2-S1(%)
Range: ______________________________________________________ -55% to +55%
Displays fuel trim status. The trim bank x – sensor x (TRIM Bx-Sx) numbers are short-term
fuel-metering corrections for a fuel-injected engine. It indicates whether the PCM is commanding
a rich or a lean mixture.
The TRIM parameters range from -45% to +35% with 000% as the midpoint:
• A number above zero percent indicates the PCM has commanded a short-term rich mixture
correction.
• A number below zero percent indicates the PCM is commanding a short-term lean mixture
correction.
The TRIM Bx-Sx number leads the long-term fuel (LT TRIM) number. When a pattern or trend of
short-term corrections to fuel-metering occur, long-term fuel (LT TRIM) responds with a similar
correction.
403
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
Compare ST TRIM numbers to injector on-time. Numbers above zero indicate increased on-time,
below zero indicates decreased on-time. The ST TRIM corrections operate only in closed loop.
In open loop, it goes to a fixed value.
TRIM B1-S1 should read the same as ST TRIM B1. TRIM B2-S1 should read the same as
ST TRIM B2.
TRIP
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether an On-Board diagnostic trip has occurred. A trip is a complete ignition on,
engine run, ignition off cycle that tests all components and systems on an OBD-II vehicle.
TRIP_CNT
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the number of on board diagnostic trips completed.
TRIP CounT
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the number of OBD-II drive cycles completed since the last DTC P1000 monitor
readiness set.
TRS1(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5V
Displays the transmission range selector 1 voltage.
TRS2(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5V
Displays the transmission range selector 2 voltage.
TRS3(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5V
Displays the transmission range selector 3 voltage.
TR_V
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the voltage at processor pin 64 (signal return). Voltage for a digital transmission range
(DTR) should match the examples in Table 13-8 below ± 0.3 V.
TrnCtrlIndLamp
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the transmission control indicator lamp status. Reads ON and the indicator lamp is lit
when “Overdrive Cancel” is requested.
404
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
TrnCtrlSw
TCSLAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the transmission control switch (TCS) and reads as follows:
• OFF = the switch is open
• ON = the driver requests overdrive cancellation and the switch closes
TrnFluidTmp(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 5.0 V
Displays the voltage signal from the transmission fluid temperature (TFT) sensor to the PCM.
A low voltage reading indicates a high fluid temperature, while a high voltage reading indicates a
low fluid temperature.
TrnRange
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 5.0 V
Displays the voltage at PCM pin 64 to signal return, or ground. This voltage indicates the position
of the gear selector lever.
Each position has a typical range, as follows:
• L = 0.29 to 0.79 V
• D2 = 1.29 to 1.53 V
• OD = 1.88 to 2.29 V
• N = 2.53 to 3.04 V
• R = 3.43 to 3.78 V
• P = 4.30 to 4.73 V
TR=GEAR
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the driver demanded gear selection from the transmission range sensor and reads as
follows:
• MAN1
• MAN2
• DRIVE
• ODRIVE
• REVERSE
• PARK/NEUTRAL
TSFMFLG
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the turbine speed sensor failure mode status.
TSLIPRAT
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 1200 RPM
Displays the transmission slip ratio.
TSS(rpm)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the turbine shaft speed.
405
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
TSS_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether the turbine shaft speed signal is reliable.
TSS_FAULT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault is detected in the turbine shaft speed (TSS) circuit.
TurbSpdS(RPM)
Range: __________________________________________________________0 to 8192
Displays the speed of the transmission turbine shaft.
UNLIMITED_KEY
Range: _______________________________________________ ENABLED/DISABLED
Displays the unlimited key mode status.
V_4X4L
Range: ___________________________________________ PRESENT/NOT PRESENT
Displays the 4x4 low range input.
V_OCTADJ
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Displays the Octane Adjust/Spark Retard state.
V_TCASE
Range: ___________________________________________ PRESENT/NOT PRESENT
Indicates whether a manual shift on the fly system is installed on the vehicle.
VBAT(V)
VBATT_PCM(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 15V
Displays the battery positive voltage.
VCT 1_FAULT
VCT 2_FAULT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault has occurred in the VCT circuit.
VCT1
VCT2
Range: __________________________________________________________ 7.5 to B+
Displays the variable valve timing status.
VCT1F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the variable cam timing fault status.
VCT2F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the variable cam timing 2 status.
VCTA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the variable cam timing solenoid actual state.
406
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
VCTADV(°)
Range: _______________________________________________________ -60° to +60°
Displays the variable cam timing actual advance status.
VCTADV2(°)
Range: _______________________________________________________ -60° to +60°
Displays the variable cam timing 2 actual advance.
VCTADVERR
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the variable cam timing advance error status.
VCTADVERR2
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the variable cam timing 2 advance error status.
VCTDC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the variable camshaft timing duty cycle.
VCTDC2(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the variable cam timing 2 duty cycle.
VCTSYS
Range: _______________________________________________OPEN/CLOSED LOOP
Displays the variable cam timing system status.
VehSpdSensr
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the vehicle speed in miles per hour or kilometers per hour.
VFC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the fan speed monitor status.
VFCDC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the variable fan duty cycle.
VFCF
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the cooling fan driver fault status.
VFDES
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 255 mm3
Displays the internal PCM calculation of the volume of fuel desired (VFDES) per stroke from the
injection pump to operate the engine for current speed, load, and temperature conditions on
diesel powertrain systems.
Readings are in cubic millimeters (mm3) and 10–15 mm3 at idle.
VGTDC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the variable geometry turbocharger status.
407
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
VGT_F
Range: _______________________________________________YES FAULT/NOFAULT
Displays the EGR motor position desired.
VGT_FAULT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault is detected in the variable geometry turbo (VGT) circuit.
VPoWeR
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0.0 to 24.0 V
Displays the vehicle battery voltage.
Some vehicles may normally read lower (8 V) or higher (16 V) than expected. Verify system
voltage with a DVOM.
VPWR(V)
Range: _______________________________________________________________ B+
Displays the module supply voltage.
VPWR=BATT(V)
VPoWeR(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 25.5 V
Displays the vehicle battery voltage. The powertrain control system has no specific sensor to
measure battery voltage, but some PCMs calculate this parameter from a sensing circuit on the
supply voltage circuit.
The reading should be close to normal charging system regulated voltage, or about 13.5 to
14.5 V, at idle. Check against actual voltage measured at the battery or alternator.
This parameter is principally for PCM self-diagnostics. Some PCM functions are modified if
voltage is out of range. For example, if voltage drops below a minimum, the PCM may try to
recharge the battery by running the engine at a higher idle. This may affect the idle control, fuel
metering, and ignition timing parameters.
VREF(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.12 V
Displays the reference voltage that system sensors operate on for some vehicles. The PCM
monitors this voltage and provides the parameter.
Nominal reference voltage is 5.0 V. Depending on system calibration and charging system
voltage, readings may vary a few tenths of a volt. Some models normally read about 6.5 V. Verify
voltage with a DVOM.
VS SET
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the set speed of the speed control system.
VS_SRC
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the transfer case speed sensor speed.
VSS(MPH)
VSS(KPH)
Range: ___________________________________________________ 0 to vehicle max
Displays the measurement provided by the vehicle speed sensor (VSS) pulses to the PCM. The
PCM calculates the actual speed. The PCM uses vehicle speed to control fuel injection, ignition
timing, and transmission and trans-axle shift timing.
408
Ford Data Parameters Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Parameters
VSS_FAULT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether the vehicle speed sensor signal is reliable.
VSFMFLG
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the vehicle speed sensor signal status.
WAC
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the air conditioning clutch at wide open throttle status. Should only read ON during
full-throttle acceleration or other heavy-load conditions with the A/C turned on.
WAC_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether a wide open throttle A/C cutoff fault is detected.
WACA
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether a wide open throttle A/C cutoff fault is detected.
WAC=WOT A/C
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the PCM is preventing the A/C system from operating due to undesirable
engine conditions. These include operation during engine cranking and wide open throttle.
On almost all vehicles, WAC=WOT A/C reads as follows:
• OFF when the PCM senses undesirable conditions and is currently preventing the A/C clutch
from energizing
• ON when the PCM is allowing the A/C clutch to energize
WACFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM has set a wide open throttle A/C cutout fault.
WARM_NOMIL
Range: ___________________________________________________ 0 to vehicle max
Displays the number of warm-ups since the DTCs were cleared.
WASTEGATE
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the PCM input that indicates the position of the wastegate as a percentage on diesel
powertrain control systems.
WFS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether there is water in the fuel.
WotA/Ccutoff
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the air conditioning clutch at wide open throttle status. Reads ON when the wide open
throttle (WOT A/C) cutoff has been activated and the A/C has been switched off.
409
Ford Data Parameters Airbag Parameters
Airbag Parameters
ABBRGR
Bracket(Ω)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 25.5 Ω
Displays the resistance of the airbag mounting bracket to chassis ground.
CRaSHSN1(Ω)
CRSHSN1(Ω)
CRaSHSN2(Ω)
CRSHSN2(Ω)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 25.5 Ω
Displays the resistance of the crash sensors.
• CRaSHSN1 = the resistance of sensor number 1
• CRaSHSN2 = the resistance of sensor number 2
D_Airbag(Ω)
D_AirBAG2(Ω)
D_AirBAGLoop2(Ω)
P_Airbag(Ω)
P_AirBAG2(Ω)
P_AirBAGLoop2(Ω)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 25.5 Ω
Displays the resistance between the two contacts of the airbag.
• “D” = driver side airbag
• “P” = passenger side airbag
D_Preten(Ω)
D_PRETNR(Ω)
P_Preten(Ω)
P_PRETNR(Ω)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 25.5 Ω
Displays the resistance in the shoulder belt pre-tensioner circuit.
• D_Preten refers to the driver side pre-tensioner.
• P_Preten refers to the passenger side pre-tensioner.
DSBELTR
PSBELTR
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 25.5 Ω
Displays the driver side seat belt buckle switch resistance.
DTC CouNT (AIRBAG)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the number of diagnostic trouble codes (DTCS) in the airbag module memory.
EXTCRSH
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 18V
Information on this External Crash Sensor Test Voltage parameter is not available at this time.
VBATT(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 25 V
Displays the battery voltage being supplied to the airbag electronic control module (ECM).
410
Ford Data Parameters Antilock Brake Parameters
411
Ford Data Parameters Antilock Brake Parameters
ABSLF I
ABSLF O
ABSLR I
ABSLR O
ABSRF I
ABSRF O
ABSRR I
ABSRR O
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the PCM commands to the ABS inlet (I) and outlet (O) valves.
• LF = left front
• LR = left rear
• RF = right front
• RR = right rear
ABSR I
ABSR O
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM commanded status to the rear ABS inlet (I) or outlet (O) valves. This
parameter is only used on 4WABS with a rear differential speed sensor instead of a sensor at
both rear wheels. In an ABS stop this system controls both rear wheels at the same time.
ABSPMPRLY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the ABS pump motor relay state.
ABSVLVRLY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the ABS valve control relay.
ACCR_TEMP (°C/°F)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the brake accumulator temperature.
ACCR_TRAV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the brake accumulator travel signal.
ACU_CHK
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the ACU Bleed Check status.
ARCFault
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether an automatic ride control DTC has set.
AutoRideCtrl
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM command status to the automatic ride control system.
AWD_MSG_ABS_MZ
AWD_MSG
Range: ___________________________________________ PRESENT/NOT PRESENT
Indicates whether there is CAN communication with the 4x4 module.
412
Ford Data Parameters Antilock Brake Parameters
BALVLV1
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of balance valve 1.
BALVLV2
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of balance valve 2.
BLD_STAT
Range: __________________________________________________ DONE/NOT DONE
Indicates the status of the brake air bleed check.
BOO ABS
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the brake pedal switch status and reads as follows:
• OFF when the brakes are not applied
• ON when the brakes are applied
This parameter should read the same as “BOO=BRAKE SW” on page 350.
BP_CALST
Range: __________________________________________________ DONE/NOT DONE
Indicates the status of the brake pedal travel sensor calibration.
BPTSCAL
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Indicates the offset calibration.
BRAKPRES(KPA/PSI)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the ABS main brake pressure.
BRAKE_LMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the brake warning lamp state.
BrakePrsApply
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 or 12 V
Displays the PCM command to the brake pressure applied switch and reads as follows:
• 0 V when the switch is on
• 12 V when the switch is off
BRK_CHK
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the brake bleed check status.
BRK_FLUID
Range: __________________________________________________________ LOW/OK
Displays the brake fluid level condition.
BRK_MSIG(KPA/PSI)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the ABS main brake pressure.
413
Ford Data Parameters Antilock Brake Parameters
BRK_RSIG
Range: _______________________________________________________ PRESSURE
Displays the ABS redundant brake pressure.
BRK_WARN
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the brake warning lamp.
BRKLAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM command to the brake warning indicator lamp on the instrument panel and
reads ON when the Lamp is lit.
BSTLRNCYC
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the booster learn cycle.
BSTR_BSWF
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the booster solenoid brake switch failure status.
BSTR_MECH
Range: ________________________________________________________ PASS/FAIL
Displays the booster mechanical failure status.
BSTR_LCCS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the booster learn cycle is complete. YES indicates complete.
BSTR_LERN
Range: ________________________________________________________ PASS/FAIL
Displays the booster self check/calibration status.
BSTR_SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the interactive vehicle dynamics booster solenoid status.
BSTR_SOL1
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the booster solenoid output state.
BSTR_SW_T
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the booster switch test signal output state.
BSTRBP_FSNC
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the booster brake pedal force switch state. The switch is normally closed.
BSTRBP_FSNO
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the booster brake pedal force switch state. The switch is normally open.
CCB_LCCS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the current cycle booster learn cycle is complete. YES indicates complete.
414
Ford Data Parameters Antilock Brake Parameters
CCB_LCTF
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the current cycle booster learn cycle test has failed. Yes indicated failed.
CCLAS_ICS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the if the current cycle lateral acceleration sensor initialization test is complete. YES
indicates complete.
CCLAS_ITF
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the current cycle lateral acceleration sensor initialization test has failed. YES
indicates failed.
CCNTABS
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Indicates the total number of continuous (soft) DTCs stored in the ABS control module.
CCSWA_TPS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the current cycle steering wheel angle lock to lock test passed. YES indicates
passed.
CCYR_ICS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if current cycle yaw rate initialization is complete.
CCYR_ITF
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the current cycle yaw rate initialization test is complete. YES indicates complete.
CONPROV
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the configuration and programming version.
CUTVLV1
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of cut valve 1.
CUTVLV2
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates cut valve 2.
DSBL_TOG
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the state disable valve toggle.
DYNOMODE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the state of the brake two-wheel dyno mode.
EVACFILL
Range: __________________________________________________ DONE/NOT DONE
Indicates the fill status of the electro-hydraulic EVAC.
415
Ford Data Parameters Antilock Brake Parameters
G_INPUT
Range: ________________________________________________________ -2 to +2 (G)
Displays the accelerometer signal.
G_SENSOR
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the longitudinal acceleration sensor initialization start.
IC_MSG_ABS_MZ
IC_MSG
Range: ___________________________________________ PRESENT/NOT PRESENT
Indicates if the CAN message is missing from the IC. NOT PRESENT indicates missing.
IGNITION(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ VOLTS
Indicates the status of the ignition.
IVD_R_IN
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the rear-only dump valve.
IVD_R_OUT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the rear-only isolation valve.
L_ACCEL_EPB
Range: _____________________________________________________Acceleration/G
Displays the status of the longitudinal acceleration sensor.
LAS_ICS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the EEPROM - lateral acceleration sensor initialization. YES indicates
complete.
LATACCEL
Range: ______________________________________________________ TRUE/FALSE
Displays the state of the lateral accel sensor initialization start.
LATACCL
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the ABS lateral acceleration rate.
LATACINPT
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the status of the lateral accelerometer input.
LF_FAIL
Range: ______________________________________________________ TRUE/FALSE
Displays the left front failure test status.
LF_IN(AMP)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the current of the left front current inlet valve.
416
Ford Data Parameters Antilock Brake Parameters
LF_INLET
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the left front inlet valve.
LF_OUT(AMP)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the current of the front left current outlet valve.
LF_OUTLET
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the left front outlet valve state.
LF_PRES
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the left front brake pressure applied.
LF_PRIME
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the traction assist left front priming valve output state.
LF_SWITCH
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the traction assist left front switching valve output state.
LF_TC_PRV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the left front traction control priming valve.
LF_TC_SWV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the traction assist left priming valve output.
LONG_ACCL
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the status of the longitudinal accelerometer signal.
LR_PRES(KPA/PSI)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the left rear brake pressure applied.
LR_PRIME
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the traction assist left rear priming valve output.
LR_SWITCH
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Status of the traction assist left rear switching valve output state.
LR_TC_SWV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the left rear traction control switching valve.
LR_TC_VLV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the left rear traction control valve.
417
Ford Data Parameters Antilock Brake Parameters
LF WSPD(MPH/KPH)
LF_WSPD(KPH/MPH)
LR WSPD(MPH/KPH)
LR_WSPD(KPH/MPH)
R WSPD(MPH/KPH)
RF WSPD(MPH/KPH)
RF_WSPD(KPH/MPH)
RR WSPD(MPH/KPH)
RR_WSPD(KPH/MPH)
Range: _________________________________________________ 0 to 100+ MPH/KPH
Displays the speed signals being sent by each front wheel speed sensor (LF/RF), each rear
wheel speed sensors (LR or RR), or the single rear wheel speed sensor (R) to the electronic
control module (ECM).
Wheel speeds should be equal to each other and to vehicle speed as the vehicle is driven in a
straight line without braking. Wheel speeds vary when turning a corner and during braking
without antilock operation. During antilock braking, wheel speeds should remain close to equal.
Some 4WABS systems use a rear differential speed sensor (R) instead of a sensor at both rear
wheels. In an ABS stop this system controls both rear wheels at the same time.
LR_FAIL
Range: ______________________________________________________ TRUE/FALSE
Displays the left rear failure test status.
LR_IN(AMP)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the current of the left rear current inlet valve.
LR_INLET
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the left rear inlet valve.
LR_OUT(AMP)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the current of the left rear current outlet valve.
LR_OUTLET
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the left rear outlet valve.
LR_PRIME
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the traction assist left rear priming valve output.
LR_SWITCH
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the traction assist left rear switching valve output.
LR_TC_PRV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the left rear traction control priming valve.
LR_TC_SWV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the left rear traction control switching valve.
418
Ford Data Parameters Antilock Brake Parameters
LR_TC_VLV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the left rear traction control valve.
LTRL_ACC
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the ABS lateral acceleration rate.
MC_PT_1
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the master cylinder travel signal 1.
MC_PT_2
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the master cylinder travel signal 2.
MIL_DIS
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the distance travelled since the MIL was activated.
MNC_VEL_1
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the brake tandem main cylinder velocity signal 1.
MNC_VEL_2
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the brake tandem main cylinder velocity signal 2.
MN_PR_TRN
Range: ________________________________________________________ PASS/FAIL
Displays the booster main pressure transducer status.
MODSTATE
Range: _____________________________OK, DIAG MODE, CMD STATE, KOEO TEST
Indicates the module state.
PART#PRE_ABS
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Indicates the part version prefix.
PCM_MSG
Range: ___________________________________________ PRESENT/NOT PRESENT
Indicates if there is CAN communication with the PCM. PRESENT indicates communication.
PRE_CHK
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the pre-drive check.
PRIM_VLV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the primary low pressure supply valve.
PMP_MOTOR
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the hydraulic pump motor.
419
Ford Data Parameters Antilock Brake Parameters
PMPSTAT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the ABS pump motor.
PUMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the pump.
PUMPEFF
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Indicates the status of the pump efficiency test.
PWR RLY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the relay for the ABS System has been commanded on by the ABS module.
Reads ON when the relay contacts are closed, which directs current to the ABS pump motor.
R_DIF_SPD
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the rear differential wheel speed.
R_INLET
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the rear only isolation valve.
R_OUTLET
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the right outlet.
RF_FAIL
Range: ______________________________________________________ TRUE/FALSE
Indicates right front failure test status.
RF_IN(AMP)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the current of the right front current inlet valve.
RF_INLET
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the right front inlet valve.
RF_OUT(AMP)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the current of the right front current outlet valve.
RF_OUTLET
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the right front outlet valve.
RF_PRES(KPA/PSI)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the right front brake pressure applied.
420
Ford Data Parameters Antilock Brake Parameters
RF_PRIME
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the state of the right front priming valve output.
RF_SWITCH
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the state of the traction assist right front switching valve output.
RF_TC_PRV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the front right traction control priming valve.
RF_TC_SWV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the front right traction control switching valve.
ROLLRAT
ROLLRATE
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the roll rate value.
RR_FAIL
Range: ______________________________________________________ TRUE/FALSE
Indicates the status of the right rear failure test.
RR_IN(AMP)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the current of the right rear current inlet valve.
RR_INLET
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the right rear inlet valve.
RR_OUT(AMP)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the current of the right rear current outlet valve.
RR_OUTLET
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the right rear outlet valve.
RR_PRIME
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the state of the right rear priming valve output.
RR_PRES(KPA/PSI)
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the right rear brake pressure applied.
RR_SWITCH
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the traction assist right rear switching valve output.
RR_TC_VLV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the right rear traction assist valve.
421
Ford Data Parameters Antilock Brake Parameters
SAS_CAL
Range: ______________________________________________________ TRUE/FALSE
Indicates the status of the steering angle sensor initialization start.
SECND_VLV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the secondary low pressure feed valve.
SECPR_TRN
Range: ________________________________________________________ PASS/FAIS
Indicates the status of the booster secondary transducer.
SELTESTDTC
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the DTC count. Count includes those that needing no action.
SEN_CAL
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the status of the pressure sensor calibration.
SENVBAT(V)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the IVD/DSC sensors supply voltage.
STEER_ANGL
ST_WH_ANG
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the steering wheel angle sensor.
SW_TEST
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the switch test signal.
SWA_CW
SWA_CCW
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the steering wheel angle in degrees clockwise from start.
SWA_LPS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Shows if the SWA Lock to Lock test is passed. YES indicates passed.
SWA_POS(°)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the steering wheel angle in degrees.
SWA1_CIR
Range: ________________________________________ Open/Sht-B+/Sht-Gnd/Normal
Indicates the steering wheel angle 1 circuit state.
SWA1_INPT
Range: ________________________________________________________ HIGH/LOW
Indicates the steering wheel angle 1 input state.
422
Ford Data Parameters Antilock Brake Parameters
SWA2_CIR
Range: ________________________________________ Open/Sht-B+/Sht-Gnd/Normal
Indicates the steering wheel angle 2 circuit state.
SWA2_INPT
Range: ________________________________________________________ HIGH/LOW
Indicates the steering wheel angle 2 input state.
TA_LVAL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the traction assist left control valve.
TA_RVAL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the traction assist right control valve.
TC_RVAL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the traction assist right control valve
TCYC_FS
Range: _________________________________________ ACTIVE/PASSIVE or ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the traction control system.
TCYC_SW
Range: ___________NOT DEPRESSED/DEPRESSED or ACTIVATED/NOT ACTIVATED
Indicates the status of the traction control switch.
TDPT_COMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the travel direction plausibility test is complete. YES indicates complete.
TDPT_PASS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the travel direction plausibility test is complete. YES indicates complete.
TRAC SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the status of the driver-operated Traction Switch. When ON, TRACtionassist should
also display ON.
TRACtionassist
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Reads ON when the PCM has activated the Traction Assist system.
VALVCAL
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the status of the valve calibration.
VALVE_CAL
Range: __________________________________________________ DONE/NOT DONE
Indicates the calibration status of the electro-hydraulic valve.
VSS_FF
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the vehicle speed input to overhead trip computer.
423
Ford Data Parameters Antilock Brake Parameters
WAKESIG
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the wake-up signal.
XDCR_ACCR(KPA/PSI)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the brake pressure transducer accumulator signal.
XDCR_LFW(KPA/PSI)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the brake pressure transducer left front wheel signal.
XDCR_LRW(KPA/PSI)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the brake pressure transducer left rear wheel signal.
XDCR_RFW(KPA/PSI)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the brake pressure transducer right front wheel signal.
XDCR_RRW(KPA/PSI)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the brake pressure transducer right rear wheel signal.
XDCR_TMC(KPA/PSI)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Brake pressure transducer tandem main cylinder signal.
XDUCERCAL
Range: _________________________________________ ENERGIZED/DE-ENERGIZED
Displays the status of the pressure transducer.
YAW_INPUT
Range: ___________________________________________ NORMAL, OPEN CIRCUIT
Displays the status of the yaw rate sensor input circuit.
YAW_RATE(°)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the ABS yaw rate value in degrees.
YAWRATE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the yaw rate sensor initialization start status.
YAWRTSEN(°)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the ABS yaw rate value.
YR_ICS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the complete status of yaw rate initialization. YES indicates complete.
424
Ford Data Parameters Passive Antitheft System (PATS) Parameters
425
Ford Data Parameters Passive Antitheft System (PATS) Parameters
SPAREKY
Range: _________________________________________________ DISABLE/ENABLE
Indicates whether spare key programming is enabled in the PATS module. Spare key
programming may not be desired and therefore can be disabled or enabled on certain models.
V ENABLE
Range: _________________________________________________ DISABLE/ENABLE
Information on this parameter is not available at this time.
426
Ford Data Parameters Generic Electronic Module (GEM) Parameters
427
Ford Data Parameters Generic Electronic Module (GEM) Parameters
4WDPlate_A
PLATE A
4WDPlate_B
PLATE B
4WDPlate_C
PLATE C
4WDPlate_D
PLATE D
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the status of various transfer case contact plates. Refer to the Ford factory manual for a
chart identifying plate positions with shift lever positions.
4WDPlatePwr
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether power is available to the transfer case shift motor contact plates that limit
transfer case shift linkage travel. Reads ON when shifting the transfer case between ranges.
4WD_Switch
Range: ___________________________________________________ AUTO/4HI/4LOW
Displays the GEM module input from the driver-operated 4WD switch. The switch controls
transfer case operation.
ABagCHIME
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the commanded status of the Air Bag Chime from the restraint module.
ABagCHIME normally reads OFF and reads ON only if a short or open is detected in the Air Bag
lamp circuit by the Restraint module.
A/C BLndoorPos
Range: _____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSE
Displays the commanded position of the A/C blend door.
ACC_Pos
RUN_Pos
IGN Run
START_Pos
OFF/LOCK_Pos
IGN O/L
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the current position of the ignition switch. Interpret as follows:
• ACC_Pos reads YES with the switch in accessory position.
• START_Pos reads YES with the switch in cranking position.
• RUN_Pos or IGN_Run reads YES with the switch in run position.
• OFF/LOCK_Pos or IGN_O/L reads YES with the switch in lock position and reads NO when
the ignition switch is in the off position or accessory position.
AccessoryDly
ACC DeLaY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the actual status of the accessory power relay and read ON when the relay contacts are
closed, allowing some accessories to be turned on after the ignition key has been switched off.
428
Ford Data Parameters Generic Electronic Module (GEM) Parameters
ALarm EVent1-8
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the trigger source for the last 8 perimeter alarm activations. Event # 1 is the oldest and
# 8 is the newest. They continue to rotate from 8 to 1 as more events accumulate.
The following descriptions may appear depending upon model and available options: DOOR,
BATTERY, DECKLID, DRIVDOOR, DOODAJR, HOOD/TRNK, IGNITION, LRDOOR, NO EVNT,
PANIC, PASS DOOR, RADIO, RR/SLI.
AUTOLMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the Automatic Headlamp switch.
BATSAV
BattSaver
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the actual status of the battery saver relay, and reads ON when the relay contacts are
closed. This allows some accessories to be turned on after the ignition is switched off.
When the battery saver relay contacts are closed, all the accessories operate. If an accessory is
left on with the ignition key off, after approximately one hour the battery saver relay contacts
open to shut off the accessories.
BOO_GEM
BOO SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the brake ON/OFF (BOO) pedal switch signal to the GEM module. Reads ON when the
switch contacts are closed.
CCW_Shift_Mtr
CW_Shift_Mtr
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays GEM commands to the counterclockwise (CCW) and clockwise (CW) shift motor relays
on 4WD systems. The relays control the directional rotation of the transfer case shift motor.
These parameters read ON when the solenoid for the relay is energized, which closes the relay
contacts.
ChimeReq
CHIMERQ
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the command status for the warning chime. Reads ON when the chimes sound.
The module relies on inputs from the door switches, door key cylinder, headlight switch, and
seatbelt buckle to determine when to activate the chime.
ClutchLock
Range: ___________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTV
Displays the status of the driver-operated clutch pedal switch on 4WD systems and reads
ACTIVE when the switch contacts are closed.
COOLANT
Range: _________________________________________________________notOK/OK
Displays the coolant level status.
429
Ford Data Parameters Generic Electronic Module (GEM) Parameters
D DR SW
DECKLID
Dr DR SW
LGATESW
LRDR Switch
LRDoor SWitch
LRDR SW
P DR SW
Pass DR SW
RRDoor SWitch
Range: ____________________________________________________ CLOSED/OPEN
Shows whether the indicated door and trunk switches are open or closed and read OPEN when
the door is open and switch contacts are closed.
DIM DEC
Range: _____________________________________________________ NotAct/ActivE
Displays the status of the instrument cluster illumination control switch and should read ACTIVE
when the OFF button is pressed.
DIM INC
Range: _____________________________________________________ NotAct/ActivE
Displays the status of the instrument cluster illumination control switch and should read ACTIVE
when the MAX button is pressed.
DoorAjarLamp
DoorAJR L
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the door ajar lamp. Reads ON when the door ajar lamp should be lit.
DoorLocK
DoorUnlock
Range: ___________________________________________________ LOCK/UNLOCKN
Displays the command status for the door lock solenoids and reads LOCK when the module has
commanded the solenoids to energize towards the lock position.
Dr SBELT
Range: ___________________________________________________________ IN/OUT
Indicates whether the passenger side seat belt buckle switch is engaged and the belt is buckled.
D SBELT
Range: ___________________________________________________________ IN/OUT
Indicates whether the driver side seat belt buckle switch is engaged and the belt is buckled.
DTC CouNT
Range: ____________________________________________________________0 to 20
Displays the number of diagnostic trouble codes stored in GEM module memory.
FrWiperMd
RearWiperMd
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the position of the driver-operated front or rear windshield wiper switch. The GEM
module uses this information to control the wiper and washer relays. Readings vary by model.
The screen may display the selected switch range position or the switch operating status.
The possible range positions include POS1, POS2, POS3, POS4, POS5, POS6, POS7, WASH.
430
Ford Data Parameters Generic Electronic Module (GEM) Parameters
The possible operating states include INT, LOW, HIGH, OPEN, CKT.
HallPwr
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the module is supplying a reference voltage to the transfer case Hall-effect
switches on 4WD systems.
HatchUnlkSw
LF_UnlockSw
RF_UnlockSw
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the driver-operated door unlock switches. Reads ON when the switch
contacts are closed.
HeaDLaMP
HDLMPSW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the actual status of the headlamp switch. Reads ON when the switch contacts are
closed and the headlamps are on.
HORN SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the actual status of the horn switch. Reads ON when the switch contacts are closed and
the horn should be on.
IllumEntry
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the presence of a request to turn on the illuminated entry lamps. A request to light the
entry lamps may come from any one of the door ajar switches, and a special driver door handle
switch whose contacts close when the handle is lifted.
KeyInIgn
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates if a key is in the ignition switch.
LFBeltFstnd
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates if the left front seat belt buckle is latched.
LFDoorAjar
LRDoorAjar
RFDoorAjar
RR/SlidDr_Ajar
Trunk/Htch_Ajar
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether door and trunk switches are open or closed. NO means the door is shut and
switch contacts are closed.
LF_PwrWndw
Range: _________________________________________________ ENABLE/DISABLE
Displays the status of the left front window one-touch down feature. Reads ENABLE when this
feature is rolling the window down.
431
Ford Data Parameters Generic Electronic Module (GEM) Parameters
LFWindowDn
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the GEM command status for the left front window to roll down and reads YES when the
window is rolling down.
LFWindowMotr(A)
Range: ____________________________________________________________0 to 64
Displays the amount of current through the left front window motor during use.
LFWndwPeak(A)
Range: ____________________________________________________________0 to 64
Displays the maximum amount of current drawn by the left front window motor after use.
LR TURN
RR TURN
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the commanded status of the left rear and right rear turn signal lamps.
NeuSafetySw
Range: ___________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTV
Displays the status of the neutral safety switch on 4WD systems and reads ACTIVE when the
switch contacts are closed.
NeuTowFcnLmp
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the command status for the neutral tow indicator lamp on 4WD systems and reads ON
when the lamp is lit and the Neutral Tow function is enabled.
NeutTowFcn
Range: _________________________________________________ ENABLE/DISABLE
Indicates if the transfer case is in neutral tow mode on 4WD systems and reads ENABLE when
tow mode is in effect.
Neutral tow prevents drive train damage when the vehicle is being towed.
NTRL SW
Range: _____________________________________________________ NotAct/ActivE
Displays the status of the neutral safety switch. Reads ACTIVE when the switch contacts are
closed.
OverSpdWarn
Range: _________________________________________________ ENABLE/DISABLE
Indicates a higher-than-normal wheel speed sensor signal. ENABLE displays only when one or
more wheels exceeded the maximum vehicle speed or a speed sensor circuit is shorted.
ParkLmpSw
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the driver-operated park lamp switch and reads ON when the park lamp
switch contacts are closed.
RearDefRly
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the command status to the rear window defroster relay and reads ON when the module
is commanding the relay solenoid to energize and close the relay contacts.
432
Ford Data Parameters Generic Electronic Module (GEM) Parameters
RearDefSw
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the driver-operated rear window defroster switch and reads ON when the
defroster switch contacts are closed.
RearPosSense
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the rear wiper is in the PARK position.
RearWasher
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the GEM is commanding the rear window washer to operate (reads ON).
RearWASHSW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the actual status for the rear window washer switch and reads ON when the washer
switch contacts are closed.
RearWiper
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the command status for the rear window wiper. Reads ON when the wiper is operating.
RearWiperDn
RearWiperUp
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the module status for the rear wiper arm down or up command:
• RearWiperDn = ON means the wiper should be moving down to home position.
• RearWiperUp = ON means the wiper should be moving up.
RearWPRUN
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status for the rear window wiper switch. Reads ON when the switch is on.
RevSel
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the gear selector is in reverse on 4WD systems and reads ON when the gear
selector is in reverse.
SeatBeltLamp
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the GEM command status to the seat belt lamp indicator on the instrument panel and
reads ON if the GEM has commanded the lamp to light.
SpdSensWipr
Range: _________________________________________________ ENABLE/DISABLE
Displays the status of the windshield wiper mode that makes wiper motion vehicle speed
sensitive. Reads ENABLE when the wiper speed increases and decreases with vehicle speed.
VBatt(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 25 V
Displays the battery voltage.
VBatt_GEM(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 25 V
Displays the battery voltage supplied to the GEM module.
433
Ford Data Parameters Generic Electronic Module (GEM) Parameters
VBatt_REM(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 25 V
Displays the battery voltage supplied to the REM module.
VSS_GEM
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 120 MPH
Displays the vehicle speed sensor (VSS) signal being supplied to the GEM module in MPH.
WasherPumpRly
WASHRLY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the command status to the washer pump relay and reads ON when the module has
energized the relay solenoid to close the relay contacts.
WasherPumpSw
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the driver-operated washer pump switch and reads ON when the switch
contacts are closed.
WEAR OK
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the brake pad wear switch and reads as follows:
• YES when the switch contacts are closed
• NO when the switch contacts are open
The dash brake warning indicator illuminates when the switch contacts open.
WFLUID
Range: __________________________________________________________ LOW/OK
Indicates the status of the washer fluid level.
Wiper2SpdRly
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the two-speed (high) wiper relay. Reads ON when the relay contacts are
closed, allowing the wipers to operate at high speed.
WiperPk-Pk(mS)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 255 mS
Displays the windshield intermittent delay time.
WiperRunRly
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the command status to the wiper run relay. Reads ON when the module has energized
the relay solenoid to close the relay contacts.
434
Ford Data Parameters Transmission Control Module Parameters
435
Ford Data Parameters Transmission Control Module Parameters
DISTDIG_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the distance since the last time diagnostic trouble codes were cleared.
DRIVECNT_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the valid drive counter.
DRIVEPOS_TCM
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the selected gear lever position is Drive.
DTC_CNT_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the DTC count (includes those needing no action).
ECT_TCM (°C/°F)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the ECT transmission control module temperature.
ECT_TCM_DI (°C/°F)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the engine coolant temperature.
ENG_CTO
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the engine speed clean tachometer output.
ENG_TORQ
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the calculated engine torque.
Engine_STAT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the engine running status.
FIRMSHFT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the firm shift status.
FLG_MLUSFM
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether the torque converter had unlocked due to slipping.
FLG_OTLK
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether the transmission is operating in over temperature lockup mode.
FRZ_DTC
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the freeze frame diagnostic trouble codes.
FUEL_CUT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fuel cut-off signal is present.
436
Ford Data Parameters Transmission Control Module Parameters
G_SDN_A
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether there is a generator shutdown from e-quizzer.
G_SDN_B
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether there is a generator shutdown from the vehicle system control.
G_SDN_C
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether there is a generator shutdown from the powertrain control module.
Gear
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the gear commanded by module.
GEAR_MAX
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the highest gear allowed.
Gear_OSCIP
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the gear command by output state control.
GEAR_RAT
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the gear ratio.
GEN_BRK_CMD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the generator brake command.
GEN_CTRL
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the generator control mode.
GEN_COILTEMP (°C)/(°F)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the generator coil temperature.
GEN_INV_V
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the voltage of the generator inverter.
GEN_SPEED
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the generator speed.
GEN_TEMPHI (°C)/(°F)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the generator inverter phase temperature.
GEN_TORQ_CMD
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the generator torque command.
437
Ford Data Parameters Transmission Control Module Parameters
GR_RATIO
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the transmission gear ratio.
GTQ_OUT
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the generator torque from AC Source.
I_SDN_1
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the rapid discharge signal 1.
I_SDN_2
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the rapid discharge signal 2.
IAT_TCM (°C)/(°F)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the intake air temperature.
IMAN_DN_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the gear lever position—Tip Minus.
IMIN_UP_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the gear lever position—Tip Plus.
IMS_SRC
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the intermediate shaft speed.
ISS
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the input shaft speed.
ISS_DIR
Range: _______________________________________________ FORWARD/REVERSE
Displays the intermediate shaft direction.
ISS_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the input shaft speed sensor signal reliability.
LF_WSPD_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the left front wheel speed sensor speed.
LOAD_TCM
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the calculated engine load as a percentage.
LCP_AMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the line pressure control amperage.
438
Ford Data Parameters Transmission Control Module Parameters
M_SDN_A
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether there is a motor shutdown command from the E-quizzer.
M_SDN_B
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether there is a motor shutdown command from the vehicle system control.
M_SDN_C
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether there is a motor shutdown command from the powertrain control module.
MANSW_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Indicates whether the gear selector lever is in Manual position.
MECH_TCM (°C/°F)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the motor electronics coolant temperature.
MIL_DIS_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the distance traveled since the MIL was activated.
MTQ_OUT
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the motor torque from AC source.
MTR_COILTEMP (°C)(°F)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the motor coil temperature.
MTR_INV_V
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the motor inverter voltage.
MTR_SPEED
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the motor speed in RPM.
MTR_TEMPHI (°C)/(°F)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the motor inverse phase temperature.
MTR_TORQ_CMD
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the motor torque command.
NEUTPOS_TCM
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the gear selector lever position is neutral.
ODOMETER_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Indicates the total distance traveled.
439
Ford Data Parameters Transmission Control Module Parameters
OFMFLG
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates the pressure control failure mode.
OSS
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the output shaft speed.
OSS_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates the reliability of the output shaft speed signal.
OSS_DIR
Range: _______________________________________________ FORWARD/REVERSE
Displays the output shaft direction.
OSS_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the output shaft speed in RPM.
OTEMP_FMFLG
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates whether a transmission over temperature condition exists.
OverdriveCancel
Range: ______________________________________ NOT DEPRESSED/DEPRESSED
Displays the state of the overdrive cancel switch/hold switch.
PCA
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the measured pressure of pressure control solenoid A.
PCA_FLT
Range: __________________________________________________ NO FAULT/FAULT
Displays the pressure control solenoid A status.
PCA_MES
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the measured pressure of the transmission PCA.
PCAA
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the pressure control solenoid A amperage.
PCAAMP_MES
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the measured current PCA.
PCB
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the measured pressure of pressure control solenoid B.
PCBA
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the pressure control solenoid B amperage.
440
Ford Data Parameters Transmission Control Module Parameters
PCBAMP_MES
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the measured current for the transmission PCB.
PCCAMP_MES
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the measured current for the PCC.
PCC
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the measured pressure for pressure control solenoid C.
PCC_MES
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the current pressure of the PCC.
PCCA
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the pressure control solenoid C amperage.
PCD
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the measured pressure of shift solenoid pressure control D.
PCD_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates the SSPCD status.
PCD_AMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control D amperage.
PCE_AMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control E amperage.
PCF
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the line pressure control.
PCF_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the LPC status.
PCG
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the torque converter pressure control.
PCG_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the torque converter clutch status.
PCE
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control E.
441
Ford Data Parameters Transmission Control Module Parameters
RCL_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the reverse control lamp fault status.
PCM_MSG_TCM
Range: ___________________________________________ PRESENT/NOT PRESENT
Indicates whether a CAN message is missing from the PCM.
RESPOS_TCM
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the gear selector lever in Reverse position.
RF_WSPD_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the right front wheel speed sensor signal.
RPM_DSD_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the desired idle speed (RPM).
RPM_TCM
RPM_TCM_HEV
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the engine Speed (RPM).
SHIFT_POS
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the transmission control indicator light status.
SLIP_DES_SCP
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 1200 RPM
Displays the desired torque converter slip.
SSA_AMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control A amperage.
SSAFM
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the shift solenoid 1 status.
SSB_AMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control B amperage.
SSB_SS1
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the shift solenoid 1 status.
SSB_SS2
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the shift solenoid 2 status.
SSBFM
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the shift solenoid 2 status.
442
Ford Data Parameters Transmission Control Module Parameters
SSC_AMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control C amperage.
SSE
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control E status.
SSPCA
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control A status.
SSPCA_FLT
Range: __________________________________________________ NO FAULT/FAULT
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control A status.
SSPCB
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control B status.
SSPCB_FLT
Range: __________________________________________________ NO FAULT/FAULT
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control B status.
SSPCC
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control C status.
SSPCC_FLT
Range: __________________________________________________ NO FAULT/FAULT
Displays the shift solenoid pressure control C status.
TC_SLIP
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 1200 RPM
Displays the actual torque converter slippage speed.
TCC
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the torque converter clutch solenoid signal (modulated).
TCCAMP_MES
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.2A
Displays the measured current for the TCC pressure control.
TCC_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the status of the torque converter clutch fault.
TCC_OSC
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the output state control of the torque converter.
TCC_SLIP_DSD
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 1200 RPM
Displays the desired torque converter slip speed.
443
Ford Data Parameters Transmission Control Module Parameters
TCIL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the transmission control indicator light.
TCIL_FLT
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the transmission control indicator light fault status.
TCM_CAUTION
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the transmission control module caution.
TCM_HAZ
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the transmission control module hazard warning lamp status.
TCS
Range: ______________________________________ NOT DEPRESSED/DEPRESSED
Displays the status of the overdrive cancel switch/hold switch.
TFT (°C/°F)
TOT_ENG (°C/°F)
TRAN_TEMP (°C/°F)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the transmission fluid temperature.
TIP_MIN_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the gear lever position —Tip Minus.
TIP_PL_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the gear lever position—Tip Plus.
TORQUE
TORQUE_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the net engine torque.
TORQUE_DSD
TORQ_DSD
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the desired total engine torque.
TOTF
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the transmission fluid temperature fault status.
TOWHAUL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the tow haul switch status.
TP_PER
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the throttle position in percentage.
444
Ford Data Parameters Transmission Control Module Parameters
TP_REL_TCM
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the relative throttle position as a percentage.
TR
TR_FREQ(Hz)
TTR_DC
TR_V
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Indicates the transmission range.
TRFM
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Indicates the transmission range status.
TRO_N_F
TRO_N_FAULT
Range: _____________________________________YES FAULT/NO FAULT or YES/NO
Displays the neutral output status. Reads YES when a neutral circuit fault is detected.
TRO_P_F
Range: _____________________________________YES FAULT/NO FAULT or YES/NO
Displays the park output status. Reads YES when a park circuit fault is detected.
TSES_TCM
Range: _______________________________________________________CLOCKTIME
Displays the time since start in seconds.
TSLIPRAT
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 1200 RPM
Displays the transmission slip ratio.
TSFMFLG_TCM
TSFMFLG
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the status of the turbine speed sensor failure mode.
TSS
TSS_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the turbine shaft speed.
TSS_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the turbine shaft speed signal reliability.
TQ_CNTL
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the torque fuel/spark limiting status.
VAR_CMD
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the commanded variator ratio (input speed/output speed).
445
Ford Data Parameters Transmission Control Module Parameters
VAR_MES
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the measured variator ratio (input speed/output speed).
VEH_CTRL
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
Displays the vehicle control mode.
VOLT_SENSR
Range: _______________________________________________________________ 5V
Displays the sensor supply voltage.
VPWR_TCM
VPWR
Range: _______________________________________________________________ B+
Displays the module supply voltage.
VS_SRC
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the transfer case sensor signal.
VSFMFLG
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the vehicle speed sensor signal status.
VSS_F
Range: ______________________________________________ YES FAULT/NO FAULT
Displays the vehicle speed sensor reliability.
VSS_TCM
VSS_TCM_HEV
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the vehicle speed.
VSS_TCM_HR
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the vehicle speed—high resolution.
WARMUPDTC_TCM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the number of warm-ups since the DTCs were cleared.
446
Ford Data Parameters Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) Parameters
447
Ford Data Parameters Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) Parameters
LR_LRN
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates the left rear learn status.
LR_MES
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates the left rear re-measure status.
LR_NORM
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates the left rear normal status.
LR_REC
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the left rear transmit has been received after learn.
LRAWAKE
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Indicates the left rear awake status.
LRIDPRG
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the left rear sensor programmed.
LRLOBAT
Range: __________________________________________________________ LOW/OK
Indicates the left rear battery status.
LRO_PSI
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Indicates the left rear outer tire pressure.
RESET
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates the parameter reset command.
RF_ID
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Indicates the right front tire transmitter identifier.
RF_REC
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the right front transmit bas been received after learn.
RF_LRN
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates the right front learn status.
RF_MES
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates the right front re-measure status.
RF_NORM
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates the right front normal status.
448
Ford Data Parameters Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) Parameters
RF_PSI
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Indicates the right front tire pressure.
RFAWAKE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the right front awake status.
RFIDPRG
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the right front sensor programmed.
RFLOBAT
Range: __________________________________________________________ LOW/OK
Indicates the right front battery status.
RR_ID
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Indicates the right rear tire transmitter identifier.
RR_LRN
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates the right rear learn status.
RR_MES
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates the right rear re-measure status.
RR_NORM
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates the right rear normal status.
RR_REC
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the right rear transmit has been received after learn.
RRAWAKE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the right rear awake status.
RRIDPRG
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the right rear sensor programmed.
RRLOBAT
Range: __________________________________________________________ LOW/OK
Indicates the right rear battery status
RRO_PSI
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Indicates the right rear outer tire pressure.
SP_LRN
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates the spare learn status.
449
Ford Data Parameters Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) Parameters
SP_MES
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates the spare re-measure status.
SP_NORM
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates the spare normal status.
SP_REC
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the spare transmit has been received after learn.
SPAWAKE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the spare awake status.
SPIDPRG
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the spare sensor programmed.
SPLOBAT
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates the spare low battery.
SPR_ID
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Indicates the spare tire transmitter identifier.
SPR_PSI
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Indicates the spare tire pressure.
VSS_TPM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the vehicle speed.
WARN_1
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the transmitter identifier with warning value 1.
WARN_2
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the transmitter identifier with warning value 2.
WARN_3
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the transmitter identifier with warning value 3.
WARN_4
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the transmitter identifier with warning value 4.
WARN_5
Range: ____________________________________________________________ actual
Displays the transmitter identifier with warning value 5.
450
Chapter 14 GM Data Parameters
451
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
452
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
453
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
A
A/C CLUTCH CMD....................................................................................................................................................... 687
A/C CLUTCH FBK ........................................................................................................................................................ 498
A/C CLUTCH FBK ........................................................................................................................................................ 687
A/C CLUTCH ................................................................................................................................................................ 498
A/C CLUTCH ................................................................................................................................................................ 608
A/C CLUTCH ................................................................................................................................................................ 687
A/C COMP SW ............................................................................................................................................................. 498
A/C ENABLED.............................................................................................................................................................. 498
A/C ENABLED.............................................................................................................................................................. 688
A/C ENABLED.............................................................................................................................................................. 705
A/C EVAP TMP (°)........................................................................................................................................................ 498
A/C EVAP ..................................................................................................................................................................... 498
A/C FAN REQUEST ..................................................................................................................................................... 499
A/C HI PRESS(V) ......................................................................................................................................................... 499
A/C HIGH PRESS SW.................................................................................................................................................. 499
A/C HI-SIDE (psi) ......................................................................................................................................................... 499
A/C HI-SIDE(KPA) ........................................................................................................................................................ 499
A/C IDLE UP................................................................................................................................................................. 499
A/C LOAD (ft./lb.).......................................................................................................................................................... 499
A/C LOAD SIGNAL....................................................................................................................................................... 499
A/C PRESS (KPA) ........................................................................................................................................................ 500
A/C PRESS (psi) .......................................................................................................................................................... 500
A/C PRESS .................................................................................................................................................................. 499
A/C PRESS(V).............................................................................................................................................................. 500
A/C RELAY CMD .......................................................................................................................................................... 500
A/C RELAY COM.......................................................................................................................................................... 500
A/C RELAY ................................................................................................................................................................... 500
A/C REQUEST ............................................................................................................................................................. 500
A/C REQUEST ............................................................................................................................................................. 608
A/C REQUEST ............................................................................................................................................................. 705
A/C REQUESTED ........................................................................................................................................................ 500
A/C RLY OPEN/SHORT ............................................................................................................................................... 500
A/C RLY ........................................................................................................................................................................ 500
A/C SLUGGING............................................................................................................................................................ 500
A/C SOLENOID ............................................................................................................................................................ 501
A/C STATUS ................................................................................................................................................................. 501
A/C-DEF DOOR ........................................................................................................................................................... 688
454
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
455
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
456
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
B
B-1 LOOP STAT ........................................................................................................................................................... 509
457
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
458
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
C
C LO-SIDE (°C) ............................................................................................................................................................ 688
C/C ACTIVE ................................................................................................................................................................. 516
C/C CLT/TCC SW......................................................................................................................................................... 516
C/C RES/ACC SW........................................................................................................................................................ 517
C/C RES/ACC SW........................................................................................................................................................ 690
C/C SET/CST SW ........................................................................................................................................................ 517
C/C SET/CST SW ........................................................................................................................................................ 690
CAL ID .......................................................................................................................................................................... 514
CAL REV ...................................................................................................................................................................... 652
CALC B1 TWC(°).......................................................................................................................................................... 514
CALC B2 TWC(°).......................................................................................................................................................... 514
CALC CMPRS OUT ..................................................................................................................................................... 514
CALC VACUUM............................................................................................................................................................ 514
CALIB P/N .................................................................................................................................................................... 612
CAM HI TO LO ............................................................................................................................................................. 514
CAM LO TO HI ............................................................................................................................................................. 514
CAM PHASE ACT(°) .................................................................................................................................................... 515
CAM PHASE DES(°) .................................................................................................................................................... 515
CAM PHASE DUTY(%) ................................................................................................................................................ 515
CAM PHASE VARI ....................................................................................................................................................... 515
CAM REF MISSED....................................................................................................................................................... 515
CAM RETARD(°) .......................................................................................................................................................... 515
CAM SIG PRESENT .................................................................................................................................................... 515
CAT CONV HITEMP..................................................................................................................................................... 515
CAT CONV(°C)............................................................................................................................................................. 515
CAT CONV(°F) ............................................................................................................................................................. 515
CAT MON TST B1 ........................................................................................................................................................ 515
CAT MON TST B2 ........................................................................................................................................................ 515
CAT TESTS DONE....................................................................................................................................................... 516
CATALYST MONITOR .................................................................................................................................................. 516
CC ACTIVE .................................................................................................................................................................. 516
CC BRAKE SW ............................................................................................................................................................ 516
CC BRAKE SW ............................................................................................................................................................ 612
CC BRAKE SW ............................................................................................................................................................ 689
CC CLUTCH................................................................................................................................................................. 516
CC CURRENT HI ......................................................................................................................................................... 516
459
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
460
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
461
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
D
DASH LIGHT ................................................................................................................................................................ 705
DECEL ENLEAN .......................................................................................................................................................... 525
DECEL FUEL C/OFF.................................................................................................................................................... 525
DECEL FUEL MODE.................................................................................................................................................... 525
DEL TORQUE(%)......................................................................................................................................................... 525
DEL TORQUE(%)......................................................................................................................................................... 664
DELAY TIME(SEC)....................................................................................................................................................... 602
DELIVRD TORQ(%) ..................................................................................................................................................... 525
DES B1S1(Lambda) ..................................................................................................................................................... 525
DES B1S2(Lambda) ..................................................................................................................................................... 525
DES BOOST(“Hg) ........................................................................................................................................................ 513
DES BOOST(KPA) ....................................................................................................................................................... 513
DES CC SERVO(%) ..................................................................................................................................................... 525
DES CYL AIR(g/c) ........................................................................................................................................................ 526
DES EGR(%)................................................................................................................................................................ 526
DES EGR(%)................................................................................................................................................................ 615
DES EGR(”Hg) ............................................................................................................................................................. 502
462
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
463
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
E
EBTCM ETS ACTV ...................................................................................................................................................... 665
EC IGN RLY CMD ........................................................................................................................................................ 528
EC IGN RLY FDBK(V) .................................................................................................................................................. 528
E-CELL EXPIRED ........................................................................................................................................................ 528
ECM RESET................................................................................................................................................................. 528
ECU .............................................................................................................................................................................. 665
EFE COMMAND........................................................................................................................................................... 528
EGR ADAPT CELLS .................................................................................................................................................. 529
EGR ADPT LRN CL ..................................................................................................................................................... 529
EGR CLSD(CNT) ......................................................................................................................................................... 529
EGR CLSD(V) .............................................................................................................................................................. 529
EGR CMD..................................................................................................................................................................... 529
EGR COMMAND.......................................................................................................................................................... 529
EGR DCEL TEST ......................................................................................................................................................... 529
EGR DIAG SWITCH..................................................................................................................................................... 529
EGR DUTY CYCLE ...................................................................................................................................................... 530
EGR DUTY(%) ............................................................................................................................................................. 530
EGR DUTY(%) ............................................................................................................................................................. 616
EGR ERROR(%) .......................................................................................................................................................... 530
EGR FBK(V) ................................................................................................................................................................. 530
EGR FUEL COMP(%) .................................................................................................................................................. 531
464
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
465
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
F
F AXLE REQ ................................................................................................................................................................ 536
F AXLE SW LCKED ..................................................................................................................................................... 536
F PRIME ACTV ............................................................................................................................................................ 666
F PROPSHAFT FLT ..................................................................................................................................................... 536
F PROPSHFT(RPM) .................................................................................................................................................... 536
F TCS ISO ACTV ......................................................................................................................................................... 666
FAN 1 ENABLED.......................................................................................................................................................... 536
FAN 1 REQUESTED .................................................................................................................................................... 536
FAN 1 REQUESTED .................................................................................................................................................... 618
FAN 2 ENABLED.......................................................................................................................................................... 536
FAN 2 REQUESTED .................................................................................................................................................... 536
FAN 2 REQUESTED .................................................................................................................................................... 618
FAN CTRL 1 CMD ........................................................................................................................................................ 536
FAN CTRL 2 CMD ........................................................................................................................................................ 536
FAN DUTY CYCLE....................................................................................................................................................... 537
FAN FAILURE............................................................................................................................................................... 692
FAN RELAY 1 ............................................................................................................................................................... 537
FAN RELAY .................................................................................................................................................................. 537
FAN REQUEST ............................................................................................................................................................ 499
FAN SPEED(RPM) ....................................................................................................................................................... 537
FC 1 BATT SHRT ......................................................................................................................................................... 537
FC 1 OPEN/SHORT ..................................................................................................................................................... 537
FC 2 BATT SHRT ......................................................................................................................................................... 537
FC 2 OPEN/SHORT ..................................................................................................................................................... 537
FC RELAY 1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 537
FC RELAY 2&3............................................................................................................................................................. 537
466
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
467
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
G
GAR SHIFT ADAPT ..................................................................................................................................................... 619
GARAGE SHIFT(SEC) ................................................................................................................................................. 619
GEAR BOX TORQUE .................................................................................................................................................. 619
GEAR COMMANDED .................................................................................................................................................. 619
GEAR RATIO................................................................................................................................................................ 620
GEAR SELECTED ....................................................................................................................................................... 620
GEAR SLIP(:1) ............................................................................................................................................................. 620
GEN COMMAND.......................................................................................................................................................... 542
GEN F TERMINAL(%).................................................................................................................................................. 542
GEN F-TERM(%).......................................................................................................................................................... 542
GEN L TERM................................................................................................................................................................ 542
GEN L TERMINAL........................................................................................................................................................ 542
GEN LAMP ................................................................................................................................................................... 542
GEN L-TERM................................................................................................................................................................ 542
GEN REG DUTY(%)..................................................................................................................................................... 542
GENERATOR(%).......................................................................................................................................................... 542
GENERATOR(%).......................................................................................................................................................... 693
GLOW PLUG RLY(V) ................................................................................................................................................... 542
GLOW PLUG SYS........................................................................................................................................................ 542
GLOW PLUG TYPE ..................................................................................................................................................... 542
GLOW PLUG(V) ........................................................................................................................................................... 542
GM P/N......................................................................................................................................................................... 543
H
HANDWHL SNSR(V).................................................................................................................................................... 543
HAZARD LAMP SW ..................................................................................................................................................... 693
HEADLAMP OUT ......................................................................................................................................................... 693
HEADLAMP SW ........................................................................................................................................................... 693
HEADLAMP WASHER ................................................................................................................................................. 693
HEADLAMP.................................................................................................................................................................. 693
HEATED WINDSHLD ................................................................................................................................................... 543
HI PS PRESSURE ....................................................................................................................................................... 543
HI SPARK COMP ......................................................................................................................................................... 544
HIGH ALTITUDE .......................................................................................................................................................... 543
HIGH BATTERY ........................................................................................................................................................... 543
HIGH BEAM SELECT .................................................................................................................................................. 693
HIGH BLOWER ............................................................................................................................................................ 693
HIGH ELEC. LOAD ...................................................................................................................................................... 543
HIGH FAN..................................................................................................................................................................... 557
HIGH FAN..................................................................................................................................................................... 693
HIGH GEAR ................................................................................................................................................................. 601
HIGH RES SIGNAL ...................................................................................................................................................... 543
HO2 SNSR-1(mV) ........................................................................................................................................................ 544
HO2 SNSR-2(mV) ........................................................................................................................................................ 544
HO2S 1 HEATER ......................................................................................................................................................... 544
HO2S 2 HEATER ......................................................................................................................................................... 544
468
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
I
I/O RPM(RATIO)........................................................................................................................................................... 622
I/P LAMP DIM(%) ......................................................................................................................................................... 696
I/P LCD DIM(%)............................................................................................................................................................ 696
IAC COIL A................................................................................................................................................................... 545
IAC COIL B................................................................................................................................................................... 545
IAC COIL ENABLE ....................................................................................................................................................... 545
IAC DIRECTION........................................................................................................................................................... 546
IAC LEARNED.............................................................................................................................................................. 546
IAC LT TRIM(%) ........................................................................................................................................................... 546
IAC MEMORY .............................................................................................................................................................. 555
IAC MOTOR CMD ........................................................................................................................................................ 546
IAC POSITION ............................................................................................................................................................. 546
IAC POSITION ............................................................................................................................................................. 620
IAC PULSE(%) ............................................................................................................................................................. 547
IAT-1 ............................................................................................................................................................................. 547
IAT-2 ............................................................................................................................................................................. 547
IC CYL 1 & 4 CMD ....................................................................................................................................................... 547
IC CYL 2 & 3 CMD ....................................................................................................................................................... 547
IC FAULT CYL 1 ........................................................................................................................................................... 547
IC FAULT CYL 2 ........................................................................................................................................................... 547
IC FAULT CYL 3 ........................................................................................................................................................... 547
IC FAULT CYL 4 ........................................................................................................................................................... 547
IC FAULT CYL 5 ........................................................................................................................................................... 547
IC FAULT CYL 6 ........................................................................................................................................................... 547
IC FAULT CYL 7 ........................................................................................................................................................... 547
IC FAULT CYL 8 ........................................................................................................................................................... 547
ICCS1 EQUIPPED ....................................................................................................................................................... 667
ICCS2 EQUIPPED ....................................................................................................................................................... 667
ICM CTRL IGN ............................................................................................................................................................. 547
469
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
470
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
K
KEY IN IGNITION......................................................................................................................................................... 696
KICKDOWN ENABLE................................................................................................................................................... 553
KICKDOWN ENABLE................................................................................................................................................... 622
KNOCK ACTV CNT...................................................................................................................................................... 622
KNOCK COUNT ........................................................................................................................................................... 553
471
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
L
L FUEL LEVEL (V) ....................................................................................................................................................... 555
L/R SWITCH B1S1 ....................................................................................................................................................... 569
L/R SWITCH B2S1 ....................................................................................................................................................... 569
L/R TRN B1S1(mS) ...................................................................................................................................................... 558
L/R TRN B2S1(mS) ...................................................................................................................................................... 558
LAMP CONTROL ......................................................................................................................................................... 654
LAMP DRV FBK ........................................................................................................................................................... 654
LAMP ON TIME............................................................................................................................................................ 655
LAST ADAPT (psi)........................................................................................................................................................ 555
LAST ADAPT(KPA) ...................................................................................................................................................... 623
LAST ADAPT(psi)......................................................................................................................................................... 623
LAST ADPT DC(%) ...................................................................................................................................................... 555
LAST ADPT DC(%) ...................................................................................................................................................... 623
LAST CLEAR CODE .................................................................................................................................................... 555
LAST OSS SHIFT......................................................................................................................................................... 623
LAST SHFT(SEC) ........................................................................................................................................................ 623
LAST SHIFT ADAPT .................................................................................................................................................... 623
LAT ACCEL(g) .............................................................................................................................................................. 668
LAT ACCEL(V) ............................................................................................................................................................. 668
LCD BLANKING ........................................................................................................................................................... 696
LCD BLANKNG FBK .................................................................................................................................................... 696
LEAN/RICH TRANS ..................................................................................................................................................... 570
LEARN CONF 3RD ...................................................................................................................................................... 623
LEARN CONF 4TH....................................................................................................................................................... 623
472
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
473
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
474
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
M
MAF BURNOFF............................................................................................................................................................ 560
475
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
476
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
477
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
N
N/V RATIO .................................................................................................................................................................... 567
ND WHL SPD ............................................................................................................................................................... 567
NM 1-2 HI ..................................................................................................................................................................... 650
NM 1-2 LO .................................................................................................................................................................... 650
NM 2-3 HI ..................................................................................................................................................................... 650
NM 2-3 LO .................................................................................................................................................................... 650
NM 3-2 HI ..................................................................................................................................................................... 616
NM 3-2 LO .................................................................................................................................................................... 616
NM 3-4 HI ..................................................................................................................................................................... 650
NM 3-4 LO .................................................................................................................................................................... 650
NM 4-2 HI ..................................................................................................................................................................... 616
NM 4-2 LO .................................................................................................................................................................... 616
NM 4-3 HI ..................................................................................................................................................................... 616
NM 4-3 LO .................................................................................................................................................................... 616
NO OF TIMES SET ...................................................................................................................................................... 675
NO. OF DRV CYCLES ................................................................................................................................................. 567
NO. OF FAIL MISF IN................................................................................................................................................... 567
NO. OF MISFIRES ....................................................................................................................................................... 567
NO. OF MISFIRES ....................................................................................................................................................... 567
NO. OF NORMALS ...................................................................................................................................................... 567
NO. OF TIMES SET ..................................................................................................................................................... 626
NO. OF WARMUPS W/O EMISSION FAULT............................................................................................................... 567
NO. OF WARMUPS W/O NON-EMISSION FAULT...................................................................................................... 568
NO. OF WARMUPS W/O ............................................................................................................................................. 567
NON-EMISSION FLT.................................................................................................................................................... 568
NON-VOLATILE MEM .................................................................................................................................................. 568
NORM SHFT PTTRN ................................................................................................................................................... 626
NORMAL PATTERN ..................................................................................................................................................... 630
NXT DWNSHFT RPM .................................................................................................................................................. 626
NXT UPSHFT RPM ...................................................................................................................................................... 626
O
O2 B1&B2 READY ....................................................................................................................................................... 569
O2 B1-S1 READY ........................................................................................................................................................ 569
O2 B1-S1 STAT ............................................................................................................................................................ 569
O2 B1-S1(mV) .............................................................................................................................................................. 569
O2 B1-S2 READY ........................................................................................................................................................ 569
O2 B1-S2 STAT ............................................................................................................................................................ 569
O2 B1-S2(mV) .............................................................................................................................................................. 569
O2 B1-S3 STAT ............................................................................................................................................................ 569
O2 B1-S3(mV) .............................................................................................................................................................. 569
O2 B2-S1 HTR(SEC).................................................................................................................................................... 569
O2 B2-S1 READY ........................................................................................................................................................ 569
O2 B2-S1 STAT ............................................................................................................................................................ 569
O2 B2-S1(mV) .............................................................................................................................................................. 569
O2 B2-S2(mV) .............................................................................................................................................................. 569
478
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
479
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
P
P/N SWITCH ................................................................................................................................................................ 573
P/N SWITCH ................................................................................................................................................................ 627
PARK BRAKE SWITCH................................................................................................................................................ 698
PARK LAMP OUT......................................................................................................................................................... 693
PARK LAMP SW .......................................................................................................................................................... 698
PARK LAMP SWITCH .................................................................................................................................................. 698
PARK SWITCH ............................................................................................................................................................. 627
PARKING BRAKE ........................................................................................................................................................ 705
PAS BAG HI(V)............................................................................................................................................................. 655
PAS BAG LO(V) ........................................................................................................................................................... 655
PAS BELT LO(V) .......................................................................................................................................................... 655
PAS PRET LP ENB ...................................................................................................................................................... 655
PAS SIDE LP ENB ....................................................................................................................................................... 655
PASS 36VLR(V) ........................................................................................................................................................... 652
PASS BUCKLED .......................................................................................................................................................... 655
PASS DIFF(mV) ........................................................................................................................................................... 655
PASS F LP ENBLD....................................................................................................................................................... 655
PASS IMPACT ID ......................................................................................................................................................... 656
PASS LOOP RES ......................................................................................................................................................... 656
PASS LOW(V) .............................................................................................................................................................. 657
PASS PRET RES ......................................................................................................................................................... 656
PASS PRETENSIONER LOOP ENABLED .................................................................................................................. 656
PASS RES(OHM) ......................................................................................................................................................... 658
PASS SIR CTRL........................................................................................................................................................... 656
PASS SIR DISABL ....................................................................................................................................................... 656
PASS SNSRLO(V)........................................................................................................................................................ 657
PASS SOURCE(V) ....................................................................................................................................................... 653
PASS/RR DOOR AJAR SW ......................................................................................................................................... 692
PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR ID ................................................................................................................... 656
PASSKEY 2(mS) .......................................................................................................................................................... 574
PASSKEY ENABLE ...................................................................................................................................................... 573
PASSKEY FUEL........................................................................................................................................................... 574
PASSKEY INPUT ......................................................................................................................................................... 574
PC ENABLED............................................................................................................................................................... 628
PC SOL(AMP) .............................................................................................................................................................. 627
PC SOL(mA)................................................................................................................................................................. 628
PC SOLENOID(mA) ..................................................................................................................................................... 628
PCM DEL TORQ(%)..................................................................................................................................................... 675
PCM EEPROM ............................................................................................................................................................. 574
PCM IN VTD FAIL ........................................................................................................................................................ 574
PCM PROM ID ............................................................................................................................................................. 577
PCM RESET................................................................................................................................................................. 574
PCM RIDE CTRL.......................................................................................................................................................... 574
PCM ROM PASS .......................................................................................................................................................... 574
PCM/BCM COL LCK .................................................................................................................................................... 574
480
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
481
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
Q
QDM 1 FAULT .............................................................................................................................................................. 579
QDM 1 FAULT .............................................................................................................................................................. 631
QDM 1 FAULT .............................................................................................................................................................. 698
QDM 2 FAULT .............................................................................................................................................................. 579
QDM 2 FAULT .............................................................................................................................................................. 631
QDM 2 FAULT .............................................................................................................................................................. 698
QDM 3 FAULT .............................................................................................................................................................. 579
QDM 3 FAULT .............................................................................................................................................................. 631
QDM 4 FAULT .............................................................................................................................................................. 579
QDM A FAULT .............................................................................................................................................................. 579
QDM B FAULT .............................................................................................................................................................. 579
482
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
R
R FRONT SOLAR SENSOR(V) ................................................................................................................................... 697
R FUEL LEVEL (V)....................................................................................................................................................... 580
R PRIME ACTV ............................................................................................................................................................ 666
R PROPSHAFT FLT ..................................................................................................................................................... 580
R PROPSHFT(RPM) .................................................................................................................................................... 580
R SLIPPAGE(RPM) ...................................................................................................................................................... 580
R TCS ISO ACTV ......................................................................................................................................................... 666
R/AXLE LOCK IND....................................................................................................................................................... 631
R/L - L/R SNSR1 .......................................................................................................................................................... 580
R/L SWITCH B1S1 ....................................................................................................................................................... 580
R/L SWITCH B2S1 ....................................................................................................................................................... 580
R/L TRN B1S1.............................................................................................................................................................. 580
R/L TRN B2S1.............................................................................................................................................................. 580
RANGE A ..................................................................................................................................................................... 631
RANGE B ..................................................................................................................................................................... 631
RANGE C ..................................................................................................................................................................... 631
RCKR ARM PS SW...................................................................................................................................................... 580
RCKR ARM SOL .......................................................................................................................................................... 580
REAR AXLE LOCK....................................................................................................................................................... 631
REAR AXLE RQST ...................................................................................................................................................... 631
REAR DMP COM ......................................................................................................................................................... 668
REAR DMP FBK........................................................................................................................................................... 668
REAR DUMP COM....................................................................................................................................................... 668
REAR DUMP FBK ........................................................................................................................................................ 668
REAR ENBL RELAY..................................................................................................................................................... 666
REAR FOG LAMP SW ................................................................................................................................................. 698
REAR HLD SOL FBK ................................................................................................................................................... 669
REAR HOLD SOL ........................................................................................................................................................ 669
REAR INLET VLV ......................................................................................................................................................... 676
REAR ISO COM ........................................................................................................................................................... 670
REAR ISO FBK ............................................................................................................................................................ 670
REAR ISO SOL ............................................................................................................................................................ 676
REAR ISO VALVE ........................................................................................................................................................ 676
REAR MOTOR AMPS .................................................................................................................................................. 671
REAR MOTOR FBK ..................................................................................................................................................... 671
REAR MTR FBK(A) ..................................................................................................................................................... 676
REAR MTR CMD(A)..................................................................................................................................................... 676
REAR OUTLET VLV ..................................................................................................................................................... 676
REAR PRIME SOL ....................................................................................................................................................... 676
REAR PWM FBK.......................................................................................................................................................... 671
REAR PWM VALVE...................................................................................................................................................... 670
REAR REL SOL FBK ................................................................................................................................................... 671
483
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
484
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
485
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
S
S TIME ERR(psi) .......................................................................................................................................................... 632
S/C IN PRS(KPA) ......................................................................................................................................................... 583
S/C IN PRS(V).............................................................................................................................................................. 583
S/C INLET(KPA) ........................................................................................................................................................... 583
SAFETY FUEL C/O ...................................................................................................................................................... 582
SEC AIR SYS RDY ...................................................................................................................................................... 583
SEC MISFIRNG CYL.................................................................................................................................................... 583
SEC. AIR PUMP........................................................................................................................................................... 505
SENSOR LEARN MODE.............................................................................................................................................. 703
SENSOR LOW(V) ........................................................................................................................................................ 657
SEQ UPSHIFT.............................................................................................................................................................. 632
SERVICE NOW LT ....................................................................................................................................................... 583
SERVICE SOON LT ..................................................................................................................................................... 583
SEVERE KNOCK ......................................................................................................................................................... 583
SHFT DELAY(SEC) ...................................................................................................................................................... 632
SHFT ERR(SEC).......................................................................................................................................................... 632
SHFT MODE ................................................................................................................................................................ 632
SHFT SELECT SW ...................................................................................................................................................... 632
SHFT TIME(SEC)......................................................................................................................................................... 632
SHFT TORQ Ft-Lbs...................................................................................................................................................... 633
SHIFT CANCEL............................................................................................................................................................ 633
SHIFT DLY(SEC).......................................................................................................................................................... 632
SHIFT FAIL(mS) ........................................................................................................................................................... 633
SHIFT LIGHT................................................................................................................................................................ 583
SHIFT LIGHT................................................................................................................................................................ 633
SHIFT MODE ............................................................................................................................................................... 632
SHIFT PRES(psi) ......................................................................................................................................................... 633
SHIFT REQ(V).............................................................................................................................................................. 633
SHIFT RPM .................................................................................................................................................................. 633
SHIFT SOL 1 ................................................................................................................................................................ 633
486
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
487
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
488
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
T
TAC BR SW APPLD ..................................................................................................................................................... 588
TAC DIRECTION .......................................................................................................................................................... 587
TAC FORCE IDLE ........................................................................................................................................................ 587
TAC FORCE STALL ..................................................................................................................................................... 587
TAC LMT AUTH............................................................................................................................................................ 587
TAC LMT PWR ............................................................................................................................................................. 588
TAC MTR CMD(%) ....................................................................................................................................................... 588
TAC PWR INHB(V) ....................................................................................................................................................... 588
TAC/PCM COMM FLT .................................................................................................................................................. 588
TACH CURRENT HI ..................................................................................................................................................... 588
TACH OPEN/SHRT ...................................................................................................................................................... 588
TAIL LAMP OUT ........................................................................................................................................................... 693
TANK PRESS(mmHg) .................................................................................................................................................. 588
TANK PRESS(V) .......................................................................................................................................................... 540
TANK PRS(mmHg) ....................................................................................................................................................... 588
TAP SHIFT TORQ ........................................................................................................................................................ 638
TC DES TORQ(%) ....................................................................................................................................................... 589
TC DES TORQ(%) ....................................................................................................................................................... 638
TC SLIP IN CTRL ......................................................................................................................................................... 589
TC SPARK IS 0 ............................................................................................................................................................ 589
489
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
490
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
491
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
492
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
493
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
U
UP PRESS ERROR ..................................................................................................................................................... 649
UP/DOWN DOOR ........................................................................................................................................................ 700
UP/DOWN DOOR ........................................................................................................................................................ 700
UPSHFT IN PROG ....................................................................................................................................................... 650
UPSHFT LMP QDM ..................................................................................................................................................... 595
UPSHFT PRESS ADPT ............................................................................................................................................... 650
UPSHIFT DES.............................................................................................................................................................. 649
UPSHIFT REQ ............................................................................................................................................................. 650
V
VAC BREAK SOL ......................................................................................................................................................... 596
VAC DECAY(“H20) ....................................................................................................................................................... 595
VACUUM AT EGR ........................................................................................................................................................ 529
VACUUM(“Hg) .............................................................................................................................................................. 595
VACUUM(KPA) ............................................................................................................................................................. 595
VACUUM(V) ................................................................................................................................................................. 596
VALET MODE ACTV .................................................................................................................................................... 596
VALET MODE REQ ...................................................................................................................................................... 596
VALID P/N INFO ........................................................................................................................................................... 596
VALVE RELAY .............................................................................................................................................................. 685
VALVE RELAY .............................................................................................................................................................. 685
VARIABLE TUNING ..................................................................................................................................................... 597
VAT FUEL CUTOFF ..................................................................................................................................................... 597
VAT FUEL CUTOFF ..................................................................................................................................................... 650
VAT FUEL CUTOFF ..................................................................................................................................................... 700
VATS KEY..................................................................................................................................................................... 700
VATS PROBLEM .......................................................................................................................................................... 597
VCC COMMAND .......................................................................................................................................................... 589
VCC GROUNDED ........................................................................................................................................................ 597
494
GM Data Parameters Alphabetical Parameter List
W
W/TIRE MONITOR ....................................................................................................................................................... 686
WAIT TO START .......................................................................................................................................................... 598
WASTEGATE(%).......................................................................................................................................................... 598
WATER IN FUEL .......................................................................................................................................................... 598
WATER VLV FLOW ...................................................................................................................................................... 694
WEAK CYL ................................................................................................................................................................... 599
WEAK VAC PASS......................................................................................................................................................... 584
WIDE OPEN THROT.................................................................................................................................................... 599
WIDE OPEN THROT.................................................................................................................................................... 651
WINTER LAMP............................................................................................................................................................. 651
WINTER MODE............................................................................................................................................................ 651
WOT AC DISABLED .................................................................................................................................................... 599
WOT DIVERT ............................................................................................................................................................... 599
WOT SWITCH .............................................................................................................................................................. 599
WSTGATE BYPASS ..................................................................................................................................................... 599
Y
YAW RATE(V)............................................................................................................................................................... 686
495
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
Engine Parameters
This section defines data parameters that are available from the engine electronic control
module (ECM) or the powertrain control module (PCM) on General Motors vehicles.
1ST GEAR
2ND GEAR
3RD GEAR
4TH GEAR
Range: ____________________________________________________________ P1/P2
Displays the various input signals to the PCM from switches on the transmission. A displayed
value of P1 indicates the initial state of the switch position, while P2 indicates the switch position
has changed.
On some vehicles, all of these switches may not be installed, or they may be installed but not be
connected at the transmission. However, the circuits to the PCM may be present. A gear switch
parameter reads P1 at all times for an unconnected circuit.
1-2 ERROR(SEC)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the difference between the desired 1-2 shift time and the actual 1-2 shift time. A positive
number indicates a firm or fast shift, where the actual shift time was shorter than the desired shift
time. A negative number indicates a soft or slow shift, where the actual shift time was longer than
the desired shift time. This value is only accurate if the shift was adaptable.
1-2 SHIFT(SEC)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the actual time of the last adaptable 1-2 shift. The shift time is based on the gear ratio
change after the commanded 1-2 shift.
1-2 SOLENOID
2-3 SOLENOID
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM commanded valve state of the 1-2 and 2-3 solenoids. All the shift solenoids
are normally closed. This means that no fluid passes through when the solenoid is commanded
OFF. When commanded ON, the solenoid opens and allows fluid to flow.
As shown in Table 14-1, the solenoid ON and OFF states match certain gear positions. Check
the factory manual for a chart for the specific transmission being serviced.
496
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
497
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
498
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
5V REF (V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.12
Displays the 5 V reference signal on which system sensors operate. The PCM monitors this
voltage and provides the parameter on the data stream. Nominal reference voltage is 5.0 V, but it
may vary by a few tenths of a volt, depending on system calibration and charging system output.
5V REF A
5V REF B
Range: ________________________________________________________ PASS/FAIL
Displays the state of 5 V reference circuits A and B.
12V REF
Range: ________________________________________________________ PASS/FAIL
Displays the state of the 12 V reference circuit input to the PCM.
A/C CLUTCH
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM commanded state of the A/C clutch control relay. Reads ON when the A/C
clutch is engaged.
A/C CLUTCH FBK
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the current state of the A/C clutch relay.
A/C COMP SW
Range: _________________________________________________________ LO/NORM
Displays the state of the A/C compressor cycling switch and reads as follows:
• LO when pressure is low
• NORM when pressure is normal
The A/C compressor cycling switch is normally closed.
A/C ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the position of the A/C switch on the instrument panel or the setting of the A/C request
on the automatic climate control panel.
A/C ENABLED reads YES if the A/C switch has been turned on or the BCM has commanded the
A/C system to turn on.
In some cases, the A/C compressor may not turn on even though the switch is closed. Several
other switch or sensor signals may prevent the PCM from engaging the A/C compressor clutch.
The request parameter means the switch is closed or the PCM has been commanded to turn on
the A/C when all other conditions permit. Refer to the A/C Clutch parameter description for
information on the feedback signal from the A/C compressor clutch.
A/C EVAP TMP (°)
A/C EVAP
Range: __________________________________________ –18° to +53°C or 0° to 128°F
Displays the A/C evaporator temperature. The PCM uses the information for cycling the
compressor clutch and preventing evaporator freezing.
499
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
500
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
501
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
A/C SOLENOID
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the A/C solenoid on some carbureted engines. The PCM can override the
A/C instrument panel switch and turn the A/C compressor off through a solenoid.
A/C SOLENOID reads as follows:
• ON if the PCM is leaving the solenoid on and letting the A/C switch control the air
conditioning
• OFF if the PCM actuated the solenoid to turn off the A/C
A/C STATUS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the A/C system communication to the VCM.
A/F LEARNED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the block learn multiplier (BLM) is responding to the fuel integrator corrections
on some fuel-injected vehicles. Use this reading to check block learn response.
This parameter reads as follows:
• YES when block learn is responding to the integrator corrections
• NO if block learn is not responding to the integrator
In most cases, it should read YES when the engine is in closed loop, and NO when in open loop.
This may vary with a few engine calibrations.
If the fuel integrator reaches its limit and block learn is not enabled, reads NO, the vehicle may
have a driveability problem or it may return to open loop. Refer to the Integrator and BLM
parameter descriptions for more information.
A/F RATIO
A/F RATIO(:1)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 99.9
Displays the calculated desired air-fuel ratio the PCM expects during closed-loop operation on
some fuel-injected vehicles. This is not a measured value, but the calculated value of the ratio
that the PCM wants to be delivered based on sensor input signals.
Although the range is from 0 to 99.9, the actual value should be near 14.7 in most cases. Lower
numbers indicate a rich ratio commanded for startup. Higher numbers indicate a leaner ratio.
ABUSE MGMNT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether excessive stress is being applied to the powertrain. Reads YES if the PCM
determines there is excessive stress. The PCM reduces engine torque when YES displays.
AC PRES DISABLE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the A/C pressure cutout. Reads YES if the PCM has disabled the A/C
compressor due to excessive refrigerant pressure
AC PRESS TOO HI
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the A/C pressure switch and reads as follows:
• NO when the switch is closed, which is the normal position
• YES when the switch opens, which indicates A/C pressure is too high
502
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
Opening the A/C pressure switch interrupts voltage to the PCM to de-energize the A/C
compressor control relay to turn the compressor off.
AC RLY BAT SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a short to battery voltage is detected on the A/C clutch relay control circuit.
ACCEL ENRICH
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of acceleration enrichment on some fuel-injected engines. On these models,
the PCM provides a richer mixture during acceleration by momentarily increasing the injector
pulse width.
ACCEL ENRICH reads as follows:
• YES when the PCM enriches the mixture during acceleration. Injector pulse width should
increase at the same time
• NO under all other conditions
ACT EGR(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the feedback signal from the EGR valve indicating actual EGR valve pintle position on
4.3L truck engines with central point injection (CPI).
ACT EGR(KPA)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 128
ACT EGR(”Hg)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 37.9
DES EGR(KPA)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 128
DES EGR(”Hg)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 37.9
Displays the actual and desired amount of control vacuum applied to the EGR valve on C and K
series trucks with a 6.2L diesel engine. The readings do not indicate EGR pressure. A MAP
sensor in the vacuum line provides the feedback signal that indicates actual control vacuum.
Compare the two parameters to determine the ability of the PCM and the vacuum pump to
control EGR and the response of the system to PCM commands.
ACT EXH CMP B1
ACT EXH CMP B2
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 40°
Displays the degrees of advance for the bank1 (B1) or bank 2 (B2) exhaust camshaft. The angle
shown is related to crankshaft position as determined by the control module based on input from
the exhaust CMP sensors. The scan tool displays a higher value for a more advanced exhaust
camshaft position. A lower value displays when the exhaust camshaft is not being advanced,
such as when running at idle.
ACT FRP(MPa)
Range: _________________________________________________ 0.00 to 175.00 MPa
Displays the current fuel rail pressure, as measured by the fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor.
503
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
504
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
NOTE:
i The engine must be warmed up, in closed loop, and operating with certain combinations of speed,
throttle opening, and load before this parameter reads ON.
This parameter is an output signal from the PCM only. It does not indicate whether the solenoid
is responding or the air valve is opened.
AIR PASSIVE INH
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the air injection Passive Test is inhibited from running at this time and reads
YES when the test is being prevented.
AIR PASSIVE ON
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether air injection Passive Tests are in progress and reads YES if a test is running.
505
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
506
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
APP #1 ERROR
APP #2 ERROR
APP #3 ERROR
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether an accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signal error occurred, and reads:
• YES only when the APP signal is out of specifications
• NO when the voltage is normal
APP 1(V)
APP 2(V)
APP 3(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Displays the voltage signal from accelerator pedal position (APP) sensors. The ECM uses APP
sensors to control fuel delivery as requested by the driver. Three APP sensors are located in a
module at the base of the accelerator pedal. The ECM only requires information from one
sensor, the other two serve as a fail safe.
APP 1 should read as follows:
• About 0.35 to 0.95 V at idle
• Above 4.0 V at wide open throttle
APP 1&2 AGREE
APP1/APP2 AGREE
APP1/APP3 AGREE
APP2/APP3 AGREE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the results of a control module test that compares signals from one specific accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor to another specific APP sensor.
These parameters read as follows:
• YES if the sensor signals agree and correspond to the same accelerator pedal position
• NO if the sensor signals disagree and correspond to different accelerator pedal positions
APP1(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
APP2(V)
APP3(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 5.0 to 0 V
Displays the voltage signal from accelerator pedal position (APP) sensors, see Table 14-12.
507
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
APP1(%)
APP2(%)
APP3(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor inputs are used by the PCM to control fuel delivery as
requested by the driver. An APP sensor module is located at the base of the accelerator pedal.
During normal operation, the PCM only uses the APP1 sensor input, the other two serve as fail
safe sensors.
These parameters read as follows:
• 0% for a fully released accelerator
• 100% at wide open throttle (WOT)
The displayed value should increase as smoothly as the accelerator is moved from closed to
WOT.
APP-1 MIN(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the absolute minimum voltage from APP Sensor 1, which the ECM learned during a key
up ignition cycle learn procedure.
The ECM scales this voltage to 0% as long as it falls within a certain range.
APP1/APP3 PROB
APP1/APP2 PROB
APP2/APP3 PROB
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the signal voltage from one APP sensor is in the proper relationship to the
signal of another APP sensor.
These parameters read as follows:
• NO under normal conditions
• YES when a fault exists
APP ANGLE(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor angle, which the ECM computes from the
APP sensor voltage input. The ECM sends the APP angle information to the TCM via the high
speed GMLAN serial data line.
APP ANGLE reads as follows:
• 0% at idle when APP voltage is below 0.90 V
• 100% at wide open throttle when APP voltage is near 5.0 V
APP AVE
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to 125 counts
Displays the accelerator pedal position (APP) as step counts. The TAC Module takes the
voltages from the 3 APP Sensors, averages the readings and converts the readings into counts.
The reading is the average counts. The average is different on every vehicle.
APP AVG
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the accelerator pedal position (APP) as step counts. The Throttle Actuator Control
(TAC) module calculates an average after sampling signals from the three APP sensors. The
TAC converts this average into the step count displayed.
508
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
ASYNCH PULSE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the asynchronous pulse to the fuel injectors, which provides extra fuel
when engine load and speed require it. These pulses are not synchronized with the regular
injector pulses, so they are called asynchronous. The asynchronous pulse function is similar to a
carburetor accelerator pump.
ASYNCH PULSE reads as follows:
• YES when the asynchronous pulse function is active
• NO when it is not
ASYNCH PW(mS)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 99.9
Displays the duration of the asynchronous injector pulses in milliseconds (mS).
When ASYNCH PULSE reads YES, ASYNCH PW(mS) shows the time of the pulse. The range
is 0 to 99.9 mS, but typical values are usually quite short.
ATC SLIP(RPM)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the difference in rotational speed between the front and rear propshafts on an automatic
transfer case.
AUTO LRN TIMER
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the vehicle theft deterrent (VTD) is still in learn mode or whether it has timed
out. It reads ON when learn mode is active.
AUTO RECIRC MODE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the VCM command for auto recirculation. If the secondary high pressure switch closes,
indicating high refrigerant pressure, auto recirculation is commanded ON by the VCM to prevent
warm outside air from entering the vehicle, which might further raise the A/C pressures.
AUX FAN REQUEST
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM command to the auxiliary fan relay control circuit and reads as follows:
• ON when the PCM grounds the relay control circuit
• OFF when the PCM opens the ground circuit
AUX INTAKE SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the auxiliary intake air control solenoid is ON or OFF.
AWD LAMP OPEN
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the state of the instrument cluster AWD lamp circuit and reads as follows:
• YES when the lamp circuit is open
• NO if the circuit is complete and the lamp is on
AWD LAMP SHRTED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the instrument cluster AWD lamp circuit and reads YES if the lamp circuit
is shorted to ground.
509
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
510
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
511
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
The PCM also updates these BARO estimates when the engine is running by sampling MAP
voltage when the engine is at wide open throttle.
BASE PW(mS)
LEFT BPW(mS)
RIGHT BPW(mS)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 99.9 mS
Displays the base pulse width (PW) that the PCM is applying to turn on the fuel injectors in
milliseconds (mS) on throttle body and port injection systems.
A high pulse width indicates more on-time and a richer mixture. A low pulse width indicates less
on-time and a leaner mixture. There are no definite specifications for injector pulse width, but the
reading should change as engine speed and load change.
These parameters read as follows:
• 1 to 4 mS at idle
• 12 mS at wide open throttle or a little higher for some engines
Some V-type engines, such as the Cadillac Allante V8, have separate pulse width parameters for
the left and right banks. These values are shown as left and right, rather than base.
BATT(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 25.5 V
Displays the vehicle battery voltage. The engine control system has no specific sensor to
measure battery voltage, but some PCMs calculate this analog parameter using a sensing circuit
across the supply voltage circuit.
Although the range is 0 to 25.5 V, the reading should be close to normal charging system
regulated voltage with the engine running. Typically 13.5 to 14.5 V at idle. Check the reading
against actual voltage measured at the battery or alternator.
Some Cadillac models read battery voltage at the fuel pump relay. The display should read 00.0
for these models when the engine is not running.
The PCM uses the battery parameter principally for self-diagnostics. Some PCM functions are
modified if voltage falls too low or rises too high. For example, if voltage drops below a minimum
value, the PCM tries to recharge the battery by increasing the idle speed. This may affect the idle
speed control, fuel metering, and ignition timing parameters.
BATTERY (V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 11.5 to 14.5 V
Displays the system voltage measured by the ECM at the battery voltage feed circuit.
BLM
BLOCK LEARN
LT TRIM
LEFT BLM
RIGHT BLM
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the block learn multiplier (BLM) numbers, which indicate the operation and long-term
correction of the fuel metering of a fuel-injected engine. Block learn indicates if the PCM is
commanding a rich or lean mixture.
The BLM number ranges from 0 to 255 with a midpoint of 128. A BLM number higher than 128
indicates a PCM command for a long-term rich mixture correction. A BLM number lower than 128
indicates that the PCM is commanding a lean mixture (Figure 14-1).
512
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
0
255
13
128
Figure 14-1
513
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
514
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
BOOST ENRICH
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is providing a richer mixture when the turbocharger is applying boost
on some turbocharged engines. It does this by momentarily decreasing mixture control (MC)
solenoid dwell or increasing injector pulse width. BOOST ENRICH reads as follows:
• YES when boost is applied
• NO under all other conditions
BRAKE BOOSTER PRESS SENSOR
Range: _________________________________________________________ 54-81 kPa
Displays the brake booster engine vacuum pressure.
BRAKE LAMP SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the pedal-mounted brake lamp switch and reads ON when the switch is in
the ON position.
BRAKE SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the state of the brake switch circuit input and reads as follows:
• OPEN when the brakes are applied
• CLSD when the brake pedal is released
BRAKE VAC(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0.00 to 5.00 V
Displays the signal from the brake booster vacuum sensor as voltage.
CAL ID
Range: _________________________________________________ 1111111 To 9999999
Displays the calibration ID number for service identification.
CALC B1 TWC(°)
CALC B2 TWC(°)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 300-1065
Displays the temperature of the bank 1 (B1) and bank 2 (B2) catalytic converters as calculated
by the control module based on various system inputs. A higher value displays at higher catalytic
converter temperatures. Lower values display at lower catalytic converter temperatures.
CALC CMPRS OUT
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the binary number that represents the cam output from the EI module to the ECM.
CALC VACUUM
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the PCM-calculated intake manifold vacuum, which is directly related to engine load.
The lower the displayed value, the greater the engine load.
CAM HI TO LO
CAM LO TO HI
Range: _________________________________________________________0 to 65535
Displays a count of the number of camshaft position (CMP) sensor signal changes as voltage
goes from low to high.
515
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
516
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
517
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
CC ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM has enabled cruise control (CC) system operation on Cadillacs and
reads YES only when the cruise control ON/OFF switch is ON and the brake pedal is released.
CC ENGAGED
CRUISE ENGAGED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the cruise control switch and read as follows:
• YES when the cruise control switch is on and the set/coast switch is activated
• NO when the cruise control switch is on and the set/coast switch is released
CC INH SIG CMD
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is commanding the SMCC module to inhibit cruise control operation,
such as when park, neutral, reverse or low gear is selected.
CC INH STAT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the PCM is inhibiting cruise control.
CC INHIBITED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is inhibiting cruise control.
CC MOVE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the current command from the PCM to the cruise module.
CC RES/ACC
CRUISE RES/ACC
CC ON/OFF SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
CC RES/ACC SW
C/C RES/ACC SW
CC SET/CST SW
C/C SET/CST SW
CRUISE SET/CST
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the positions of the cruise control switches and read as follows:
• ON or YES when the circuits are closed
• OFF or NO when the circuits are open
The resume (RES) accelerate (ACC) and the set coast (CST) switches are in parallel to each
other and in series with the On/Off switch.
• If the ON/OFF parameters read ON, the YES/NO parameters should read YES.
• If the ON/OFF parameters read OFF, the YES/NO parameters should read NO.
CC OPEN/SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether an open or short exists at cruise control output number 4 of QDM B.
518
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
519
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
CC SERVO(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the feedback signal from the servo on computer-controlled cruise control systems,
which indicates the relative position of the servo diaphragm connected to the throttle.
CC SERVO(%) reads as follows:
• 0% when the servo is fully retracted
• 100% when it is fully extended
This parameter is sent to the PCM by the servo position sensor. The PCM calculates the
percentage of movement from the sensor signal.
CC SPEED
Range: ___________________________________________________ 0 to vehicle max
Displays the selected speed that the cruise control system is trying to maintain. Readings
increase whenever the resume/accelerate switch is pressed, and decrease if the set/coast
switch is pressed.
CC VACUUM SOL
CC VENT SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM outputs commands to the cruise control vacuum and vent solenoids, which
regulate the cruise control servo on some vehicles.
These parameters read ON when the solenoids are energized to apply or to vent vacuum.
The two readings should have the following relationships with throttle position control:
520
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
CKP RESYNCS
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays a count of the number of times the PCM had to synchronize the crankshaft position
(CKP) sensor.
CKP-A CNTR
CKP-B CNTR
Range: _____________________________________________________________0 to 3
Displays a rolling count when the PCM is calculating crankshaft position using the signal from
CKP sensor A or B respectively.
Normal engine operation is for the PCM to use the sensor A signal for crankshaft position and
ignore the sensor B input. The scan tool displays only the signal the PCM is using to determine
crankshaft position. Therefore, sensor A counts will be changing and sensor B counts will be
fixed at zero.
However, if the sensor A signal is missing or irregular, the PCM will use the sensor B signal and
display a rolling count on the sensor B parameter.
CLEAR CODE
Range: __________________________________________________________0 to 9999
Displays the accumulated distance in miles or kilometers since an emission diagnostic trouble
code cleared. The PCM stores this mileage in the Freeze Frame and Failure Records buffers.
CLEAR FLOOD
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is commanding a clear flood mode on many fuel-injected engines.
The PCM responds to engine cranking with a wide open throttle by commanding a clear flood
mode. Clear flood provides a very lean air-fuel mixture to help clear a flooded engine.
Reads YES only under these conditions. If it does not, the PCM may not be getting an accurate
TPS signal, or there may be a problem with the clear flood program in the PCM.
CLNT FAN/RLY 1
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the driver circuit for the coolant fan circuit and should read ON when the fan
is operating.
CLNT FAN/RLY 2&3
Range: ________________________________________________________ OK/FAULT
Displays the state of the driver circuit for coolant fan control circuit and reads as follows:
• OK under normal conditions
• FAULT if a circuit failure was detected
CLUTCH DEPRESSED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the clutch pedal is pressed. The cruise control disengages when the clutch
pedal is pressed.
Reads as follows:
• YES when the clutch pedal is pressed
• NO when the pedal is released
521
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
CLUTCH SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the current state of the clutch pedal switch on models with a manual transmission.
CMP ACTV CNTR
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays a count of compression sense (camshaft) pulses the PCM received from the EI module.
The reading increments from 0 to 255, and resets to 0 when a valid CMP signal is received.
CMP PRESENT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a valid CMP signal was received. Should read YES with the engine running.
CMP SENSOR(RPM)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the engine speed based on the signal from the camshaft position (CMP) sensor.
CMP RESYNCS
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Shows how many times the PCM had to synchronize the camshaft position (CMP) sensor.
CMP RETARD(°)
Range: _________________________________________________________ ±0 to 100°
Displays the camshaft retard in degrees. The typical amount displayed is –3°. The normal value
should be as close to 0 as possible. The engine must be above 1000 RPM for a valid reading.
CMMNDED MODE
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the current operating mode of the automatic transfer case. Possible readings are:
INVALID, NEUT, 2WD, 4WD LO, 4WD HI, AUTO 4WD, and 2WD LO.
COLD START
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the engine is operating in cold-start mode. A cold start-up is when the engine
coolant temperature (ECT) rises above a predetermined temperature during an ignition cycle.
The next ignition cycle the ECT should be below a predetermined temperature.
Also, the ECT and the intake air temperature (IAT) are less than 122°F (50°C) and are within 5°F
(3°C) of each other at start-up. When the above is true, the displays reads YES.
COMMAND GEAR
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the PCM-desired gear on models with an 4T60E transmission. On the 4T60E, two shift
solenoids change forward gear ranges when the selector is in D-4 (overdrive).
On all models except Saturn, the readings are: NONE, 1ST, 2ND, 3RD, and 4TH. For Saturn,
this parameter shows the gear the module is controlling. The readings are: LOW, 2ND, 3RD,
4TH, NEUT, and REV.
The display shows “????” between gears or if the signal is invalid.
COMP GRAD(“H20)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 9.18
Displays the rise in fuel tank pressure when both the EVAP Purge valve and the EVAP Vent valve
are closed.
522
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
CONVERTER(°)
Range: ___________________________________________ 0 to 765°C or 32 to 1409°F
Displays the temperature of the 3-way catalyst as calculated by the PCM.
COOLANT(V)
CLNT(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.00 V
Displays the voltage signal supplied to the vehicle control module (VCM) by the engine coolant
temperature (ECT) sensor. The ECT is a thermistor in the intake manifold that transmits a
variable voltage signal to the VCM. The VCM converts ECT voltage to temperature readings. On
a cold engine, ECT resistance is high and voltage is high. As the engine warms ECT resistance
drops and the voltage decreases.
COOLANT
Range: ________________________________________ -39 to +140°C or -38 to +284°F
Displays the temperature calculated by the PCM based on engine coolant temperature (ECT)
sensor voltage. The PCM applies 5.0 V to the ECT sensor circuit. The sensor is a thermistor
which changes internal resistance as the engine temperature changes.
When the sensor is cold, internal resistance high, the PCM senses a high signal voltage and
interprets the voltage as a cold engine. As the sensor warms, internal resistance decreases, the
voltage signal decreases and the PCM interprets the lower voltage as a warm engine.
COOLANT TEMP
Range: ______________________________________________________ WARM/COOL
Displays the status of the temperature switch on minimum-function, carbureted T-cars (Chevette,
T-1000, and Acadian) and some Isuzu models. These systems do not have a thermistor-type
temperature sensor.
• WARM = the PCM turns on the engine cooling fan
• COOL = the PCM turns the fan off
COOLING FAN 1
COOLING FAN 2
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM output commands to the cooling fan relays on some Cadillac models with two
electric engine cooling fans. The PCM command goes to a quad driver module that energizes
the relays.
• Fan 1 reads ON when the PCM energizes the low-speed relay to operate both fans.
• Fan 2 reads ON when the high-speed relay is energized, which also operates both fans.
CLNT LIGHT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM output command to the coolant temperature lamp on the instrument panel of a
late-model Cadillac. The reading corresponds to lamp condition.
CRANK
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the ignition switch cranking circuit is closed through the starter solenoid and
reads as follows:
• YES when the cranking circuit is closed and the engine is cranking
• NO when the circuit is open
523
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
This parameter signals the PCM to shut down temporarily as the engine cranks because power
cannot be ensured with the high current draw of the starter.
CRANK LEARNED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM has learned the spacing between the notches of the crankshaft
position (CKP) sensor. In order to perform accurate misfire diagnostics using the CKP sensor,
the exact space between each reluctor notch must be learned.
CRANK REQUEST
CRANK REQ
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the PCM request to engage the cranking relay and power the starter. Reads YES when
the ignition switch is in the crank position.
CRANKING A/F
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 99.9
Displays the PCM calculated desired cranking air-fuel ratio on some fuel-injected engines. The
calculated value is based on various sensor inputs.
Although the measurement range is from 0 to 99.9, the actual value should be below 14.7,
indicating a rich ratio for startup.
CRANKING RPM
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 800
Displays the engine speed during cranking on some fuel-injected engines. The PCM uses
cranking RPM to calculate fuel metering for the best air-fuel ratio at starting. Use this parameter
for checking cranking performance or troubleshooting starting problems.
CRANK PULSES
CRANK REF PULSE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is receiving crankshaft rotation and position signals from the ignition
system or a CKP sensor. The PCM uses this information to synchronize fuel injection during
engine cranking.
• YES = the engine is cranking
• NO = a problem may exist with an ignition reference signal or CKP sensor.
CRANK REF MISSED
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 8 counts
Displays the number of crankshaft reference pulses not recorded by the PCM. The PCM uses
the crank signal parameter to determine crankshaft position.
CRANK REF MISSED should read 0 at idle.
If a fault occurs in this circuit, the vehicle goes into a backup fuel mode, and the fuel system runs
on a calculated injection rate based on the last fuel injection pulse. The engine starts and
continues to run, but in the backup fuel mode, with either of these faults present.
Also, since the PCM calculates RPM based on crank pulses, the RPM parameter reads zero (0)
if a fault is detected in the crankshaft circuit.
CRUISE MODE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the operating condition of the cruise control system on some models.
524
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
CRUISE RES/ACC SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the current state of the cruise Resume/Accel switch.
CRUISE SET/CST SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the current state of the cruise set coast switch.
CRUISE SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the cruise control switch state, which sends a signal voltage to the Throttle Actuator
Control (TAC) Module that allows all other cruise control functions.
CRUISE SWITCH
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the current state of the cruise ON/OFF switch.
CURRENT GEAR
Range: _____________________________________________________________0 to 4
Indicates which forward gear the transmission is in on some vehicles. An illegal transmission
position displays as 9. For other vehicles, readings are: PARK/NEUTRAL, REVERSE, DRIVE 4,
DRIVE 3, DRIVE 2, or LOW.
CUR SLIP ADAPTS
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 65,025
No information is currently available for this parameter.
CUR THROT ANT
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 65,025
No information is currently available for this parameter.
CYL AIR(g/cyl)
Range: ________________________________________________________0.25 to 1.25
Displays the actual amount of air going through the mass airflow sensor (MAF) in grams per
cylinder (g/cyl) on 6.5L diesel engines. The g/cyl reading is PCM calculated.
CYL DEACT SYSTEM COMMAND
Range: ____________________________________________________________ V4/V8
Displays the current status of the total number of cylinders being commanded to be active.
CYL 1 DEACT SOL COMMAND
CYL 4 DEACT SOL COMMAND
CYL 6 DEACT SOL COMMAND
CYL 7 DEACT SOL COMMAND
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the identified cylinder is being commanded to deactivate. Reads ON if
deactivated. By default the cylinder is normally activated and the reading should be OFF.
CYL MDE MIS ID
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
CYL MIS INDEX
Range: ___________________________________________________ -32,257 to 33,023
Displays the number of crankshaft decelerations, which are used to detect misfire.
• Less than 1000 = an engine without misfire
• More than 1000 = a misfiring engine
525
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
DECEL ENLEAN
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is reducing the injector pulse width to create a lean air-fuel mixture
during deceleration on fuel-injected engines. Readings are based on sensor inputs and PCM
calculations of throttle position (TP), manifold absolute pressure (MAP), RPM, and engine
coolant temperature (ECT).
DECEL ENLEAN reads as follows:
• YES during deceleration to indicate the PCM is reducing injector pulse width
• NO at all other times
DECEL FUEL C/OFF
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the extreme limit of PCM deceleration enleanment has been reached. When
throttle position (TP), MAP, and RPM reach the minimum values recorded in PCM memory, the
PCM shuts off fuel completely during deceleration.
Reads YES only when the PCM issues the cutoff command, that is during certain closed throttle
deceleration conditions. It should read NO at all other times.
A lean mixture, or fuel cutoff, on deceleration helps prevent high HC emissions and allows the
engine to return to a 14.7:1 idle air-fuel ratio more quickly. Reduced fuel flow also helps to
prevent stalling.
DECEL FUEL MODE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the BCM is in deceleration (decel) fuel mode. Reads YES when operating in
decel fuel mode.
DEL TORQUE(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle of the Delivered Torque PWM signal, which is used to determine how
much torque the engine is delivering. Normal values range from 10% to 90%. The signal is low
(about 10%) at idle and at higher under driving conditions.
DELIVRD TORQ(%)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%)
Displays the engine torque as calculated by the PCM as a percentage. The signal is low (about
10%) at idle and at higher under driving conditions.
DES B1S1(Lambda)
DES B1S2(Lambda)
Range: _____________________________________________________________0 to 2
Displays the Lambda output from the bank 1 sensor 1 (B1S1) or bank 1 sensor 2 (B1S2) heated
oxygen sensor (HO2S) to the control module. A lambda below 1.0 indicates a rich exhaust, while
a lambda above 1.0 indicates a lean exhaust. The scan tool value fluctuates constantly while
operating in Closed Loop.
DES CC SERVO(%)
ACT CC SERVO(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the PCM desired (DES) and actual (ACT) status of the cruise control servo on some
3800 tune port injected (TPI) engines as a duty cycle. The desired parameter is the PCM
command to the cruise control servo diaphragm. The actual parameter is a feedback signal from
the variable inductance sensor coil.
526
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
527
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
528
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
DRV1 OPEN/SHRT
DRV2 OPEN/SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether an open or short exists in the output driver module (ODM) 1 or 2 circuits.
DRV1 OVER AMPS
DRV2 OVER AMPS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether an overcurrent condition exists in the ODM 1 or 2 circuits.
DTC STORED
Range: ______________________________________________________________XXX
Indicates the total number of current DTCs set this ignition cycle.
DTC THIS IGN
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a DTC has set during this ignition cycle.
E-CELL EXPIRED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the internal state of the PCM and reads as follows:
• YES after a few thousand miles, though exact mileage varies by vehicle and engine
• NO on a new vehicle
The E-cell is used in many system programs to modify the fuel metering and spark timing
calculations for a new, or “green,” engine during break in. It is an electrolytic cell that contains a
silver cathode and a gold anode. The silver gradually depletes as current is applied to the cell.
After a specified time, the anode is completely depleted and the E-cell becomes an open circuit.
The PCM then adjusts its fuel and spark calculations for a broken-in engine.
EC IGN RLY CMD
Range: __________________________________________________________ OFF/ON
Displays the commanded state of the EC ignition relay control circuit. The scan tool will display
ON or OFF. ON indicates the EC ignition relay control circuit is being grounded by the control
module, allowing voltage to the ignition system. OFF indicates the EC ignition relay is not being
commanded on by the control module.
EC IGN RLY FDBK(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the voltage signal sent to the control module from the engine control ignition relay. The
scan tool will display battery voltage when the engine is running. The scan tool will display no
voltage when the relay is OFF.
ECM RESET
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the control module on the current ignition cycle. Reads YES when an
internal module reset occurred on the current ignition cycle. Reads NO at all other times.
EFE COMMAND
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether PCM is commanding the early fuel evaporation (EFE) system to turn on:
• ON displays when the engine is cold and the PCM is commanding the EFE system to
energize and heat the air-fuel mixture
• OFF displays at all other times
529
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
This is an output signal from the PCM only, it does not indicate whether the EFE system has
responded.
The EFE system is used on carbureted engines to preheat the incoming air-fuel mixture for a
cold engine. Either a vacuum-operated manifold heat control valve or an electric grid heater
under the carburetor is used to preheat the air.
EGR ADAPT CELLS
Range: ______________________________________________________ range 0 to 15
Displays the adaptive learn matrix (ALM). The ALM has sixteen cells each of which covers a
range of engine speed (RPM) and load. This is an internal PCM value based on Mass Air Flow
(MAF) that is used to adjust the EGR control vacuum. As backpressure or other system
variations occur over the life of the vehicle, the ALM trims EGR control vacuum to compensate.
EGR ADPT LRN CL
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the EGR adaptive learn value. Variables, such as exhaust backpressure changes due
to wear, age, and damage, affect EGR operation. To accommodate for these changes, the EGR
adaptive strategy trims the EGR control vacuum as necessary. The higher the displayed value,
the greater the EGR control vacuum.
EGR CLSD(CNT)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
EGR CLSD(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.00 V
Displays the PCM-learned value for the EGR valve pintle sensor when the valve is fully closed.
EGR CMD
EGR COMMAND
EGR SOLENOID
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM command to the EGR vacuum solenoid and read as follows:
• ON whenever the PCM energizes the solenoid to open the EGR valve, usually during
closed-loop cruise
• OFF when EGR is not requested, usually at idle
This is an output signal from the PCM only. It does not indicate if the solenoid responded or if the
EGR valve actually opened.
The EGR CMD parameter displays only on C and K series trucks with a 6.2L diesel engine. It
appears in the top line of the display, and is usually ON at idle and OFF at cruising speed in
closed loop.
EGR DCEL TEST
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays a count of MAP sensor changes during an EGR test that opens the EGR valve on
deceleration. To pass, counts must be higher than the EGR decel threshold of the same test.
EGR DIAG SWITCH
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
VACUUM AT EGR
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the feedback signal from the EGR vacuum control solenoid.
• ON or YES = EGR system is receiving vacuum
• OFF or NO = EGR vacuum is cut off
530
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
Most systems have a vacuum switch on the EGR vacuum control solenoid that closes as the
vacuum valve opens. A few systems use a separate in-line vacuum switch.
EGR DUTY(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the PCM commanded duty cycle of the EGR solenoid, which opens the EGR valve.
Pulse width modulated (PWM) solenoids control EGR vacuum in two different ways. Some
solenoids open a vacuum line to the EGR valve when energized. Others close off, or bleed off,
vacuum when energized. Check service manuals to determine the EGR solenoid operation on a
specific vehicle. This parameter indicates one or the other of the following solenoid operations.
On some vehicles, the PCM cycles the EGR vacuum solenoid on and off to regulate the amount
of vacuum applied to the EGR valve. On these systems, the solenoid duty cycle is directly
proportional to the EGR flow:
• 10% or less = no EGR
• 50% duty cycle = 50% EGR
• 90% or greater = maximum EGR
On other vehicles, the PCM cycles the EGR solenoid on and off to regulate vacuum applied to
the EGR valve or to open a vacuum bleed in the line to the EGR valve. When the solenoid is ON,
vacuum is bled off. When the solenoid is OFF, full vacuum is applied. On these systems, the duty
cycle is inversely proportional to EGR flow:
• 90% or more = no EGR
• 10% or less = maximum EGR
EGR DUTY CYCLE
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle of the EGR valve, which controls the current applied to the valve motor.
As duty cycle increases, so does current which forces the valve to open further and allow more
exhaust gas recirculation.
• 0% = a closed valve
• 100% = a fully opened EGR valve
EGR ERROR(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the difference between desired and actual EGR position currently monitored by the
PCM. If the EGR position error reaches an unacceptable level, DTC P1406 sets.
EGR FBK(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.12 V
Displays a feedback voltage that indicates the operation of the EGR valve. A potentiometer on
the EGR valve sends a variable voltage signal to the PCM based on valve position.
• 0 V = the valve is closed (no EGR)
• 5.10 V = the valve is fully open (maximum EGR)
This parameter should be above 0 V when the EGR Command parameter is ON. Actual voltage
varies between vehicles and as engine conditions change. When EGR Command reads OFF,
the feedback voltage should be 0 or close to 0.
On vehicles that display EGR duty cycle, the feedback voltage should be proportional to duty
cycle. For example, if the duty cycle is 50%, feedback should be about 2.50 V. If the duty cycle is
25%, feedback should be about 1.25 V.
531
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
532
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
EGR ZEROED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the EGR valve auto-zero sequence completed on 1992 and later CPI truck engines.
EMISSION FAULT
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the number of warm-up cycles that occurred without an emission fault. It counts from 0
to 255, then resets to 0.
ENCODER GEAR
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the actual transfer case sector shaft position, which is determined by the transfer case
control module.
ENG HOT LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the PCM is enriching the air-fuel mixture to lower the internal engine
temperature.
ENG OIL TEMP
Range: _______________________________________________________ -40 to +327°
Displays the engine oil temperature in degrees, which the PCM uses to control the cooling fans.
ENG TORQ(lb/ft)
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 9999 lb./ft.
ENG TORQ(N-M)
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 65025 Nm
TORQ DELIV(Nm)
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 65025 Nm
Displays the engine torque, which is PCM calculated value based on engine load, throttle
position, mass airflow, and other engine and transmission inputs. This parameter is accurate to
within 15 ft-lb of actual measured engine torque.
Engine LOAD(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the PCM calculated engine load based on speed and mass air flow (MAF) sensor
readings. The engine load increases with an increase in RPM or airflow.
Engine RUNNING
Range: _________________________________________________________ hh:mm:ss
Displays the elapsed since engine startup. The timer resets to zero each time the engine starts.
Engine SYNC
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is receiving the 7X engine synchronization pulse.
Engine WARM
Engine HOT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the PCM internal operating conditions in relation to engine temperature on 1985–86
Oldsmobile-built carbureted engines.
• On a cold engine operating in open loop, both parameters should read NO.
• At operating temperature, Engine WARM reads YES while Engine HOT reads NO.
• If the engine overheats, both parameters read YES.
533
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
ESC COUNTER
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays a signal count from the detonation sensor on engines with electronic spark control
(ESC). The count indicates the relative duration and magnitude of spark knock.
The range does not indicate actual time. Numbers greater than 0 indicate knock occurred. A
lower number means short duration; a higher number indicates longer duration and magnitude.
ESC FAILURE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault exists in the electronic spark control (ESC) or detonation sensor
circuits. If either of the ESC components fails, the display reads YES. This is usually
accompanied by trouble code 43. The display reads NO if the system is operating properly.
ESC LEARNED
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the normal level of engine noise detected by the knock sensor (KS) at certain speeds
and loads. The PCM “learns” this minimum level, and uses it as a cutoff point. If engine noise
repeatedly exceeds this value, a misfire diagnostic trouble code (DTC) sets. If the PCM senses
noise below this level, it assumes there is a fault in the KS circuit, and sets a DTC.
ESO SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the electronic shutoff solenoid (ESO) solenoid. The solenoid, located on
the fuel injection pump, prevents fuel from entering the pump when the ignition is off.
ESO SOL TST
Range: __________________________ SHORT TO B+/PASS/OPEN/GROUNDED PASS
Displays the status of the ESO, which prevents fuel from entering the fuel injection pump on 6.5L
diesel engine when the ignition is switched off. The solenoid is located on the fuel injection pump.
EST BYPASS LINE
Range: ____________________________________________________________ HI/LO
IGNITION BYPASS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether ignition timing is being controlled by the PCM. When the engine is cranking,
electronic spark timing (EST) is controlled by the ignition control module (ICM).
• HI or YES = the PCM is controlling ignition timing
• LO or NO = the ICM is controlling timing
When the engine starts the PCM applies 5 V to the bypass circuit. This commands the ICM to
switch timing control to the PCM. If the ICM does not receive a 5 V bypass command signal, the
ICM continues to control spark timing.
EST ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is controlling spark advance and reads as follows:
• YES after the engine starts and the PCM controls timing
• NO with the engine cranking, the ignition module controlling timing, and electronic spark
timing disabled
If the bypass circuit from the ignition module to the PCM becomes open with the engine running,
timing returns to the basic module control. In this case, the display reads NO to indicate a fault.
534
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
EVAP CANISTER
Range: ____________________________________________________ VENT/NO VENT
Displays the PCM command to the EVAP canister vent valve, which is normally open. The PCM
commands the EVAP canister vent valve closed, during testing of the EVAP system.
EVAP Duty(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the pulse-width modulated voltage the VCM is applying to the EVAP purge valve as a
percentage, or duty cycle. A high percentage indicates near maximum canister purging.
EVAP LK FACTOR
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 3.98
Displays the EVAP canister loading factor. The EVAP Monitor waits until this factor is within
range before starting a test.
EVAP OPEN/SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether an open or short exists at output 5 of output driver module (ODM) A.
EVAP OVER AMPS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether there is excessive current at output 5 of output driver module (ODM) A.
EVAP PURGE(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the pulse-width modulated duty cycle applied to the EVAP purge valve by the PCM.
When EVAP PURGE(%) reads 100%, the valve should be fully open to purge the system.
EVAP PURGE SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the EVAP canister purge control solenoid and reads ON when the solenoid
is on and canister purge is applying a small vacuum to the EVAP system.
EVAP TEST INHIB
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether certain parameters prohibit the EVAP diagnostic from running and reads:
• YES when the PCM prohibits an EVAP test
• NO when the test is allowed to run
EVAP TST
Range: ________________________________________________________ PASS/FAIL
Indicates whether the EVAP diagnostic has successfully completed.
EVAP VAC SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the EVAP vacuum switch. The normally-closed switch is in the purge line
between the canister and the EVAP purge solenoid.
EVAP VAC SW reads ON when the switch opens and vacuum increases to greater than 5 inches
of water in the line.
EVAP VENT SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the EVAP vent solenoid and reads as follows:
535
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
• ON when EVAP vent solenoid is closed to create a vacuum in the fuel tank
• OFF if the solenoid is open to allow purge
EVO DUTY(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle (0–100%) of the electronic variable orifice (EVO) commanded by the
PCM. At idle, full assist is commanded which is indicated as 0% and as vehicle speed increases
the duty cycle will go up thus reducing assist.
EVO FBK
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the EVO duty cycle feedback to the PCM. Current is used to monitor and control EVO.
The PCM converts the current reading to a duty cycle (0% at idle).
EVO SOL CMD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
No information is currently available for this parameter.
EVO STATUS
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the EVO solenoid valve on Saturn vehicles only.
EWMA DECEL AVG
Range: ______________________________________________________ -10 to 10 kPa
Displays the exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA), which indicates the operating
efficiency of the EGR system after the EGR Monitor has run a test. It is the average pressure
(kPa) difference between two values while the EGR Monitor performs a test: the change in
pressure the PCM expects to see as detected by the MAP sensor, and the actual change in
pressure as recorded by the MAP sensor.
The EWMA DECEL AVG reading should always be near -3 kPa. The greater this value, the more
restricted the EGR system.
EXCESS VAC PASS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the evaporative emission (EVAP) system diagnostic test.
EXHAUST OXYGEN
LEFT EXH O2
RIGHT EXH O2
Range: _______________________________________________________ RICH/LEAN
Displays the general rich or lean condition of the exhaust as measured by the oxygen sensor
(O2S). Exhaust oxygen content is related to oxygen content in the intake air-fuel mixture and
thus indicates intake air-fuel ratio. The O2S is the primary sensor that indicates whether the
engine is running rich or lean. The O2S must be hot (above 500°F), and the PCM must be in
closed loop before the PCM responds to the O2S signal.
These parameters indicate the general condition of the exhaust. The O2S voltage parameters
indicate the exact sensor signal. Refer to the “O2(mV)” on page 569 for more information.
Some V-type engines have separate oxygen sensors for the left and right cylinder banks. Two
data parameters display for these engines, one for the left bank and one for the right.
536
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
EXH PRESS(KPA)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 93 kPa
EXH PRESS(“Hg)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 27.5 “Hg
Displays the PCM calculated exhaust pressure value. On some vehicles, the PCM calculates
theoretical backpressure based on input signals from various sensors.
EXH PRESS REG
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the PCM command to the vacuum solenoid for the exhaust pressure regulator (EPR) on
C and K series trucks with a 6.2L diesel engine.
• OPEN = the command is to close the vacuum line and open EPR
• CLSD = the PCM energized the solenoid, which opens the vacuum line to close the EPR and
increases backpressure for more EGR
EXT BRAKE TRVL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the extended brake travel switch contact states of the torque management brake switch
and reads as follows:
• ON when the pedal is 40% applied
• OFF when the brake pedal is released
F AXLE REQ
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the front axle switch request from the transfer case shift control module.
F AXLE SW LCKED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the current state of the front axle switch.
F PROPSHAFT FLT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
No information is currently available for this parameter.
F PROPSHFT(RPM)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the rotational speed of the front propshaft on an automatic transfer case.
FAN 1 ENABLED
FAN 2 ENABLED
FAN 1 REQUESTED
FAN 2 REQUESTED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the fan control circuits. The Requested parameters are PCM inputs from
pressure switches in the high-pressure side of the A/C. The Enabled parameters are PCM output
commands to the fan relays. They should both read YES when the fans are on, and NO at all
other times.
FAN CTRL 1 CMD
FAN CTRL 2 CMD
Range: ____________________________________________________________ LO/HI
Displays the PCM output command to the cooling fan control module. They are used to
determine what speed—low (LO) or high (HI)—to run the fans at.
537
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
538
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
FT CELL B1
Range: ____________________________________________________________0 to 22
Displays which of the fuel trim cells is currently active for bank 1 of a V-type engine. A plot of
engine speed and MAP sensor readings is broken into 22 cells.
FT CELL B2
Range: ____________________________________________________________0 to 22
Displays which of the fuel trim cells is currently active for bank 2 of a V-type engine. A plot of
engine speed and MAP sensor readings is broken into 22 cells.
FT DIAG INHIBIT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the state of the fuel trim that the PCM is commanding. Fuel trim is inhibited when the
vehicle is not in Closed Loop. DTC(s) related to fuel trim are set and diagnostics that temporarily
effect fuel trim operation are active.
FT ENABLE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the VCM is using fuel trim values to adjust fuel delivery to the engine. Fuel trim
is disabled when the vehicle is not in Closed Loop, malfunction codes related to fuel trim are set,
large amounts of purge vapor are ingested by the engine, or additional diagnostics that
temporarily affect fuel trim operation are active.
FT LEARN
Range: _______________________________________________ ENABLED/DISABLED
Indicates whether conditions are appropriate for enabling long term fuel trim corrections and
reads as follows:
• ENABLED when long term fuel trim is responding to the short term fuel trim
• DISABLED when long term fuel trim is not responding to in short term fuel trim
FT PRES(“H2O)
Range: _______________________________________________________ -60.0 to 61.5
Indicates the pressure in the fuel tank expressed with respect to the barometric pressure and
displays 0 mmHg when the fuel tank pressure is equal to the barometric pressure.
FUEL CUTOFF-MPH
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is turning off the fuel injectors due to excessive vehicle speed and
reads as follows:
• YES if speed exceeds tire design limitations
• NO during normal operation
FUEL CUTOFF-P/N
FUEL CUTOFF-DR
FUEL CUTOFF-REV
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is turning off the fuel injectors on Saturn vehicles only. Depending on
PRNDL and throttle position, the PCM may limit engine RPM by temporarily disabling fuel
injection. When the vehicle is in park or neutral, this occurs at engine speeds above 4,000 RPM;
in drive or reverse, above 6,750 RPM. When a fuel cutoff mode is activated, the associated
parameter reads YES.
539
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
540
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
The display should be close to the battery voltage with the engine running. When the ignition
switches on, it should indicate battery voltage for about 2 seconds. If the engine does not crank
during this time, the reading returns to 0. When the engine is not cranking or running, the display
reads 0 because the relay is open.
FUEL PUMP CMD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM command of the fuel pump relay driver circuit.
FUEL PUMP RELAY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the current state of the fuel pump relay.
FUEL PUMP SPD
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle of the pulse-width modulated output signal the PCM is applying to the
fuel pump control module to run the pump.
When the value is 100%, the fuel pump is running at high speed. Typically, the PCM commands
the fuel pump to run at high speed when the MAP sensor senses high vacuum (high load) or
when the system voltage is less than 10 V.
FUEL RATE(mm3)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 80 mm3
Displays the amount of fuel the ECM is requesting in cubic millimeters.
FUEL SYS1
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the operating status of fuel bank 1. Readings are: CL (closed-loop), OL (open loop), OL
DRIVE, OL FAULT, and CL FAULT.
FUEL TANK CAP(L)
Range: _______________________________________0 to 98L/25.9G or 0 to 128L/34G
Displays the capacity of the fuel tank in gallons.
FUEL TANK PRESS
TANK PRESS(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 5.0 V
Displays the voltage signal output by the fuel tank pressure sensor. When tank pressure equals
atmospheric pressure, reading is about 1.3 to 1.7 V. The voltage increases with pressure.
FUEL TEMP
Range: _____________________________________________________ –18° to +285°F
Displays fuel temperature in degrees as determined by a thermistor located in the optical sensor.
• When the sensor is cold (internal resistance high) the ECM monitors a high signal voltage
which it interprets as low fuel temperature.
• As the sensor warms (internal resistance low) the voltage signal decreases and the ECM will
interpret the low voltage as warm fuel.
FUEL TEMP(°C)
Range: ______________________________________________________ -40° to 151°C
FUEL TEMP(°F)
Range: ______________________________________________________ -40° to 304°F
Displays the fuel temperature on diesel engines. The PCM converts voltage signals from a
thermistor-type sensor to temperature.
541
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
FUEL TRIM ID
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the average long-term fuel trim for cells used in determining DTC P0101 and P0172.
FUEL TRIM IDX(%)
LT TRIM IDX(%)
Range: ____________________________________________________ -100% to +100%
The fuel trim index (IDX) percentage value represents the operation and short-term correction of
the fuel-metering for a fuel-injected engine. The long-term (LT) fuel trim value represents the
operation and long-term correction. Both numbers indicate whether the PCM is commanding a
rich or a lean mixture.
Both parameters range from -100% to +100% with 000% as the midpoint:
• A number above zero indicates the PCM has commanded a rich mixture correction.
• A number below zero indicates the PCM is commanding a lean mixture.
The fuel trim, or short-term correction, number leads the long-term fuel number. When a pattern
or trend of short-term corrections occur, long-term fuel responds with a similar correction.
Compare long-term and short-term fuel numbers to injector on-time. Numbers above zero
indicate increased on-time, and numbers below zero indicate decreased on-time. Fuel trim
corrections operate only in closed loop. In open loop, the numbers go to a fixed value.
FUEL TRIM
INTEGRATR
LEFT INT
RIGHT INT
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the operation and a short-term correction to the fuel metering of a fuel-injected engine.
It indicates whether the PCM is commanding a rich or a lean mixture.
The integrator number ranges from 0 to 255 with a midpoint of 128:
• Numbers higher than 128 indicate a PCM command for a short-term rich mixture.
• Numbers lower than 128 indicate a lean command.
Compare integrator values to injector on-time. Values above 128 indicate increased on-time,
while those below 128 indicate decreased on-time. Integrator corrections operate only in closed
loop. In open loop, the integrator goes to a fixed value, usually 128.
The block learn multiplier (BLM) is a long-term fuel metering correction factor derived from the
integrator correction. Block learn and integrator indicate the same directions of fuel metering
correction. High numbers indicate rich mixtures; low numbers indicate lean mixtures. Refer to the
BLM description for more information.
Some V-type engines, such as the Cadillac Allante and ZR1 Corvette LT5, have separate
integrator factors for the left and right banks. Two parameter values are shown as left and right in
the top line of the display for these engines.
FUEL VOLATI
Range: ____________________________________________________________ LO/HI
Displays the rate at which fuel can be vaporized in the cylinder as calculated by the control
module. Reads HI when the fuel volatility is high. Reads LO when the fuel volatility is low.
542
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
FULL POS SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the PCM is using the maximum values found on the lookup tables. This
parameter does not refer to a component on the vehicle. These values usually include fuel
enrichment and spark advance.
GEN COMMAND
GEN L TERMINAL
GEN L TERM
GEN L-TERM
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the generator “L” terminal and read as follows:
• ON under normal operating conditions
• OFF if the PCM detects incorrect voltage in the L terminal circuit
GEN F TERMINAL(%)
GEN F-TERM(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the PCM commanded state of generator “F” terminal.
• A high value indicates a high charging command.
• A low value indicates a low charging command.
GEN LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the PCM is commanding the generator lamp on the instrument panel on.
GEN REG DUTY(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle of the generator, or alternator, output based on the field input from the
generator F terminal. As engine speed increases, the reading decreases.
GENERATOR(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the level of charge that the PCM is requesting.
GLOW PLUG RLY(V)
GLOW PLUG(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 25.5 V
The relay (RLY) parameter displays the voltage requested by the PCM to the glow plug relay.
The PCM cycles this voltage on and off. Cycling time is longest on a cold engine, and decreases
as the engine warms up.
The voltage parameter is the amount of voltage the glow plug system is drawing. The scan tool
can be used to determine if the glow plugs actually turned ON by monitoring the voltage drop.
Also, a good functional check of the glow plug relay.
GLOW PLUG SYS
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the ECM has requested the glow plugs to be turned ON.
GLOW PLUG TYPE
Range: _________________________________________________________ FED/CAL
Indicates whether the glow plug system is Federal or California, which changes some diagnostic
procedures.
543
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
GM P/N
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the GM software number of the transfer case shift control module.
HANDWHL SNSR(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.1 V
Displays the steering wheel position as voltage. A sensor located in the steering column sends a
voltage signal to the EVO, and the displayed value is the sensor voltage.
This signal typically ranges from zero to about 5.1 V with each 90° rotation of the steering wheel.
HEATED WINDSHLD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the heated windshield command from the PCM on some vehicles. The PCM
receives the signal from the instrument panel switch and a temperature sensor signal from the
heated windshield power module:
• ON displays if passenger compartment temperature is below 65°F (18°C) and the instrument
panel switch is turned on
• OFF displays if interior temperature is above 65°F (18°C)
HIGH ALTITUDE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the vehicle is operating at high altitude.
On some fuel-injected vehicles, the PCM compares the throttle position, mass airflow, and RPM
readings to determine engine load. If the throttle is open more than expected for a given load, the
PCM assumes it is at high altitude and adjusts fuel metering accordingly. The display should then
read YES.
On some minimum-function T-cars (Chevette, Acadian, and T-1000) and carbureted Isuzu
engines, the PCM uses a separate barometric pressure switch signal to determine if the vehicle
is at high altitude. On these models, YES indicates that the PCM is controlling the engine for high
altitude operation with low barometric pressure.
HIGH BATTERY
LOW BATTERY
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays battery state based on a sensing circuit across the supply voltage circuit on some
models. Reads NO during normal operation and YES when battery voltage is high or low.
On most vehicles, he PCM disables the output solenoids to protect the PCM from high current if
battery voltage is too high.
HIGH ELEC. LOAD
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM senses an excessive electrical load and reads YES under heavy
electrical accessories loads.
HIGH RES SIGNAL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates if the PCM detects the ignition control module generating a high resolution signal.
HI PS PRESSURE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of a pressure switch in the power steering system that closes under high
pressure on some Cadillac and other vehicles and reads as follows:
544
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
• YES when the steering wheel is turned right or left to full lock
• NO at all other times
HI SPARK COMP
LO SPARK COMP
MID SPARK COMP
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to 255 counts
Displays the adaptive spark retard values the PCM uses to control engine knock. Spark
compensation values for low, mid, and high RPM driving are stored by the PCM in “cells” similar
to those used for block learn. Values up to 20 are considered normal.
If sufficient knock is present to fill the low, mid, and high spark cells, a loss of power may occur
due to excessive retard. Spark compensation values eventually return to zero when the knock
condition is corrected, this is a slow process. If desired, reset by disconnecting PCM power.
On 1993 and later vehicles, these values are internally adjusted by the PCM based on engine
coolant temperature (ECT) at engine start:
• If ECT is below 46°F (8°C), the values set to zero.
• If ECT is below 133°F (56°C), the values are adjusted to 75%.
• If ECT is above 219°F (104°C), 100% of the values are used.
Temperatures in between are adjusted accordingly.
HO2 SNSR-1(mV)
HO2 SNSR-2(mV)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 1000 mV
Displays the output voltage for heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) 1 (upstream) and HO2S 2
(downstream).
• Sensor 1 voltage should fluctuate constantly from about 50 mV (lean exhaust) to 800 mV
(rich exhaust) during closed loop operation.
• Sensor 2 voltage fluctuates slowly over a longer period of time due to the oxygen storage
capability of an efficiently operating catalyst.
If the voltage fluctuates rapidly on a hot catalyst, low catalyst efficiency may be the cause.
HO2S 1 HEATER
HO2S 2 HEATER
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM command status to the HO2S 1 and HO2S 2 heater circuit.
HO2S B1-S2(mV)
HO2S B2-S2(mV)
Range: _________________________________________________ range 0 to 1275 mV
Displays the signals from the rear heated oxygen sensors on banks 1 and 2 repsectively.
The reading represents the exhaust oxygen output voltage beyond the catalytic converter. This
voltage will remain inactive or appear lazy within a range 100 mV (lean exhaust) and 900 mV
(rich exhaust) when the system is operating in closed loop.
HO2S-1(mV)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 1132 mV
Displays the front heated oxygen sensor (HO2S-1) output voltage. Voltage should fluctuate
constantly between 100 mV (lean exhaust) to 900 mV (rich exhaust) when in closed-loop.
545
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
HO2S-2(mV)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 1132 mV
Displays the rear heated oxygen sensor (HO2S-2) output voltage. Voltage should remain inactive
or appear lazy within a range of 100 mV to 900 mV when the catalytic converter is functioning
properly and the system is operating in a closed-loop.
HO2S HTR B1-S1
HO2S HTR B1-S2
HO2S HTR B2-S1
HO2S HTR B2-S2
Range: ________________________________________________________ HIGH/LOW
Displays the commanded state of the HO2S heater control circuits and read as follows:
• HIGH when the heater is commanded on
• LOW when the heater is off
HO2S HTR CMD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
No information is currently available for this parameter.
HOT LIGHT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the temperature telltale lamp on Saturn vehicles only. HOT LIGHT reads ON
when the lamp is on and the engine or transaxle reaches an overheat condition.
HOT MODE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the transmission entered “hot mode” operation and reads ON only when
transmission fluid temperature exceeds 275°F (135°C).
During hot mode, the TCC engages in 4th gear until the temperature drops below 275°F (135°C),
the brakes are applied, or the TP sensor signal is low.
• If temperature reaches 302–307.5°F (150–153°C) for 15 minutes, a DTC sets.
• If fluid temperature exceeds 309°F (154°C) for 1 second, hot mode operation continues until
the next ignition cycle.
HOT OPEN LOOP
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM has commanded open loop operation due to high engine
temperature and reads YES only when in open loop.
IAC COIL ENABLE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the state of PCM control for the idle air control (IAC) motor coil on some full-size trucks
with V6 and V8 engines.
IAC COIL ENABLE reads as follows:
• YES when the PCM is controlling IAC valve movement
• NO if the PCM is not controlling the IAC motor
IAC COIL A
IAC COIL B
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicate whether the PCM is controlling either or both motor coils for the idle air control (IAC)
valve on 1991 and later 2.5L truck engines.
546
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
547
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
IAC PULSE(%)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 65%
Displays the duty cycle of the ECM command signal to the IAC valve. The IAC valve has two
control circuits, one opens the valve and the other closes the valve. The ECM control both
circuits simultaneously. The ratio of the frequency between the two PWM signals determines the
direction and the amount that the drive unit rotates the shutter within the valve.
IAT-1
IAT-2
Range: _________________________________________ –40 to 419°F or –40 to 152°C
Displays the PCM calculated intake air temperature (IAT) sensor in degrees. The PCM uses the
IAT to adjust fuel delivery and spark timing according to intake air density.
IC CYL 1 & 4 CMD
IC CYL 2 & 3 CMD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the ignition coil for cylinders 1 & 4 or 2 & 3 as commanded by the ignition
control module.
IC FAULT CYL 1
IC FAULT CYL 2
IC FAULT CYL 3
IC FAULT CYL 4
IC FAULT CYL 5
IC FAULT CYL 6
IC FAULT CYL 7
IC FAULT CYL 8
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether there is a fault in the ignition control (IC) circuit for a particular cylinder and
read YES if a fault is detected.
This parameter is restricted to the number of cylinders for a particular engine. Thus, a 4-cylinder
engine does not display IC Fault Cyl 5, 6, 7 or 8.
ICM CTRL IGN
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is controlling ignition timing and reads as follows:
• YES when the PCM is controlling the ignition timing and the PCM calculates the desired
ignition timing based on information from the input sensors
• NO when the ignition system operates independently from the PCM
The Ignition Control Module (ICM) maintains a base ignition timing of 10 degrees btdc and is able
to change this ignition timing slightly with increased engine speed. Ignition control mode is in
affect whenever an ignition control fault is detected while the engine is running and it will have a
noticeable effect on driveability.
IDLE AIR CONTRL
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Indicates the position of the idle air control (IAC) valve in the throttle body of a fuel-injected
engine as a step count. The IAC valve controls how much air bypasses the throttle at idle, and
thus idle speed.
The motor that drives the IAC valve has 255 positions, and readings vary from 0 to 255. A
reading of zero indicates the motor is at its outermost position, which closes the IAC valve to cut
548
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
off air flow. A high number indicates that the motor moved inward to open the IAC valve and
allow more idle air. Count changes should occur fairly rapidly as engine load changes.
IDLE INJ PW(mS)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 6.1
Displays the fuel injector base pulse-width modulation (PWM), or the on-time in milliseconds with
the engine at idle.
IDLE RPM ERROR
Range: ____________________________________________________0 to 12,800 RPM
Displays the difference between the PCM commanded idle speed and actual engine speed.
IDLE SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ CLSD/OPEN
Displays the position of the idle switch on some minimum-function engines and reads as follows:
• CLSD = the throttle is closed and the engine should be at idle
• OPEN = the engine is off idle
Idle speed on these engines is not PCM regulated.
IDLE THROTTLE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the idle throttle position (TP) and reads YES when the throttle is closed.
IGN COIL 1 & 4
IGN COIL 2 & 5
IGN COIL 3 & 6
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the primary ignition coil circuits, which are ECM controlled. The value
switches from ON to OFF with each control command issued by the ECM. Due to the rapid
changes in the signal state and the refresh rate of the scan tool, readings may appear to freeze
occasionally when the engine is running.
IGN CYCLES
Range: ____________________________________________________________0 to 50
Displays the number of on-off cycles of the ignition switch since the last trouble code change on
some late-model vehicles. The counter resets to zero under any of the following conditions:
• A new trouble code occurs.
• Trouble codes are cleared.
• Battery power is disconnected.
• 50 ignition cycles occur with no other code changes.
After 50 ignition cycles with no change in trouble codes, the PCM erases all codes in memory
and resets the counter to zero.
IGN CYCLE DTC
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a DTC set on the current ignition cycle.
IGN FUEL VTD
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a VTD code is stored in memory.
549
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
550
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
• YES is displayed under normal conditions, which indicates the PCM has requested control of
the spark advance and will calculate ideal timing from sensor input. The ignition control
module (ICM) determines the correct operating mode based on the level of voltage that the
PCM applies to the ignition control module bypass circuit. The PCM provides 5 volts to the
ignition control module bypass circuit when conditions are appropriate for PCM control of
spark timing. This may also be referred to as “IC mode.” The timing changes with changes in
engine speed and load.
• NO indicates that the PCM is not controlling ignition timing and the ICM is maintaining a base
ignition timing of 10° BTDC. If the PCM does not apply 5 volts to the bypass circuit, the ICM
will control spark timing until the bypass signal is received. This may also be referred to as
“Bypass mode.” The base timing of 10° BTDC changes slightly with changes in engine
speed.
IGNITION SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the ignition switch is on, or in the run position and reads as follows:
• ON when the ignition switch is on and the engine is running or not cranking
• OFF when the switch is in any position other than run
ILC SOLENOID
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the PCM output command to the idle load compensator (ILC) solenoid on some
carbureted engines and reads as follows:
• YES when the engine is idling with an increased load, such as the A/C compressor on (idle
speed may increase slightly)
• NO under normal idle conditions
IMRC SOL CMD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the commanded state of the IMRC (Intake Manifold Runner Control) solenoid.
INITL BRK APLY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
INITL BRK APLY
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the initial brake applied switch as determined by the control module.
Reads YES/ON when the brake pedal is depressed, and NO/OFF when the brake pedal is not
depressed.
INJ 1
INJ 2
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 999 mS
Displays the ECM command to the applicable fuel injector in milliseconds (mS).
INJ CLOSE(mS)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 4.00 mS
Displays the amount of time it takes the fuel solenoid to close. When the engine load increases,
closure time fluctuates.
551
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
INJ 1 CMD
INJ 2 CMD
INJ 3 CMD
INJ 4 CMD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the applicable injector is being commanded on by the control module.
INJ PW(mS)
INJ PW #1(mS)
INJ PW #2(mS)
INJ PW #3(mS)
INJ PW #4(mS)
INJ PW #5(mS)
INJ PW #6(mS)
INJ PW #7(mS)
INJ PW #8(mS)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 999 mS
Displays the commanded state of the fuel injectors in milliseconds.
INJ PW B1(mS)
INJ PW B2(mS)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 1000 mS
Displays the amount of time the PCM commands each injector ON during an engine cycle in
milliseconds. A longer injector pulse width causes more fuel to be delivered. The injector pulse
width increases as engine load increases.
• B1 represents cylinder bank 1 (cylinders 1, 3, 5, and 7)
• B2 represents cylinder bank 2 (cylinders 2, 4, 6, and 8)
INJ x FAULT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault exists in the wiring of a fuel injector. The “x” in the name is a variable
from 1 to 8, depending on the cylinder being monitored.
INLET AIR TEMP
Range: ________________________________________________________ HOT/COOL
Displays the status of an intake airflow temperature switch on some minimum-function Isuzu
systems and reads as follows:
• HOT when air temperature is above 60°F (15°C)
• COOL when temperature is below 40°F (4°C)
INTAKE AIR
Range: ________________________________________ -39 to +140°C or -38 to +284°F
INTAKE AIR(°C)
Range: _____________________________________________________ -40 ° to 151 °C
INTAKE AIR(°F)
Range: ______________________________________________________ -40° to 304 °F
Displays the intake air temperature (IAT) in degrees based on the IAT sensor signal. The PCM
converts the voltage signal from a thermistor-type sensor to temperature values. The PCM uses
IAT to adjust fuel delivery and spark timing according to the density of the incoming air.
INTAKE HEAT FBK
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the current commanded state of the intake air heater relay.
552
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
553
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
554
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
555
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
556
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
The load parameter is calculated by the PCM based on engine speed, the number of cylinders,
and the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) or mass airflow (MAF).
LOAD(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Indicates the engine load based on manifold absolute pressure. The higher the percentage, the
greater the engine load.
LONG KNOCK
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is detecting an abnormally long engine knock condition. This
parameter displays on Eng 1 data.
LOOP STAT B1-S1
LOOP STAT B2-S1
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the loop status of the upstream oxygen sensors for bank 1 (B1-S1) and bank 2 (B2-S1):
• OPEN = open loop
• CLOSED = closed loop
During closed loop the PCM controls fuel delivery according to oxygen sensor voltage. In Open
Loop, the PCM ignores the oxygen sensor voltage and bases the amount of fuel to be delivered
based on TP sensor, engine coolant, and MAF sensor inputs.
LOOP STAT B1-S2
LOOP STAT B1 S2
LOOP STAT B2-S2
LOOP STAT B2 S2
Range: ___________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED/CLSD/???
Displays the loop status of the downstream oxygen sensors for bank 1 (B1-S2) and bank 2
(B2-S2):
• OPEN = open loop
• CLOSED or CLSD = closed loop
• ??? = the PCM received invalid data
In Closed Loop the PCM relies on the oxygen sensor voltage to monitor Bank 2 Catalytic
Converter efficiency,
LOOP STATUS
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the loop status of the operating system:
• OPEN = open loop
• CLOSED = closed loop or the ECM is controlling fuel delivery according to the O2S 1 voltage
The ECM controls the air-fuel ratio as close to 14.7:1 as possible.
LOW A/C FREON
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the amount of A/C refrigerant charge based on temperature on some S-series trucks
and reads as follows:
• YES if the PCM disables the compressor clutch
• NO under normal conditions
557
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
558
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
559
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
LT TRIM AVG
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays an average of the long-term fuel trim from all cells. The value is PCM calculated.
• 0 = –100%
• 255 = 100%
LT TRM AVG1 %
LT TRM AVG2 %
Range: ______________________________________________________ –100 to 100%
Displays an average of all long term fuel trim cells as percentage. The short term fuel trim cells
are rated, for the amount of which they are used.
For example, an idle cell is rated higher than a wide open cell. If a fueling malfunction occurs in
the idle cell and the wide open cell, the average would be more affected by the idle cell than the
wide open cell.
• A negative value significantly below 0% indicates that the fuel system is rich and fuel delivery
is being reduced.
• A positive value significantly more than 0% indicates that a lean condition exists and the
PCM compensates by adding fuel.
When the average of the cells reach a predetermined high or low, a fuel trim DTC sets.
LT TRIM AVG B1
LT TRIM AVG B2
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to 255 counts
Displays an average of all long-term fuel trim cells for each bank of a V-type engine as counts.
• A value below 128 indicates a lean condition, with injector pulse width being increased to
compensate.
• A value above 128 indicates a rich condition, with the PCM decreasing injector pulse width to
compensate.
A DTC sets if the average reaches a predetermined high or low value.
LT TRIM ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is using fuel trim values to adjust fuel delivery to the engine and
should read YES when in closed loop.
Fuel trim is disabled when the engine is not in closed loop, malfunction codes related to fuel trim
are set, large amounts of purge vapor are ingested by the engine, or additional diagnostics that
temporarily affect fuel trim operation are active.
MAF(gm/Sec)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 665 g/s
Displays the amount of air entering the engine through the mass air flow (MAF) sensor.
MAF(Hz)
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 31,999 Hz
Displays the frequency of the mass airflow (MAF) signal in Hertz. The PCM converts current
draw needed by the MAF to keep the hot wires at a constant temperature into a frequency signal.
560
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
MAF(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the signal of the mass airflow (MAF) as voltage. The MAF signal indicates the amount
of air entering the engine.
MAF BURNOFF
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the mass airflow (MAF) sensor burnoff circuit. The hot-wire MAF sensors
on some port fuel-injected engines build up a residue of contaminants from the intake air. To
prevent buildup and maintain an accurate sensor reading, the PCM applies a burnoff voltage to
the sensor element when the ignition switches off.
The engine must be warm and run in closed loop for a programmed length of time before burnoff
voltage is applied. When this condition is present, MAF BURNOFF reads as follows:
• ON for a few seconds as soon as the ignition switches off
• OFF at all other times
MAF#1(gm/Sec)
Range: ________________________________________________ 0.0 to 6553.5 gm/Sec
Displays the mass airflow (MAF) sensor input frequency converted to grams of air per second
(gm/Sec). This indicates the amount of air entering the engine.
MAF-EGR FLOW
Range: ________________________________________________ 0.0 to 6553.5 gm/Sec
Displays the mass airflow (MAF) sensor signal converted to grams per second (gm/Sec). This
indicates the amount of air entering the engine. The PCM uses this information to monitor the
EGR flow rates only.
MAIN INJ(°)
Range: _____________________________________________________________ XXX°
Displays the current timing of the main injection pulse in degrees.
MAIN INJ CMD(µS)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ XXX µS
Displays the commanded on time of the fuel injector for the main injection pulse in microseconds.
MAIN FUEL(mm3)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
displays the PCM commanded amount of fuel in the main fuel-injection pulse as cubic
millimeters (mm3).
MAIN RELAY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the commanded state of the engine controls power relay.
MAP
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 205 kPa
MAP(KPA)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 125 kPa
MAP(”Hg)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 60.7 “Hg
Displays the PCM calculated manifold absolute pressure (MAP), which is based on the MAP
sensor voltage signal.
561
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
When MAP displays in kPa (kilopascal), the reading should be about 100 to 102 kPa with the
engine off and the intake manifold close to atmospheric pressure at sea level. When the engine
is running with high manifold vacuum, the kPa reading drops. On a turbocharged engine, the kPa
reading rises above 100 as boost is applied.
When MAP displays in “Hg (inches of mercury), the reading should be about 29.9 “Hg with the
engine off and the manifold close to atmospheric pressure at sea level. When the engine is
running with high manifold vacuum, the MAP reading in “Hg drops. On a turbocharged engine,
the reading rises above 30 as boost is applied.
Compare MAP voltage and MAP pressure parameter readings. Pressure should be high when
voltage is high, and low when voltage is low. If readings appear abnormal for the apparent engine
load, the sensor input signal may be inaccurate or the PCM calculations may be incorrect.
MAP(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Displays the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor voltage signal.
The MAP sensor measures the change in the intake manifold pressure from engine load, and
speed changes. As intake manifold pressure increases, the intake vacuum decreases resulting
in a higher MAP sensor voltage. The PCM uses the MAP sensor signal for updating the BARO
reading and as an enabling factor for several of the diagnostics.
MAP CHANGE
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 68.6 V
Displays the difference in MAP voltage readings taken during two operating conditions. The PCM
uses this information to evaluate the operating condition of systems such as EGR.
For example, the PCM samples MAP sensor voltage, pulses the EGR value open, then takes a
second MAP sample. The PCM compares the difference between the two samples to a value
stored in memory. Too low a difference indicates a poorly functioning EGR system.
MAT(°C)
Range: _________________________________________________________–40 to 199
MAT(°F)
Range: _________________________________________________________–40 to 389
MANIFOLD(°C)
Range: _________________________________________________________–40 to 199
MANIFOLD(°F)
Range: _________________________________________________________–40 to 389
Displays the PCM estimated temperature of the intake manifold air on some fuel-injected
engines. It is available only on a few engines. Measurements are provided in two ways:
• Most engines with mass airflow (MAF) sensors have a sensor in the intake air duct.
• Most engines with manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensors have a sensor in the intake
manifold.
The PCM converts sensor voltage to temperature readings. The MAT signal, along with MAF or
MAP, are used by the PCM to calculate the amount of air entering the engine.
562
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
The MAT reading should be close to the ambient air temperature when the engine is cold, then
rise steadily as it warms up. High-temperature MAT readings may differ greatly between vehicles
due to underhood temperature variations and hot-soak conditions.
MAX TP ANGLE(%)
MIN TP ANGLE(%)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 100
No information is currently available for these parameters.
MC DWL(°)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0° to 60°
Displays the duty cycle, or on-time, of the mixture control (MC) solenoid on carbureted engines.
This parameter is based on a 6-cylinder dwell scale of 0 to 60 degrees. A low reading indicates
the PCM is commanding a rich mixture, and a high reading indicates a lean mixture.
• 30° = midpoint of the dwell range (50% duty cycle)
• 6° = fully rich condition
• 54° = fully lean condition
When the PCM is operating in open loop, the MC dwell value is fixed, usually near 30°. In closed
loop, MC dwell values change as the O2S voltage changes.
For all 1981–82 vehicles with 5-pin in-line ALDL connectors, the MC dwell parameter is
calculated from the MC solenoid signal at pin A of the ALDL connector.
• 0° = the circuit is open or grounded
• 60° = the circuit is shorted to battery voltage
Because MC dwell is not part of the serial data list for these vehicles, this parameter is not
recorded on a data movie. The movie shows a dwell reading of N/A.
MD-4CYL FDBACK
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
This is a feedback signal from the Cadillac modulated-displacement V8/6/4 system and reads
YES only when both pairs of cylinders are disabled and the engine is running on four cylinders.
This parameter and the MD-4Cyl Command and MD-6Cyl Command parameters should all read
YES simultaneously.
MD-4CYL COMMAND
MD-6CYL COMMAND
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates which cylinders are disabled by the PCM on the Cadillac modulated-displacement V8/
6/4 system. Table 14-5 shows the number of cylinders in operation and the PCM output.
563
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
564
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
The misfire current counters, (Misfire Cur #1 - 8) indicate the number of firing events out of the
last 200 cylinder firing events which were misfires. The misfire current counters displays real time
data without a misfire DTC stored.
The misfire history counters (Misfire Hist #1 - 8) indicate the total number of cylinder firing events
which were misfires. The misfire history counters displays 0 until the misfire diagnostic has failed
and a DTC P0300 is set. Once the misfire DTC sets, the misfire history counters will be updated
every 200 cylinder firing events.
MISFIRE CYL
Range: __________________________________________ PRIM CYL 0-8, SEC CYL 0-8
Displays the cylinder numbers of the primary (PRIM) and secondary (SEC) misfiring cylinders
when a multiple misfire occurs. The most significant misfire displays in the primary parameter,
the next most significant misfire is displayed by the secondary parameter.
MISFIRE DATA
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the possible misfires being detected on each cylinder during the last 200 or 1000
revolutions of the crankshaft, depending on the vehicle selected. The counters may normally
display some activity, but activity should be very low and equal for all cylinders.
NOTE:
i This parameter range does not reflect the number of crankshaft revolutions.
MISFIRE DELAY
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the number of engine cycles left before the misfire test is enabled. A value only displays
if the misfire diagnostic is interrupted due to operation outside the conditions. DTC P0300 sets.
MISFIRE ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the misfire diagnostic monitor has been enabled, reads YES when enabled.
MISFIRE HIST
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the total level of misfire detected on each cylinder. The misfire history counters do not
update or show any activity until a misfire or DTC P0300 has become active. The misfire history
counter updates every 200 cylinder firing events.
MISFIRE HIST #1-4
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to 255 counts
Displays the number of misfires that occurred after 195 current misfires have been counted.
The current misfire counter adds misfires to the history misfire counter after 195 total misfires
have taken place.
• If 1 cylinder is misfiring, the misfiring current counter will have 195 misfires counted before
adding to its history counter.
• If 2 cylinders are misfiring, the misfiring current counters adds to their history counters after
97 misfires. Count increments only after a misfire DTC has been set.
MISFIRE INDEX
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 100
Displays the number of misfire tests performed by the PCM during 200 crankshaft revolutions.
565
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
MISFIRE CYCLES
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 100
Displays the number of engine cycles that were analyzed for misfire data. This parameter counts
the misfire tests during 200 revolutions.
MISFIRES/TEST
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the total number of possible misfires during the last 200 crankshaft revolutions.
MISS COOLANT(°)
Range: __________________________________________ -40 to 151°C or -40 to 304°F
Displays the engine coolant temperature (ECT) at the time a DTC P0300 set.
MISFIRE CYL 1
MISFIRE CYL 2
MISFIRE CYL 3
MISFIRE CYL 4
MISFIRE CYL 5
MISFIRE CYL 6
MISFIRE CYL 7
MISFIRE CYL 8
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to 255 counts
Displays the number of possible misfires detected on each cylinder during the last 200 cylinder
firing events. These readings normally display some activity, but the activity should be fairly
equal for all cylinders.
MISFIRE FAILS
MISFIRE PASSES
Range: __________________________________________________ 0 to 65535 counts
Displays the number of crankshaft 200-revolution sample periods for which misfire diagnostics
reported a failure or pass.
MISS HISTORY 1
MISS HISTORY 2
MISS HISTORY 3
MISS HISTORY 4
MISS HISTORY 5
MISS HISTORY 6
MISS HISTORY 7
MISS HISTORY 8
Range: __________________________________________________ 0 to 65535 counts
Displays the total level of misfires detected on each cylinder. These parameters do not update or
show any activity until a misfire DTC (P0300) becomes active. These parameters update every
200 cylinder firing events.
MISS LOAD(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the engine load as a percentage at the time a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) P0300 set.
MIS REV STAT
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Indicates whether all of the conditions have been met for the Misfire Diagnostic to begin.
566
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
MODE SW SEL
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Indicates the current status of the transfer case mode switch. Displayed values vary, possible
readings are: Neutral/4WD HI/2WD/Auto 4WD/4WD Low/off.
MODE SW SELECTD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the position of the driver-operated automatic transfer case (ATC) mode switch.
MODRT BRK APLY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
MODRT BRK APLY
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the moderate brake applied switch as determined by the control module.
Reads YES/ON when the brake pedal is depressed, and NO/OFF when not depressed.
MPG REQUEST KEY
MPG RESET KEY
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the fuel economy request and fuel economy reset switches on some
Cadillac models. These switches may also be labeled Inst/Avg.
Read YES when the related switch is being pressed and NO at all other times.
MPH GOVERNING
RPM GOVERNING
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the VCM is reducing fuel injection, and possibly retarding ignition timing and
reducing spark advance on some 4.3L trucks with a VCM.
These parameters read as follows:
• YES only when active
• NO during normal operation
MRE TWC TST DES
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether another catalyst test is needed for a catalyst test decision.
MRE TWC TST DES reads YES if the PCM requires another test to determine if the catalyst is
operating properly.
MTR A/B BAT SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault was detected in the automatic transfer case shift motor control circuit.
MTR A/B FLT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
No information is currently available for this parameter.
MTR A/B GND SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the automatic transfer case shift motor control circuit is shorted to ground.
MTR A/B OPEN
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether an open was detected in the motor feed A or motor feed B circuits.
567
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
568
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
569
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
O2 B1-S1(mV)
O2 B1-S2(mV)
O2 B1-S3(mV)
O2 B2-S1(mV)
O2 B2-S2(mV)
O2 B2-S3(mV)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 1106 mV
Displays oxygen sensor (O2S) feedback signals to the VCM.
• B1 and B2 represent cylinder banks 1 and 2.
• S1, S2, and S3 represent sensors 1, 2, and 3.
The voltage fluctuates constantly between 10 mV and 1000 mV in closed loop.
O2 B1&B2 READY
O2 B1-S1 READY
O2 B1-S2 READY
O2 B2-S1 READY
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Monitor performed at least one test and
reads as follows:
• YES if the vehicle is ready to display HO2S diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) set by the
Monitor during the last test.
• NO if another monitor needs to run.
O2 B1-S1 STAT
O2 B1-S2 STAT
O2 B1-S3 STAT
O2 B2-S1 STAT
L/R SWITCH B1S1
L/R SWITCH B2S1
Range: _______________________________________________________ RICH/LEAN
Displays the status of the oxygen sensors (O2S) in the catalyst monitor. Read as follows:
• RICH if O2S voltage is above bias voltage.
• LEAN if O2S voltage is below bias voltage.
There should be constant activity for the S1 and S2 (upstream) sensors, which indicates that the
PCM is actively controlling the air-fuel mixture of the identified cylinder bank. Activity of the S3
sensors (downstream) should be much slower than that of the upstream sensors.
O2 B2-S1 HTR(SEC)
Range: _____________________________________________________ 00:00 to 99:99
Displays the time required to warm-up each HO2S. The HO2S warm up time is used for the
HO2S heater test. The PCM runs the heater test only after a cold start (determined by engine
coolant and intake air temperature at the time of startup) and only once during an ignition cycle.
When the engine is started the PCM monitors HO2S voltage. When the voltage indicates a
sufficiently active sensor, the PCM looks at how much time has elapsed since startup. If the PCM
determines that too much time was required for the HO2S to become active, a DTC sets. If the
engine was warm when started, the value that was stored last time the test ran displays.
If PCM memory is cleared, 00:00 displays.
570
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
O2 BIAS(V)
Range: _____________________________________________ range 0.420 to 0.480 mV
Displays the bias voltage that the engine control module (ECM) applies to the heated oxygen
sensor (HO2S) signal circuit.
O2 CROSSCOUNTS
O2 CROSSCNTS-1
O2 CROSSCNTS-2
LEFT CROSSCNTS
RIGHT CROSSCNTS
LEAN/RICH TRANS
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the number of times that the oxygen sensor (O2S) voltage signal crossed from the lean
region, below 450 mV, to the rich region, above 450 mV. When the engine is warmed up and
running in closed loop, the O2S voltage changes constantly. A counter in the PCM records the
voltage changes from rich and lean as cross counts. The value displayed is the number of cross
counts within the last second.
The reading indicates how well the O2S is responding to changes in fuel metering and exhaust
oxygen content. These parameters do not indicate how well the O2s is performing. They show
sensor voltage varies in response to exhaust oxygen content.
On some engines, the O2S may cool off at idle and the system may go to open loop. In this case,
the O2S does not provide a variable voltage and the reading is zero. Run the engine at fast idle
to warm the sensor, return to closed loop, and restore the display reading.
Some V-type engines use separate sensors in each of the cylinder banks. Two parameters, left
and right or -1 and -2, display crosscounts for these engines.
This number resets to zero after it reaches its limit of 255.
O2 HTR(AMP)
Range: __________________________________________________________0 to 1300
Displays the current draw of the H2OS 1 heater.
Typically, the heater current stabilizes at about 0.50 to 0.60 amp after operating temperature is
reached. Initial current draw is higher.
O2 READY
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the oxygen sensor (O2S) on minimum-function (carbureted Chevette,
Acadian, and T-1000) and some other vehicles. The O2S does not provide a constantly varying
voltage on these systems.
O2 READY reads as follows:
• YES when the O2S is warm and the PCM can go into closed loop
• NO if the O2S is cold
When O2 READY reads NO, you should get the following other readings:
• OPEN/CLSD LOOP should be OPEN
• OPEN LOOP REGION should be 1, 2, 3, or 4
571
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
O2 S1 READY
O2 S2 READY
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays oxygen sensor (O2S) status and reads NO (not ready) until the VCM has determined
that the post HO2S is sufficiently warm for full operation.
O2 SENSOR B1
O2 SENSOR B2
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 1000 mV
Displays the voltage activity of the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) for banks 1 and 2.
O2B1-S1(LAMBDA)
O2B2-21(LAMBDA)
Range: ___________________________________________________ 0.0 to 2.0 lambda
Displays the Lambda output from the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) to the control module.
A low reading indicates a rich exhaust; a high reading indicates a lean exhaust.
O2B1-S1 HTR CMD
O2B1-S2 HTR CMD
O2B2-S1 HTR CMD
O2B2-S2 HTR CMD
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the commanded state of the heater control circuits for oxygen sensors 1 and 2 on banks
1 and 2. They read as follows:
• YES when the sensor heater command is on
• NO when the sensor heater command is off
O2S1 HTR(SEC)
O2S2 HTR(SEC)
O2S3 HTR(SEC)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0:00 to 4:15
Displays the time it takes before the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) begins to transmit a variable
voltage signal in seconds. An HO2S uses a heating element to reach operating temperature
quickly. Once warm, the O2S signal voltage switches above and below bias voltage.
The time begins recording at startup, then stops once the PCM receives a reliable signal.
O2S-1 HTR(AMP)
O2S-2 HTR(AMP)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.5 A
Displays the current through the control module when the HO2S 1 and 2 heaters are
commanded on. These parameters display a low current when the heater circuit resistance is
high and a high current when the heater circuit resistance is low.
ODM1 OVERTEMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is turning its output driver module off due to an overheat condition.
ODOMETER(Mi)
Range: _______________________________________________________0 to 1677722
Displays the actual vehicle mileage stored in the PCM.
572
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
OIL LIFE(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the ECM calculated current oil life remaining as a percentage, which is based on
mileage, driving conditions, temperature, and load conditions.
OIL LIFE RESET
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
The Fluid Life Indexes are calculated by the PCM. The PCM uses many engine parameters to
determine the percentage of fluid life remaining for the engine oil and transaxle fluid. The fluid life
indexes are stored in the non-volatile memory area of the PCM.
Reset life indexes using one of the following methods:
• KOEO, press the accelerator pedal to the floor three times within 5 seconds.
• Use the reset function on the Driver Information Center (DIC).
• Reset with the scan tool.
The DIC and accelerator methods only reset indexes to 100%. The scan tool resets engine life
indexes in 10% increments.
OIL PRESS(psi)
OIL PRESS(KPA)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 999
Displays the PCM calculated engine oil pressure on some vehicles, such as Cadillac Allante and
Corvette LT5. An oil pressure transducer provides a voltage signal to the PCM, the PCM
calculates oil pressure from the voltage signal.
OIL PRESS (V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Displays the engine oil pressure as voltage.
OIL TEMP(°C)
Range: _________________________________________________________–40 to 199
OIL TEMP(°F)
Range: _________________________________________________________–40 to 389
Displays the PCM calculated engine oil temperature on vehicles that have an oil temperature
sensor. The PCM calculates the oil temperature from the sensor voltage signal.
OPEN/CLSD LOOP
LOOP STAT B1
LOOP STAT B2
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Indicates whether the engine, or one bank of cylinders, in open or closed loop.
These parameters read as follows:
• OPEN during warm-up
• CLSD once the engine reaches normal operating temperature
Some failure conditions, many associated with trouble codes, cause the PCM to return to
open-loop operation. Additionally, some vehicles may normally return to open-loop operation at
idle because the O2S cools off at idle.
To restore closed-loop operation, accelerate off idle to warm up the sensor. High ambient
temperatures or towing heavy loads may also cause the PCM to return to open-loop operation to
prevent catalytic converter damage.
573
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
574
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
PASSKEY FUEL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the input from the Pass-Key II module, which enables the injectors, and should read:
• ON under normal conditions
• OFF only if the passkey test failed, which may indicate that the fuel system is disabled
PASSKEY INPUT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether a fault was detected in the Passkey II system.
PASSKEY 2(mS)
Range: ____________________________________________________________0 to 85
Displays the elapsed time in milliseconds from when the PCM receives a theft deterrent fuel
enable signal until fuel is supplied.
PCM/BCM COL LCK
Range: ________________________________________________________ PASS/FAIL
Displays the status of the vehicle theft deterrent (VTD) system monitor. The PCM disables the
fuel when a BCM DTC related to the VTD system is detected.
PCM EEPROM
Range: ____________________________________________________________ XXXX
Displays the PCM indexes. When PCM power is disconnected these indexes remain in memory.
PCM IN VTD FAIL
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the ECM received a good password from the passlock module, the vehicle has
started, and a failure has occurred. The ECM continues to enable fuel.
PCM RESET
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether an internal PCM reset occurred.
PCM RIDE CTRL
Range: ____________________________________________________ NORMAL/FIRM
Displays the operating mode that the ride control is operating in for vehicle stability.
PCM ROM PASS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the internal PCM read only memory (ROM) test. A YES reading indicates:
• The diagnostic passed the last test.
• The diagnostic ran and passed during this ignition cycle.
• The diagnostic ran and passed since DTCs were last cleared.
• This test has not failed since DTCs were last cleared.
PCS(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the commanded state of the pressure control (PC) solenoid as a duty cycle and reads:
• 0% when the solenoid is off
• 100% when the solenoid is fully energized
575
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
576
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
NOTE:
i The “valet mode” must be deactivated, the engine must be warm, operating in closed loop, and
operating with certain combinations of speed, throttle opening, and load before the primary intake
runners open.
NOTE:
i The engine must be warm, in closed loop, and operating with certain combinations of speed,
throttle opening, and load before the port throttles open.
577
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
This value should be zero when the engine is off and the manifold is at atmospheric pressure.
Vacuum readings increase on a running engine.
578
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
Often, a PROM is revised, or there is a new PROM issued to cure a driveability problem or to
improve operation. Also, the PROMs are interchangeable, so it is possible for the wrong PROM
to be installed. Compare the displayed value to specifications to determine if the correct PROM
is installed.
The numbered parameters display on the 1981–84 Cadillac V8/6/4 system and some other 1982
and earlier Cadillac DFI systems. The PCM parameter distinguishes the PCM from the body
computer module (BCM) on some vehicles.
PROPOR STEP
Range: _______________________________________________________ RICH/LEAN
Displays the direction of the PCM fuel correction command on some port fuel-injected engines
and reads as follows:
• LEAN if the command tends toward lean
• RICH if the command tends toward rich
PS PRESS(KPA)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 9999 kPa
PS PRESS(psi)
Range: _______________________________________________________0 to 1450 psi
Displays the calculated power steering system pressure. The PCM computes the displayed
value based on the input voltage of a pressure sensor.
PS PRESS(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.12 V
Displays the direct voltage signal from the power steering pressure sensor on some models,
such as the Cadillac Allante.
PSP SWITCH
Range: _______________________________________________________ NORM/HIGH
Displays the power steering system pressure as indicated by the power steering pressure (PSP)
switch and reads as follows:
• NORM under normal conditions
• HIGH if high pressure is indicated
PURGE BATT SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the EVAP purge solenoid control circuit is shorted to battery voltage and reads
as follows:
• YES only if a short exists
• NO during normal operation
PURGE LEAK PASS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the EVAP diagnostic test and reads YES if the test completed.
PURGE LEARN
Range: ________________________________________________________0.00 to 1.00
Displays the purge learn memory, which is based on the EVAP purge. The number indicates
whether fuel is being added or subtracted to the fuel trim by the PCM.
• Numbers near 1 indicate fuel is being added.
• Numbers near 0 indicate fuel is being subtracted.
579
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
PURGE STAT
Range: _____________________________________________________ fault/ok/invalid
Displays the current status of the EVAP diagnostic routine.
PWR UP VAC PASS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the weak vacuum test, which only runs if the loaded canister test does not
pass. Insufficient vacuum in the EVAP system causes test failures.
PWR UP VAC PASS reads YES if the test ran and passed.
QUAD DRIVER 1
QUAD DRIVER 2
QUAD DRIVER 3
QUAD DRIVER 4
Range: ____________________________________________________________ HI/LO
Displays the status of the quad drivers. Quad drivers are the PCM output power devices that
control solenoids, fuel injectors, and other high-current components. Each quad driver powers up
to four circuits. How many quad driver parameters display varies by vehicle.
These parameters read as follows:
• LO when a quad driver and its related circuits are operating correctly
• HI if any circuit controlled by a quad driver is open or shorted
A HI reading does not necessarily mean the quad driver has failed. Check vehicle service
manuals for more information on conditions that cause the parameter to read HI.
QUAD DRIVER A
QUAD DRIVER B
Range: ________________________________________________________ OK/FAULT
Displays the state of QDM B output circuits. The monitored output circuits are the components
connected to PCM.
These parameters normally read OK and read FAULT only if the circuit is open or grounded
QDM 1 FAULT
QDM 2 FAULT
QDM 3 FAULT
QDM 4 FAULT
QDM A FAULT
QDM B FAULT
QDM C FAULT
QDM D FAULT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a quad driver module (QDM) fault occurred and read as follows:
• YES when a fault exists
• NO at all other times
A fault indicates that a QDM circuit is shorted or open. A YES reading does not necessarily mean
the quad driver has failed. Check vehicle service manuals for more information on conditions that
could cause the parameter to read YES.
580
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
RCKR ARM PS SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the intake rocker arm solenoid switch. When the intake rocker arm actuator
solenoid is ON, engine oil should flow to the intake rocker arms and the rocker arm oil pressure
switch. Oil pressure will turn on the intake rocker arm actuator oil pressure switch.
RCKR ARM SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the commanded state of the intake rocker arm actuator solenoid.
R FUEL LEVEL (V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Displays the fuel level in the right fuel tank as voltage and reads as follows:
• About 0.8 V = empty tank
• About 2.5 V = full tank
R PROPSHAFT FLT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
No information is currently available for this parameter.
R PROPSHFT(RPM)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the rotational speed of the rear propshaft on models with an automatic transfer case.
R SLIPPAGE(RPM)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the total slippage of the rear propshaft on models with an automatic transfer case.
R/L - L/R SNSR1
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0:1 to 15.93:1
Displays the rich/lean to lean/rich ratio, which the PCM uses for internal calculations. The PCM
divides the rich/lean average by the lean/rich average to determine the oxygen sensor ratio.
R/L SWITCH B1S1
R/L SWITCH B2S1
Range: _________________________________________________________0 to 65535
Displays the number of times HO2S voltage drops below the lean mean threshold.
R/L TRN B1S1
R/L TRN B2S1
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 3187.5
Displays the time in milliseconds that it takes the HO2S voltage to change from the rich threshold
to the lean threshold.
REDUCED POWER
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates whether the PCM is receiving a signal from the TAC module that a throttle actuator
control system fault is occurring.
Reads as follows:
• ACTIVE if a fault occurs and the PCM limits the engine power
• INACTIVE under normal conditions
581
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
582
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
RICH/LN AVG(ms)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 249
Displays the rich/lean average in milliseconds. The PCM takes the rich/lean transition value
following the completion of the data collection period as specified in the conditions for setting
DTC P0133 and DTC P1133. The PCM divides the value with the 100 second period.
RIDE CTRL
Range: _______________________________________________________ normal/firm
Displays the operating mode that the ride control is currently operating in for vehicle stability.
RIDE OPEN/SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the ride control output driver (ODM) B output #1 circuit is open or shorted.
RIDE OVER AMPS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the electronic strut actuators or control circuit are drawing excess current, a
YES reading indicates a short.
RKE FEEDBACK
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays whether a feedback voltage from remote keyless entry (RKE) system power supply is
being received and reads as follows:
• YES under normal conditions
• NO if a fault has been detected
RO2 TIME TO ACT
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0:00 to 4:15
Displays the time it takes for the oxygen sensor voltage to cross over the rich/lean threshold.
RPM
Engine RPM
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to 10,000 rpm
Displays the engine speed, which the PCM computes from the ignition reference pulses. Engine
speed should remain close to desired idle under various engine loads with the engine idling.
RPM AT MISFIRE
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 9999 rpm
Displays what the engine RPM was when DTC P0300, a misfire code, set.
RPM LO RES
Range: ________________________________________________________ +60 to -30°
Displays the deviation from the ideal camshaft timing in degrees.
A reading of zero indicates no deviation. That is, the camshaft is not advanced or retarded in
relation to the crankshaft. The displayed value varies slightly under normal conditions, and it
naturally increases as the timing belt or chain wears.
SAFETY FUEL C/O
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM has cut off fuel on some fuel-injected engines. Fuel may be cut for
one of the following reasons:
• Low oil pressure
• Engine overspeed (rev limiter)
583
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
584
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
SHIFT SOL A
SHIFT SOL B
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the two solenoids used to activate the transmission shift valves. Solenoid
A reads ON in first and fourth gear, and OFF in second and third. Solenoid B reads ON in first
and second gear, and OFF in third and fourth.
SHIFT TP(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the amount of throttle opening as a percentage.
SINCE FIRST SET
SINCE LAST SET
Range: ____________________________________________________________ XXXX
Displays the distance (miles or kilometers) accumulated since an emission diagnostic trouble
code set. The PCM stores this mileage in the freeze frame and failure records memory.
SKIPSHIFT ACTIVE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the feedback signal that indicates the PCM sensed a shift out of first gear while skipshift
is enabled on a Corvette with a 6-speed manual transmission.
SKIPSHIFT ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether skipshift is enabled on a Corvette with a 6-speed manual transmission.
The display reads YES when skipshift is enabled and NO if not.
The following three conditions must be met to enable the 1st-to-4th shift function:
• Coolant temperature above 120°F (49°C)
• Vehicle speed between 12 and 19 MPH (19 to 30 KPH)
• Throttle opening of 35% or less
The PCM activates solenoids to block the 2nd and 3rd shift gates for the transmission when
conditions are met. The 1-to-4 indicator lamp should be on when YES displays.
SKIPSHIFT LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM command to the 1-to-4 indicator lamp, which is used only on the Corvette with
a 6-speed manual transmission.
Reads ON if the lamp is on and OFF if it is off.
SLIP ADPT DC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the commanded duty cycle applied to the automatic transfer case motor.
SMALL LEAK PASS
WEAK VAC PASS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the evaporative emission system EVAP diagnostic test.
SOFTWARE ID
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the current calibration ID number.
585
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
SPARK ADV(°
Range: _______________________________________________________ –90° to +90°
Displays the total spark advance or retard, including base timing, commanded by the PCM.
SPARK ADV(°)
SPARK MOD(°)
Range: ________________________________________________________ -64 to +64°
Displays the PCM commanded spark advance on the IC circuit in degrees. The PCM computes
the desired spark advance based on engine coolant temperature (ECT), engine speed (RPM),
engine load, and vehicle speed. The PCM adjusts the timing accordingly.
SPARK CTRL ADV
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the VCM is commanding spark advance.
SPARK CTRL RET
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the VCM is commanding spark retard.
SPARK RET
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 90°
Indicates the amount of spark retard the PCM is commanding to control detonation.
SPEED DENSITY_NO
SPEED DENSITY_YES
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is controlling timing and fuel delivery based on the speed density
control mode.
SRV ELEC SYS
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the BCM is commanding the Service Electrical System message to display on
the DIC. This may be caused by under or overcharging of alternator.
ST TRIM-1(%)
ST TRIM-2(%)
Range: ______________________________________________________ –100 to 100%
Displays short term fuel correction as a percentage. The short term fuel trim represents a short
term correction to fuel delivery by the PCM in response to the amount of time the oxygen sensor
(O2S) voltage spends above or below the 450 mV threshold.
If O2S voltage mainly remains below 450 mV, indicating a lean air-fuel mixture, short term fuel
trim increases into the positive range (above 0%). The PCM adds fuel. If the O2S voltage stays
mainly above the threshold, the short term fuel trim decreases below 0% into the negative range.
The PCM reduces the fuel delivery in order to compensate for the indicated rich condition.
Under certain conditions, such as an extended idle and a high ambient temperature, the canister
purge may cause the short term fuel trim to read in the negative range during normal operation.
The fuel trim values at maximum authority may indicate an excessively rich or lean system.
ST TRIM-1
ST TRIM-2
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to 255 counts
Displays the operation and short-term correction of the fuel-metering on a fuel-injected engine as
an incremental count.
586
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
• A value below 128 indicates that O2S feedback shows a rich condition, so the vehicle control
module (VCM) is commanding a lean mixture.
• A value above 128 indicates O2S feedback shows a lean condition, so the VCM is
commanding a rich mixture.
The number designations in the parameter name indicate cylinder bank 1 and bank 2.
ST TRM AVG1(%)
ST TRM AVG2(%)
Range: ______________________________________________________ –100 to 100%
Displays the average of the short term fuel trim cells as a percentage. The short term fuel trim
cells are rated for the amount of which they are used.
For example, the PCM rates an idle cell higher than a wide open cell. If a malfunction occurs in
both the idle cell and the wide open cell, the idle cell would affect more than the wide open cell.
• A negative value significantly below 0% indicates that the fuel system is rich and the PCM is
reducing the fuel delivery.
• A positive value significantly more than 0% indicates a lean condition exists and the PCM is
compensating by adding fuel.
When the average of the cells reach a predetermined high or low, a fuel trim DTC sets.
START CLNT
Range: _______________________________________ –39 to +140°C or –38 to +284°F
START CLNT(°C)
Range: _______________________________________________________–40 to 199°C
START CLNT(°F)
Range: _______________________________________________________ –40 to 302°F
START COOLANT
Range: _______________________________________________________ –40 to 302°F
Displays the engine coolant temperature (ECT) at start-up. Readings change every key cycle.
START IAT(°)
Range: _________________________________________ –40 to 151°C or –40 to 304°F
Displays the intake air temperature (IAT) at startup. It is used by the PCM to determine if the last
startup was a cold start.
START TWC STG1
START TWC STG2
Range: ___________________________________________ 0 to 765°C or 32 to 1409°F
Displays the PCM estimated catalytic converter temperature of the STG1 (bank 1) and STG2
(bank2) converters at start-up.
STARTER INHIBIT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether starter operation is inhibited and reads ON when engine start is prohibited.
The PCM has the ability to disable the starter operation if conditions inappropriate for starter
operation exist. The PCM disables the starter if the engine is running, if a correct VTD password
is not received from the VTD system, or if the vehicle operator attempts to engage the starter for
an extended period of time.
STARTER RELAY
STARTER RLY CMD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM commanded state of the starter relay control circuit.
587
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
STOP LAMP SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the stop lamp switch and reads as follows:
• ON when the brake pedal is pressed
• OFF when released
STS LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the commanded state of the service throttle soon (STS) lamp.
ST TRIM AVG
ST TRIM AVG B1
ST TRIM AVG B2
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the PCM calculated averages of the short-term fuel trim from all cells. Numbered
parameters refer to the cells for each cylinder bank on a V-type engine.
• A value below 128 or a negative percentage indicates a lean condition, with injector pulse
width being increased to compensate.
• A value above 128 or a positive percentage indicates a rich condition, with injector pulse
width being decreased to compensate.
SVC 4WD LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the commanded state of the Service 4WD Lamp.
SVC LAMP QDM
Range: ________________________________________________________ PASS/FAIL
Indicates whether an open or short exists on the output driver (ODM) of the 4WD service lamp.
Reads FAIL only if a circuit problem exists, and PASS under normal conditions.
TAC DIRECTION
Range: _______________________________________________________ CLSD/OPEN
Displays the direction of the throttle blade commanded by the TAC system. The scan tool will
display CLSD when the throttle is being commanded to the closed position. The scan tool will
display OPEN when the throttle is commanded to an OPEN position.
TAC FORCE IDLE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the ECM has commanded the forced idle mode on. In this mode, the ECM
limits engine speed to idle either by changing the throttle position, or by controlling the fuel and
spark if the throttle is off and ignoring the accelerator pedal input.
TAC FORCE STALL
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the ECM has entered limp home mode due to a TP sensor 1 circuit error.
When the display reads YES, the Reduced Power lamp turns on and the ECM either shuts off
fuel or enters one of the two limp home modes (random injector disable with limited RPM) for the
remainder of the ignition cycle even if the fault corrects itself.
TAC LMT AUTH
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the ECM has entered limp home mode due to an accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor 1 or sensor 2 circuit fault.
588
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
If the display reads YES, the MIL turns on and the vehicle operates in one of two limp home
modes (slow acceleration) for the rest of the ignition cycle even if the fault corrects itself.
TAC LMT PWR
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the ECM is commanding limited engine power due to a throttle actuation
control (TAC) failure relating to a TP sensor 1 circuit fault, a throttle actuator motor circuit fault, or
a concern with the TP angle versus the TP desired angle.
TAC MTR CMD(%)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 100
Displays the required duty cycle to maintain a desired throttle position. The scan tool will display
a higher value if more effort is required to move the throttle to the desired position, such as
physical resistance. The scan tool will display a lower value if less effort is required to move the
throttle to the desired position.
TAC PWR INHB(V)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0.0 to 24.3 V
Displays the internal voltage of the TAC motor inhibit circuit.
• Normal circuit operation voltage is approximately 0.67 V.
• Most DTC setting TAC system failures cause the reading to default to 0.0 V.
• An open in the TAC module ground circuit can cause an inhibit circuit voltage of 0.96 V.
TAC/PCM COMM FLT
Range: ___________________________________________________________ OK/FLT
Indicates whether communication between the TAC Module and the PCM is interrupted and
reads as follows:
• OK under the normal operating conditions
• FLT if a failure is detected
TAC BR SW APPLD
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates the state of the brake switch and reads YES when the brake pedal is pressed.
TACH CURRENT HI
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the TACH circuit is drawing too much current. Reads YES if current is high.
TACH OPEN/SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the IPC 12 V supply circuit to the PCM TACH is open or shorted.
TANK PRESS(mmHg)
Range: __________________________ –32.7 to +13.96 mm/Hg or –17.4 to +7.5 in H2O
Displays the pressure or vacuum in the fuel tank:
• A negative value indicates a vacuum.
• A positive value indicates a pressure.
TANK PRS(mmHg)
Range: ________________________________________________ –32.0 to 16.8 mmHg
Indicates the pressure in the fuel tank. A high reading indicates negative pressure. A low reading
indicates positive pressure.
589
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
TC DES TORQ(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle of the EBCM requested torque signal. The reading indicates how much
torque the EBCM is requesting the PCM to deliver.
TC DES TORQ(%) normally reads from 10% to 90%:
• 90% when traction control is not active
• About 10% when traction control is active
TC SLIP IN CTRL
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
No information is currently available for this parameter.
TC SPARK IS 0
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
No information is currently available for this parameter.
TC TORQ REQ(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the amount of engine torque requested from the antilock brake system and traction
control (ABS/TC) module.
TCC APPLIED
TCC FORCED OFF
TCC SLIPPING
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the state of the PCM commands to the TCC on trucks with a 4L80E transmission.
TCC BRAKE SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the state of the TCC/CC brake switch circuit input and reads as follows:
• OPEN = no voltage input (brake switch open, brake pedal applied)
• CLSD = a B+ voltage input (brake switch closed, brake pedal released)
TCC BRAKE SW should read OPEN only when the brakes are applied, which disengages the
torque converter clutch and cruise control.
TCC COMMAND
Range: ______________________________________________________ ENAB/DISAB
Displays the command status to the torque converter clutch (TCC) enable solenoid and reads:
• ENAB (enable) when lockup is allowed
• DISAB (disabled) if lockup conditions are not met
TCC COMMAND
VCC COMMAND
Range: ____________________________________________________________ P1/P2
Displays the state of the PCM signal to the torque converter clutch (TCC). A P1 reading indicates
the initial PCM command, and P2 indicates the PCM command changed.
For TCC engagement, the PCM grounds one side of the circuit that energizes the TCC solenoid,
which allows hydraulic engagement of the TCC. The circuit must also be completed by various
other transmission, speed, and brake switches. This parameter indicates the PCM command has
changed. It is not a feedback signal to indicate if the clutch actually engaged.
Cadillac refers to the torque converter clutch as the viscous converter clutch (VCC).
590
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
591
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
592
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
TP 1&2 AGREE
TPS 1&2 AGREE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the results of a control module test that compares the signals from the throttle position
(TP) sensors 1 and 2.
• YES indicates that TP sensors 1 and 2 voltages correspond to the same throttle position.
• NO indicates that TP sensors 1 and 2 voltages correspond to different throttle positions.
TP LEARN ENABLE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the throttle position learn system. If the system is in the mode to learn the
throttle position, the reading is YES. The reading is NO if throttle position is not being learned.
TP LEARNED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the throttle position learn system. If the system has learned the throttle
position, the reading is YES. The reading is NO if throttle position has not been learned.
TP LRN REQUIRED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the throttle position learn system. If the system has not learned the throttle
position, the reading is YES. The reading is NO if the throttle position has already been learned
or the system is currently learning the throttle position.
TP SNR DISAGREE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the two TP sensor signals agree with each other and reads as follows:
• YES If the two TP sensor signals are not in the proper relationship to each other
• NO under normal operating conditions
TPS(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Displays the throttle position (TP) sensor voltage input to the PCM.
TPS 1(V)
TPS 2(V)
TP SENSOR(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Displays the throttle position (TP) sensor voltage input to the PCM. The TP sensor produces a
voltage signal that is in proportion to throttle opening.
These parameters should read low at closed throttle and high at wide open throttle. The full
range of TP sensor voltage available to the PCM is about 0.0 to 5.1 V:
• 0.5 V = idle
• 4.5 V = full throttle
TPS-1 MIN(%)
TPS-2 MIN(%)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the absolute minimum voltage from TP sensors 1 and 2 that the ECM learned during a
throttle body learn procedure. The ECM scales this voltage to the 0% value as long as it falls
within a certain range.
593
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
TPS1(%)
TPS2(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the amount of throttle opening and reads as follows:
• 0% with a closed throttle
• 100% with a wide open throttle
TPS1 LRN MIN(V)
TPS2 LRN MIN(V)
Range: _____________________________________________________________0 to 5
Displays the learned minimum voltage for throttle position sensor 1 (TPS1) and throttle position
sensor 2 (TPS2) as determined by the control module during the current ignition cycle.
TP/SHFT DN REQ
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the downshift request from the TAP Shift System and reads as follows:
• YES when the amount of voltage measured at the remote shift selector input is equivalent to
the voltage defined as a downshift request
• NO when downshift is not currently requested
TP/SHFT UP REQ
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the upshift request from the TAP Shift System and displays as follows:
• YES when the amount of voltage measured at the remote shift selector input is equivalent to
the voltage defined as an upshift request
• NO when upshift is not currently requested
TPS ANGLE(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the throttle angle calculated by the PCM based on the TP sensor voltage signal.
TPS NORM(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the PCM learned throttle position. The PCM compensates for carbon deposits in the
throttle body by learning the closed throttle position as 0% and zero degrees.
TPS OUT OF RNGE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM detects throttle position sensor voltage above 4 V at closed throttle or
below 1.5 V at WOT. Reads YES if out of range and NO under normal operating conditions.
TR SW (D)
TR SW (I)
TR SW (L)
TR SW (N)
TR SW (R)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ HI/LO
Displays the status of the inputs from the transmission range switch.
• HI indicates an ignition voltage input to the control module
• LO indicates a zero voltage input to the control module
594
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
TRACTION CTRL
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the vehicle has a traction control system (TCS), reads YES if so equipped.
TRAC CTRL STAT
TRACTION SIGNAL
TRAC CTRL SIG
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the traction control system (TCS) is on. Reads ON when TCS is on.
TRAC SPARK RET
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is retarding ignition spark to reduce engine torque for the traction
control system. Reads YES when retarding spark, NO at all other times.
TRANS FLUID(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Displays the input voltage signal of the transmission fluid temperature (TFT) sensor.
• High fluid temperature (304°F/151°C) produces a low signal voltage (0 V).
• Low fluid temperature (-40°F/C) produces high signal voltage (5.0 V).
TRANS FWD RNG
Range: ____________________________________________________________ HI/LO
Displays the status of the four inputs from the transmission range switch.
• HI indicates an ignition voltage input to the control module
• LO indicates a zero voltage input to the control module
TRIM CELL
Range: __________________________________________________________ -28 to 28
Displays the fuel trim cell factor being used in the base pulse width equation.
TWC B1&B2 READY
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the catalytic (CAT) monitor performed at least one test and reads as follows:
• YES if the vehicle is ready to display CAT diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) that were set by
the Monitor during the last test
• NO if another monitor is needed to display DTCs
TWC DIAG ENABLE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status the Three Way Converter (TWC) Monitor. The monitor does not run if a MAF,
HO2S, ECT, or VSS diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is set.
The reading is YES if one or more of these DTCs set and the TWC Monitor test is prevented.
TWC MONITOR
Range: _________________________________________ PASS/FAIL/NOT COMPLETE
Displays the current status of the Catalyst diagnostic monitor.
TWC PROTECT ACTV
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the control module control for catalytic converter protection. The reading is
YES if the control module is adjusting fuel and ignition to protect the catalytic converter from
damage. The reading is NO if the control module is in a normal fuel and ignition control mode.
595
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
596
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
Compare the vacuum voltage parameter and vacuum pressure parameter readings. Manifold
vacuum is high when voltage is high, and low when voltage is low. If readings seem abnormal for
the apparent engine load, the signal may be inaccurate or the PCM calculations may be
incorrect. Negative pressure indicates a disconnected or defective sensor.
The ZR1 Corvette with an LT5 engine displays a separate parameter for vacuum in the
secondary throttle ports.
VACUUM(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.12 V
Displays the vacuum differential sensor signal, which is used on some carbureted engines
instead of a manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor.
Manifold vacuum is the intake manifold pressure below atmospheric pressure. Manifold vacuum
and MAP are inversely related:
• Vacuum voltage is low when MAP is high.
• Vacuum voltage is high when MAP is low.
The PCM uses vacuum sensor voltage to calculate manifold pressure, and, along with engine
speed, to calculate engine load.
Carbureted 1988 and later Oldsmobile 5.0L (307-cid) engines have a MAP sensor instead of a
vacuum sensor. The PCM inverts the voltage signal and it displays as if it were a vacuum sensor
voltage. Refer to the explanation of the pressure parameter.
The ZR1 Corvette with a LT5 engine displays a separate parameter for vacuum in the secondary
throttle ports.
VAC BREAK SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of a solenoid that controls the vacuum applied to the rear vacuum break on
some engines with a Quadrajet carburetor. This vacuum break holds the choke closed in the
secondary barrels. This is the PCM command to the solenoid.
Reads as follows:
• OFF on a cold engine when the solenoid is de-energized, vacuum is applied, and the choke
is closed
• ON as the engine starts to warm up and the solenoid is energized to cut off vacuum and
allow the choke to open
VALET MODE ACTV
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the valet mode is active on the ZR1 Corvette with an LT5 engine.
When valet mode is active, the PCM prevents the secondary throttles from opening to limit
engine power. This is a feedback signal indicating if the PCM activated the requested mode.
VALET MODE REQ
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the valet mode request on the ZR1 Corvette with an LT5 engine is active, this
prevents secondary throttle opening to limit power.
VALID P/N INFO
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the state of the transmission range selector as perceived by the ECM and reads YES
when Park or Neutral is selected.
597
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
VARIABLE TUNING
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the intake tuning valve on 1992 and later 4.3L truck engines with central
port injection (CPI). The intake tuning valve is used to vary the intake air runner length.
VAT FUEL CUTOFF
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the vehicle antitheft system (VATS) has cut off, or inhibited, fuel delivery.
VATS PROBLEM
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a problem is detected in the vehicle antitheft system (VATS).
VCC GROUNDED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
This parameter is only used on vehicles that have VCC solenoid voltage available on pin F of the
ALDL connector. It is not part of the serial data list and it does not appear in a recorded movie.
Reads as follows:
• YES = no voltage at pin F (the circuit is closed to ground)
• NO = high voltage at pin F (the circuit open)
If pin F is not present or is open, the parameter continuously reads YES.
A YES indicates the PCM grounded its side of the circuit; it does not indicate that the circuit is
complete. The circuit is not complete until all other switches in series are closed. This parameter
is useful to ensure the PCM is not at fault when the solenoid does not energize.
VEH SPEED
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 98 MPH
Displays vehicle speed as calculated by the ECM based on input pulses from the vehicle speed
sensor (VSS). Use it to check TCC lock-up speed or speedometer accuracy.
VENT BATT SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the EVAP vent solenoid control circuit is shorted to battery voltage.
VOTE
Range: _____________________________________________________________ 0 ±54
Displays the rich or lean condition of the exhaust on a minimum-function system (Chevette,
T 1000, or Acadian). The O2S for these models does not provide a variable voltage signal.
These system indicates rich or lean conditions with a counting system called votes.
The vote count starts at zero and counts up and down to 54:
• Each time a rich exhaust signal is received, the counter adds a vote (+1).
• Each time a lean exhaust signal is received, the counter subtracts a vote (-1).
• The counter vote goes either up or down to 54, then resets to zero.
• +54 indicates a fully rich condition.
• -54 indicates a fully lean condition.
• 0 indicates an equal number of rich and lean votes over a given time.
Compare the vote reading to the MC dwell reading.
• A zero vote should equal a 30° MC dwell.
598
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
599
GM Data Parameters Engine Parameters
WEAK CYL
Range: _____________________________________________________1 to 6 or NONE
This PCM calculated parameter indicates a weak cylinder on some V6 engines. It is based on
RPM variations between firing pulses and changes in manifold pressure or mass airflow.
WIDE OPEN THROT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the throttle is wide open and reads YES at full throttle. The engine must be
running for this parameter to change from NO to YES. With the key on and the engine off, a fully
open throttle produces maximum TP sensor voltage, but this parameter reads NO.
WOT AC DISABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is commanding the A/C compressor clutch relay off due to a wide
open throttle (WOT) condition and reads as follows:
• YES when the PCM is commanding the relay off because throttle angle is above 90%
• NO at all other times
WOT DIVERT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is commanding the air injection diverter solenoid off due to a wide
open throttle (WOT) condition and reads as follows:
• YES if the solenoid is commanded off, which diverts air pump output to atmosphere to
prevent converter overheating
• NO at all other times
WOT SWITCH
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the wide open throttle (WOT) switch and reads as follows:
• ON if the throttle opening angle is 80% or more
• NO at all other times
WSTGATE BYPASS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the wastegate operation on some turbocharged fuel-injected engines. The PCM
controls a solenoid that directs manifold pressure to the wastegate diaphragm. The solenoid
opens when energized.
This is the output command from the PCM to the solenoid and reads as follows:
• YES when the solenoid is energized to open the line and vent excess pressure
• NO when the solenoid is off and the wastegate should be closed
600
GM Data Parameters Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Parameters
601
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
602
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
1-2 ERROR(SEC)
2-3 ERROR(SEC)
3-4 ERROR(SEC)
Range: ___________________________________________________ –3.20 to 3.18 sec
Displays the difference between the desired shift time and the actual shift time. A negative
number reflects a long shift time.
1-2 GRND SHORT
2-3 GRND SHORT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the vehicle control module (VCM) feedback signals from the 1-2 or 2-3 shift
solenoid valve are open or shorted to ground and read as follows:
• YES if a short is detected
• NO under normal operation
Readings are only valid when the 1-2 or 2-3 shift solenoids off.
1-2 LO ADAPT
1-2 HI ADAPT
2-3 LO ADAPT
2-3 HI ADAPT
3-4 LO ADAPT
3-4 HI ADAPT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether adaptive memory is active for the 2-3 and 3-4 upshift and downshift points of
the transmission.
These parameters read as follows:
• YES when adaptive memory is active for the indicated shift
• NO at all other times
1-2 OPEN/SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if an open or short to ground exists in the 1-2 shift solenoid valve feedback signal to the
PCM. The reading is valid only when the 1-2 shift solenoid valve is commanded off.
1-2 SHIFT (SEC)
2-3 SHIFT (SEC)
3-4 SHIFT (SEC)
Range: _______________________________________________________0 to 7.97 sec
Indicates how long it takes for the transmission to automatically shift from 1st gear to 2nd gear,
2nd gear to 3rd gear, and 3rd gear to 4th gear in seconds.
1-2 SHIFT(SEC)
2-3 SHIFT(SEC)
3-4 SHIFT(SEC)
DELAY TIME(SEC)
Range: _______________________________________________________0 to 6.38 sec
Displays the part of the adaptive report on vehicles with the 4T80E automatic transmission.
The 1-2, 2-3, and 3-4 SHIFT(SEC) parameters indicate the most recent shift times for each
upshift. Shift time for these parameters begins when the PCM commands a shift and ends when
it recognizes a ratio change.
DELAY TIME(SEC) is the differential in seconds it takes for a complete gear change to occur.
603
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
1-2 SHIFT(mS)
Range: _______________________________________________________0 to 6.38 sec
Displays the actual time of the most recent 1-2 shift, determined by the time elapsed from the
commanded 1-2 shift to the RPM drop. It is accurate only if Adaptable Shift reads YES. See
“ADAPT SHIFT” on page 609 for more information.
1-2 SOL
1-2 SOLENOID
1-2 SOL FDBK
2-3 SOL
2-3 SOLENOID
2-3 SOL FDBK
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
The 1-2 and 2-3 solenoid (SOL) parameters are the PCM commanded valve state, and the
feedback (FDBK) parameters indicate the actual valve state. As shown in Table 14-8, the
solenoid ON and OFF states match certain gear positions. Check the factory manual for a chart
for the specific transmission being serviced.
604
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
605
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
25% TP TAP(psi)
31% TP TAP(psi)
38% TP TAP(psi)
44% TP TAP(psi)
50% TP TAP(psi)
56% TP TAP(psi)
63% TP TAP(psi)
69% TP TAP(psi)
75% TP TAP(psi)
81% TP TAP(psi)
88% TP TAP(psi)
94% TP TAP(psi)
Range: _______________________________________________________–16.0 to 15.9
Displays the additional pressure applied to baseline pressure at a specific throttle opening, or
transmission adaptive pressure (TAP) to perform a gear change.
For example, when 25% TP TAP reads 15, that means the PCM is commanding 15 psi of TAP
when the TP sensor is 25% open.
An automatic transmission uses hydraulic circuits to control the apply effort of the clutches or
bands during shifting. Some transmissions are capable of adjusting this apply effort based on
throttle opening.
2ND GEAR START
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a 2nd gear start has been requested and reads YES when the PCM
de-energizes the 1-2 shift solenoid and the vehicle starts off in 2nd gear for increased traction in
slippery conditions (following gears will shift as normal).
Hard acceleration (full throttle) overrides the 2nd gear start and the vehicle starts off in 1st gear.
2ND START LMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the 2nd gear start selector switch is on. Reads ON if on and NO at all other times.
This switch enables the 2-3 shift solenoid and disables the 1-2 shift solenoid, and allows starting
in second gear for better traction. Wide open throttle overrides the switch.
2ND W/TCC
Range: __________________________________________ 0 to 876 kPa or 0 to 127 psi
Displays the amount of pressure increase added to baseline transmission pressure to
compensate for a worn or slipping component in second gear with the TCC applied.
3-2 DOWNSHIFT
3-2 DWNSHFT SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the PCM command to the 3-2 shift solenoid, which changes states during a 3-2
downshift to regulate pressure.
3-2 IN PROGRESS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the transmission is downshifting from 3rd to 2nd gear. Reads YES while shifting.
606
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
3-2 OPEN/SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM feedback signal circuit from the 3-2 shift solenoid is open or shorted.
This parameter is only valid when the 3-2 solenoid is commanded off.
3-2 PWM SOL(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the pulse width modulated (PWM) signal to the 3-2 control solenoid and reads:
• 0% when the valve is not energized
• 100% when the valve is fully energized
During normal operation, readings should fluctuate between 0% and 60%.
3-2 SHIFT (SEC)
Range: _______________________________________________________0 to 6.38 sec
Displays the actual time of the most recent 3-2 shift, determined by the time elapsed from the
commanded shift to the time of the gear ratio change.
3-2 SOL OPEN
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the PCM feedback signal circuit from the 3-2 downshift solenoid is open or
shorted to ground.
3-2 SOLENOID
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the 3-2 shift solenoid is on. The solenoid is on during a 3-2 downshift to
regulate pressure.
3-2 SOL SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the PCM feedback signal circuit from the 3-2 downshift solenoid is shorted to
battery voltage.
3-2 STARTED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the commanded state of the 3-2 shift solenoid valve assembly. The commanded state
is based on the transmission temperature. The solenoid changes states during a 3-2 downshift to
regulate pressure.
The commanded state of the solenoid occurs at approximately 30 MPH (48 KPH) with an
increase in throttle.
3-4 ERROR(SEC)
Range: __________________________________________________ –6.38 to +6.38 sec
Displays the time difference in seconds between the PCM desired time and the actual time of a
3-4 shift. The value is only accurate if the adaptable shift parameter reads YES. See “ADAPT
SHIFT” on page 609.
3-4 SHIFT(SEC)
Range: _______________________________________________________0 to 6.38 sec
Displays the actual time of the most recent 3-4 shift, determined by the time elapsed from the
commanded 3-4 shift to RPM drop. It is accurate only if adaptable shift reads YES. See “ADAPT
SHIFT” on page 609 for more information.
607
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
4-3 DOWNSHIFT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM recognized the 4-3 downshift and should unlock the torque converter
clutch on some fuel-injected vehicles, particularly light trucks.
When 4-3 DOWNSHIFT reads YES, the TCC Command parameter should read OFF.
4-3 SHIFT(SEC)
Range: _______________________________________________________0 to 6.38 sec
Displays the actual time of the most recent 4-3 shift, determined by the time elapsed from the
commanded shift to the actual gear ratio change. A display of zero indicates that engine RPM
equals output shaft RPM—the torque converter clutch is applied.
4-5 SHIFT(SEC)
Range: _________________________________________________________0.75 to 2.5
Displays the actual time of the last adaptable 4-5 shift. The time is obtained by measuring the
time required for the input shaft to decelerate from the previous ratio to the current ratio.
4WD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the vehicle is currently in a four-wheel drive mode.
4WD ACTIVE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the operating status of the 4WD system on models with a VCM and 4WAL or RWAL and
reads as follows:
• YES when the VCM disables antilock braking
• NO under normal operating conditions
4WD HIGH LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether 4WD high range is selected and reads ON when the 4WD high switch is on.
The indicator lamp on the dash should also be on.
4WD HIGH SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether 4WD high range is selected and reads YES when the 4WD switch is on.
4WD LOW
Range: ______________________________________________________ ENAB/DISAB
Displays the state of the four-wheel drive low circuit and reads as follows:
• ENAB (enabled) when 4WD low (0 voltage) is requested
• DISABL (disabled) at all other times (B+ voltage)
4WD LOW ACTV
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether 4WD LOW is the current commanded mode in which the ATC is operating.
4WD LOW SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the position of the four-wheel drive low switch and reads ON when the switch is on.
ABS SYS DISABLE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether ABS is disabled and reads as follows:
608
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
609
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
Although the measurement range is from 0 to 99.9, the actual value should be near 14.7 in most
cases. Lower numbers indicate a rich ratio commanded for startup. Higher numbers indicate a
leaner ratio.
AIRFLOW(gm/Sec)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the engine intake airflow. Some engines display both a MAF and an Airflow parameter.
When the MAF sensor is working correctly, both readings are the same.
If the MAF sensor fails, it should set a code 33 or 34. In this case, the PCM substitutes a
calculated, or default, value for mass airflow based on the signals from several other sensors.
The MAF reading is the default value, so the faulty MAF sensor value displays.
APP AVG
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the accelerator pedal position (APP) as step counts. The throttle actuator control (TAC)
module calculates an average after sampling signals from the three APP sensors. The TAC
converts this average into the step count displayed.
APP(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the accelerator pedal position (APP) as an average. This parameter is PCM calculated
from APP sensor voltages and reads as follows:
• 0% = idle
• 100% = wide open throttle (WOT)
APP1(V)
APP2(V)
APP3(V)
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signals, which the PCM uses to control fuel
delivery as requested by the driver. An APP sensor module is located at the base of the
accelerator pedal. During normal operation, the PCM only uses the APP1 sensor input, the other
two serve as fail safe sensors.
These parameters normally read as follows:
• APP1 — 0.35 to 0.95 V at idle, 4.00 to 5.00 at WOT.
• APP2 — About 4.50 V at idle and steadily decrease to about 1.00 V at WOT.
• APP3 — About 4.00 V at idle and steadily decrease to about 2.5 V at WOT.
APP INDICATED(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the position of the accelerator pedal.
• 0% indicates that the accelerator pedal is fully released
• 100% indicates that the accelerator is fully pressed
The value indicated may not correspond to the TP angle value.
ATC EEPROM
Range: _________________________________________________________0 to 99999
Displays identification numbers of the electronic erasable programmable read only memory
(EEPROM) in the Automatic Transfer Case shift control module. The EEPROM is a
re-programmable electronic device that contains the operating software and calibration values
for a specific vehicle, engine, transmission, transfer case and accessory combination.
610
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
611
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
BARO(“Hg)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 37.0 “Hg
Displays the PCM calculated barometric pressure reading from the BARO sensor voltage signal.
BARO(“Hg) reads as follows:
• About 100 kPa (29.6 inHg) at sea level
• About 60 kPa (17.8 inHg) at 14,000 feet
Compare the BARO voltage and pressure parameter readings. Voltage should be high when
pressure is high, low when pressure is low. If either, or both, of the readings appears abnormal
for the expected local barometric pressure, the sensor signal to the PCM is inaccurate or the
PCM calculations are incorrect for some reason.
BARO(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.12 V
Displays the voltage signal from the barometric pressure (BARO) sensor, which varies directly
with atmospheric (barometric) pressure. Voltage should be high when barometric pressure is
near atmospheric pressure at sea level, and it should drop as barometric pressure drops.
Some systems do not have a BARO sensor, but the PCM provides a BARO reading by sampling
the MAP sensor reading with the key on and engine off, just before cranking. At this point,
manifold pressure should equal, or be very close to, atmospheric pressure. The PCM also
updates these BARO estimates when the engine is running by sampling MAP voltage when the
engine is at wide open throttle.
BATTERY(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 11.5 to 14.5 V
Displays the battery voltage as monitored by the TCM.
The TCM safely operates when battery voltage is between 8.5 and 19.5 V. If voltage is outside
limits, the TCM sets a code, shifts into second gear, disables torque converter clutch (TCC)
operation, and establishes maximum line pressure.
BRAKE REQUEST
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the brake pedal switch and reads as follows:
• YES when the brake pedal is pressed
• NO at all other times
BRAKE STAT INV
Range: _______________________________________________________ ENAB/DISA
Displays the status of the brake pedal switch and reads as follows:
• ENAB (enabled) during normal operation
• DISA (disabled) when the brake pedal is pressed
BRAKE SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the status of the brake pedal switch and reads as follows:
• CLSD (closed) when the brake pedal is pressed
• OPEN at all other times
612
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
CALIB P/N
Range: _________________________________________________________0 to 99999
Displays the alphanumeric value indicating the numbers or characters assigned to the current
version of software used in the transfer case shift control module.
The calibration identification number is a specific set of values that have been defined by the
manufacturer. These values modify the base programming in a module for a specific vehicle,
engine, transmission, transfer case and accessory combination.
CC BRAKE SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the status of the cruise control (CC) contacts of the brake switch. The PCM uses this
signal for cruise control and torque converter clutch operation.
CC BRAKE SW reads as follows:
• CLSD (closed) when the brake pedal is pressed
• OPEN at all other times
This parameter is not active unless the cruise control is turned on.
CC ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM has enabled cruise control (CC) system operation and reads YES
only when the cruise control switch is turned on and the brake pedal is released.
CC ENGAGED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the cruise control system and reads as follows:
• YES if cruise control is controlling vehicle speed
• NO when cruise control is turned off or disengaged because of acceleration or braking
CLUTCH FILL(mS)
CLU FILL 2ND LO
CLU FILL 2ND HI
CLU FILL 3RD LO
CLU FILL 3RD HI
CLU FILL 4TH LO
CLU FILL 4TH HI
Range: ____________________________________________________ –128 to 512 mS
Displays the clutch fill times under low and high torque conditions, which determines clutch wear.
These parameters are part of the adaptive report on Saturn transmissions. Values are “learned”
only during upshifts, but are also used for downshifts. As clutches wear, clutch fill times increase.
CLU FILL ERROR
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Indicates whether the clutch applied during the last adaptive shift was underfilled or overfilled.
This parameter is part of the adaptive report available on Saturn automatic transmissions and
reads as follows:
• 128 = normal
• Below 128 = overfill
• Above 128 = underfill
613
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
614
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
CONVERTER(°)
Range: ___________________________________________ 0 to 765°C or 32 to 1409°F
Displays the temperature of the 3-way catalyst as calculated by the PCM.
COOLANT(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.00 V
Displays the voltage signal of the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor to the vehicle control
module (VCM). The ECT is a thermistor that transmits a variable voltage signal to the VCM.
On a cold engine, voltage is high, and decreases as the engine warms up.
COOLANT
Range: _________________________________________ –40 to 151°C or –40 to 304°F
Displays the engine coolant temperature (ECT) in degrees based on the ECT sensor signal.
The ECT sensor is a thermistor in the intake manifold that transmits a variable voltage signal to
the PCM, the PCM converts ECT voltage to temperature readings:
• 185 to 220°F (85 to 105°C) indicates a fully warmed engine running at idle.
• -40° C or -40° F may indicate an open in the sensor or the sensor circuit.
• Above 366°F (185°C) may indicate a short in the sensor or the sensor circuit.
On several engines, GM uses a shunted ECT sensor. At about 122°F (50°C), the PCM shunts
the 5 V reference voltage applied to the ECT sensor past part of the internal resistance provided
by the PCM. This causes the voltage signal from the sensor to jump abruptly from about 1.0 V to
about 3.7 V. This change is seen if the ECT voltage is measured directly with a voltmeter as the
engine warms up. This is a normal condition for this type of sensor and does not affect readings.
CRUISE ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the commanded state of the cruise control system.
• YES indicates that the PCM is allowing cruise control operation.
• NO indicates that the PCM has disabled cruise control operation.
When “YES” is displayed, shift patterns will be altered for 2-3 and 3-4 or 4-3 and 3-2 shifts.
CRUISE SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the cruise switch, located on the turn signal lever, is turned on or off.
CURRENT GEAR
Range: __________________________________ LOW/2ND/3RD/4TH/NEUT/REV/PARK
Displays the current operating gear.
CURRENT GEAR
Range: _____________________________________________________________1 to 5
Displays the current commanded state of the shift solenoids.
CURRNT TAP CELL
Range: ____________________________________________________________4 to 16
Displays the current torque cell that is being used for fluid line pressure adaptation.
DESIRED IDLE
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to engine max
Displays the idle speed the PCM is trying to maintain. On some vehicles, the parameter does not
become active until the engine has run for 5 seconds.
615
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
If there is a large difference between actual idle and desired idle RPM readings, the PCM may
have reached its control limit without being able to control the idle speed. Suspect a basic
mechanical or electrical problem with the engine.
DESIRED TP(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the desired throttle angle the PCM is trying to maintain. The readings for desired and
actual throttle angle should be equal, or very close to each other.
DES EGR(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the percent of EGR needed for certain operating conditions based on an internal PCM
calculation. It displays on some late-model vehicles.
When the engine control system is operating correctly, the desired EGR and the EGR duty cycle
parameter readings should be close to equal. See “EGR DUTY(%)” on page 531.
DES MOTOR AMP
FORCE MOTR AMP
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.00 A
Displays the desired force motor amperage the TCM is trying to maintain, which is calculated by
the TCM. The force motor drives a valve-actuated pressure regulator to control mainline
pressure. The TCM monitors actual current across the motor coil.
The force motor is designed to operate in a 0.1 to 1.1 amp range. If actual current varies more
than 0.16 amp, a code sets.
DES PCS AMP
PRESS CTRL AMP
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.10 A
Indicates the desired (DES) amperage that the TCM is attempting to maintain to the pressure
control solenoid (PCS), and the PCS feedback (CTRL) signal to the PCM. The feedback signal
indicates actual PCS circuit current.
The reading for both parameters should be close to equal:
• 0 amps = high line pressure
• 1.10 amps = low line pressure
DES TORQUE
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the level of desired torque requested from the EBTCM by the PCM when reduced
torque is desired to prevent wheel slip during acceleration.
DN PRESS ERROR
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays a count that indicates if the oncoming clutch was underpressured or overpressured
during a downshift. This parameter is a part of the adaptive report on Saturn transmissions.
Reads as follows:
• 128 = normal
• Below 128 = overpressure
• Above 128 = underpressure
616
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
DNSHFT IN PROG
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the transmission is downshifting and reads as follows:
• YES when downshifting
• NO at all other times
DNSHIFT CANCEL
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a downshift is initiated but cancelled before completion. This parameter is part
of the adaptive report on Saturn transmissions.
DOWNSHIFT DES
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if downshift conditions are present and the VCM/PCM sent a downshift command.
DOWNSHIFT REQ
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the VCM/PCM sent a downshift command, but the shift has not started.
DRIVER 1 STAT
DRIVER 2 STAT
DRIVER 3 STAT
DRIVER 4 STAT
Range: ______________________________________ enabled, off-hi volts, off-hi temp
Displays the current state of each solenoid driver.
DRVR REQ TORQ
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 9999 lb./ft.
Indicates the amount of torque required by the driver.
DRVR SHFT CTRL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Reads as follows:
• ON when the gear selector is in the manual (M) position which enables TAP Shift
• OFF when the gear selector is not in the (M) position and TAP Shift is disabled
DWNSHFT PRESS ADPT
NM 3-2 LO
NM 3-2 HI
NM 4-2 LO
NM 4-2 HI
NM 4-3 LO
NM 4-3 HI
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the “learned” pressure required to complete each downshift under low and high torque
conditions. These parameters are part of the adaptive report available on Saturn automatic
transmissions. Values display for the NRM (normal) shift mode only.
EGR DUTY(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle, or percentage of time, that the EGR solenoid is energized to open the
EGR valve.
617
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
Pulse width modulated (PWM) solenoids control EGR vacuum in two different ways. Some
solenoids open a vacuum line to the EGR valve when energized. Others close off, or bleed off,
EGR vacuum when energized. Check service manuals to determine the EGR solenoid operation
on a specific vehicle. This parameter indicates of the following solenoid operations:
• On some vehicles, the PCM cycles the EGR vacuum solenoid on and off to regulate the
amount of vacuum applied to the EGR valve. The solenoid duty cycle is proportional to the
EGR flow. A duty cycle of 10% or less equals no EGR, a 50% duty cycle equals 50% EGR,
and a 90% or greater duty cycle is maximum EGR.
• On other vehicles, the PCM cycles the EGR solenoid on and off to regulate vacuum applied
to the EGR valve or to open a vacuum bleed in the line to the EGR valve. When the solenoid
is on, vacuum is bled off. When the solenoid is off, full vacuum is applied. On these systems,
the duty cycle is inversely proportional to EGR flow. Readings of 90% or more equal no
EGR, and readings of 10% or less equal maximum EGR.
END OF SHIFT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether an upshift has completed. Briefly reads YES when an upshift completes, and
NO when an upshift is not completed.
Engine LOAD %
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the amount of load on the engine, which is internally calculated by the PCM.
Engine RPM
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to engine max
INPUT RPM
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 8192 rpm
OUTPUT RPM
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 8192 rpm
TURBINE RPM
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 8192 rpm
Displays the rotational speed of the engine, input shaft, output shaft, and turbine shaft. On Saturn
vehicles, two sensors provide engine speed and turbine shaft speed data to the TCM. The
engine signal comes from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. The turbine signal comes from
the 2nd/3rd clutch hub sensor. They do not have input and output RPM signals.
On all other GM vehicles with electronic transmissions, three sensors provide engine speed,
input shaft speed, and output shaft speed data to the TCM. The engine speed is provided by the
ignition system. The TCM uses engine speed to calculate the overdrive ratio. Input speed is used
to determine actual turbine speed and to control line pressure. The output speed value is used to
control TCC application, line pressure, shift timing, and torque.
Turbine speed is taken directly from the input speed sensor when the transmission is in 1st, 2nd,
and 3rd gear. However, if the transmission is in 4th gear the forward clutch drum is overrunning,
which makes direct turbine speed reading inaccurate. Therefore, the TCM multiplies input speed
by a calibrated value to calculate 4th gear turbine speed.
Engine WARM
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the PCM internal operating conditions in relation to engine temperature on 1985–86
Oldsmobile-built carbureted engines and reads as follows:
• YES when the engine is at operating temperature
• NO on a cold engine operating in open loop
618
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
619
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
620
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
GEAR RATIO
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0.000 to 8.00:1
Displays the actual gear ratio of the current commanded gear. Ratio is calculated by dividing the
input speed by the output speed in R, D4, D3, D2, and D1range. Gear ratio is calculated by
dividing the turbine speed by the output speed in D5 range with the TCC locked.
GEAR SELECTED
Range: _____________________________________________________________0 to 8
Displays the selected state of the gear selector lever and reads as follows:
• 8 = park
• 7 = reverse
• 5 = drive
• 3 = third
• 2 = second
• 1 = first
• 0 = neutral
GEAR SLIP(:1)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0.00 to 0.99:1
Displays the calculated transmission gear slip ratio determined by comparing the calculated gear
ratio to the desired gear ratio.
HOT MODE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the transmission is operating in hot mode. The transmission enters hot mode
operation (reads ON) if transmission fluid temperature exceeded 275°F (135°C).
During hot mode, the TCC engages in 4th gear until the temperature drops below 275°F (135°C),
the brakes are applied, or the TP sensor signal is low.
• If temperature reaches 302 to 307°F (150 to 153°C) for 15 minutes, a DTC sets.
• If fluid temperature exceeds 309°F (154°C) for 1 second, hot mode continues until the next
ignition cycle.
IAC POSITION
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Indicates the position of the idle air control (IAC) valve of a throttle body or port fuel-injected
engine. The IAC valve controls air bypassing the throttle at idle and thus the idle speed.
The readings are a step count:
• 0 (zero) indicates the motor has moved to its outer position and closed the IAC valve to cut
off air flow.
• A high number indicates that the motor moved inward to open the IAC valve and allow more
idle air.
Changes in the count should occur fairly rapidly as engine load changes.
IGN CYCLE DTC
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) has set on the current ignition cycle.
IGNITION (V)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0.0 to 25.5 V
Displays the voltage level on the Ignition input to the transmission control module (TCM).
621
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
The normal ignition voltage is approximately 13.8 V, but may vary between 11 and 16 V.
IGNITION 1 (V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 25.5 V
Displays the system voltage at the PCM ignition input.
ILLEGAL SHIFT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a garage shift occurred. Adaptive learning does not occur during garage shifts.
This parameter is a part of the adaptive report available on Saturn automatic transmissions.
Displays the only reads YES during garage shifts, such as P-D, N-D, P-R.
IMS PRNDL SW
IMS SW
Range: ___________________________________ PRK/NEUT/REV/4TH/3RD/2ND/LOW
Displays the decoded status of the four internal mode switch (IMS) inputs to the PCM: IMS
RANGE A/B/C/P. The IMS ranges include all possible in-between gear states as well as the
detent gear states. The combination of the IMS range inputs are used by the PCM in order to
determine what position the manual valve is in at any given time.
IMS RANGE A
IMS RANGE B
IMS RANGE C
IMS RANGE P
Range: ____________________________________________________________ HI/LO
Displays the high or low status of the four inputs from the internal mode switch (IMS) to the PCM:
• HI indicates ignition voltage
• LO indicates no voltage
The PCM detects the selected gear range by deciphering the combination of the voltage signals.
The actual voltage combination of the switch signals is compared to an IMS switch combination
table stored in memory.
Refer to Table 14-9.
622
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
INJ PW #1(mS)
INJ PW #2(mS)
INJ PW #3(mS)
INJ PW #4(mS)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 999.9 mS
Displays the injector base pulse-width modulation (PWM), or on-time, in milliseconds. As engine
load increases, the injector PWM should increase as well.
INTAKE AIR(°C)
Range: ______________________________________________________ -40° to 151°C
INTAKE AIR(°F)
Range: ______________________________________________________ -40° to 304°F
Displays the intake air temperature (IAT) in degrees. The PCM converts the voltage signal from a
thermistor-type sensor to temperature readings. This information is used by the PCM to adjust
fuel delivery and spark timing based on the density of the incoming air.
I/O RPM(RATIO)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 3.99
Displays the actual transmission input to output speed ratio differential. The TCM compares this
internally calculated value to the commanded ratio for diagnostic purposes.
The normal operating ranges are:
• 1st gear: 2.38–2.63
• 2nd gear: 1.43–1.58
• 3rd gear: 0.95–1.05
• Reverse: 1.97–2.17
KICKDOWN ENABLE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether conditions exist for a downshift during acceleration. The PCM looks at various
sensors, such as throttle position, input shaft speed, and vehicle speed to enable a downshift.
KNOCK ACTV CNT
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to 255 counts
Displays a randomly fluctuating number that indicates knock sensor activity. The count
increments when spark knock is detected, the count does not change if knock is not present.
623
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
624
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
625
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
MAP(KPA)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 205
MAP(“Hg)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 60.7
Displays the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) as calculated by the PCM based on the MAP
sensor voltage signal.
When MAP is displayed in kPa, the MAP parameter should read as follows:
• About 100 to 102 kPa with the engine off and the intake manifold close to atmospheric
pressure at sea level.
• When the engine is running with high manifold vacuum, the kPa reading drops.
• On a turbocharged engine, the kPa reading rises above 100 as boost is applied.
When MAP is displayed in inHg, the MAP parameter should read as follows:
• About 29.9 inHg with the engine off and the intake manifold close to atmospheric pressure at
sea level.
• When the engine is running with high manifold vacuum, the MAP reading in inHg drops.
• On a turbocharged engine, the reading rises above 30 as boost is applied.
Compare MAP voltage and MAP pressure parameter readings. Pressure should be high when
voltage is high, and low when voltage is low. If readings appear abnormal for the engine load, the
sensor signal may be inaccurate or the PCM calculations may be incorrect.
MAP(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.12 V
Displays the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor voltage signal, which varies with manifold
pressure. The MAP is intake manifold pressure relative to zero. Therefore, MAP and manifold
vacuum are inversely related:
• MAP voltage is low when manifold vacuum is high.
• MAP voltage is high when manifold vacuum is low.
The PCM uses MAP sensor voltage along with the barometric pressure (BARO) sensor voltage
to calculate manifold vacuum and true absolute pressure. The PCM also uses MAP voltage
along with engine speed to calculate engine load.
MAX ADAPT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the transmission line pressure has reached its maximum adaptive limit.
MAX TAP
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a commanded transmission line pressure modification has been reached.
626
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
MODE SW SLCTD(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Indicates the return voltage from the transfer case shift control switch button specific to the
current mode selected.
MTR A HI/SIDE
MTR B HI/SIDE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether battery voltage is applied to the Motor A or B circuits.
MTR A LO/SIDE
MTR B LO/SIDE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether ground is applied to the Motor A or B circuits.
MTR A/B CKT FLT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a fault (open or shorted circuit) has been detected on one of the A or B motors.
NO. OF TIMES SET
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 50 counts
Displays a count of the number of warm-up cycles in which an emission failure DTC set.
NORM SHFT PTTRN
Range: _______________________________________________ ENABLED/DISABLED
Indicates whether the transmission is operating under a normal shift pattern strategy.
NXT DWNSHFT RPM
NXT UPSHFT RPM
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 8192 rpm
Displays the output shaft speed at which the next upshift or downshift will occur based on current
driving requirements.
O2(mV)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 1800 mV
Displays the oxygen sensor (O2S) signal as millivolts (mV). The O2S is the primary sensor that
indicates whether the engine is running rich or lean.
The O2S generates a signal that ranges from 0 to 1000 mV (0 to 1 V).
• A high signal indicates a rich exhaust.
• A low signal indicates a lean exhaust.
• In normal operation, the O2S signal ranges from 100 to 1000 mV.
The O2S must be hot (above 500°F/260°C), and the PCM must be in closed loop before the
PCM responds to the sensor signal.
OIL LIFE(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the estimated oil life in percent. The PCM calculates and maintains the oil life index.
OIL TEMP(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 5.0 V
Displays the voltage drop across the transmission fluid temperature (TFT) sensor and the PCM
internal resistors.
627
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
OPEN/CLSD LOOP
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Indicates whether the PCM is operating the engine in open or closed loop and reads as follows:
• OPEN during warm-up
• CLSD once the engine reaches normal operating temperature
Some failure conditions, many associated with trouble codes, cause the PCM to return to
open-loop operation. Additionally, some vehicles may normally return to open-loop operation at
idle because the O2S cools off.
To restore closed-loop operation, accelerate off idle to warm up the sensor. High ambient
temperatures or towing heavy loads may also cause the PCM to return to open-loop operation to
prevent catalytic converter damage.
OVERDRIVE RATIO
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 3.99
Displays the TCM calculated overdrive ratio, which is engine speed divided by transmission input
speed. In 4th gear, input speed should be within 200 RPM of engine speed.
The TCM compares this value to a stored range of acceptable values. If the calculated value is
not within range, a DTC sets, 4th gear and TCC disable, and line pressure increases.
OVERRUN SHIFT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether an overrun shift occurred. This parameter is a part of the adaptive report on
Saturn automatic transmissions.
OVERRUN SHIFT reads YES if a shift occurs below minimum engine torque, like if the throttle is
released before a shift completes, for example.
P/N SWITCH
Range: _______________________________________________________ P-N—/-R-DL
Displays the status of the park/neutral (P/N) switch, which indicates whether the transmission is
in park, neutral, or in one of the drive ranges.
Reads as follows:
• P-N— in park or neutral
• -R-DL in any forward gear or reverse
Grounding switch that is closed in park or neutral and open in any forward gear or reverse.
PARK SWITCH
Range: ____________________________________________________ OPEN/CLOSED
Displays the status of the park/neutral (P/N) switch and reads as follows:
• OPEN in reverse or any forward gear
• CLOSED when the transmission is in park or neutral
PC SOL(AMP)
Range: _________________________________________________________0.10 to 1.1
Displays the actual current of the pressure control regulator solenoid circuit at the TCM in amps.
• A low current (0.10 amp) indicates the maximum line pressure is being commanded.
• A high current (1.1 amp) indicates the minimum line pressure is being commanded.
628
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
PC SOLENOID(mA)
PC SOL(mA)
Range: ____________________________________________________ 100 to 1099 mA
Displays the actual current of the pressure control regulator solenoid circuit at the TCM in
milliamps (mA). Interpret as follows:
• A low current (100 mA) indicates a maximum line pressure command.
• A high current (1099 mA) indicates a minimum line pressure command.
PC ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the commanded state of the pressure control (PC) solenoid and reads as follows:
• ON when the solenoid is energized
• OFF when not energized
PCS(psi)
Range: ________________________________________________________0 to 255 psi
Displays the line pressure commanded by the TCM in pounds per square inch.
PCS 1 ACT(mA)
PCS 2 ACT(mA)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 1305 mA
Displays the actual current through the clutch pressure control solenoid (PCS) valve circuit. High
current results in low line pressure. Low current results in high line pressure.
PCS 1 CKT STATUS
PCS 2 CKT STATUS
Range: __________________________________ OK, BATT SHORT/OPN, GND SHORT
Indicates whether a short to voltage, open circuit,or short to ground exists in the pressure control
solenoid (PCS) shift valve 1 (1-2, 4-5) or 2 (2-3, 3-4) feedback signal circuit.
The scan tool displays “OK” when status is normal.
PCS 1 REF(mA)
PCS 2 REF(mA)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 1305 mA
Displays the commanded current of the clutch pressure control solenoid (PCS) valve circuit. High
current results in low line pressure. Low current results in high line pressure.
PCS A ACT(AMP)
Range: ________________________________________________________0.00 to 1.10
Displays the actual current of the pressure control A solenoid circuit at the control module.
PCS A DUTY(%)
PCS B DUTY(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle of the commanded state of pressure control solenoids A and B.
PCS A ENABLED
PCS B ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the commanded state of pressure control solenoids A and B and read as follows:
• YES when the solenoid is energized
• NO when not energized
629
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
PCS A REF(AMP)
Range: ________________________________________________________0.00 to 1.10
Displays the commanded current of the pressure control A solenoid circuit at the control module.
PCS ACT(AMP)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.10 A
Displays the actual current of the pressure control A solenoid circuit at the control module.
• High current indicates low line pressure.
• Low current indicates high line pressure.
PCS B ACT(AMP)
PCS B REF(AMP)
Range: ________________________________________________________0.00 to 1.10
Displays the actual current of the pressure control B solenoid circuit at the control module.
PCS DES (AMP)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 1.10 A
Displays the current in the pressure control solenoid circuit the TCM is attempting to maintain.
• High current indicates low line pressure.
• Low current indicates high line pressure.
PCS DUTY(%)
PCS DTY CYCL(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle of the commanded state of the pressure control solenoid (PCS) and
reads as follows:
• 0% when the solenoid is not energized
• About 60% at idle during maximum on-time
PCS ENABLE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
No information is currently available for this parameter.
PCS ERROR(AMP)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 4.98 A
Displays the difference between the desired current in the pressure control solenoid circuit and
the actual current.
PCS LOW VOLTAGE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the pressure control solenoid (PCS) feedback voltage to the PCM/VCM is low
and reads as follows:
• YES when voltage is low and the PCS is off
• NO when voltage is normal
PEDAL POS 1(V)
PEDAL POS 2(V)
PEDAL POS 3(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0.00 to 5.00 V
Displays the throttle position sensor inputs used by the PCM to determine the throttle demand
requested by the driver. Readings during normal operation should be:
• PEDAL POS 1—0.35 to 0.95 V at idle, above 4.00 V at WOT
630
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
631
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
632
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
REDUCED POWER
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM is limiting engine power because a fault in the throttle actuator
control system was detected by the TAC module.
REDUCED POWER reads YES if a fault is present.
REQUESTED TORQUE
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 9999 lb./ft
Indicates the amount of torque required by the driver.
REVERSE (psi)
Range: ________________________________________________________0 to 127 psi
Displays the amount of increase in the reverse line pressure over transmission baseline pressure
to compensate for a worn or slipping component.
S TIME ERR(psi)
Range: ___________________________________________________ –128 to +127 psi
Displays the TCM calculated pressure necessary to correct the measured shift time error for the
next shift.
SEQ UPSHIFT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the last shift was a sequential shift, which are shifts that do not use adaptive
values. Typically, sequential shifts occur on a cold transmission. This parameter is part of the
adaptive report available on Saturn automatic transmissions.
SEQ UPSHIFT reads YES if the last shift was sequential.
SHFT DELAY(SEC)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 6 sec
SHIFT DLY(SEC)
Range: _______________________________________________________0 to 6.38 sec
Displays the time delay in seconds between the point when a shift is commanded and when the
gear ratio actually begins to change.
SHFT ERR(SEC)
Range: __________________________________________________ –3.20 to +3.18 sec
Displays the difference between the desired shift time and the actual shift time. Negative
numbers indicate the shift was too long, and positive numbers indicate a shift was too short.
SHFT MODE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the position of the mode select switch and reads ON when performance is selected.
SHFT SELECT SW
SHIFT MODE
Range: ______________________________________________________ PERF/NORM
Displays the current status of the transmission mode select switch and reads as follows:
• PERF (performance) in performance mode
• NORM (normal) in normal mode
SHFT TIME(SEC)
Range: _______________________________________________________0 to 6.38 sec
Displays the actual shift time of the most recent upshift in seconds.
633
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
634
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
SKIPSHIFT ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether skipshift is enabled on a Corvette with a 6-speed manual transmission. Reads
YES when the 1st-to-4th skipshift function is allowed.
The following three conditions must be met to enable skipshift:
• Coolant temperature above 120°F (49°C)
• Vehicle speed between 12 and 19 MPH (19 to 30 KPH)
• Throttle opening of 35% or less
The PCM activates solenoids to block the 2nd and 3rd shift gates for the transmission when
conditions are met. Reads YES only when the instrument panel 1-to-4 indicator lamp is lit, NO
when the lamp is off.
SLIP ADAPT ENBL
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether slip adaptation is enabled.
The PCM monitors input shaft speed (ISS) and output speed (OSS) after a shift in order to
calculate the amount of slippage in that gear. This value is used to adjust the pressure control
solenoid (PCS) signal in order to maintain slippage below a set amount.
SLIP ADPT DC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the commanded duty cycle being applied to the automatic transfer case motor.
SLIP MONITOR PRESS
1ST
2ND
3RD
4TH
Range: ___________________________________________ 0 to 600 kPa or 0 to 87 psi
Displays the adaptive pressure required to eliminate slip during a shift. A reading of zero
indicates the factory programmed pressure is adequate. As components wear, additional
pressure is needed and the displayed value increases above zero.
If the value reaches 87 psi (600 kPa) and a slip is still detected, a DTC sets. These parameters
are part of the adaptive report available on Saturn automatic transmissions.
SLIPPAGE(RPM)
Range: __________________________________________________ –4080 to 4079 rpm
Displays the difference between transmission output shaft speed (OSS) and engine speed.
• A negative value indicates engine speed is less than the output speed (deceleration).
• A positive value indicates engine speed is greater than the output speed (acceleration).
• A value of zero indicates that the engine speed is equal to the output speed (TCC applied).
SOFTWARE P/N
Range: _________________________________________________________0 to 99999
Displays an alphanumeric value indicating the numbers or characters assigned to the current
version of software used in the transfer case shift control module. Compare the displayed value
to latest specifications to determine if the most current software is installed.
635
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
SOL 1 OPEN/SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether an open or short exists in the output number 5 circuit of output driver module 2
(ODM2).
SOL 1 OVER AMPS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether there is excessive current in the output number 5 circuit of ODM2.
SOL 2 OPEN/SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether an open or short exists in the output number 6 circuit of ODM2.
SOL 2 OVER AMPS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether there is excessive current in the output number 6 circuit of ODM2.
SOL C BATT SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a short to B+ exists in the feedback signal from shift solenoid C to the PCM.
SOL C OPN/SHRT
SOL D OPN/SHRT
SOL E OPN/SHRT
Range: ________________________________________________________ OPN/SHRT
Indicates whether the feedback signal from shift solenoids C, D, or E to the PCM are open (reads
OPN) or shorted (reads SHRT) to ground.
SOL D BATT SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a short to B+ exists in the feedback signal from shift solenoid D to the PCM.
SOL E BATT SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a short to B+ exists in the feedback signal from shift solenoid E to the PCM.
SOLENOID A
SOLENOID B
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the two solenoids that activate the transmission shift valves.
• Solenoid A is for the 1-2 and 3-4 shift valves.
• Solenoid B is for the 2-3 shift valve.
Table 14-12 shows the solenoid states for the various gears.
Table 14-12 Solenoid A and B states
Gear Solenoid A Solenoid B
1st ON ON
2nd OFF ON
3rd OFF OFF
4th ON OFF
636
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
SPARK ADV(°)
Range: _______________________________________________________ –90° to +90°
Indicates the total spark advance or retard, including base timing, commanded by the PCM.
SPEED NOISE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the vehicle speed sensor (VSS) or turbine speed sensor (TSS) is generating
noise, or if a signal is not received. This parameter is a part of the adaptive report on Saturn
automatic transmissions.
SPEED RATIO
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0.00:1 to 8.00:1
Displays a ratio of engine speed to transmission speed, which the TCM uses to determine the
gear ratio.
SPORT LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the commanded state of the sport indicator lamp and reads ON when on, OFF when off.
SPORT MODE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the perceived state of the program push button and reads ON when on, OFF when off.
SS MODE(COUNTS)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 7 count
Displays the steady state (SS) adaptive pressure currently in use:
1 = SS transmission adaptive pressure (TAP) 1st gear
2 = SS TAP 2nd gear
3 = 3rd gear
4 = 4th gear
5 = SS TAP 2nd gear/torque converter clutch (TCC) applied
6 = SS TAP 3rd/TCC applied
7 = SS TAP 4th gear/TCC applied
SS RATIO FAILS
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
No information is currently available for this parameter.
SS SLIP
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the slip accumulator value, which influences steady state (SS) transmission adaptive
pressure. Expect the readings to fluctuate depending upon clutch pack and TCC slip speeds.
SS TAP 1GR
SS TAP 2GR
SS TAP 3GR
SS TAP 4GR
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the extra amount of pressure applied to compensate for a slipping clutch or band.
637
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
SS TAP 2GR/TCC
SS TAP 3GR/TCC
SS TAP 4GR/TCC
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the extra amount of pressure applied to compensate for a slipping clutch or band.
SS TAP REV
Range: __________________________________________ 0 to 876 kPa or 0 to 127 psi
Displays the pressure modification that is added to the line pressure in Reverse when the PCM
detects a worn or slipping component.
SS TCC SLIP
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the slip accumulator, which increases or decreases depending on the clutch slip speed
and the torque converter clutch slip speed, as a step count. This value is used to modify the
steady state adaptive pressure.
SS TCC SLIP(RPM)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 400
Displays the slip accumulator, which increases or decreases depending on the clutch slip speed
and the torque converter clutch slip speed, as RPM. This value is used to modify the steady state
adaptive pressure
ST TRIM-1(%)
ST TRIM-2(%)
Range: ____________________________________________________ –100% to 100%
Displays the operation and short-term correction of the fuel-metering for cylinder banks 1 and 2.
• Negative percentages indicate that O2S feedback shows a rich condition, and a lean mixture
is being commanded.
• Positive percentages indicate O2S feedback shows a lean condition, and a rich mixture is
being commanded.
STANDARD TAP
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM or TCM used standard transmission adaptive pressure (TAP) during
the last shift and reads as follows:
• YES if the last shift used standard TAP and the actual shift was not too long or delayed.
• NO if the last shift required an adjustment to standard TAP.
Adaptive learning is not used on all shifts and varies by application.
START OF SHIFT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether an upshift is detected. Reads YES during a shift and NO at all other times.
STDY ST TAP
STEADY ST(psi)
Range: ___________________________________________ 0 to 876 Kpa or 0 to 127psi
Displays the steady state pressure modifier that is currently being used.
638
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
STEADY ADAPT(psi)
1ST(psi)
2ND(psi)
3RD(psi)
4TH(psi)
3RD W/TCC(psi)
4TH W/TCC(psi)
Range: ________________________________________________________0 to 128 psi
Displays the amount of adaptive pressure added to base line pressure to adjust the holding effort
of a clutch or band for the designated gear. These are part of the adaptive report available on a
4T80E transmission.
STL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the command to the service transmission lamp (STL), reads ON if the lamp is lit.
TAP SHIFT TORQ
Range: ______________________________________________________ EXCD/NORM
Displays the amount of pressure added to the base line pressure to adjust the holding effort of a
clutch or a band during a shift.
TC DES TORQ(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle of the requested torque signal from the EBCM to the PCM.
Normal values are between 10% and 90%.
• 90% when traction control is not active
• About 10% when traction control is active
TC TORQ(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle of the actual torque signal from the EBCM to the PCM.
Normal values are between 10% and 90%.
• 90% when traction control is not active
• About 10% when traction control is active
TC TORQ REQ(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the amount of engine torque requested from the ABS/TC electronic control module.
TCC ADAPT(kPa)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the additional pressure required to keep the TCC on while modulating the pulse width of
the TCC actuator. This parameter is a part of the adaptive report on Saturn transmissions.
TCC APPLY CKTA
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the current status of the TCC apply control driver and reads YES when a fault is set.
TCC BATT SHORT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the TCC solenoid circuit is shorted to battery and reads YES when shorted.
639
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
TCC BRAKE SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the status of the torque converter clutch (TCC) brake switch and reads OPEN when the
switch is open, and CLSD when closed.
This is a normally-closed, 2-pole switch with a vacuum port. The TCC brake switch supplies
ignition voltage to the TCC and a feedback signal to the PCM. When the brake pedal is pressed,
the switch opens, ignition voltage is removed from the TCC, the PCM receives a feedback, and
the switch vents the cruise control servo to atmosphere.
TCC CKT SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the TCC solenoid circuit is shorted to ground or B+. Reads YES if shorted.
TCC CMD(psi)
Range: ________________________________________________________0 to 255 psi
Displays the desired TCC pressure in pounds per square inch.
TCC COMMAND
Range: ____________________________________________________________ P1/P2
Displays the state of the PCM signal to the torque converter clutch (TCC) and reads as follows:
• P1 = the initial state of the PCM command
• P2 = the command changed
TCC engagement (lockup) depends on gear selection, speed, engine temperature and throttle
position. The PCM grounds one side of the circuit that energizes the TCC solenoid. The circuit,
which allows hydraulic engagement of the TCC, must also be completed by various
transmission, speed, and brake switches.
This parameter indicates that the PCM command has changed. It is not a feedback signal to
indicate that the clutch has actually engaged. Refer to “TCC GROUNDED” on page 642 for more
information.
TCC CURRENT HI
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether high current is detected in the TCC circuit. Reads YES if current is high.
TCC DC BAT SHRT
TCC DC GND SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the TCC duty cycle solenoid circuit is shorted to power (B+) or ground (GND).
Reads YES if the circuit is shorted.
TCC DC OPN/SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the TCC duty cycle solenoid circuit is open or shorted to ground or B+. Reads
YES if a circuit problem exists.
TCC DELTA TP
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the throttle position (TP) is within a delta range that allows the TCC to apply.
The delta range is the amount the TP moves during the shift calculation.
Reads YES only if the value changed too quickly and TCC engagement is prevented.
640
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
TCC DRV
Range: ___________________________________ OK/OPEN/SHORT/OVER CURRENT
Displays the status of TCC solenoid control circuit driver.
TCC DUTY(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the commanded duty cycle of the TCC solenoid and reads a follows:
• 90% = the TCC solenoid is fully energized
• 0% = the TCC solenoid is off
TCC DUTY CYCLE
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the commanded duty cycle of the TCC solenoid on some 4T60E transmissions. On
these models, the PCM modulates the TCC vent solenoid closing for a few seconds when it is
first energized. This cushions torque converter lockup by letting hydraulic pressure build up
gradually instead of all at once. Interpret readings as follows:
• 100% when the solenoid valve is fully open to vent TCC pressure and unlock the TCC
• 0% when the solenoid valve is fully closed to hold pressure on the fully locked TCC
• Changes steadily between 100% and 0% as the TCC engages and disengages
TCC EFFIC(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the percent of a ratio calculated by multiplying the speed ratio by a value related to the
“K factor” of the torque converter. The “K factor” is the looseness or tightness of the torque
converter for a given torque.
The nearer the torque converter is to full coupling (1.0:1), the closer the torque converter
efficiency number will be to 100%.
TCC ENABLED
TCC ENABLE SOL
TCC SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the PCM commanded state of the torque converter clutch (TCC) solenoid and read YES
when the TCC solenoid is energized.
TCC ENABLE OPEN
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the torque converter clutch (TCC) feedback signal to the PCM is open or
shorted to ground. Reads YES when a circuit problem is detected.
TCC ENABLE SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the torque converter clutch (TCC) feedback signal to the PCM is shorted to
battery voltage. Reads YES when shorted.
TCC ENBL B+ SHRT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a short to voltage exists on the TCC solenoid valve control circuit. Reads YES
when shorted. This parameter is valid only when the TCC solenoid is commanded on.
641
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
642
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
643
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
644
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
TFP RANGE
Range: __________________________________________ P/R/N/D4/D3/D2/D1/INVALID
Displays the decoded status of the three A/B/C inputs from the automatic transmission fluid
pressure (TFP) manual valve position switch.
The TFP RANGE reading should match the current gear: P (park), R (reverse), N (neutral), D4
(4th), D3 (3rd), D2 (2nd), D1 (1st). TFP RANGE reads INVALID when the PCM does not
recognize a valid combination of inputs.
TFP SW
Range: _________________________________________________ FAULT/OK/INVALID
Displays the status of the three A/B/C inputs from the transmission fluid pressure switch.
TFP SW 3
TFP SW 4
Range: ____________________________________________________________ HI/LO
Displays the state of the 3rd or 4th clutch oil pressure switch:
• HI indicates an ignition voltage input to the control module
• LO indicates a zero voltage input to the control module
TFP SW C
TFP SW D
TFP SW E
TFP SW F
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the three inputs from the automatic transmission fluid pressure manual
valve position switch assembly:
• ON = 0 V signal
• OFF = B+ voltage signal
TFP SWITCH A
TFP SWITCH B
TFP SWITCH C
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of three PCM switching inputs from the transmission fluid pressure (TFP)
switch assembly and read as follows:
• ON when the voltage signal is low and the switch is closed
• OFF when the voltage signal is high and the switch is open
The PCM uses the combination of high and low voltage signals from switches A, B, and C to
determine manual valve position. These inputs are used to control line pressure, TCC, and the
shift solenoids.
THROTTLE(°)
Range: _______________________________________________________ –9.8 to 90.0°
THROTTLE(%)
TPS(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the PCM calculated amount of throttle opening based on the throttle position (TP)
sensor voltage on many fuel-injected engines.
Cadillac displays these values as degrees. A reading of 82° or more indicates wide open throttle
(WOT). Closed-throttle readings vary due to idle speed control (ISC) motor position and throttle
body adjustments.
645
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
All other vehicles display this parameter as a percentage. The parameter usually appears on a
vehicles with an autoranging TP sensor. The PCM resets the range in relation to TP sensor
voltage as new minimum and maximum voltages are recorded. This value is often used to
determine transmission shift pattern and mainline pressure.
The TP angle should read as follows:
• 0% at idle
• 100% at WOT
THROTTLE SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ CLSD/OPEN
Displays the position of the throttle switch inside the idle speed control (ISC) motor on some
Cadillac models and reads as follows:
• OPEN when the engine is off idle and TPS should be more than 20°
• CLSD when the throttle is closed and the engine is at idle with TPS less than 20°
TIME
Range: _______________________________________________________ HR/MIN/SEC
Displays how long the engine has been in operation during the present ignition cycle. Use this
feature to help isolate intermittent problems that occur within a time period after startup or after
reaching cruising speed.
TORQ FACTOR(%)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 9 to 92%
Displays the gear position signal output sent by the TCM to the EBTCM.
• When the vehicle speed is 0 and the gear selector lever is in park or neutral, the signal
output is around 9%. If R, D, 3, 2, or 1 is selected the signal output is around 30%.
• When the vehicle speed is greater than 0, and the vehicle is shifting through its gear range,
the signal output is typically 23% in 1st gear, 21% in 2nd gear, 16% in 3rd gear, and 14% in
4th gear.
TORQ MGMT ACTIVE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if torque management activation is commanded by the PCM, reads YES when on.
TORQ MGMT DUTY(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the amount of torque management being used by the TCM as duty cycle.
TORQUE COUNTS
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the amount of engine torque as a step count. The TCM calculates this value based on
PCM data, such as: MAP, engine coolant temperature, engine speed, and throttle position.
The TORQUE COUNTS reading increases in proportion to increases in engine torque. A reading
of 255 indicates maximum engine torque.
TORQUE (N-M)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 691
TORQUE (ft./lb.)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 0 to 510 ft-lbs
Displays the calculated torque output transferred from the engine to the transmission. The value
is internally calculated by the TCM based on input sensor signals. The electronic brake traction
control module (EBTCM) uses this value to control traction system operation.
646
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
TORQUE MANAGEMENT
TORQUE MGMT ACTIVE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the PCM is controlling engine torque by reducing spark advance to protect the
transmission. Reads YES when torque is being controlled.
TORQUE SIG(psi)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the torque signal fluid pressure, which is controlled by the force motor. The PCM uses
this internally calculated parameter for adaptive learning. Torque signal fluid pressure is applied
to the boost valve, which controls line pressure at the pressure regulator valve.
Torque signal fluid pressure is also used to control accumulator pressure at the accumulator
valve. This helps to prevent slippage and control the apply rate of clutches and bands.
TOW/HAUL MODE
Range: ________________________________________________________ACT/INACT
Indicates whether the driver has placed the vehicle in the Tow/Haul mode. When active (ACT),
the TCM modifies its shift strategy in order to provide more torque to the wheels during shifts.
TP AT SHIFT(°)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 81.6°
Displays the calculated throttle position angle at the time a shift is commanded in degrees.
TP AT SHIFT(%)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 82%
Displays the calculated throttle position angle at the time a shift is commanded as a percentage.
TP DELTA
TP RANGE
Range: ______________________________________________________ EXCD/NORM
Indicates whether the throttle position (TP) is within a delta range that enables shift adapts. A TP
delta range is how much the TP is moved during the shift calculation:
• NORM (normal) indicates TP is within range.
• EXCD (exceeded) indicates TP is not within range.
TPS OUT OF RNGE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM detects a TP sensor signal above 4 V at closed throttle or below 1.5
V at WOT. Reads YES under these conditions, NO at all other times.
TPS1(%)
TPS2(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the throttle opening as a percentage and read as follows:
• 0% indicates closed throttle
• 100% indicates wide open throttle (WOT)
647
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
TR SW(A)
TR SW(B)
TR SW(C)
TR SW(P)
Range: ____________________________________________________________ HI/LO
TR SW A/B/C/P
Range: _________________________________________________________ HI/LO/INV
Displays the status of the four inputs (A/B/C/P) from the transmission range switch to the PCM:
• HI (high) indicates ignition voltage
• LO (low) indicates no voltage
• INV (invalid) indicates an unrecognizable combination of signals
The PCM detects the selected gear range by deciphering the combination of the voltage signals.
The PCM compares the actual voltage combination of the switch signals to a TR switch
combination table stored in memory.
TR SWITCH
Range: _______________________________ PARK/NEUT/REV/4TH/3RD/2ND/1ST/INV
Displays the decoded status of the four inputs from the transmission range switch. An INV
(invalid) reading means the PCM does not recognize a valid combination of inputs.
Table 14-13 Transmission Range Switch Logic
Gear Selector Position Switch A Switch B Switch C Switch P
Park LOW HI HI LOW
Reverse LOW LOW HI HI
Neutral HI LOW HI LOW
Drive 4 HI LOW LOW HI
Drive 3 LOW LOW LOW LOW
Drive 2 LOW HI LOW HI
Drive 1 HI HI LOW LOW
Invalid All other combinations
HI = Ignition voltage
LOW = 0 voltage
648
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
TRANS FLUID
Range: _________________________________________ –40 to +151°C, –40 to +304°F
TRANS TEMP(°C)
Range: ______________________________________________________ –40° to 215°C
TRANS TEMP(°F)
Range: ______________________________________________________ –40° to 419°F
OIL TEMP(°C)
Range: _______________________________________________________–40 to 199°C
OIL TEMP(°F)
Range: _______________________________________________________ –40 to 389°F
Displays the PCM calculated transmission fluid temperature (TFT) based on the voltage signal of
the TFT sensor. On Saturn vehicles, this parameter is displayed as OIL TEMP.
• Fluid temperature is high (304°F/151°C) when the signal voltage is low (0 V).
• Fluid temperature is low (-40°F/C) when the signal voltage is high (5.0 V).
• Above 266°F (130°C) indicates the transmission is overheating.
TRANS FLUID(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Displays the input signal of the transmission fluid temperature (TFT) sensor.
• Fluid temperature is high (304°F/151°C) when the signal voltage is low (0 V).
• Fluid temperature is low (-40°F/C) when the signal voltage is high (5.0 V).
TRANS SW A
TRANS SW B
TRANS SW C
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the pressure switches used to indicate the transmission gear range. The
manual valve feeds pressure to these normally open switches. The switches determine the
digital logic at pins A, B, and C of the 3-pin TCM connector. The TCM uses this data for line
pressure regulation, TCC application, and solenoid control:
• ON = battery voltage
• OFF = no voltage
Table 14-14 shows the switch states for the various gears.
649
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
TRANS SW P
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the automatic transmission fluid pressure manual valve position switch assembly input:
• ON = 0 voltage signal
• OFF = B+ voltage signal
TRANS TEMP(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.12 V
Displays the input signal of the transmission fluid temperature (TFT) sensor on some Cadillac
models and reads as follows:
• Below 1.00 V at normal operating temperature
• Above 2.00 V when the transmission may be overheating, which triggers the PCM to modify
transmission and engine operation in an attempt to cool the transmission
TRANS TEMP HOT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the general temperature of the transmission fluid on trucks with a 4L80E transmission:
• YES indicates overheating
• NO indicates light-load operating conditions
TRN TORQ REDUCE
TORQ REDUCTION
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
TRN TORQ REQ(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the status of TCM torque reduction requests. When the TCM is requesting a reduction
in engine torque, the reduce or reduction parameter reads YES. The request (REQ) parameter
shows how much spark timing advance the TCM is commanding to reduce torque during a gear
change to deliver a smoother shift.
A reading of 100% represents full advance.
TURBINE RPM
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 8192 RPM
Displays the speed of the torque converter turbine shaft. The turbine speed should equal input
speed in commanded gears 1, 2, and 3. The turbine speed should equal 75% of input speed in
commanded gear 4.
UP PRESS ERROR
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Indicates whether the oncoming clutch was underpressured or overpressured during an upshift.
This parameter is part of the adaptive report available on Saturn automatic transmissions.
• 128 = normal
• Less than 128 = overpressure
• More than 128 = underpressure
UPSHIFT DES
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the TCM commanded state for an upshift and reads as follows:
• YES when the TCM desires an upshift
• NO when an upshift is not desired
650
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
UPSHFT IN PROG
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether an upshift is actually occurring and reads as follows:
• YES when the transmission is performing an upshift
• NO when an upshift is not in progress
UPSHFT PRESS ADPT
NM 1-2 LO
NM 1-2 HI
NM 2-3 LO
NM 2-3 HI
NM 3-4 LO
NM 3-4 HI
PF 1-2 LO
PF 1-2 HI
PF 2-3 LO
PF 2-3 H
PF 3-4 LO
PF 3-4 HI
Range: ____________________________________ –288 to 768 kPa or –422 to 112 psi
Displays the adaptive pressure required to complete an upshift. These parameters are a part of
the Saturn adaptive report. Values display for both low and high torque conditions.
Depending upon the position of the shift performance mode switch, different parameters are
active. The NM parameters are normal mode, and PF parameters are performance mode.
UPSHIFT REQ
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the VCM/PCM is requesting an upshift and reads as follows:
• YES if an upshift is requested
• NO at all other times
VAT FUEL CUTOFF
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the vehicle antitheft system (VATS) has cut off, or inhibited, fuel delivery and
reads as follows:
• YES if VATS has disabled fuel delivery
• NO for normal vehicle operation
VEH SPEED
Range: ____________________________________________________ 0 to max speed
Displays the vehicle speed input to the transmission control module (TCM).
On Saturn, the displayed value is taken directly from the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). This input
is used by both the engine and transaxle control modules. Readings may vary by up to 5 MPH
(8 KPH) from the value indicated on the speedometer.
On models with 4L60E and 4L80E transmissions, vehicle speed is calculated by the digital ratio
adapter controller (DRAC).
• On 2WD models, the DRAC receives input from the output speed sensor.
• On 4WD models, the DRAC receives input from a sensor on the transfer case.
651
GM Data Parameters Transmission and Transfer Case Parameters
652
GM Data Parameters Airbag Parameters
Airbag Parameters
This section defines the data parameters that are available from the airbag, or supplemental
restraint system, electronic control module (ECM). To find the description for a specific
parameter, locate the parameter name in the General Motors Index, then go the listed page.
36V LOOP RSV(V)
DRV 36VLR(V)
PASS 36VLR(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 28.4 to 44.0 V
Displays the reserve power, which ensures there is sufficient power to deploy the airbag if
ignition voltage is low or lost in a collision. These parameters monitor the 36 V reserve power
signal from the DERM to each air bag deployment loop. If the voltage falls below, or exceeds, the
operating range specified above, a DTC sets.
On vehicles with a driver side airbag only, the 36 V Loop RSVP parameter displays. Vehicles with
two front airbags display the driver (DRVR) and passenger (PASS) parameters.
ADS A/D(V)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5 V
Displays the inflatable restraint front end discriminating sensor (ADS) signal, which is calibrated
to supply a signal to the SDM when deceleration is severe enough to warrant deployment. ADS
A/D(V) normally reads 2 to 3 V.
AIRBAG CODES
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether any airbag codes are stored in the SDM and reads YES with codes present.
ARMING SENSOR
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the status of the arming sensor switch contacts. The arming sensor monitors changes
in vehicle velocity. It consists of a sensing element, a set of normally open switch contacts, a
diagnostic resistor, and two diodes. When a low-level velocity change occurs, the sensing
element closes the normally open switch contacts and supplies voltage to the high side of the
deployment module.
AUX 1 LP
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
AUX 2 LP
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the AUX 1 or AUX 2 loop is enabled or disabled. Reads YES when enabled.
CAL REV
Range: _______________________________________________________________ XX
Displays the calibration revision level, a 2 digit number, of software use by the SDM.
CODE HISTORY
Range: ____________________________________________________________ BXXX
Displays the diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) stored in SDM memory.
CRANK
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the cranking input to the DERM and reads YES when the engine is
cranking and system voltage is applied to the DERM cranking input.
653
GM Data Parameters Airbag Parameters
During cranking, the DERM grounds the inflatable restraint indicator circuit. This signals the
DERM to perform an SIR diagnostic system test.
DISCRIM SENSOR
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the status of the discriminating sensors. Reads OPEN when open, CLSD when closed.
Two discriminating sensors monitor vehicle velocity changes. Each sensors contains a sensing
element, a set of normally open switch contacts, and a diagnostic resistor.
When a high-level velocity change occurs, the sensing element closes the normally open switch
contacts. This grounds the low side of the deployment module. The two discriminating sensors
are wired in parallel. The reading is the switch status of the parallel sensor circuit.
DR BELT A/D(V)
DR BELT RV(V)
DRV BELT HIGH
DRV BELT LOW
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 12 V
Displays the status of the driver seat belt. Reads 12 V if the belt is buckled and 0 V if the belt is
not buckled.
DR TENS DIFF(V)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 400 mV
Displays the difference between DRV BELT HIGH and DRV BELT LOW parameters values as
millivolts (mV).
DRIVER BAG LO(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 20V
Displays the driver frontal low terminal voltage.
DRIVER BUCKLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the driver seat belt is buckled or unbuckled after the ignition is turned on.
DRV IMPACT ID
DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR ID
Range: _______________________________________________________________ XX
Displays the driver side impact sensor (SIS) identification, a 2-digit number, which is sent to the
SDM when the ignition first turns on.
DRV FR LP ENBLD
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the SDM has enabled the driver inflator loop. Reads YES when enabled.
DRV PRET LP ENB
DRV SIDE LP ENB
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the SDM has enabled the driver pretensioner loop. Reads YES when enabled.
DRV SOURCE(V)
PASS SOURCE(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the source voltage to the deployment loops, which the DERM monitors for circuit and
component malfunctions.
654
GM Data Parameters Airbag Parameters
Resistors in the arming sensor and the discriminating sensor make it possible for a small amount
of current to pass through the deployment loops during normal, non-deployment operation. If the
monitored voltage falls outside the expected limits, the DERM sets a DTC and illuminates the
inflatable restraint warning lamp.
DRVR BELT STATUS CHANGED THIS IGN
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the driver seat belt was been buckled or unbuckled after the ignition is turned on.
DRVR FRONTAL LOOP ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the SDM has been programmed for the driver frontal deployment loop.
DRVR LOOP RES
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 6.6 Ω
Displays the resistance in the driver deployment loop.
DRVR PRET RES
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 6.6 Ω
Displays the resistance in the driver seat belt pretensioner deployment loop.
DRVR PRETENSIONER LOOP ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the SDM has been programmed for the drivers seat belt pretensioner
deployment loop.
ELEC FRONT SENSOR ID 1
ELEC FRONT SENSOR ID 2
Range: _______________________________________________________________ XX
Displays the front end sensor #1 and #2 identification signals being sent to the sensing and
diagnostic (SDM).
• Sensor #1 is the driver or left frontal sensor.
• Sensor #2 is the passenger or right frontal sensor.
IGN(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 16 V
Displays the system voltage measured by the SDM at its ignition feed.
IGN 1(V)
Range: ____________________________________________________ (range 0 to 16 V
Displays the ignition power available to the high side of the deployment loop. If adequate ignition
voltage is not available, the DERM provides 36 V reserve power for air bag deployment.
Should read as follows:
• About 12 to 12.5 V with the key on and the engine not running
• About 14 to 16 V on an engine at idle
• As low as 10 V during cranking
LAMP CONTROL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the warning lamp state as commanded by the SDM.
LAMP DRV FBK
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the warning lamp state feedback signal to the SDM.
655
GM Data Parameters Airbag Parameters
LAMP ON TIME
Range: _____________________________________________________ 0 to 182 hours
Displays the continuous warning lamp on time.
LH SIDE DIF(mV)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 400 mV
Shows the difference between PAS SIDE HIGH and PAS SIDE LOW values as millivolts (mV).
LH SIDE LOW(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 20V
Displays the passenger low terminal voltage supplied to the SDM.
LH SIDE RES
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 6.6 Ω
The SDM performs the resistance measurement test once each ignition cycle and verifies the
ignition and 23 VLR voltages are within the normal ranges. Then the SDM sources a constant
current to the LH side air bag deployment loop. The SDM then measures the voltage drop across
the deployment loop and converts the measured voltage value to a LH side air bag deployment
loop resistance value.
PAS BAG HI(V)
PAS BAG LO(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 11.6 to 26.8 V
Displays voltage on the low (ground) side of the passenger airbag deployment loop and should
read within 41% to 61% of the 36 V reserve power parameter. If voltage falls below this value, a
code is set and the airbag warning lamp turns on.
PAS BELT LO(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 11.6 to 26.8 V
Displays the voltage on the low (ground) side of the passenger belt pretensioner deployment
loop. Readings should be within 41% to 61% of the 36 V reserve power parameter. If voltage falls
below this value, a code is set and the Airbag MIL turns on.
PAS PRET LP ENB
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the passenger pretensioner deployment loop is enabled or disabled, YES
means enabled.
PAS SIDE LP ENB
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the passenger side airbag deployment loop is enabled or disabled, YES
means enabled.
PASS BUCKLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the current status of the passenger seat belt and reads YES when buckled.
PASS DIFF(mV)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 500 mV
Displays the difference between the passenger frontal high and driver frontal low terminals.
PASS F LP ENBLD
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the passenger frontal air bag deployment loop is enabled. Reads YES if enabled.
656
GM Data Parameters Airbag Parameters
PASS IMPACT ID
Range: ___________________________________________________________10 to 99
Displays the two digit ID number and typically reads 43.
PASS LOOP RES
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 6.6 Ω
Displays the resistance in the passenger deployment loop.
PASS PRET RES
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 6.6 Ω
Displays the resistance in the passenger seat belt pretensioner deployment loop.
PASS PRETENSIONER LOOP ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the SDM has been programmed for the passenger seat belt pretensioner
deployment loop.
PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR ID
Range: _______________________________________________________________ XX
Displays the passenger side impact sensor (SIS) identification, a 2-digit number, which is sent to
the SDM when the ignition first turns on.
PASS SIR CTRL
Range: ____________________________________________________________ LO/HI
Displays the current status of passenger SIR deployment loop control driver.
PASS SIR DISABL
Range: ____________________________________________________________ LO/HI
Indicates whether the passenger air bag deployment loop is enabled or disabled.
PS BAG RV(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 30 V
Displays the voltage of the passenger airbag energy reserve capacitors inside the SDM.
PS BELT RV(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 30 V
Displays the voltage of the passenger seat belt pretensioner energy reserve capacitors inside
the SDM.
PS SRS DISABLE
PS SRS ENABLE
Range: ____________________________________________________________ LO/HI
Indicates whether the passenger airbag deployment loop is enabled, reads HI if enabled.
PS TENS DIFF(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 0.5 V
Displays the voltage differential between the RH high and RH low pretensioner deployment loops
measured by the SDM.
QDM FAULT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a quad driver circuit fault exists. Reads YES if a fault is detected. A single
quad driver may power up to four circuits.
657
GM Data Parameters Airbag Parameters
RESTRAINT ID
Range: _______________________________________________________________ 2/4
Indicates the seventh digit of the VIN which defines the type of restraint system on the vehicle:
• 2 = a frontal air bag system
• 4 = a frontal and side air bag system
RH SIDE DIF(mV)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 500 mV
Displays the voltage differential between the RH high and RH low pretensioner deployment loops
measured by the SDM. A typical range is 4 to 8 mV.
RH SIDE LOW(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 11.6 to 26.8 V
Displays the DERM status of the low (ground) side of the passenger side airbag deployment
loop. Readings should be within 41% to 61% of the 36 V reserve power parameter. If voltage falls
below this value, a code is set and the Airbag MIL turns ON.
RH SIDE RES
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 6.6 Ω
Displays the right side air bag deployment loop resistance. A typical reading is 0.5 to 1.2 ohms.
The SDM performs the resistance measurement test once each ignition cycle and verifies that
ignition and 23 VLR voltages are within normal range. The SDM applies a constant current to the
RH side air bag deployment loop. The SDM then measures the voltage drop across the
deployment loop and converts the measurement to a resistance value.
RH TENS
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 6.6 Ω
Displays the right side pretensioner deployment loop resistance, typically 0.5 to 1.2 ohms.
The SDM performs the resistance measurement test once each ignition cycle and verifies that
ignition and 23 VLR voltages are within normal range. The SDM applies a constant current to the
pretensioner deployment loop. The SDM then measures the voltage drop across the deployment
loop and converts the measurement to a resistance value.
RH TENS DIF(mV)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 500 mV
Displays the voltage differential between the RH high and RH low deployment loops. A typical
reading is 4 to 8 mV.
RH TENS LOW(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 11.6 to 26.8 V
Displays the low (ground) side of the Passenger side pretensioner deployment loop voltage.
Readings should be within 41% to 61% of the 36 V reserve power parameter. If voltage falls
below this value, a code is set and the Airbag MIL turns on.
SENSOR LOW(V)
DRIVER LOW(V)
DRV SNSRLO(V)
PASS LOW(V)
PASS SNSRLO(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 11.6 to 26.8 V
Displays the DERM monitored circuit voltage on the low, or ground, side of the airbag
deployment loop. Normal readings should be within 41% to 61% of the 36 V reserve power
parameter. If voltage falls below this value, a DTC sets and the airbag warning lamp turns on.
658
GM Data Parameters Airbag Parameters
The sensor parameter displays on vehicles with a driver side airbag only. Vehicles with driver
side and passenger side airbags display the driver and passenger (PASS) parameters.
SIR LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the SDM internal air bag indicator driver.
STEERING(OHMS)
DRVR RES(OHM)
PASS RES(OHM)
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the combined resistance of the airbag coil assembly. The DERM looks at these
parameters during each ignition cycle. The value represents the resistance of the coil, the inflator
module or initiator, the connectors, and the all of the associated wiring.
These parameters normally read 4.37 ohms.
• Too high of a reading sets a DTC and may indicate an open circuit.
• Too low of a reading also sets a DTC and may indicate a short circuit.
The steering parameter displays on vehicles with a driver side airbag only. Vehicles with two front
airbags display the driver (DRVR) and passenger (PASS) parameters.
SUP LAMP DRV
Range: ________________________________________________________ OK/FAULT
Displays the state of supplemental inflatable restraint (SUP) lamp output circuits as follows:
• OK under normal conditions
• FAULT if the circuit is open or grounded
The warning lamp is in the instrument panel cluster (IPC). The inflatable restraint sensing and
diagnostic module (SDM) communicates with the IPC using Class 2 serial data. The SDM
commands the IPC to turn the warning lamp on and off through serial data communication.
The SIR system uses the warning indicator to do the following: Verify proper SIR system
operation by commanding the lamp off via Class 2 serial data after 7 flashes. The instrument
cluster flashes the lamp 7 times when the ignition switch is first turned ON. When lit, alerts the
driver of electrical system malfunctions that could affect the operation of the SIR system.
Certain malfunctions may result in:
• Non-deployment in the case of a frontal crash or side impact crash
• Deployment for conditions less severe than intended
659
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
660
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
ABS FAILED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the electronic brake control module (EBCM) has failed on DBC 7 systems.
ABS LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the ABS warning lamp, operation varies by system.
Indicates the status of ABS lamp illumination request command from the EBTCM on Bosch and
Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems. The reading should match the condition of the warning lamp.
Indicates the status of the ABS lamp on the dash on VCM 4WAL systems. Each time the ignition
is switched on, the lamp lights for a bulb check, then shuts off after about 2 seconds. When the
VCM detects a system malfunction, it turns the lamp on. Depending on the type of malfunction,
the lamp may stay on or shut off. Should a malfunction occur in this lamp circuit, the brake
warning lamp on the dash acts as a backup.
Indicates the status of the antilock lamp on the instrument panel on 4WAL and RWAL systems.
During normal operation, the lamp is off when no faults are present. The lamp lights continuously
whenever a fault is present.
ABS LAMP
Range: _____________________________________________________ ON/OFF/FLSH
Displays the current status of the antilock lamp on the instrument panel on Delco-Moraine III and
VI systems. It always appears on the right side of the top line in the ABS codes and data display.
Reads as follows:
• OFF when the lamp is off and ABS is fully operational.
• FLSH when the lamp is flashing. This means a fault was detected that does not affect current
ABS operation, but should be fixed to avoid additional ABS problems.
• ON when the lamp is lit continuously. This means a fault was detected that does affect
current ABS operation. If the fault affects the front ABS, the rear ABS operates and the front
brakes operate in a non-ABS condition. If the fault affects the rear ABS or critical parts of the
system, ABS is completely disabled and all the brakes operate in a basic non-ABS mode.
If this parameter does not match the condition of the warning lamp on the instrument panel, a
fault may exist in the lamp circuit.
ABS LAMP FBK
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the feedback circuit status from the ABS warning lamp and normally reads ON during
vehicle operation.
ABS PROBLEM
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the EBTCM recognized system failure on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch 5.0/
5.3 systems.
ABS PUMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the EBTCM commanded state of the ABS pump motor on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco
Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems.
ABS PUMP REQ
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the commanded state of the pump motor control relay.
661
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
ABS RELAY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the ABS relay and reads ON during normal vehicle operation. The EBCM
commands the ABS relay on when Ignition positive voltage is present.
ABS RELAY CMD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the electronic brake control module (EBCM) is commanding the solenoid valve
control relay to energize on DBC 7 systems and reads ON when the relay command is on.
ABS RELAY FBK
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the feedback signal from the solenoid valve control relay on DBC 7 systems and reads
ON when the relay contacts are closed to energize the solenoid and open the valve.
ABS RELAY REQ
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the actual state of the electronic brake control relay and reads ON when the relay is on.
ABS REQ TORQ(%)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the amount of torque requested by the electronic brake control module (EBCM) on
Bosch 2 systems.
ABS STATE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
This is one of four parameters that display only with a related trouble code on Bosch 2 systems.
It indicates whether the ABS was active during braking when a code set.
ABS STATE
Range: ________________________________________________ON/OFF/REAR ONLY
Displays the current ABS operating state on Delco-Moraine III systems and reads as follows:
• ON when the ABS is fully operational.
• OFF when no antilock functions are available.
• REAR ONLY when rear ABS is operational, but front ABS operation is disabled.
ABS TEST
Range: _______________________________________________ ENABLED/DISABLED
Displays the status of an ABS test, reads ENABLED only when the ABS test is running.
ABS WRNG LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ (ON/OFF
Displays the status of the antilock warning lamp on the instrument panel on DBC 7 systems.
AH ACTIVE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
AH ACTIVE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the operating status of the active handling (AH) system and reads as follows:
• ON or YES when active handling is on
• OFF or NO when it is off
662
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
AH LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the electronic brake traction control module (EBTCM) command status to the active
handling lamp on Bosch 2 systems and reads ON when the EBTCM is commanding the lamp on.
AH PROBLEM
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a problem exists in the active handling (AH) system on Bosch 2 systems.
ANLG STG POS
Range: _______________________________________________________ –720 to 720°
Displays the angle that the steering wheel is turned.
ASR SWITCH
ASR SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the acceleration slip regulation (ASR) switch on Bosch 2 ASR systems and
read ON when on, OFF when off.
AUTO LRN ACTIVE
Range: ______________________________________________________ not available
No information is available for this Delco-Moraine VI parameter.
AUTO LRN TIMER
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the vehicle theft deterrent (VTD) is operating in learn mode (reads ON) or
whether it has timed out (reads (OFF).
BATTERY(V)
Range: ______________________________________________________ 11.5 to 14.5 V
Displays the PCM calculated battery voltage based on a sensing circuit across the supply
voltage circuit. There is not a sensor to measure battery voltage.
The reading should be close to normal charging system regulated voltage (13.5 to 14.5 V at idle)
with the engine running. Compare to actual voltage measured at the battery or alternator.
BRAKE FLUID LVL
Range: ___________________________________________________________ HI/LOW
Displays the actual status of the brake fluid level switch.
BRAKE LAMP
Range: _________________________________________________ ON/OFF/CKT OPEN
Displays the status of the brake lamp on Delco-Moraine VI systems. Compare this reading to the
brake lamp command parameter.
BRAKE LAMP CMD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the present state of the ABS module output signal to the brake lamp on Delco-Moraine
VI and 4WAL systems.
BRAKE LAMP SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the brake lamp switch, operation varies by system.
Indicates the status of the pedal-mounted brake lamp switch on Bosch 2 systems, and reads ON
when the switch is on.
663
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
Indicates the status of the brake lamp on the dash on VCM 4WAL systems. Each time the
ignition is turned on, the lamp lights for a bulb check, then shuts off after about 2 seconds. The
brake lamp acts as a backup if the ABS lamp malfunctions.
Indicates the status of the brake lamp on 4WAL systems. For diagnostic purposes, compare this
reading to the brake lamp command parameter. It reads ON if the parking brake is applied or a
basic hydraulic brake problem exists. The ABS ECM also may light the red brake lamp to warn
the driver if a fault occurs in the antilock lamp circuit that prevents the lamp from lighting.
BRAKE PRESS
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Indicates three states of the ABS accumulator pressure and the pressure switch circuit on
Delco-Moraine III systems. It reads as follows:
• NORM (normal) when accumulator pressure is above 1800 psi, which is enough for normal
and ABS operation.
• LOW when accumulator pressure is below 1800 psi. In this case, the accumulator may not
provide enough pressure for ABS or normal brake operation.
• CKT OPEN (circuit open) when the pressure state is unknown. A fault may exist in the
pressure switch circuit.
BRAKE PRESS(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the pressure signal from the brake pressure sensor on Bosch 2.
BRAKE SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the brake pedal switch on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3.
BRAKE SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the brake switch on VCM 4WAL systems and reads as follows:
• ON when the brake pedal is pressed
• OFF whenever the brakes are not applied
When the switch is on, the VCM monitors the wheel speed sensors for signs of wheel lockup,
until vehicle braking stops.
BRAKE SW
Range: _________________________________________________ ON/OFF/CKT OPEN
Displays the current position of the brake switch on Delco-Moraine III and VI systems. It appears
on the left side of the top line in the ABS codes and data display:
• ON if the circuit is closed and ABS is operational. The brake switch circuit closes when the
pedal is pressed.
• OFF when the brake pedal is not pressed.
• CKT OPEN when the ABS module detected a fault in the brake switch circuit. The ABS may
be fully or partially disabled.
BRAKE SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the state of the brake switch circuit input. An OPEN reading indicates 0.0 voltage (brake
switch open, brake pedal applied). A CLSD reading indicates B+ voltage (brake switch closed,
brake pedal released). When OPEN, the torque converter clutch and cruise control disengage.
664
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
BRAKE SW STATUS
BRAKE SW STAT
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the pedal-mounted ABS brake switch on DBC 7 systems. Reads ON when
the switch is in the on position.
BRAKE TEMP STAT
Range: ______________________________________________________ EXCD/NORM
Displays the brake temperature status. Reads NORM (normal) when brake temperature is within
range and EXCD (exceeded) when brake temperature is above the traction control thermal cutoff
point, which suspends traction control until brake temperature cools down.
BRAKE TRAVEL SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the extended travel brake switch.
BRAKE WRN LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the brake indicator lamp.
BRK THRML MDL
Range: ______________________________________________________ EXCD/NORM
Indicates whether brake rotor temperature is above a preset limit on DBC 7 systems and reads:
• EXCD (exceeded) if the brake rotor is so hot that it is in danger of being permanently
damaged
• NORM (normal) at all other times
CENTERING DONE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the electronic brake traction control module (EBTCM) has learned the steering
wheel center position for the current key on and engine-run drive cycle on Bosch 2.
CONFIG. ID
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the electronic brake traction control module (EBCM) software version.
CTRLR BATT(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 29.83
Displays the battery voltage signal to the electronic suspension controller (ESC) on Bosch 2.
DEL TORQUE(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the engine torque as calculated by the PCM as a percentage.
DES TORQUE
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the EBTCM desired torque request to the ECM as duty cycle on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and
Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems. This value is used to reduce engine torque during certain traction
control operations.
DES TORQUE (N-M)
Range: _____________________________________________________ not available%
Displays the desired amount of torque requested by the EBTCM as Newton-meters.
665
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
DIFF. PRESS SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ NORM/LOW
No information is currently available for this 4WAL parameter.
DRP ACTIVE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the state of the dynamic rear proportion (DRP).
DRP DISABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the EBCM disabled DRP due to a malfunction.
DOMESTIC
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Identifies a US specification system.
DRV SEL SW(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the driver controlled ABS/TCS disable switch on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco
Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems.
EBTCM ETS ACTV
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether traction control is active. Reads ON when active and OFF at all other times.
ECU
Range: ______________________________________________ (identification number
Displays the identification number of the installed electronic control unit (ECU) on Bosch 2
systems. It is used to determine if the correct ECU is installed on a specific vehicle.
ENABLE RELAY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the ABS module output signal to the enable relay on Delco-Moraine VI and
RWAL systems. This relay provides battery voltage and current to the ABS module. The enable
relay also powers the electromagnetic brakes (EMBs) when applicable.
ENG RPM
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 10,200
Displays the engine speed.
ENG TORQUE
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle of ECM reduced torque response to the electronic brake traction control
module (EBTCM) request to reduce engine torque output during a traction control event on
Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems.
ETS ACTIVE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the electronic traction system (ETS) is functioning and activated on DBC7
systems. Reads YES when ETS is activated, NO at all other times.
ETS ACTIVE LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the electronic brake control module (EBCM) has commanded the ETS active
lamp on the instrument cluster to light on DBC7 systems.
666
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
667
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
HWPS INDEX
Range: ________________________________________________________ HIGH/LOW
Displays the hand wheel position sensor (HWPS), or steering wheel, centered position index on
Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems.
ICCS1 EQUIPPED
ICCS2 EQUIPPED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the vehicle has VSES (ICCS1 or ICCS2) installed, reads YES if equipped.
IGNITION 3(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 12 V
Displays the ignition feed voltage measured at the transfer case shift control module.
IGNITION 3 SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the presence of a transfer case shift control module, reads YES if equipped.
ISOLATION SOL
DUMP SOLENOID
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
VLV RESET SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the status of the isolation valve, dump valve, and a valve reset switch on RWAL
systems. RWAL uses a control valve assembly to adjust hydraulic pressure in the rear channel
during ABS braking.
The isolation valve and dump valve are solenoid operated and these parameters show the status
of the solenoids:
• When ISOLATION SOL reads OFF, the isolation valve allows fluid to pass from the master
cylinder to the rear channel. The isolation valve is normally open.
• When DUMP SOLENOID reads OFF, the dump valve is preventing fluid from passing to the
accumulator from the rear channel. The dump valve is normally closed.
The valve reset switch is a spring-loaded spool valve with an electrical contact at one end. The
valve moves if a difference in pressure exists between the isolation channel and the dump
channel in the control valve assembly. When the difference is great enough, the electrical contact
on the valve grounds the ECM logic circuit. Under these conditions, the display reads CLSD
(closed). The normal reading is OPEN.
L-FRONT EMB
R-FRONT EMB
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the present state of the ABS module output signal to the left and right front
electromagnetic brake (EMB) on Delco-Moraine VI systems. They read ON during front wheel
ABS operation and OFF at all other times.
L-FRONT SOL
R-FRONT SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the present state of the ABS module output signals to the left and right front solenoids
on Delco-Moraine VI systems. They read ON during front wheel ABS operation.
668
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
LAT ACCEL(g)
Range: ______________________________________________________–1.28 to +1.27
Displays the output signal of the centrifugal force sensor as the vehicle turns on Bosch 2 ASR.
LAT ACCEL(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 4.99 V
Displays the lateral accelerometer sensor voltage signal to the electronic brake traction control
module (EBTCM) on Bosch 2 systems.
LEFT TC FBK
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 20 A
Displays the amount of feedback current from the left TCS motor.
LEFT TCS AMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 20 A
Displays the amount of commanded current to the left TCS motor.
LEFT TCS MOTOR
LF ABS MOTOR
Range: _________________________________________________________ FWD/REV
Displays the commanded direction of the left TCS motor.
LF DAMP ACT(%)
LR DAMP ACT(%)
RF DAMP ACT(%)
RR DAMP ACT(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the position of the left front (LF), right front (RF), left rear (LR), and right rear (RR) shock
position sensors on Bosch 2 systems as a percentage. The higher the reading, the greater the
amount of shock compression.
LF DUMP VLV
LF DMP VLV COM
RF DUMP VLV
RF DMP VLV COM
LR DMP VLV COM
RR DMP VLV COM
REAR DMP COM
REAR DUMP COM
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the commanded state of the left front (LF), right front (RF), left rear (LR), right rear (RR),
and REAR dump solenoid valves.
LF DMP FBK
LF DUMP VLV FBK
RF DMP FBK
RF DUMP VLV FBK
LR DMP VLV FBK
RR DMP VLV FBK
REAR DMP FBK
REAR DUMP FBK
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the feedback state of the left front (LF), right front (RF), left rear (LR), right rear (RR),
and rear dump solenoid valves.
669
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
LF HOLD SOL
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Displays the left front (LF) hold solenoid and valve status, or holding pressure to the wheel, on
Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems.
LF HOLD SOL
RF HOLD SOL
REAR HOLD SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the hold status for the left front (LF), Rear Front (RF) and rear solenoids on
Delco-Moraine III systems. These systems use three solenoids to hold brake pressure at the
level currently being applied by the brake pedal during ABS braking. Separate solenoids are
used for the left and right front brakes; a single solenoid is used for both rear brakes.
These parameters should read as follows:
• OFF when the brakes are not applied
• ON and OFF alternately during ABS braking readings as the solenoids are energized and
de-energized
LF HOLD SOL FDBK
RF HOLD SOL FDBK
REAR HLD SOL FBK
Range: ____________________________________________________________ HI/LO
Displays the hold solenoid feedback status for the left front (LF), right front (RF) and rear
solenoids on Delco-Moraine III systems. The reading is voltage sensed by the ABS module at
the solenoid when the enable relays are on.
These parameters read as follows:
• LO (low) if the solenoid is energized and the feedback voltage should be low as the circuit is
grounded.
• HI (high) when the solenoid is de-energized and the feedback voltage reads high as battery
voltage is available.
Use the feedback readings to help pinpoint solenoid circuit faults. Be aware, a time delay may
exist between the solenoid readings and the feedback readings due to switching delays in the
ABS module and circuits.
LF INLET SOL
LR INLET SOL
RF INLET SOL
RR INLET SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the ECM commands to the left front (LF), right front (RF), left rear (LR), or right rear
(RR) inlet solenoids on Bosch 2 and DBC 7 systems.
• ON = the solenoid is energized
• OFF = the solenoid is not energized
670
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
LF ISO ACTIVE
LF PRIME ACTV
RF ISO ACTIVE
RF PRIME ACIE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the VCM commands to the various valves used for controlling hydraulic pressure during
antilock braking on DBC 7 systems. The valves are a part of the brake pressure modulator valve
(BPMV) assembly.
The BPMV is divided into four hydraulic channels: left front (LF), right front (RF), left rear (LR),
and right rear (RR). This allows the VCM to control hydraulic pressure independently for each
channel during ABS braking.
LF ISO SOL
RF ISO SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the state of the left front (LF) and right front (RF) isolation solenoid valves.
LF ISO VALVE
RF ISO VALVE
LF PWM VALVE
REAR PWM VALVE
RF PWM VALVE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the commands to the various valves used for controlling hydraulic pressure during
antilock braking on VCM 4WAL systems. These valves are part of the brake pressure modulator
valve (BPMV), which is located on the left front inner fender.
The BPMV is divided into three hydraulic channels: left front (LF), right front (RF), and rear. Each
channel has an isolation valve and a pulse width modulated (PWM) valve. Isolation valves
maintain hydraulic pressure, and PWM valves increase or reduce pressure. This allows the VCM
to control pressure independently for each channel.
The valves also cycle during the system self-test. Self-test occurs the first time the vehicle
reaches 8 MPH (13 KPH) during an ignition cycle.
LF ISO VLV COM
RF ISO VLV COM
LR ISO VLV COM
RR ISO VLV COM
REAR ISO COM
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the commanded state of the left front (LF), right front (RF), left rear (LR), right rear (RR)
or rear isolation solenoid valves.
LF ISO VLV FBK
RF ISO VLV FBK
LR ISO VLV FBK
RR ISO VLV FBK
REAR ISO FBK
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the feedback state of the left front (LF), right front (RF), left rear (LR), right rear (RR) or
rear isolation solenoid valves.
671
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
672
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
673
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
LF WHEEL(MPH)
LF WHEEL(RPM)
LR WHEEL(MPH)
LR WHEEL(RPM)
RF WHEEL(MPH)
RF WHEEL(RPM)
RR WHEEL(MPH)
RR WHEEL(RPM)
Range: ___________________________________________________ 0 to vehicle max
Displays the speed signals being sent by the left front (LF), Left Right (LR), right front (RF), and
right rear (RR) wheel speed sensors to the ECM. Wheel speeds should be equal to each other
and to vehicle speed when driving in a straight line without braking. Wheel speeds vary as the
vehicle turns a corner and also vary during braking without ABS. During ABS braking, wheels
speeds should remain close to equal.
On 4WAL systems values display as RPM instead of MPH due to the wide variety of wheel sizes
available for these vehicles.
LF WHL
Range: ____________________________________________________________0 to 99
Displays the actual speed of the left front (LF) wheel.
LIFT/DIVE ACTV
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the Lift/Dive sensor on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems
and should read NO (inactive) except during heavy braking or WOT acceleration.
LIFT/DIVE CHGD
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the monitor status of the lift/dive sensor on Bosch and Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems.
LIFT PUMP FBK
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the feedback status from the lift pump.
LO TCS LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the low traction lamp. Refer to EBTCM controlled warning lamps.
LONG. ACCEL(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.00 V
Displays the longitudinal accelerometer sensor voltage signal received by the electronic brake
traction control module (EBTCM). The reading should be 2.5 V when the vehicle is not
accelerating or decelerating.
LOW BRAKE FLUID
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the level switch in the brake fluid reservoir on Bosch 2 ASR systems.
When the fluid is low, the display reads YES.
LOW TIRE PRESS
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the tire pressure status.
674
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
LR HOLD SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the left rear (LR) hold solenoid and valve status, which is holding pressure to the wheel,
on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems.
LR INLET SOL
LR OUTLET SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the left rear (LR) inlet or outlet solenoid and valve status on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco
Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems.
LR RELEASE SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the left rear (LR) release solenoid and valve status on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch
5.0/5.3 systems.
LR ROTOR(°)
Range: ______________________________________________________–40 to +650°C
Displays the estimated temperature of the left rear (LR) rotor. The EBTCM uses this data to
determine if brake is available for traction control.
MAG STR FBK(A)
Range: ________________________________________________________0.00 to 3.00
Displays the amount of current returning to the EBCM as feedback from the VES actuator.
MODE 1 ACTIVE
MODE 2 ACTIVE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the current tire pressure configuration mode. The EBCM learns the tire pressure
configuration for each speed range independently. Reads YES when active, NO when inactive.
• In mode 1, the EBCM has only partially learned the tire pressure configuration for the speed
range and has limited detection capability for a tire pressure conditions.
• In mode 2, the EBCM has fully learned the tire pressure configuration.
If the EBCM is not in either mode, a tire pressure condition cannot be detected because the
EBCM has not learned the tire pressure configuration of the vehicle. The EBCM may have fully
learned (Monitor Mode 2) the tire pressure configuration in one speed range, but may have
partially learned (Monitor Mode 1) or not learned at all the tire pressure configuration in the other
speed ranges.
The instrument cluster through the DIC performs two functions related to the tire monitoring:
• Turns on the tire pressure warning indicator when commanded by the EBCM.
• Sends the tire pressure monitor system reset command to the EBCM, via the class 2 serial
data line.
NOTE:
i The class 2 serial data line is used to send all tire pressure monitor system related information
between the EBCM and the instrument cluster.
MOTOR RELAY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the actual operating status of the ABS pump motor control relay on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and
Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems.
675
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
676
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
677
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
REAR RESET SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the status of the rear valve reset switch:
• OPEN = the switch is open, which is the normal operating condition
• CLSD = the switch is closed due to a pressure difference between the isolation solenoid and
dump solenoid
REAR WHEEL
Range: ___________________________________________________ 0 to vehicle max
Displays the rear wheel speed, values vary by system.
On Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems, the display is the rear wheel speed
measured by the rear wheel speed sensor, which is mounted on the rear drive axle.
On VCM 4WAL systems, wheel speed is internally calculated by the VCM based on an input
from the vehicle speed sensor. On a 2WD model the sensor is in the transmission, and on 4WD
models it is in the transfer case.
REL TIRE PRESS
Range: _______________________________________________________ LOW/NORM
Displays the relative tire pressure detected by the EBCM. The EBCM uses wheel speed data
obtained from the wheel speed sensors to detect relative pressure differences.
Any ABS/TCS system activity causes the EBCM to temporarily suspend the tire pressure
monitoring system functions. The software requires approximately one half hour of straight line
driving to complete the tire pressure learn function.
REQ TP RED(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the transmission fluid pressure reduction being requested by the ABS/TCS system.
RETURN PUMP RLY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the return pump relay on Bosch 2 systems. Reads ON when the relay
contacts are closed and current is being supplied to power the return pump.
RF ABS FBK(AMP)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 3.0 A
Displays the actual status of the commanded voltage being applied to the right front ABS motor.
This voltage feedback provides information to the EBCM about the condition through the right
front (RF) ABS circuit.
RF ABS MOTOR
Range: _________________________________________________________ REV/FWD
Displays the current direction of the right front (RF) ABS motor.
RF ABS SOL CMD
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the commanded state of the right front (RF) ABS motor
RF HOLD SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the right front (RF) hold solenoid and valve status, which is the holding pressure to the
wheel, on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems.
678
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
RF MOTOR FBK(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 3.0 V
Displays the Displays the actual status of the commanded voltage being applied to the right front
(RF) ABS motor. This voltage feedback provides information to the EBCM about the condition
through the right front ABS motor circuit.
RF MTR CMD(AMP)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 3.0 A
Displays the current status of the commanded voltage applied to the right front (RF) ABS motor
RF PRIME ACTV
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the right front TCS prime, or inlet, solenoid and valve status on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco
Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems.
RF PRIME SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the current state of the right front (RF) prime solenoid.
RF RELEASE SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the right front (RF) release solenoid and valve status on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch
5.0/5.3 systems.
RF ROTOR(°C)
Range: _____________________________________________________–40°C to 650°C
Displays the estimated temperature of the right front (RF) rotor on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco
Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems. The EBTCM uses this value to determine if the brake is available for
traction control.
RF TCS ISO ACTV
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the right front TCS isolation valve status on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3
systems. When reading is YES, brake fluid is isolated from the master cylinder.
RIGHT TCS AMP
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 3.0 A
Displays the status of the commanded voltage being applied to the right traction control motor.
RIGHT TCS FBK
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 3.0 A
Displays the amount of voltage returning to the EBCM from the right traction control actuators.
This voltage feedback provides information to the EBCM about the condition through the right
traction control circuit.
RIGHT TCS MOTOR
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the current status of the right front ABS motor.
ROUGH ROAD(g)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100 g
Displays how rapidly the driven wheel speed changes measured in g forces on Bosch 2 and
DBC-7 systems.
Driving over rough roads may cause abrupt changes in driveline speed and torque. These
fluctuations may fool the Misfire Monitor into setting false diagnostic trouble codes.
679
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
The PCM uses the this parameter to determine whether to temporarily disable the Misfire Monitor
when driving over rough roads.
RR HOLD SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the right rear (RR) hold solenoid and valve status, which is the holding pressure to the
wheel, on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems.
RR PWM VLV FBK
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 3.0 A
Displays the amount of current returning to the EBCM from the right rear (RR) pulse width
modulation valve (PWM). This voltage feedback provides information to the EBCM about the
condition through the right rear modulation valve circuit.
RR RELEASE SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the right rear (RR) release solenoid and valve status on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch
5.0/5.3 systems.
RR ROTOR TEMP
Range: ___________________________________________________ –40°C to +650°C
Displays the estimated temperature of the right rear (RR) rotor.
RR WHEEL TCS
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Displays the status of the EBTCM command for traction control to the right rear (RR) wheel.
RT FT RESET SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the status of the right front valve reset switch:
• OPEN = normal operating conditions
• CLSD (closed) = a pressure difference between the isolation and dump solenoids that is
great enough to close the switch
RT MOTOR FBK(A)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0.0 to 3.0 A
Displays the commanded voltage being applied to the right front ABS motor. This voltage
provides information to the EBCM about the condition through the right ABS motor circuit.
SOLENOID(V)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 12 V
Displays the current brake pressure modulator valve (BPMV) solenoid relay voltage on Bosch 2
systems.
SOL RELAY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the actual operating status of the solenoid block power control relay on Bosch 5.0/5.3
and Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems. This parameter displays the status of the brake pressure
modulator valve (BPMV) relay on DBC 7 systems.
Reads ON when the relay contacts are closed, which allows current to energize the BPMV.
680
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
681
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
682
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
SWPS CORR(°)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 0.39
Displays the steering wheel position sensor (SWPS) bias correction factor on Bosch 2 systems.
SWPS INPUT(°)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 0.39
Displays the steering wheel position sensor (SWPS) input to the electronic brake traction control
module (EBTCM) on Bosch 2 systems.
SWPS PHASE A
SWPS PHASE B
Range: ____________________________________________________________ HI/LO
Displays the state of the phase A and phase B pulse. The EBTCM uses the state change from
phase A and phase B to calculate the position of the front wheels, and also determines the
direction that the front wheels are rotating:
• If Phase A changes state first, the wheels are turning left.
• If Phase B changes state first, the wheels are turning right.
SYSTEM ID
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the system identification as a hexadecimal display on Bosch 2.
TCM CAL ID
Range: _________________________________________________ 1111111 To 9999999
Displays the calibration part number of the EBTCM.
TCS ACTIVE
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Displays the status of the traction control system on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3.
TCS ACTIVE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the traction control (TCS) system on DBC 7 systems is activated and
functioning, reads YES if active.
TCS ACTIVE LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the TCS active dash lamp driver on Bosch 5.0/5.3, Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3,
and DBC-7 systems.
TCS ADJUST AMP
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0.0 to 1.25 A
Displays the current the EBTCM is commanding to the (TCS) Traction Control actuator.
TCS ADJUST FBK
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0.0 to 1.25 A
Displays the feedback current from the (TCS) Traction Control actuator.
TCS BATT(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 30.0 V
Displays the current battery voltage being applied to the traction control system (TCS).
683
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
684
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
TCS PROBLEM
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the EBTCM internal fault detection function on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco
Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems. reads ON if a fault was detected.
TCS SPARK REQ
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the EBTCM has requested the PCM to decrease ignition spark timing during a
TCS event. Reads YES if a timing decrease was requested.
TCS STATUS
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the traction control system according to the electronic brake traction
control module (EBTCM) on Bosch 2 systems.
TCS SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the position of the dash-mounted TCS switch on Bosch 2 systems equipped with a
traction control system (TCS). The TCS switch transmits a position signal to the electronic brake
traction control module (EBTCM).
TCS SW PRESSED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the traction control switch was pressed.
TCS SW STATE
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the traction control switch.
TCS SYS TEMP
Range: ______________________________________________________ –40°C/+650°C
Displays the estimated temperature of the wheel rotors.
TCS WRNG LAMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates whether the electronic brake control module (EBCM) is commanding the traction
control system (TCS) warning lamp on for DBC 7 systems.
TCS-ASR ACTIVE
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Displays the current status of the traction control system.
THROTTLE(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the throttle position on Bosch 2 ASR systems. This value is calculated by the engine
control module, based on an input from the throttle position sensor:
• 100% = wide open throttle
• 0% = closed throttle
TIM EQUIPPED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the vehicle has the tire inflation monitor (TIM) installed.
685
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
TIM FAILED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the failed status of the tire inflation monitor (TIM or TPM) and reads YES if the EBCM
disabled TIM due to a malfunction.
TIM RESET
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates if the IPC is sending the tire pressure monitor system reset command to the EBCM via
the class 2 serial data line.
TIM RESET SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the TIM reset switch.
TIRE PRESS LOW
Range: ___________________________________________ LOW/NORMAL or ON/OFF
Displays the status of the low tire pressure detection function of the EBTCM on Bosch 5.0/5.3
and Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3 systems.
VALVE RELAY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the solenoid and valve block power status on Bosch 5.0/5.3 and Delco Bosch 5.0/5.3.
VALVE RELAY
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 21.7 V
Displays the output status of the valve relay on Bosch 2 ASR systems. The valve relay supplies
control power to the solenoid valves used to control ABS braking.
VEH SPEED (MPH)
Range: ___________________________________________________ 0 to vehicle max
ABS REF SPEED
Range: __________________________________________________________ variable
Displays the vehicle speed, values vary by system.
On Bosch 2, the vehicle speed parameter is a measurement of vehicle speed at the time a fault
occurs. It appears only as one of four parameters displayed with a related DTC. It indicates the
vehicle speed at the time the code set. It does not indicate the current speed.
On Delco-Moraine III and VI, vehicle speed is computed by the ABS module based on the
signals received from the four wheel speed sensors. These readings are not taken from the
vehicle speed sensor (VSS) used by the ECM, and may differ from the speedometer reading.
Abnormally high, low, or erratic readings are usually due to wiring problems or faults in one or
more wheel speed sensors.
The RWAL system uses an output shaft sensor to monitor the speeds of the two rear wheels.
The sensor produces an AC signal that varies in frequency as output shaft speed varies. Tire
size and gear ratio affect output shaft speed. If the rear wheels are decelerating rapidly during
braking, the rear axle differential causes a change in output shaft speed.
VES CMD(mA)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 6.62
Displays the amount of current the electronic brake transmission control module (EBTCM) is
commanding to the Magnasteer actuator.
686
GM Data Parameters Antilock Brake System Parameters
VES FBK(mA)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 6.62
Displays the EBTCM feedback current from the Magnasteer actuator.
VES PRESENT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the vehicle has variable effort steering (VES) installed.
VSES ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the vehicle stability enhancement system (VSES) is currently enabled.
VSES PRESENT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the vehicle has vehicle stability enhancement system (VSES) installed.
W/TIRE MONITOR
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
No information is available for this Delco-Moraine VI parameter.
YAW RATE(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 4.99 V
Displays the voltage signal from the yaw sensor to the electronic brake traction control module
(EBTCM) on Bosch 2 systems.
687
GM Data Parameters Body Control Module (BCM) Parameters
NOTE:
i Because of the personalized selection of optional equipment and trim packages available, some
BCM parameters displayed may not be supported by the vehicle as identified. Some BCM
parameters may appear inactive or invalid.
A thorough understanding of vehicle specific BCM operation will prevent lost time or an
inaccurate diagnosis based on incorrect interpretation of data for the vehicle being tested.
For example: An inactive FRONT DOOR LOCK RELAY parameter is noticed by a technician
diagnosing an intermittent power-door lock problem while sitting in the driver seat and pushing
the door lock button. However, the REAR DOOR LOCK RELAY parameter switches as
expected. By thinking that this indicates a fault, a lot of time could be wasted looking for an open
in the FRONT DOOR LOCK RELAY circuit or replacing a BCM.
In fact, this would be normal operation if the vehicle has a driver door module with an
incorporated power-door lock switch. The FRONT DOOR LOCK RELAY parameter is a device
the BCM can command, but this may not be the primary method used to command its operation.
The switch activates the FRONT DOOR LOCK RELAY direct without BCM interaction, therefore
the parameter does not change. At the same time, the door module sends a lock request input
signal to the BCM to command activation of the REAR DOOR LOCK RELAY, therefore the rear
parameters change. The BCM commanded the operation of the REAR DOOR LOCK RELAY, but
does not need to command the FRONT DOOR LOCK RELAY. In order to see the FRONT DOOR
LOCK RELAY parameter change state, a remote keyless entry or key fob lock signal is needed
to request the BCM to command the FRONT and/or REAR DOOR LOCK RELAY to lock one or
all the doors.
A vehicle that is not equipped with a remote keyless entry option may switch the parameters in a
different manner.
2ND FUEL PUMP
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM command to the relay for the second fuel pump on the ZR1 Corvette with an
LT5 engine.
A/C CLUTCH
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM commanded state of the A/C clutch control relay. Reads ON when the A/C
clutch is engaged.
A/C CLUTCH CMD
A/C CLUTCH FBK
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the A/C clutch command and feedback values on 1990–91 Cadillac DeVille and
Fleetwood. The clutch command is the BCM signal to the HVAC controller to turn the A/C clutch
on or off. The feedback is the signal from the HVAC controller to the BCM indicating actual A/C
clutch state.
688
GM Data Parameters Body Control Module (BCM) Parameters
A/C-DEF DOOR
Range: ______________________________________________________ A/C and DEF
A/C-DEF DOOR
Range: ________________________________________________________ VAC/VENT
Indicates the position of the A/C defroster door. When the up/down door is down, air flows
through the air distributor to either the A/C outlets or windshield defroster, depending upon the
position of the A/C defroster door. A vacuum actuator controls the A/C defroster door.
This parameter reads as follows:
• A/C or VAC when air is flowing to the A/C outlets
• DEF or VENT when air is flowing to the windshield defroster
A/C ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the position of the air conditioning switch on the instrument panel and reads YES when
the A/C switch is turned on, or the BCM is commanding the A/C system to turn on.
In some cases, the A/C compressor may not turn on even though the switch is closed. There are
other switch and sensor signals that may prevent the A/C compressor clutch from engaging.
ABS DISABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the ABS on 1987–89 Cadillac Allante only.
AC HI-SIDE (°F)
AC LO-SIDE (°F)
Range: _______________________________________________________ –40 to 418°F
AC HI-SIDE (°C)
C LO-SIDE (°C)
Range: _______________________________________________________–40 to 215°C
Displays the A/C temperature calculated by the BCM from two sensor signals. One sensor is in
the high-pressure hose, the other is in the low-pressure hose. The BCM uses this data to
calculate the A/C line pressure.
AIR MIX DOOR(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
AIR MIX DOOR(°)
Range: __________________________________________________________ 0 to 100°
Indicates the position of the air mix door. The value displays in degrees on 1985–86 vehicles and
as percentage on 1987–89 vehicles:
• 0 degrees or percent indicates maximum cold air
• 100 degrees or percent indicates maximum warm air
ALTERNATOR(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
ALT ENABLE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the charging system status on most 1986–91 vehicles.
The Alternator value displays the on-time of the voltage regulator, the higher the percentage the
greater the on time.
The Alt Enable value indicates the status of the alternator field circuit and reads YES if the
alternator is charging and NO if not charging.
689
GM Data Parameters Body Control Module (BCM) Parameters
AMBIENT TEMP
Range: ______________________________________________________ COOL/WARM
Displays the ambient temperature status on the 1990–91 Corvette only. A thermistor mounted on
the right side of the radiator upper support monitors the outside temperature. The HVAC module
supplies a 5 V reference to the sensor.
• When the air temperature is WARM, sensor resistance is low and the module sees a low
voltage signal.
• When the temperature is COOL, resistance is high and the module sees a high voltage
signal.
AMB LITE(CNTS)
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays a count from the ambient light sensor on the 1990–91 Corvette only. It controls
instrument panel lamp intensity.
• A high count indicates low ambient light.
• A low count indicates high ambient light.
ANTITHEFT
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the status of the theft detection system on 1990–91 Corvette only. Possible readings
are: PASSIVE, ACTIVE, DOORS, DRS+HATCH, ALARM, TIMED OUT.
BACK DIM DUTY CYCLE(%)
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0-100%
Displays the duty cycle of the pulse width modulated (PWM) signal distributed by the BCM to the
PWM controlled IP backlighting based on the position of the IP dimmer switch (Thumbwheel).
The scan tool displays 0% when the head lamp switch is in the AUTO position and the daytime
running lamps (DRL) are ON or when the IP dimmer switch is in the FULL DIM position. The
scan tool displays approximately 85% when either the low beam head lamps or park lamps are
activated and the IP dimmer switch is in the FULL BRIGHT position.
BATT(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 16.0 V
Displays the system voltage measured at the BCM ignition feed input.
BCM PROM ID
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the PROM identification for the BCM.
BRAKE SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the state of the brake switch circuit input and reads as follows:
• OPEN when the brakes are applied.
• CLSD (closed) when the brake pedal is released.
CC BRAKE SW
CRUISE BRAKE SW
Range: _______________________________________________________ OPEN/CLSD
Displays the status of the cruise control (CC) brake switch contacts, which are normally closed
and provide an input signal to the PCM. When the brake pedal is pressed, the contacts open to
deliver a high voltage signal to the PCM and the PCM disengages the cruise control.
690
GM Data Parameters Body Control Module (BCM) Parameters
These parameters are not active and read CLSD unless the cruise control is turned on. With the
cruise control on, the reading is OPEN whenever the brakes are applied.
CC ENABLED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the PCM has enabled cruise control (CC) system operation on Cadillac
models. Reads YES only when cruise control is switched on and the brake pedal is released.
CC RES/ACC
CRUISE RES/ACC
CC ON/OFF SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
CC RES/ACC SW
C/C RES/ACC SW
CC SET/CST SW
C/C SET/CST SW
CRUISE SET/CST
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the position of the cruise control switches and read as follows:
• ON of YES when the circuits are closed.
• OFF or NO when the circuits are opened.
The resume (RES) accelerate (ACC) and the set coast (CST) switches are in parallel to each
other and in series with the on/off switch.
• If the ON/OFF parameters read ON, the YES/NO parameters should read YES.
• If the ON/OFF parameters read OFF, the YES/NO parameters should read NO.
CC SERVO(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the feedback signal from the servo on computer-controlled cruise control systems,
which indicates the relative position of the servo diaphragm and reads as follows:
• 0% when the servo is fully retracted.
• 100% when it is fully extended.
This parameter is sent to the PCM by the servo position sensor. The PCM calculates the
percentage of movement from the sensor signal.
CC SPEED
Range: ___________________________________________________ 0 to vehicle max
Displays the selected speed that the cruise control system is trying to maintain. Reading
increase whenever the resume/accelerate switch is pressed, and decrease if the set/coast
switch is pressed.
CC VACUUM FBK
CC VENT FBK
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the feedback signals from the cruise control vacuum and vent solenoids. Both of these
parameters display ON whenever the solenoids are energized to apply or vent vacuum.
CC VACUUM SOL
CC VENT SOL
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the PCM output commands to the cruise control vacuum and vent solenoids, which
regulate the cruise control servo on some vehicles. These parameters read ON when the
691
GM Data Parameters Body Control Module (BCM) Parameters
solenoids are energized to apply or to vent vacuum. The two readings should have the following
relationships with throttle position control.
692
GM Data Parameters Body Control Module (BCM) Parameters
switch was pressed and performs the desired function. Pressing the same switch again turns off
the function. This parameter is proportional to the voltage output of the DIC switch.
DIMMING INPUT(V)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 5.0 V
Displays the voltage value indicating the position of the IP dimmer switch (rheostat). The display
reads 4 volts when the head lamp switch is in the Auto position and the day time running lamps
(DRL) are ON, or the IP dimmer switch is in the Full Dim position. The display reads 5 volts when
either the head lamps or park lamps are on and the IP dimmer switch is in the Full Bright position.
DIMMING LEVEL(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle of the pulse width modulated (PWM) signal supplied by the BCM to the
door switch backlighting based on the position of the IP dimmer switch (rheostat). The display
reads 0% when the head lamp switch is in the Auto position and the day time running lamps
(DRL) are ON, or the IP dimmer switch is in the Full Dim position. The display reads 100% when
either the head lamps or park lamps are on and the IP dimmer switch is in the Full Bright position.
DIMMING POT(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the illumination setting for the instrument panel and reads as follows:
• 0% = maximum dimming
• 100% = maximum brightness
DIMMING POT(V)
DIM POT REF(V)
Range: ________________________________________________________ 0 to 16.3 V
Displays the voltages to the dimming potentiometer used by the BCM to control instrument panel
dimming on 1990 Cadillac DeVille and Fleetwood only.
The REF (reference) value is the BCM output command to the dimming potentiometer and the
POT (potentiometer) is a feedback signal.
DRIVER/LR DOOR AJAR SW
PASS/RR DOOR AJAR SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Indicates the state of the entry door switches. Reads OFF when the applicable door is fully
closed or ON when the door is open or ajar.
FAN FAILURE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the state of the engine cooling fan. If the engine stalls, this parameter reads YES.
FLASH TO PASS SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the position of the flash to pass switch. Reads ON when the switch is pulled and held to
activate the high beams momentarily until switch is released.
FRONT FOG LAMP SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the position of the front fog lamp switch. Reads ON when the front fog lamp switch is
activated with the park lamps or low beam head lamps ON.
693
GM Data Parameters Body Control Module (BCM) Parameters
694
GM Data Parameters Body Control Module (BCM) Parameters
HOOD OPEN SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
The BCM monitors the signal circuit of the hood ajar switch. An open switch is displayed as ON
with the door open.
HTR WATER VLV
Range: ________________________________________________________ VAC/VENT
WATER VLV FLOW
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the status of the valve that controls engine coolant flow through the heater core. The
BCM commands this valve to close when the air mix door is in the maximum A/C position.
When the valve is open, the engine coolant flows through the heater core and you should get the
following readings:
• HTR WATER VLV should read VENT.
• WATER VLV FLOW should read YES.
HVAC LCD(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the status of the dimming circuit that controls the back lighting on the HVAC LCD
display on the 1990–91 Corvette only. This display is controlled by a pulse-width-modulated
(PWM) signal.
HVAC LCD(%) indicates the PWM input to the LCD display relative to either the headlamp switch
position or the ambient light sensor. The percentage of time that the pulsing signal is on
determines dimming.
HVAC MODE
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the commanded state of the HVAC system. The modes available vary, depending on
the vehicle make and model year. The options are:
• MAX A/C
• INTERMED
• BI-LEVEL
• HEATER
• OFF
• NORM PURG, COLD PURG
• DEFROST
• RECIRC
• B-LVL A/C, B-LVL DEF
• A/C PURGE
• FIXED DEF
• FIX HEAT
• FIX B-LVL
• DEF PURGE
• FORCE DEF, FORCE LOW, FORCED UP
• FRC B-LVL, FRT DEFOG
• A/C
695
GM Data Parameters Body Control Module (BCM) Parameters
HVAC SET(°F)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 210°F
HVAC SET(°C)
Range: _________________________________________________________18 to 99°C
Displays the temperature requested on the climate control panel by the driver.
IGN CYCLES
Range: ____________________________________________________________0 to 50
Displays the number of on-off cycles of the ignition switch since the last trouble code change on
some late model vehicles. The counter resets to zero under any of the following conditions:
• A new trouble code occurs.
• Trouble codes are cleared.
• Battery power is disconnected.
• 50 ignition cycles occur with no other code changes.
After 50 ignition cycles occur with no change in trouble codes, the PCM erases all codes in
memory and resets the counter to zero.
IGNITION 0
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the input to the control module from the ignition switch indicating the ignition position.
Displays ON when ignition 0 switch circuit is closed. Ignition 0 switch closed positions are:
• UNLOCK
• ACC
• ON (Run)
• START
IGNITION 1
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the input to the control module from the ignition switch indicating the Ignition 1 position.
Displays ON when ignition 1 switch is closed. Ignition 1 switch closed positions are:
• ON (Run)
• START
IGNITION 1(V)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0.0 to 16.3 V
Displays the voltage measured by the control module at the ignition on input. On 1990–91
Corvette, indicates the voltage present at the ignition start/run input.
IGNITION 3
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the input to the control module from the ignition switch indicating the Ignition 3 position.
Displays ON when ignition 3 switch is closed, in the ON (Run) position only.
IGNITION ACCESSORY
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Displays the input to the control module from the ignition switch accessory circuit. This is used to
determine power mode. The reading is ACTIVE when ignition accessory switch circuit is closed,
which would be when the switch is in the ACC or ON position.
696
GM Data Parameters Body Control Module (BCM) Parameters
697
GM Data Parameters Body Control Module (BCM) Parameters
698
GM Data Parameters Body Control Module (BCM) Parameters
OUTSIDE(°F)
Range: _______________________________________________________ -40 to 418°F
OUTSIDE(°C)
Range: _______________________________________________________ -40 to 215°C
Displays outside temperature as determined by a thermistor mounted at the front of the vehicle.
The displayed unfiltered value may vary slightly from the filtered value displayed on the driver
instrument panel.
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
Range: _____________________________________________________ RELEASE/SET
Displays the position of the park brake pedal. Reads SET when the park brake is engaged,
closing the switch. The BCM uses this data in controlling the operation of the park brake
indicator, the reminder chime feature and the DRL system.
PARK LAMP SWITCH
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
The BCM monitors the park lamp switch signal circuit. A closed switch is displayed as ON.
PARK LAMP SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the parking lamp switch. Reads ON when the switch is on.
PORT THROT REQU
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Displays the PCM command to the secondary intake throttles in the cylinder head ports on the
ZR1 Corvette with an LT5 engine:
• YES indicates the PCM is commanding the port throttles to open—The engine must be
warm, in closed loop, and operating with certain combinations of speed, throttle opening, and
load before the port throttles open.
• NO indicates the engine is running at idle.
PRNDL SW
Range: ____________________________________________________ see description
Displays the gear presently selected according to the PRNDL switch. Readings are LOW, 2ND,
3RD, 4TH, and P/N. On some vehicles, it may be D1, D2, D3, D4, NEUT, REV, and PARK. If the
transmission is between gears or the switch sends an invalid signal then “????” displays.
QDM 1 FAULT
QDM 2 FAULT
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether a quad driver fault was detected, and reads YES if there is a fault. Quad
drivers are output power devices used to control solenoids and other high current components.
Each quad driver powers up to four circuits.
REAR FOG LAMP SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the position of the rear fog lamp switch. Reads ON when the rear fog lamp switch is
activated with the park lamps or low beam head lamps on.
699
GM Data Parameters Body Control Module (BCM) Parameters
RECIRC AIR
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
AIR INLET VLV
Range: ________________________________________________________ VAC/VENT
Displays the status of the recirculation and air inlet doors. Air recirculation is controlled by the air
inlet door, which is controlled by a vacuum-actuated valve.
When vacuum is applied to the actuator, the door moves up and blocks most of the outside air,
allowing about 80% of the passenger compartment air drawn in by the blower to be recirculated.
When no vacuum is applied, the door is down, which blocks the recirculated air and allows only
outside air to enter the blower.
RR DEFOG CMD
RR DEFOG FBK
RR DEFOG KEY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the rear window defroster on 1985–89 Cadillac DeVille and Fleetwood and
1990–91 Corvette:
• RR DEFOG CMD is the commanded state of the relay.
• RR DEFOG FBK is the actual state of the defogger.
• RR DEFOG KEY shows the status of the momentary switch on the instrument panel used to
turn on the rear defogger.
SUNLOAD TEMP(°F)
Range: _______________________________________________________ -40 to 419°F
SUNLOAD TEMP(°C)
Range: _______________________________________________________ -40 to 215°C
Displays the load that the sun puts on the A/C system based on the signal of a sensor in the
instrument panel. The BCM uses the signal of this sensor for automatic temperature control.
STEERING WHEEL CONTROL(V)
STEERING WHEEL SW PWR
Range: ___________________________________________________________ 0 to 5 V
Displays the voltage being supplied to the steering wheel controls.
SWITCH BATT(V)
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0.0 to 16.3 V
Displays the system voltage distributed by the control module on 1990–91 Corvette. Normally
this voltage is lower than the Ignition 1 voltage parameter reading.
THEFT ALARM
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
Displays the status of the theft alarm system on Cadillac Allante.
TW ENABLE SW
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
TW/SENT RELAY
Range: __________________________________________________________ ON/OFF
TW DELAY POT(%)
TW PHOTOCELL(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the status of various twilight (TW) sentinel inputs and outputs, which provides automatic
ON/OFF control of the headlamps and taillamps in response to ambient light. The sentinel also
keeps the lights turned on for a preset time after the key is turned off.
700
GM Data Parameters Body Control Module (BCM) Parameters
A photocell sensor mounted under the left front speaker grille monitors the ambient light. The
position of the twilight sentinel slide switch adjusts the time that the lights remain on after the key
is turned off. This ranges from a few seconds to about 3 minutes. The headlamp switch must be
turned off and the Twilight Sentinel switch must be on for the system to operate.
TW ENABLE SW shows the status of the on/off switch.
TW/SENT RELAY is the command signal from the BCM to the relay circuit on the Buick Riviera
only, which controls several twilight relays through one circuit.
TW DELAY POT(%) displays how long the lights remain on after the key is switched off:
• 0% = minimum delay time
• 100% = maximum delay time
TW PHOTOCELL(%) displays the amount of ambient light being sensed by the photocell:
• 0% = daylight
• 100% = total darkness
UP/DOWN DOOR
Range: _________________________________________________________UP/DOWN
UP/DOWN DOOR
Range: ________________________________________________________ VAC/VENT
Displays the status of the up/down door, which is a part of the air distribution system that directs
air to either the heater outlet assembly or up through the air distributor to the A/C outlets or
windshield defroster. The door is controlled by a vacuum actuator, and readings indicate the
vacuum actuator and door position:
• UP or VENT when air is flowing to the heater outlet assembly
• DOWN or VAC when air flow is up through the air distributor
VAT FUEL CUTOFF
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the vehicle antitheft system (VATS) has cut off, or inhibited, fuel delivery.
VATS KEY
Range: ___________________________________________________________0 to 255
Displays the code on the key inserted into the ignition switch on 1990–91 Corvette only. The
vehicle antitheft system (VATS) compares this code to the code required to enable fuel delivery.
VEH SPEED
Range: _______________________________________________________ 0 to 98 MPH
Displays the vehicle speed as calculated by the ECM based on input pulses from the vehicle
speed sensor (VSS). Use it to check TCC lock-up speed or speedometer accuracy.
VF DIMMING(%)
Range: _________________________________________________________ 0 to 100%
Displays the duty cycle of the vacuum fluorescent (VF) display dimming circuit to the climate
control panel, fuel data center, digital instrument panel, and radio. The PWM input to the VF
display is relative to the headlamp switch position or the Twilight Sentinel photocell sensor.
701
GM Data Parameters Tire Pressure Monitor and Tire Inflation Monitor Parameters
702
GM Data Parameters Tire Pressure Monitor and Tire Inflation Monitor Parameters
• STATIONARY indicates the sensors internal roll switch is opened and the sensor has made
its stationary transmission which only occurs once every 60 minutes from the last stationary
transmission.
• RE-MEASURE indicates the sensor has detected a 11kPa(1.6psi) change in pressure. This
mode occurs to decrease the time between pressure change occurrence and PDM receipt.
• WAKE indicates the sensor is in transition to drive mode. In this mode the sensor has
detected an initial roll switch closure.
• LOW BATTERY indicates the internal sensor battery charge level is low.
• DRIVE indicates vehicle speed is greater than 32km/h (20mph). In this mode the initial roll
switch of the sensor has been closed for at least 10 seconds and the sensor is transmitting
once every 60 seconds.
LF TIRE PRESSURE
LR TIRE PRESSURE
RF TIRE PRESSURE
RR TIRE PRESSURE
Range: ________________________________________________ 0-100 psi, 0-689 kPa
Displays the actual pressure of the indicated tire.
LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY STATUS
LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY STATUS
RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY STATUS
RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY STATUS
Range: __________________________________________________________ OK/LOW
Displays the internal battery status of the indicated tire pressure sensor. Reads OK if the battery
charge level is good, and LOW if the charge level is low.
LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR
LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR
RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR
RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR
Range: _________________________________________________ 0-344 kPa, 0-51 psi
Displays the actual pressure of the indicated tire.
LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR STATUS
LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR STATUS
RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR STATUS
RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR STATUS
Range: __________________________________________________ NORMAL/FAILED
Displays whether the indicated tire pressure sensor is in drive mode. Reads FAILED when the
pressure sensor is in stationary mode.
LF TIRE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
LR TIRE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
RF TIRE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
RR TIRE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
Range: __________________________________________________ NORMAL/FAILED
Indicates whether the remote controlled door lock receiver (RCDLR) is receiving tire pressure
data transmissions from the indicated tire pressure sensor. A FAILED reading indicates that the
RCDLR is not receiving data transmissions from the sensor.
703
GM Data Parameters Tire Pressure Monitor and Tire Inflation Monitor Parameters
LF TIRE STATUS
LR TIRE STATUS
RF TIRE STATUS
RR TIRE STATUS
Range: _________________________________________________DATA PENDING/OK
Displays the status of the indicated tire pressure sensor. Reads OK if the sensor is in drive mode,
and DATA PENDING if in stationary mode.
LOW TIRE PRESS
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the TPM system has detected a low tire pressure and the tire pressures
should be inspected. Reads YES if pressure is low, and NO if pressures are within specification.
MANUAL TIRE PROGRAMMING
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates whether the tire pressure monitor (TPM) system is currently in the sensor programming
mode. Displays ACTIVE when in sensor programming mode and INACTIVE if not.
MODE 1 ACTIVE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the TPM system is beginning to learn the initial half of the calibration process.
A YES reading means learning has begun and there is no tire pressure detection capability for
the speed range the vehicle is in. A NO reading indicates the TPM system has partially
completed the calibration process and has limited tire pressure detection capability for the speed
range the vehicle is in.
MODE 2 ACTIVE
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the TPM system has completed the calibration process and has full tire
pressure detection capability for the speed range the vehicle is in, and reads YES if so. a NO
reading indicates the TPM system has only partially learned the final half of the tire pressure
calibration and has limited tire pressure detection capability for the speed range the vehicle is in.
SENSOR LEARN MODE
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates the tire pressure monitor (TPM) learn status. Displays ACTIVE when the TPM system
is in sensor programming mode, and INACTIVE if the system is not in programming mode.
TIM EQUIPPED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the vehicle is equipped with a tire inflation monitoring (TIM) system. Reads
YES if so equipped, NO if not.
TIM FAILED
Range: __________________________________________________________ YES/NO
Indicates whether the TPM system is disabled due to a malfunction detected within the system.
Reads YES if there is a malfunction and NO if the system is operating properly.
TIRE PRESSURE PROGRAM MODE
Range: __________________________________________________ ACTIVE/INACTIVE
Indicates whether the tire pressure monitor (TPM) system is in sensor programming mode.
Reads ACTIVE when in sensor programming mode and INACTIVE if not.
704
GM Data Parameters Tire Pressure Monitor and Tire Inflation Monitor Parameters
705
GM Data Parameters Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Parameters
706
Appendix A Troubleshooting
This chapter contains manufacturer-specific information for troubleshooting problems with scan
tool-to-vehicle communications. For general troubleshooting information, see the user’s manual
for your diagnostic tool.
This chapter contains the following main sections:
• “Chrysler Communications Problems” on page 707
• “Ford Communications Problems” on page 716
• “GM Communications Problems” on page 730
• “Jeep Communications Problems” on page 740
707
Chrysler Communications Problems
• Fuel-injected engines (1988 and earlier): open or shorted ASD relay circuit—To perform
ATM and sensor tests the scan tool must be able to switch the ASD relay. The scan tool
cannot cycle the relay if the circuit or relay is open or shorted. The 1989 and later systems do
not require the ASD relay to operate for ATM and sensor tests.
• Carbureted engines: failure to open the idle stop switch—The idle stop, or ground, switch
mounted on the carburetor must be held open to place the ECM in the diagnostic mode. Be
sure the throttle stop screw is on the highest step of the fast-idle cam or insert an insulator
between the switch contacts. If a carbureted engine does not enter the diagnostic mode with
the switch fully open, check for a shorted or open circuit in the switch wiring.
• Carbureted engines: open or shorted carburetor oxygen feedback solenoid circuit—To
perform ATM and sensor tests the scan tool must be able to switch the carburetor feedback
solenoid. If the circuit or solenoid is open or shorted, the scan tool cannot cycle the solenoid.
Check a wiring diagram for a specific engine to determine if the solenoid is used for ATM and
sensor tests.
CCD Systems
The following common problems are known to cause communication failure on Chrysler CCD
systems. The CCD system includes engine communications on LH-models. All engine and CCD
system testing is done through the CCD diagnostic connector under the dash.
A “bus is inactive” message means the scan tool cannot communicate on the CCD data bus for
some reason. Typically, this message displays if there is an open or shorted bus circuit, or if the
bus bias voltage is too high or too low.
If the screen displays a “no communication” message during engine testing on LH-models, it
means the scan tool and the PCM cannot communicate with each other for some reason.
If either the “no communication” or “bus is inactive” message appears, check the vehicle battery
state of charge. Also check the continuity of the scan tool data cable as described in the user’s
manual for your diagnostic tool.
708
Chrysler Communications Problems
The MIL should flash in even pulses to indicate any codes present in the following sequence:
1. The MIL lights for about 2 seconds after the ignition is cycled on the third time, then goes out
for 2 to 4 seconds.
2. The MIL flashes any fault codes present in the PCM, each code flashes once.
3. The MIL flashes code 55 (5 flashes—pause—5 flashes).
The last series of MIL flashes, code 55, indicates the “end of fault code transmission.” If the MIL
flashes only code 55, there are no other codes present in the PCM.
If the MIL stays lit continuously, if it flickers unevenly, or if it does not flash at least a code 55, the
PCM is not entering diagnostic mode. Refer to the Chrysler troubleshooting procedure for the
specific vehicle.
NOTE:
i Vehicles with carbureted engines do not have a MIL.
Engine Does Not Start and Does Not Perform Diagnostic Tests
If the engine does not start and the vehicle does not display codes on the MIL, perform these basic
tests. You need a wiring diagram of the specific vehicle for some of the following checks:
• Battery—Check the state of charge and the cranking capacity of the vehicle battery. The scan
tool draws very little current and operates on low voltage. Therefore, the scan tool may appear
to be operating normally even though the battery does not have enough power to crank the
engine or operate the PCM.
• PCM supply voltage—The PCM receives battery voltage (B+) through a fusible link. Check
a wiring diagram for the location of a fusible link and test for an open circuit. Also check the
J1-J2 circuit splice near the PCM.
• PCM ground—The PCM is remotely grounded to the engine, which is circuit J9 on most
Chrysler vehicles. Use a wiring diagram to identify the location of the ground connection. An
open ground may prevent a fuel-injected engine from starting. High-resistance, or a weak
ground causes overall poor operation.
An open ground or battery power (B+) circuit on a fuel-injected engine removes power from the
PCM and keeps the engine from starting. A carbureted engine may start and run even if the power
circuit to the PCM is open. However, it probably runs very poorly because there is no feedback fuel
control or spark advance control.
709
Chrysler Communications Problems
1 4
2 5
3 6
710
Chrysler Communications Problems
• Ground—With the ignition on, connect the voltmeter positive (+) lead to the ground terminal
in the diagnostic connector. Connect the negative (-) lead directly to the battery negative (-)
terminal. Do not connect the meter lead to an engine ground or a chassis ground. This test
measures voltage drop across the ground side of the diagnostic connector. An ideal system
ground should have a voltage drop of 0.1 V or less.
If the diagnostic connector or the ground terminal wiring is open, it may not affect engine
operation. However, it does affect scan tool operation because the unit uses this terminal as
a ground point. To check for an open circuit, connect the voltmeter positive (+) lead to battery
positive and the negative lead to the connector ground terminal. The meter should read
battery voltage. A reading of zero indicates an open ground terminal.
• Switched ignition voltage—Switch the ignition on and connect the voltmeter positive (+)
lead to the battery voltage terminal at the diagnostic connector. Connect the negative (-) lead
to the battery ground terminal. The meter should read battery voltage. This test checks the
battery voltage supply to the PCM. Also check the J1-J2 splice near the PCM.
• Vehicle communication transmit and receive—Refer to a wiring diagram and check
continuity in the transmit and receive circuits to the diagnostic connector. The scan tool uses
these lines to receive data in the Codes and Data mode and for sensor and ATM tests. If either
circuit is open, the scan tool is unable to transmit a request to the PCM or receive data from it.
1 2
3
Figure A-2 The 16-pin data link connector (DLC) bus terminals
1— PCI terminal
2— CCD terminal
3— CCD terminal
711
Chrysler Communications Problems
Bus is Inactive
When CCD system is selected, the scan tool first sends a message out over the CCD bus and
waits to hear the message echoed back. If it does not hear the message echoed back, a “bus is
inactive” message displays.
This message means one of two things, either the bus is inoperative or the data cable is damaged.
If the data cable works on other Chrysler CCD systems, then the bus is probably at fault. The most
common cause of an inoperative bus is a control module failure. This could be a body module, a
transmission module, or any other module on the CCD bus.
To further isolate this problem, disconnect one of the control modules from the CCD bus, and then
attempt to establish communication with the scan tool. Note that each control module connects to
the CCD bus with separate connectors. If the bus activates, the disconnected module was most
likely causing the problem.
If the bus remains inactive, leave that module disconnected, then continue by disconnecting other
modules. Press Y to recheck the bus after each module is disconnected. If the bus activates when
a module is disconnected, that module is probably defective. To confirm, reconnect other modules
and see if the bus still responds. If so, connect the bad module to see if the bus becomes inactive.
If the problem cannot be isolated to a module, there is likely another problem on the bus.
No Communication
Chrysler CCD tests require the scan tool to be connected to the CCD connector and
communicating with the selected module. If these conditions are not met, a “no communication”
message displays.
712
Chrysler Communications Problems
713
Chrysler Communications Problems
1 4
2 5
3 6
1— Ground
2— Engine data receive (LH-body only)
3— Bus (+)
4— Bus (–)
5— Battery (B+)
6— Engine data transmit (LH-body only)
714
Chrysler Communications Problems
1 2 3 4 5
8 7 6
Figure A-4 The 16-pin data link connector (DLC)
1— PCI bus
2— CCD Bus (+)
3— Chassis ground
4— Engine data receive
5— Engine data transmit
6— Battery voltage
7— Engine data transmit
8— CCD bus
715
Ford Communications Problems
• PCI bus communication—Use an oscilloscope to verify an active PCI bus. Connect the
positive scope lead to terminal 2. Connect the negative lead to DLC terminal 4, which is
chassis ground. Adjust the scope to a 50 mS timebase and 14 V range. Switch the ignition on
and look for a series of voltage spikes in the 7 V range. This indicates that the PCI bus is
active, and not shorted.
Since each PCI module supplies its own voltage, the bus continues to operate if a module
circuit is open. However, an open between the DLC and the bus hub prevents communication.
If some of the PCI modules, but not others, communicate with the scan tool, suspect open
circuits associated with any modules that fail to communicate. Isolate the open circuit by
removing each module and checking scan tool communication status.
716
Ford Communications Problems
1. The “tests initiated - wait for codes” message displays indefinitely after starting a test, check:
Ignition key and Y button sequence. See Checklist items 2 and 3 and “Starting EEC-IV and
MCU Self-Tests” on page 720.
Vehicle ground or wiring fault. See Checklist items 5, 6, and 7 and “Testing the Self-Test
Connector” on page 723.
2. Solenoids or relays do not click when starting a KOEO self-test, or engine speed does not
change during a KOER self-test, check:
Ignition key and Y button sequence. See Checklist items 2, 3, and 4 and “Testing the Self-Test
Connector” on page 723.
3. Display shuts off when the ignition key switches on, check:
Ground terminal at self-test connector. See Checklist items 5 and 6 and “Testing the Self-Test
Connector” on page 726.
4. No codes received, but the engine seems to self-test, check:
Check self-test output (STO) line. See “Testing the Self-Test Connector” on page 726. Also
check the data cable.
717
Ford Communications Problems
REPEAT KOEO
GENERATES
KOEO DO NOT FIX FIX HARD SELF-TEST
ON-DEMAND HARD
SELF-TEST MEMORY CODES UNTIL NO HARD
CODES & CONTINUOUS
CODES YET CODES ARE
MEMORY CODES
PRESENT
REPEAT KOER
GENERATES FIX HARD SELF-TEST CLEAR
KOER
ON-DEMAND CODES UNTIL NO HARD MEMORY
SELF-TEST
HARD CODES CODES ARE CODES
PRESENT
REPEAT KOER
FIX & CLEAR CODES, DRIVE
DRIVE VEHICLE SELF-TEST
VEHICLE, AND RUN KOEO
TO SET MEMORY UNTIL NO HARD
SELF-TEST UNTIL NO MEMORY
CODES CODES ARE
CODES ARE PRESENT
PRESENT
REPEAT KOEO
KOEO GENERATES FIX HARD SELF-TEST KOER
SELF-TEST ON-DEMAND HARD CODES UNTIL HARD SELF-TEST
CODES CODES ARE
PRESENT
REPEAT KOER
GENERATES FIX HARD SELF-TEST CLEAR DRIVE VEHICLE
ON-DEMAND CODES UNTIL NO HARD MEMORY TO SET MEMORY
HARD CODES CODES ARE CODES CODES
PRESENT
Troubleshoot Ford DTCs in the order in which they are listed on the screen. After fixing a problem,
repeat the self-tests to be sure the DTC does not reset. Some codes may be present as both
on-demand and continuous memory codes. Fixing the on-demand codes may also correct
problems that caused the continuous memory codes.
Ford EEC and MCU systems control a variety of engine functions, but basic fuel, ignition, and
electrical tests should be made before, or along with, control system testing. Be sure that the
following systems and components are in good working order:
• Fuel delivery
• Battery, electrical connectors, and wiring harnesses
• Ignition primary and secondary circuits
• Vacuum lines and connectors
• Cooling system
• General engine mechanical condition
718
Ford Communications Problems
719
Ford Communications Problems
2
3 4 5
Figure A-7 1983 truck with 5.0L engine and 2-barrel carburetor
1— Jump wire
2— STI connector (1983 5.0L truck)
3— Ground
4— TAD solenoid
5— TAB solenoid
NOTE:
i For EEC-IV systems, programs to perform the Ford self-tests are built into the Ford electronic
control module (ECM). If a problem exists with the wiring or other circuit parts on the vehicle, the
scan tool may not be able to switch the self-test circuit in order to start the test.
720
Ford Communications Problems
1 2
3
6 4
5
1— STO
Connect the negative lead here.
2— Ground
3— Jump wire
4— STI (EEC-IV)
5— STI (MCU)
6— Positive (+) lead
Connect to the battery positive terminal
Alternately, connect a test lamp between the STO terminal and battery voltage. Then, connect a
jump wire from the self-test input (STI) terminal to the ground terminal in the self-test connector.
Finally, switch the ignition on. Grounding the STI terminal starts the KOEO self-test for all EEC-IV
and MCU systems.
For a KOEO test, the voltmeter should show some uniform voltage pulses or the test light should
flash evenly after 45 to 60 seconds if the ECM ran the self-test and is transmitting codes. If the
ECM now runs the self-test and transmits codes, the communication problem is probably in either
the scan tool, data cable, test adapter, or connections. Check data cable continuity from pin to pin
between the D-shaped connectors at the cable ends with an ohmmeter. If the ECM fails to run the
self-test with a jumper wire, read the following sections to locate and repair the cause.
NOTE:
i For reliable test operation on EEC-IV and MCU systems, first press the Y button to start the test;
then switch the ignition on.
To start the KOEO self-test, the ECM reads the voltage change on the STI line as the self-test
input (STI) circuit switches to ground. Many ECMs for carbureted MCU systems only check the
STI signal level once when the ignition is switched on. Therefore, if the ignition is switched on
before Y is pressed to start a KOEO self-test, the ECM never sees a voltage change and does not
721
Ford Communications Problems
start the test. Most, but not all, EEC-IV systems monitor STI voltage continuously, so the self-test
may run if the ignition is switched on before Y is pressed to start the test.
722
Ford Communications Problems
3. Check ECM supply voltage. The ECM receives battery voltage (B+) through a fusible link in
the wiring harness on most Ford vehicles. Some receive B+ voltage through a fuse. Check a
wiring diagram for the location of a fusible link or fuse and test for an open circuit. A quick way
to check for ECM supply voltage is to check for voltage at the self-test input (STI) terminal as
described in “Testing the Self-Test Connector” on page 723.
4. Check the ECM ground (signal return). The ECM on most systems is grounded remotely
through a circuit in the main ECM harness. Use a wiring diagram to identify the ground circuit.
An open ground prevents a fuel-injected engine from starting, while a high-resistance ground
causes poor overall operation. A common problem area is the bullet connector in the pigtail on
the battery ground cable.
1
1
2 3 2 3
Figure A-9 The MCU self-test connector Figure A-10 The EEC-IV self-test connector
1— Ground 1— Ground
2— STO 2— STO
3— STI 3— STI
z To check:
• Self-test input (STI)—Switch the ignition on. Connect the positive (+) voltmeter lead to the
STI terminal and the negative (–) lead to the battery negative (–) terminal. There should be
either 12 V or 5 V on the STI terminal with the key on. If the STI is open, the ECM cannot
receive the self-test start signal. However, the vehicle still runs normally with an open circuit
to the STI terminal.
723
Ford Communications Problems
• Ground—With the ignition switched on, connect the positive (+) voltmeter lead to the ground
terminal in the self-test connector. Connect the negative (–) lead directly to the battery
negative (–) terminal. Do not connect the meter to an engine or chassis ground. This test
measures voltage drop across the ground side of the connector, the ECM, and most sensors.
The ground voltage-drop test is important for several reasons.
A high-resistance ground prevents the self-test from running. This is particularly true on
vehicles with a 5 V STI signal. The display may operate normally, but not enough signal
voltage drops on the STI line when it is grounded.
Ford specifications may allow up to a 0.5 V drop on the system ground. However, in many
cases this is too high and may prevent a self-test from running or cause poor performance.
Ideally, there should be a voltage drop of 0.1 V or less on the ground circuit. A common source
of high-resistance is the bullet connector in the pigtail on the battery ground cable.
The self-test connector ground terminal is a convenient place to check the ECM ground, as
well as the ground reference for most sensors. A high-resistance ground causes the engine to
run poorly, prevents the self-test from running, or both. For example, a 0.5 V drop on this
ground produces a 10% error in sensor signals. Depending on self-test programs and sensor
calibrations, a high-resistance system ground may or may not produce fault codes.
• Open Ground—If the circuit wiring is open to the ground terminal in the self-test connector,
or the connector itself is open, it might not affect engine operation. However, this does affect
the display because the scan tool uses this terminal as a ground point. If the display seems to
operate normally and then goes blank when the ignition is switched on, suspect an open
ground circuit. If the ground circuit is open, the scan tool finds an alternate ground path
through the STO terminal, which is at low voltage with the ignition off. When the ignition is
switched on, STO voltage goes high, and the display goes off.
To check for an open circuit at the self-test connector ground terminal connect the positive (+)
voltmeter lead to battery positive and the negative (–) lead to the ground terminal. The
voltmeter should indicate battery voltage. If the voltmeter reads zero, the ground terminal is
open. An alternate method is to jump battery ground to the backside of the Ford harness pin
2. If the display powers up, there is an open ground circuit.
• Self-test output (STO)—An open STO circuit prevents self-test completion even if voltage at
the STI lead is correct and the system ground is good. After running a self-test, the ECM
transmits codes as voltage pulses on the STO line. If the STO line is open, the ECM cannot
transmit codes.
To check STO continuity, turn the ignition switch on and connect the positive (+) meter lead to
the STO terminal at the self-test connector. Connect the negative (-) lead to the battery
negative terminal. On 1987 and earlier models, the meter should indicate battery voltage. On
1988 and later models, the meter should read 0.0 V until the self-test activates. If the meter
reading is incorrect, trace and repair the open circuit to the STO terminal, then retest. An open
STO circuit should not affect engine operation.
No Communication Message
Some common problems that prevent communication are listed below:
724
Ford Communications Problems
• Vehicle identification—Check the vehicle ID entered from the VIN plate. Answer all
questions correctly. The scan tool must know exactly what year and model PCM it is
connected to. If the scan tool is programmed to receive data from one vehicle and it is
connected to another, it does not communicate at all or displays incorrect data readings.
Always enter a new vehicle ID when testing a different vehicle, even if the two are exactly the
same year and model with the same engine.
• Cable connections—Make sure the data cable, test adapter, and connection are in good
shape and properly connected.
• Loss of power to the PCM—The PCM receives battery voltage through one or more fuses
or fusible links. Use a wiring diagram to check PCM connections for battery voltage and
ground. If a fuse or fusible link is open, the PCM cannot communicate. If the display does not
power up when connected to an OBD-II vehicle, check the fuses. Many vehicles use the
cigarette lighter fuse to protect the DLC circuits. Suspect a bad fuse if battery power is not
available on pin 16 of the DLC.
• Ignition off when connecting cables—Be sure the ignition is switched off when connecting
and disconnecting the data cable and test adapter. If the ignition is on when connections are
made or broken, the scan tool memory may be disrupted. Reenter the vehicle ID if this occurs.
725
Ford Communications Problems
2 3
1
1— Bus (+)
2— Bus (–)
3— Ground
1 2 3
6 5 4
1 2 3
7 6 5 4
726
Ford Communications Problems
4— Battery (+)
5— Module programming signal
6— Data bus (–)
7— ABS (Villager only)
1 2 3 4 5
9 8 7 6
Figure A-14 The EEC-V DLC—2002 and later model with UBP
1 2 3 4 5
9 8 7 6
Figure A-15 EEC-V data link connector—2003 and later model with CAN
727
Ford Communications Problems
With an active bus, these readings vary from 0 to 5 V, depending on the amount of bus activity.
Check both bus terminals in the connector.
728
Ford Communications Problems
2
1 3
1— STO
2— Ground
3— STI
729
GM Communications Problems
730
GM Communications Problems
731
GM Communications Problems
poorly, the cause may be a poor system ground or a voltage problem that affects the PCM or the
entire system.
Refer to “Check the Check Engine Lamp (Except OBD-II)” on page 733 and “Check the ALDL
Connector” on page 735 for further instructions.
Interrupted Communication
If communication is interrupted during testing, but the scan tool remains connected to power, the
“no communication” message displays. This might happen, for example, if the ALDL connector is
loosened or the ignition switch is turned off.
If the scan tool reestablishes communication, the main menu for the selected ECM displays. If it
does not, check the vehicle ID and correct it if necessary. If the ID is correct, disconnect the scan
tool and check the vehicle connector for damaged terminals and open wiring.
The “no communication” message means the scan tool is not receiving data from the selected
ECM. The cause may be as simple as incorrect vehicle ID, a blown fuse, or a wiring fault on the
vehicle. In some cases, a lack of communication indicates there is an ECM problem. However,
other causes are more common.
732
GM Communications Problems
NOTE:
i Some 1994 and later GM vehicles do not offer “field service “mode. To determine if a vehicle does
offer field service, select functional tests from the vehicle main menu, if it offers field service, it is
listed on the functional test menu.
733
GM Communications Problems
5 6
Figure A-17 Jump pins as shown to flash codes on check engine lamp
NOTE:
i Some 1994–95 vehicles have a 16-pin DLC, but are not OBD-II compliant. The field service mode
is available on some, but not all, of these vehicles.
734
GM Communications Problems
• If the check engine lamp flashes rapidly with no code pattern check the ECM. Verify that there
is a PROM installed. Refer to the GM procedure for troubleshooting the specific test vehicle.
• If the check engine lamp lights steadily and does not flash at all with the pins jumped, refer to
GM procedures for troubleshooting this symptom on the specific vehicle.
• Watch for a code 51 or other 50-series code that indicates a PROM or ECM problem. Code 51
means a PROM failure or a missing PROM. Many carbureted engines do not transmit a code
51 on the serial data stream; and these systems do not communicate with the scan tool if the
PROM is missing. Some ECMs flash code 51 on the check engine lamp in this case.
If the system is operating normally, the check engine lamp should flash code 12 three times. It then
flashes any other codes that are present in ECM memory, or it flashes code 12 again. Code 12
appears on the check engine lamp as shown in Figure A-19.
735
GM Communications Problems
1 2 3 4
5 6
736
GM Communications Problems
5— Serial data
BCM Multiplex Link on Cadillacs.
6— Serial Data
BCM Serial Data on Cadillacs.
1 3
2
737
GM Communications Problems
1 2 3
4 5
Figure A-24 Pin identification on some 1994–95 OBD-II style DLC
1— Chassis ground
2— Signal ground
3— Diagnostic enable
4— Serial data
5— Battery (B+)
738
GM Communications Problems
1 2 3
4
Figure A-25 Pin identification on the OBD-II DLC
739
Jeep Communications Problems
740
Jeep Communications Problems
If a problem exists with the vehicle wiring or any other circuit parts, the scan tool may not be able
to establish a communication link with the vehicle. The failure of a vehicle to perform a test may
also be a symptom for diagnosing a driveability problem.
Common problems that may prevent PCM communication are listed below. Always check these
points first:
• Vehicle identification—Check the vehicle ID entered from the VIN plate. If in doubt, reenter
it. If vehicle ID is incorrect, the scan tool may be unable to perform certain ATM or sensor tests
or display data.
• Scan tool connections—Check the scan tool data cable, test adapter, and connections.
• Ignition off when connecting to the vehicle—Be sure the ignition is off when connecting
and disconnecting the data cable and adapter. If the ignition is on when making or breaking
the connection, scan tool memory may be disrupted. Reenter the vehicle ID if this occurs.
• Loss of power to the ECM—The ECM receives battery voltage through one or more fusible
links in the wiring harness. Use a wiring diagram to check connections for battery voltage and
ground. If a fusible link is open, the ECM cannot communicate.
For 1991–95 Jeep models, use the scan tool Read IGN(+) at DLC test (see “Read IGN (+) at
DLC” on page 217) to check battery voltage being supplied to the ECM with the ignition on.
• 1991 models with ABS—These vehicles have two similar looking diagnostic connectors
under the hood; one near the left fender for engine tests, and another near the right fender for
ABS tests. If the scan tool is connected to the wrong connector for the selected test, it cannot
communicate.
• 1984–86 GM Delco control system check engine lamp circuit—These vehicles transmit
data on the check engine lamp circuit, which is D2 diagnostic connector pin 1. Any fault in that
circuit results in a no communication message. Refer to the appropriate “Check the Check
Engine Lamp” on page 742 and “Testing the Diagnostic Connector” on page 744 information.
For additional information on Jeep vehicles, see the following sections:
• “Jeep Operations” on page 208
• “Jeep Testing” on page 215
• “Chrysler and Jeep Data Parameters” on page 235
A.4.1 No Communication
If the scan tool displays a no communication message, it means that the vehicle ECM and the
scan tool cannot communicate with each other for some reason.
If this message appears, first check the vehicle battery state of charge. Then check the scan tool
data cable. Check continuity of the data cable from pin to pin between the D-shaped connectors
at either end of the cable with an ohmmeter.
741
Jeep Communications Problems
intermittently in the data cable or in the test adapter. Use an ohmmeter to check continuity of the
data cable from pin to pin between the D-shaped connectors at either end of the cable.
742
Jeep Communications Problems
On 1991–95 models, cycling the ignition three times causes the check engine lamp to flash codes
in this sequence:
1. On for about 2 seconds after the ignition is cycled to on the third time.
2. It goes out for about 2 to 4 seconds.
3. Flashes any ECM fault codes. The lamp flashes each code once.
4. Flashes code 55—5 flashes, pause, 5 flashes—at the end.
The last series of flashes, code 55, indicates the end of the fault code transmission. If only code
55 flashes, no other codes are present.
If the lamp stays lit continuously, flickers unevenly, or does not flash at least a code 55, the ECM
is not entering the diagnostic mode. Refer to the Jeep troubleshooting procedure for the specific
test vehicle.
Most Jeep vehicles with carbureted engines do not have an instrument panel malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL). However, 1984–86 California models with a 2.8 liter V6 engine and GM Delco control
system do.
743
Jeep Communications Problems
Figure A-26 Flash codes on the D2 connector on models with a GM Delco system
1— Connector D1
2— Connector D2
3— Jump pin 6 to pin 7
The check engine lamp begins the code display by flashing code 12 three times (Figure A-27). It
then flashes any other codes in PCM memory. If there are no codes in memory, code 12 flashes
once again.
744
Jeep Communications Problems
1 4
2 5
3 6
1— Not used
2— Data receive
3— Not used
4— Switched ignition voltage
5— Data transmit
6— Ground
745
Jeep Communications Problems
these circuits to receive ECM data in the Codes and Data mode, as well as for sensor and
ATM tests. If either circuit is open, communication is prevented.
2 4
1— Serial Data
2— Switched battery voltage
3— Ground
4— Test or Diagnostic enable
If the check engine lamp does not flash code 12, or if it does but the scan tool does not receive
data, check the diagnostic connector.
746
Jeep Communications Problems
battery voltage when the lamp goes off with the engine running. If the circuit is open, the ECM
cannot transmit data.
Most communication problems on a GM Delco ECM are found and corrected by checking points
just discussed. In a few cases, communication failure may be due to ECM failure. Check and
verify all data communication circuits and parts before condemning the ECM.
1 2 3
4
7 6 5
Figure A-30 OBD-II data link connector (DLC)
747
Jeep Communications Problems
circuits. The scan tool cannot receive data from or transmit a request to the PCM if either
circuit is open.
• CCD bus communication—Verify an active CCD bus by checking voltage at CCD connector
terminals 3 and 11. To check, connect the negative (-) voltmeter lead to a known good ground.
Turn the ignition switch on and alternately probe terminals 3 (CCD BUS +) and 11 (CCD BUS
-) with the positive (+) lead. For both terminals, the voltmeter readings should be about 2.5 V.
• PCI bus communication—Verify an active PCI bus by connecting the positive lead of a lab
scope to terminal 2. Connect the negative scope lead to terminal 4, which is chassis ground.
Adjust the scope to a 50 mS timebase and 14 V range. Turn the ignition switch on. A series of
voltage spikes in the 7 V range indicate that the PCI bus is not shorted.
Each PCI module supplies its own voltage, so the bus system continues to operate with an
open module circuit. However, an open between the DLC and the bus hub prevents the bus
from communicating. When the scan tool communicates with some PCI-supported control
modules, but not others, suspect open bus circuits associated with the module that does not
communicate. Isolate the open circuit by removing each module, then checking for scan tool
communication.
1 3
1— Ground
2— Bus (+)
3— Bus (–)
4— Battery (B+)
748
Jeep Communications Problems
An open CCD ground circuit may not affect engine operation. However, it does affect the
display because the scan tool uses this terminal as a ground point. To check for an open
circuit at the CCD connector ground, connect the positive (+) voltmeter lead to battery positive
and the negative lead to the connector ground terminal. The meter should read battery
voltage. If the meter reads zero, the ground terminal is open.
• Battery voltage—Connect the positive (+) voltmeter lead to the diagnostic connector battery
voltage terminal, and connect the negative (-) meter lead to the battery ground terminal. The
meter should read battery voltage.
• Bus bias voltage—Connect the positive (+) voltmeter lead to either CCD connector bias
terminal, and connect the negative (-) meter lead to the CCD connector ground terminal. The
bias voltage should be 2.1 to 2.6 V DC. Repeat for the other bias terminal.
749
Jeep Communications Problems
Bus Is Inactive
When the CCD system is selected, the scan tool first sends a message out over the CCD bus and
waits for the message to be echoed back. If the message does not echo back, a bus inactive
message displays.
This indicates either a faulty bus or a damaged data cable. If the data cable works on other Jeep
CCD vehicles, then the bus is probably faulty. The most common cause of a bus failure is a
defective control module.
To further isolate the problem, unhook one of the control modules from the CCD bus. Then attempt
to establish bus communication with the scan tool. Each control module connects to the bus
through separate circuits. If the bus becomes active, the disconnected module was most likely
causing the problem.
If the CCD bus remains inactive, leave the module disconnected and continue disconnecting other
modules. Press Y to check the bus after each module is disconnected. If the bus becomes active,
that module is probably defective. To confirm, connect any other disconnected modules to see if
the bus still responds. Then reconnect the faulty module to see if the bus becomes inactive. If the
problem cannot be isolated to a module, expect a problem in the bus circuitry.
No Communication
For Jeep CCD tests the scan tool must be connected to the CCD connector and communicating
with the selected module. If not, a no communication message displays. This message appears
under the following circumstances:
• The ignition is not on
• Engine was selected rather than a CCD module test
• The vehicle does not have the selected CCD module
• The selected CCD module is not responding
In any case, this message means that the CCD bus itself is operational.
750
Glossary
Numerics
4EAT
4-speed Electronic Automatic Transmission.
4WAL
4-wheel Antilock.
A
A/C
Air Conditioning.
ABS
Antilock Brake System.
ABS/TC
Antilock Brake System and Traction Control.
ACCS
Air Conditioning Cycle Switch.
ACP
Air Conditioning Pressure.
ACT
Actual.
AH
Active Handling.
AIS
Automatic Idle Speed.
ALM
Adaptive Learn Matrix.
AP
Accelerator Pedal.
APP
Accelerator Pedal Position.
APPS
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor.
ARC
Automatic Ride Control.
751
Glossary B
AS
Air Suspension.
ASARC
Air Suspension Automatic Ride Control.
ASD
Auto Shutdown.
ASR
Automatic Slip Reduction.
ATC
Automatic Transfer Case.
ATF
Automatic Transmission Fluid.
ATM
Actuator Test Mode.
AWD
All Wheel Drive.
B
BARO
Barometric pressure. Pertaining to atmospheric pressure or the results obtained by using a
barometer.
BCM
Body Control Module.
BLM
Block Learn Multiplier.
B-LVL
Bilevel
BMAP
Barometric and Manifold Absolute Pressure.
BOO
Brake On/Off.
BP
Barometric Pressure.
BPMV
Brake Pressure Modulator Valve.
C
CAB
Controller Antilock Brake.
752
Glossary C
CANP
Canister Purge.
CAT
Catalytic Converter.
CC
Cruise Control.
CCD
Chrysler Collision Detection.
CCP
Charcoal canister purge
CCRM
Constant Control Relay Module.
CCT
Cylinder Contribution Test.
CCW
Counterclockwise.
CEC
Computerized Emission Control.
CHTIL
Cylinder Head Temperature Indicator Lamp.
CID
Cylinder Identification.
CKP
Crankshaft Position.
CL
Closed Loop.
CMD
Command.
CMP
Camshaft Position.
CMS
Catalyst Monitor Sensors.
CPI
Central Point Injection.
CPP
Clutch Pedal Position.
753
Glossary D
CTM
Central Timer Module.
CTS
Coolant Temperature Sensor.
CVI
Clutch Volume Index.
CW
Clockwise.
D
DBC
Delphi Brake Controller.
DCL
Data Communication Link.
DFI
Digital Fuel Injection.
DFPS
Dual Function Pressure Switch.
DIC
Driver Information Center.
DIS
Direct Ignition System.
DLC
Data Link Connector.
DMM
Digital Multimeter.
DPFE
Differential Pressure Feedback EGR.
DRAC
Digital Ratio Adapter Controller.
DRB
Diagnostic Readout Box.
DRL
Daytime Running Lights.
DRP
Dynamic Rear Proportion
754
Glossary E
DTC
Diagnostic Trouble Code.
DTR
Digital Transmission Range.
DVOM
Digital Volt Ohmmeter.
E
EBCM
Electronic Brake Control Module.
EBTCM
Electronic Brake Traction Control Module.
ECA
Electronic Control Assembly.
ECL
Engine Coolant Level.
ECM
Engine Control Module or Electronic Control Module.
ECN
Engine Control Node.
ECS
Electronic Crash Sensor.
ECT
Engine Coolant Temperature.
EEC
Electronic Engine Control.
EF
Electronic Feedback.
EFE
Early Fuel Evaporation
EFI
Electronic Fuel Injection.
EGR
Exhaust Gas Recirculation.
EIC
Electronic Instrument Cluster.
755
Glossary E
EMB
Electromagnetic Brake.
EMCC
Electronically-Modulated Converter Clutch.
EMI
Electromotive Induction.
EMR
Emission Maintenance Reminder.
EOP
Engine Oil Pressure.
EOT
Engine Oil Temperature.
EPC
Electronic Control Pressure.
EPR
Exhaust Pressure Regulator.
ESC
Electronic Spark Control.
ESO
Electronic Shutoff Solenoid.
EST
Electronic Spark Timing.
ETC
Electronic Temperature and Compass.
ETS
Enhanced Traction System.
EVIC
Electronic Vehicle Information Center.
EVO
Electronic Variable Orifice.
EVP
EGR Valve Position.
EVR
EGR Vacuum Regulator.
EWMA
Exponentially Weighted Moving Average.
756
Glossary F
F
FBK
Feedback.
FDCS
Fuel Delivery Command Signal.
FEM
Front Electronic Module.
FICM
Fuel Injector Control Module.
FPCM
Fuel Pump Control Module.
FRC
Forced
FRP
Fuel Rail Pressure.
FSV
Fuel Solenoid Valve.
G
GEM
Generic Electronic Module.
GPC
Glow Plug Control.
H
HCU
Hydraulic Control Unit.
HEC
Hybrid Electronic Cluster.
HO
High Output.
HO2S
Heated Oxygen Sensor.
HTRX1
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater.
HTRX2
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater.
757
Glossary I
HVAC
Heating Ventilation Air Conditioner.
HWPS
Hand Wheel Position Sensor.
Hz
Hertz.
I
IABM
Integrated Airbag Module.
IAC
Idle Air Control.
IC
Ignition Control.
ICCS
Integrated Chassis Control System.
ICM
Instrument Cluster Module.
ICP
Injector Control Pressure.
IDM
Injector Drive Module.
IDX
Index.
IFS
Inertia Fuel Switch.
ILC
Idle Load Compensator.
IMS
Internal Mode Switch.
INJ
Injector.
IPC
Instrument Panel Cluster.
IRCM
Integrated Relay Control Module.
758
Glossary J
ISS
Input Shaft Speed.
IVS
Idle Validation Switch.
IVSC
Integrated Vehicle Speed Control.
J
JTEC
Jeep/Truck Engine Controller.
K
KOEO
Key On, Engine Off.
KOER
Key On, Engine Running.
kPa
Kilopascals.
KS
Knock Sensor.
L
LHS
Luxury High-performance Sedan.
LMP
Lamp.
M
MAF
Mass Airflow
MAP
Manifold Absolute Pressure.
MCU
Microprocessor Control Unit.
MECS
Mazda Electronic Control System.
MFDES
Mass Fuel Desired.
MGP
Manifold Gauge Pressure.
759
Glossary N
MIC
Electromechanical Instrument Cluster.
MIL
Malfunction Indicator Lamp.
MLP
Manual Lever Position.
mm3
Cubic Millimeters.
MMM
Memory Mirror Control Module.
MPa
Megapascal.
mS
Milliseconds.
MSM
Memory Seat Control Module.
MSVA
Magnetic Steering Variable Assist (Magnasteer).
MTV
Manifold Tuning Valve.
mV
Millivolts.
MVLP
Manual Valve Lever Position.
N
ND
Non-Drive.
NGC
Next Generation Controller.
NVLD
Natural Vacuum Leak Detection.
O
O2S
Oxygen Sensor.
OBD
On Board Diagnostics.
760
Glossary P
ODM
Output Driver.
OL
Open Loop.
OSS
Output Shaft Speed.
P
PATS
Passive Anti-Theft System.
PCI
Programmable Communication Interface.
PCM
Powertrain Control Module.
PCS
Pressure Control Solenoid.
PCV
Positive Crankcase Ventilation.
PFE
Pressure Feedback EGR.
piezoelectric
Functioning by means of electricity or electric polarity due to pressure.
PIP
Profile Ignition Pickup.
POT
Potentiometer.
psi
Pounds per square inch.
PSP
Power Steering Pressure.
PTO
Power Take Off.
PWM
Pulse-Width Modulation.
Q
QDM
Quad Driver Module.
761
Glossary R
R
RABS
Rear-only Antilock Brake System.
RCL
Reverse Control Lamp.
RCM
Restraint Control Module.
REM
Rear Electronic Module.
RKE
Remote Keyless Entry.
RLY
Relay.
RWAL
Rear Wheel Antilock.
S
S/C
Speed Control.
SASBT
Standalone Serial Bus Traveler.
SBEC
Single Board Engine Controller.
SBT
Serial Bus Traveler.
SCC
Spark Control Computer.
SCCS
Speed Control Command Switch.
SCLM
Steering Column Lighting Module.
SCM
Suspension Control Module.
SDL
Serial Data Line.
SDM
Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module.
762
Glossary T
SIR
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint.
SMCC
Stepper Motor Cruise Control.
SMEC
Single Module Engine Controller.
SRI
Service Reminder Indicator.
SRS
Supplemental Restraint System.
SS
Steady State.
SSS
Speed Sensitive Steering.
STI
Self-Test Input.
STL
Service Transmission Lamp.
STO
Self-Test Output.
STS
Service Throttle Soon.
SUP
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint.
SVS
Service Vehicle Soon.
SWPS
Steering Wheel Position Sensor.
T
TAC
Throttle Actuator Control.
TAP
Transmission Adaptive Pressure.
TC
Traction Control.
763
Glossary T
TCC
Torque Converter Clutch.
TCCA
Torque Converter Clutch Actual.
TCIL
Transmission Control Indicator Lamp.
TCM
Transmission Control Module.
TCS
Traction Control System.
TEC
Transmission Electronic Control.
TFP
Transmission Fluid Pressure.
TFT
Transmission Fluid Temperature.
TIM
Tire Inflation Monitor.
TIP
Throttle Inlet Pressure.
TOT
Transmission Oil Temperature.
TP
Throttle Position.
TPCT
Throttle Position Closed Throttle.
TPS
Throttle Position Sensor.
TR
Transmission Range.
TRS
Transmission Range Sensor.
TSS
Turbine Shaft Speed.
764
Glossary U
TV
Throttle Valve.
TW
Twilight.
TWC
Three-Way Converter.
U
UBP
UART-Based Protocol.
V
V
Volts.
V6
6-cylinder V-type engine.
V8
8-cylinder V-type engine.
VATS
Vehicle Anti-theft System.
VCC
Viscous Converter Clutch.
VCM
Vehicle Control Module.
VCT
Variable Camshaft Timing
VECI
Vehicle Emission Control Information.
VES
Variable Effort Steering.
VF
Vacuum Florescent.
VFD
Vacuum Florescent Display.
VFDES
Volume of Fuel Desired.
VGT
Variable Geometry Turbo.
765
Glossary W
VIC
Virtual Image Cluster.
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number.
VLV
Valve.
VNT
Variable-Nozzle Turbo.
VSES
Vehicle Stability Enhancement System.
VSS
Vehicle Speed Sensor.
VTA
Vehicle Theft Alarm.
VTSS
Vehicle Theft Security System.
W
W/U
Warm-up.
WOT
Wide Open Throttle. ,
766
Index
Numerics Buick
1980 models 161
4EAT systems
1986 and later Riatta 174
code-gathering 151
1986 and later Riviera 174
connecting to 63
ABS applications 188
testing 150
connectors 159
data parameters 547, 698, 701
A test adapters 158
ABS identification (GM) 186–192
Achevia C
ABS applications 191
Cadillac
adapters ABS applications 189
Chrysler 7–8 communication problems 730, 733, 735, 736, 740
Ford 55 connector pinouts 159, 736
GM 158 data parameters 512, 513, 518, 523, 528, 542, 544,
Jeep 212 553, 554, 563, 567, 573, 579, 584, 590, 592, 645,
Alero 646, 650, 688, 689, 692, 693, 697, 700
ABS applications 191 engine codes 165
identifying 187 functional tests 173, 178
Allante Calais
ABS applications 189 ABS applications 191
data parameters 512, 542, 573, 579, 689, 697, 700 Camaro
Aspire ABS applications 189
connecting to 60 Canyon
Mazda control systems 148 ABS applications 190
Aurora Capri
ABS applications 191 connecting to 55, 64
Avenger Mazda control systems 60, 148
connecting to 7, 8, 9 Caprice
Aztek ABS applications 189
ABS applications 190 Catera
ABS applications 189
B Cavalier
Bendix systems ABS applications 189
ATM tests (Chrysler) 46 Century
brake bleeding (Chrysler) 47 ABS applications 188
functional test capabilities (Chrysler) 6, 46 Charger
module information 228 identifying 5, 716
testing capabilities (Jeep) 210 Cirrus
trouble codes & data display (Chrysler) 45 connecting to 8, 9
trouble codes & data display (Jeep) 232 codes. See diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)
Beretta Colorado
ABS applications 189 ABS applications 190
Bonneville Concorde
ABS applications 191 connecting to 8, 9
Bosch 2 systems 195 Concours
Bosch and Delco Bosch systems 196 ABS applications 189
Corsica
ABS applications 189
767
Index D
768
Index H
K P
Kelsey-Hayes systems Park Avenue
4WAL codes & data (GM) 199, 200 ABS applications 188
application charts (GM) 190–191 Pontiac
RWAL codes & data (GM) 201 1980 models 161
test capabilities (Chrysler) 6 ABS applications 191
truck, SUV and van systems (Dodge) 45 connector pinout 159
test adapters 158
L traction control 187
Prizm
LeSabre ABS applications 190
ABS applications 188
Probe
LHS
4EAT 150
connecting to 8 connecting to 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64
Lincoln Mazda control system 148
ABS testing 110
connecting to 62, 63
LSS R
ABS applications 191 Ranger
Lumina connecting to 66
ABS applications 190 Reatta
ABS applications 188
M Regal
ABS applications 188
Malibu Regency
ABS applications 190 ABS applications 191
MCU systems Rendezvous
KOEO Self-Test 72
ABS applications 190
KOER Self-Test 77
Riviera
ABS applications 188
data parameters 701
functional tests 174
769
Index S
770
Index V
Turbo II engines
code clearing 29
functional tests 13, 22
V
van, Chevrolet
ABS applications 190
van, Chrysler
ABS applications 45
van, Dodge
data parameters 304, 306
van, Ford
connecting to 111
test adapters 55
van, GM
ABS applications 190
codes and data 199, 200, 201
identifying 156
troubleshooting 740
vehicle connectors
Chrysler 8–10
Ford 56–66
GM 158–160
Jeep 212–214
Venture
ABS applications 190
Vibe
ABS applications 192
Vision
connecting to 8, 9
Vue
ABS applications 192
W
Wagon, Buick
ABS applications 188
Workhorse 155
ABS applications 190
X
XLR
ABS applications 189
771